U.S. patent application number 13/897372 was filed with the patent office on 2013-09-19 for formulation and delivery of plga microspheres.
This patent application is currently assigned to Moderna Therapeutics. The applicant listed for this patent is MODERNA THERAPEUTICS. Invention is credited to Antonin de Fougerolles, Pedro Valencia, Kristy M. Wood.
Application Number | 20130244279 13/897372 |
Document ID | / |
Family ID | 48610363 |
Filed Date | 2013-09-19 |
United States Patent
Application |
20130244279 |
Kind Code |
A1 |
de Fougerolles; Antonin ; et
al. |
September 19, 2013 |
FORMULATION AND DELIVERY OF PLGA MICROSPHERES
Abstract
The present disclosure provides, inter alia, formulation
compositions comprising modified nucleic acid molecules which may
encode a protein, a protein precursor, or a partially or fully
processed form of the protein or a protein precursor. The
formulation composition may further include a modified nucleic acid
molecule and a delivery agent. The present invention further
provides nucleic acids useful for encoding polypeptides capable of
modulating a cell's function and/or activity.
Inventors: |
de Fougerolles; Antonin;
(Brookline, MA) ; Wood; Kristy M.; (Cambridge,
MA) ; Valencia; Pedro; (Cambridge, MA) |
|
Applicant: |
Name |
City |
State |
Country |
Type |
MODERNA THERAPEUTICS |
Cambridge |
MA |
US |
|
|
Assignee: |
Moderna Therapeutics
Cambridge
MA
|
Family ID: |
48610363 |
Appl. No.: |
13/897372 |
Filed: |
May 18, 2013 |
Related U.S. Patent Documents
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application
Number |
Filing Date |
Patent Number |
|
|
13714458 |
Dec 14, 2012 |
|
|
|
13897372 |
|
|
|
|
61576705 |
Dec 16, 2011 |
|
|
|
61618957 |
Apr 2, 2012 |
|
|
|
61648244 |
May 17, 2012 |
|
|
|
61681712 |
Aug 10, 2012 |
|
|
|
61696381 |
Sep 4, 2012 |
|
|
|
61709303 |
Oct 3, 2012 |
|
|
|
61712490 |
Oct 11, 2012 |
|
|
|
Current U.S.
Class: |
435/69.1 |
Current CPC
Class: |
A61K 48/0041 20130101;
A61P 3/00 20180101; C12N 15/117 20130101; C07K 2/00 20130101; A61P
3/10 20180101; A61K 9/0019 20130101; A61P 9/10 20180101; C12N 15/88
20130101; A61K 31/7105 20130101; A61P 9/00 20180101; A61K 38/193
20130101; A61K 48/00 20130101; A61K 9/0024 20130101; A61P 35/00
20180101; A61K 9/14 20130101; A61P 25/28 20180101; C12P 21/00
20130101; A61K 9/16 20130101; A61K 48/005 20130101; A61K 48/0066
20130101; C07K 14/535 20130101; A61K 9/1272 20130101; A61P 37/02
20180101; A61K 9/0048 20130101; A61K 31/7088 20130101; C12N 15/00
20130101; A61K 38/4833 20130101; A61K 9/1271 20130101; A61K 48/0033
20130101; A61K 9/1647 20130101 |
Class at
Publication: |
435/69.1 |
International
Class: |
C12P 21/00 20060101
C12P021/00 |
Foreign Application Data
Date |
Code |
Application Number |
Oct 3, 2012 |
US |
PCT/US2012/058519 |
Claims
1. A method of producing a protein of interest in a cell comprising
contacting the cell with a PLGA microsphere particle, said PLGA
microsphere particle comprising a modified mRNA encoding said
protein of interest, wherein said modified mRNA comprises at least
one nucleoside modification, wherein said at least one nucleoside
modification is pseudouridine.
2. The method of claim 1, wherein the PLGA microsphere particle has
a percent encapsulation efficiency of at least 49%.
3. The method of claim 1, wherein the PLGA microsphere is formed by
a) dissolving said modified mRNA in water to form a RNA solution;
b) combining said RNA solution with dichloromethane at a
concentration of 200 mg/ml and homogenize to form a first emulsion;
and c) mixing said first emulsion with polyvinylalcohol at a
concentration of 1% to form a second emulsion comprising PLGA
microspheres.
4. The method of claim 3, wherein the RNA solution and
dichloromethane are homogenized at a speed of 4 to form the first
emulsion.
5. The method of claim 3, wherein the first emulsion and
polyvinylalcohol are homogenized at a speed of 5 to form the second
emulsion.
6. The method of claim 3, wherein the modified RNA in the RNA
solution has a concentration of 2 mg/ml or 4 mg/ml.
7. The method of claim 1, wherein the modified mRNA comprises a
second modification.
Description
CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application is a continuation of U.S. patent
application Ser. No. 13/714,458, filed Dec. 14, 2012, entitled
Modified Nucleoside, Nucleotide, and Nucleic Acid Compositions
which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.
61/576,705, filed Dec. 16, 2011, entitled Modified Nucleoside,
Nucleotide, and Nucleic Acid Compositions, U.S. Provisional Patent
Application No. 61/618,957, filed Apr. 2, 2012, entitled Modified
Nucleoside, Nucleotide, and Nucleic Acid Compositions, U.S.
Provisional Patent Application No. 61/648,244, filed May 17, 2012,
entitled Modified Nucleoside, Nucleotide, and Nucleic Acid
Compositions, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/681,712,
filed Aug. 10, 2012, entitled Modified Nucleoside, Nucleotide,
Nucleic Acid Compositions and U.S. Provisional Patent Application
No. 61/696,381 filed Sep. 4, 2012, entitled Modified Nucleoside,
Nucleotide and Nucleic Acid Compositions, and Nucleic Acid
Compositions, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/709,303
filed Oct. 3, 2012, entitled Modified Nucleoside, Nucleotide and
Nucleic Acid Compositions, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No.
61/712,490 filed Oct. 11, 2012, entitled Modified Nucleoside,
Nucleotide and Nucleic Acid Compositions and International
Application No. PCT/US2012/058519 filed Oct. 3, 2012 Modified
Nucleosides, Nucleotides, and Nucleic Acids, And Uses Thereof, the
contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety.
REFERENCE TO SEQUENCE LISTING
[0002] The present application is being filed along with a Sequence
Listing in electronic format. The Sequence Listing file, entitled
M11CON3SQLST.txt, was created on May 17, 2013 and is 25,619 bytes
in size. The information in electronic format of the Sequence
Listing is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[0003] In general, exogenous unmodified nucleic acid molecules,
particularly viral nucleic acids, introduced into the cell induce
an innate immune response which results in cytokine and interferon
(IFN) production and ultimately cell death. It is of great interest
for therapeutics, diagnostics, reagents and for biological assays
to be able to deliver a nucleic acid, e.g., a ribonucleic acid
(RNA), into a cell, such as to cause intracellular translation of
the nucleic acid and production of the encoded protein instead of
generating an innate immune response. Thus, there is a need to
develop formulation compositions comprising a delivery agent that
can effectively facilitate the in vivo delivery of nucleic acids to
targeted cells without generating an innate immune response.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0004] The present disclosure provides, inter alia, formulation
compositions comprising modified nucleic acid molecules which may
encode a protein, a protein precursor, or a partially or fully
processed form of the protein or a protein precursor. The
formulation compositions may further include a modified nucleic
acid molecule and a delivery agent. The present invention further
provides nucleic acids useful for encoding polypeptides capable of
modulating a cell's function and/or activity.
[0005] In one aspect a method of producing a polypeptide of
interest in a mammalian cell or tissue is described. The method
comprises contacting the mammalian cell or tissue with a
formulation comprising a modified mRNA encoding a polypeptide of
interest. The formulation may be, but is not limited to,
nanoparticles, poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) microspheres,
lipidoids, lipoplex, liposome, polymers, carbohydrates (including
simple sugars), cationic lipids, fibrin gel, fibrin hydrogel,
fibrin glue, fibrin sealant, fibrinogen, thrombin, rapidly
eliminated lipid nanoparticles (reLNPs) and combinations thereof.
The modified mRNA may comprise a purified IVT transcript.
[0006] In one embodiment, the formulation comprising the modified
mRNA is a nanoparticle which may comprise at least one lipid. The
lipid may be selected from, but is not limited to, DLin-DMA,
DLin-K-DMA, 98N12-5, C12-200, DLin-MC3-DMA, DLin-KC2-DMA, DODMA,
PLGA, PEG, PEG-DMG and PEGylated lipids. In another aspect, the
lipid may be a cationic lipid such as, but not limited to,
DLin-DMA, DLin-D-DMA, DLin-MC3-DMA, DLin-KC2-DMA and DODMA.
[0007] The lipid to modified mRNA ration in the formulation may be
between 10:1 and 30:10. The mean size of the nanoparticle
formulation may comprise the modified mRNA between 60 and 225 nm.
The PDI of the nanoparticle formulation comprising the modified
mRNA is between 0.03 and 0.15. The zeta potential of the lipid may
be from -10 to +10 at a pH of 7.4
[0008] The formulations of modified mRNA may comprise a fusogenic
lipid, cholesterol and a PEG lipid. The formulation may have a
molar ratio 50:10:38.5:1.5-3.0 (cationic lipid:fusogenic
lipid:cholesterol:PEG lipid). The PEG lipid may be selected from,
but is not limited to PEG-c-DOMG, PEG-DMG. The fusogenic lipid may
be DSPC.
[0009] The mammalian cell or tissue may be contacted using a device
such as, but not limited to, a syringe pump, internal osmotic pump
and external osmotic pump.
[0010] The formulation of modified mRNA may be a PLGA microsphere
which may be between 4 and 20 .mu.m in size. The modified mRNA may
be released from the formulation at less than 50% in a 48 hour time
period. The PLGA microsphere formulation may be stable in serum.
Stability may be determined relative to unformulated modified mRNA
in 90%.
[0011] The loading weight percent of the modified mRNA PLGA
microsphere may be at least 0.05%, at least 0.1%, at least 0.2%, at
least 0.3%, at least 0.4% or at least 0.5%. The encapsulation
efficiency of the modified mRNA in the PLGA microsphere may be at
least 50%, at least 70%, at least 90% or at least 97%.
[0012] A lipid nanoparticle of the present invention may be
formulated in a sealant such as, but not limited to, a fibrin
sealant.
[0013] The mammalian cells or tissues may be contacted by a route
of administration such as, but not limited to, intravenous,
intramuscular, intravitreal, intrathecal, intratumoral, pulmonary
and subcutaneous. The mammalian cells or tissues may be contacted
using a split dosing schedule. The mammalian cell or tissue may be
contacted by injection. The injection may be made to tissue
selected from the group consisting of intradermal space, epidermis,
subcutaneous tissue and muscle. The polypeptide of interest may be
produced in the cell or tissue in a location systemic from the
location of contacting.
[0014] The polypeptide of interest may be detectable in serum for
up to 72 hours after contacting. The level of the polypeptide of
interest can be higher than the levels prior to dosing. The level
of the polypeptide of interest may be greater in the serum of
female subjects than in the serum of male subjects.
[0015] The formulation of modified mRNA may comprise more than one
modified mRNA. The formulation may have two or three modified
mRNA.
[0016] The formulation comprising the modified mRNA may comprise a
rapidly eliminated lipid nanoparticle (reLNP) which may comprise a
reLNP lipid, fusogenic lipid, cholesterol and a PEG lipid at a
molar ratio of 50:10:38.5: 1.5 (reLNP lipid:fusogenic
lipid:cholesterol:PEG lipid). The fusogenic lipid may be DSPC and
the PEG lipid may be PEG-c-DOMG. The reLNP lipid may be DLin-DMA
with an internal or terminal ester or DLin-MC3-DMA with an internal
or terminal ester. The total lipid to modified mRNA weight ration
may be between 10:1 and 30:1.
[0017] The formulation comprising modified mRNA may comprise a
fibrin sealant.
[0018] The formulation comprising modified mRNA may comprise a
lipidoid where the lipid is selected from the group consisting of
C12-200 and 98N12-5.
[0019] The formulation comprising modified mRNA may include a
polymer. The polymer may be coated, covered, surrounded, enclosed
or comprise a layer of a hydrogel or surgical sealant. The polymer
may be selected from the group consisting of PLGA, ethylene vinyl
acetate, poloxamer and GELSITE.RTM..
[0020] A polypeptide of interest may be produced in a mammalian
cell or tissue by contacting the mammalian cell or tissue with a
buffer formulation comprising a modified mRNA encoding the
polypeptide of interest. The buffer formulation may be selected
from, but is not limited to, slaine, phosphate buffered saline and
Ringer's lactate. The buffer formulation may comprise a calcium
concentration of between 1 to 10 mM. The modified mRNA in the
buffer formulation may comprise a purified IVT transcript.
[0021] A pharmacologic effect in a primate may be produced by
contacting the primate with a composition comprising a formulated
modified mRNA encoding a polypeptide of interest. The modified mRNA
may comprise a purified IVT transcript and/or may be formulated in
nanoparticles, poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) microspheres,
lipidoids, lipoplex, liposome, polymers, carbohydrates (including
simple sugars), cationic lipids, fibrin gel, fibrin hydrogel,
fibrin glue, fibrin sealant, fibrinogen, thrombin, rapidly
eliminated lipid nanoparticles (reLNPs) and combinations thereof.
The pharmacological effect may be greater than the pharmacologic
effect associated with a therapeutic agent and/or composition known
to produce said pharmacologic effect. The composition may comprise
a formulated or unformulated modified mRNA. The pharmacologic
effect may result in a therapeutically effective outcome of a
disease, disorder, condition or infection. Such therapeutically
effective outcome may include, but is not limited to, treatment,
improvement of one or more symptoms, diagnosis, prevention, and
delay of onset. The pharmacologic effect may include, but is not
limited to, change in cell count, alteration in serum chemistry,
alteration of enzyme activity, increase in hemoglobin, and increase
in hematocrit.
[0022] In one embodiment, the present disclosure provides a
formulation composition which comprises a modified nucleic acid
molecule and a delivery agent. The modified nucleic acid molecule
may be selected from the group consisting of DNA, complimentary DNA
(cDNA), RNA, messenger RNA (mRNA), RNAi-inducing agents, RNAi
agents, siRNA, shRNA, miRNA, antisense RNA, ribozymes, catalytic
DNA, RNA that induce triple helix formation, aptamers, vectors and
combinations thereof. If the modified nucleic acid molecule is mRNA
the mRNA may be derived from cDNA.
[0023] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecule may
comprise at least one modification and a translatable region. In
some instances, the modified nucleic acid comprises at least two
modifications and a translatable region. The modification may be
located on the backbone and/or a nucleoside of the nucleic acid
molecule. The modification may be located on both a nucleoside and
a backbone linkage.
[0024] In one embodiment, a modification may be located on the
backbone linkage of the modified nucleic acid molecule. The
backbone linkage may be modified by replacing of one or more oxygen
atoms. The modification of the backbone linkage may comprise
replacing at least one phosphodiester linkage with a
phosphorothioate linkage.
[0025] In one embodiment, a modification may be located on a
nucleoside of the modified nucleic acid molecule. The modification
on the nucleoside may be located on the sugar of said nucleoside.
The modification of the nucleoside may occur at the 2' position on
the nucleoside.
[0026] The nucleoside modification may include a compound selected
from the group consisting of pyridin-4-one ribonucleoside,
5-aza-uridine, 2-thio-5-aza-uridine, 2-thiouridine,
4-thio-pseudouridine, 2-thio-pseudouridine, 5-hydroxyuridine,
3-methyluridine, 5-carboxymethyl-uridine,
1-carboxymethyl-pseudouridine, 5-propynyl-uridine,
1-propynyl-pseudouridine, 5-taurinomethyluridine,
1-taurinomethyl-pseudouridine, 5-taurinomethyl-2-thio-uridine,
1-taurinomethyl-4-thio-uridine, 5-methyl-uridine,
1-methyl-pseudouridine, 4-thio-1-methyl-pseudouridine,
2-thio-1-methyl-pseudouridine, 1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudouridine,
2-thio-1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudouridine, dihydrouridine,
dihydropseudouridine, 2-thio-dihydrouridine,
2-thio-dihydropseudouridine, 2-methoxyuridine,
2-methoxy-4-thio-uridine, 4-methoxy-pseudouridine,
4-methoxy-2-thio-pseudouridine, 5-aza-cytidine, pseudoisocytidine,
3-methyl-cytidine, N4-acetylcytidine, 5-formylcytidine,
N4-methylcytidine, 5-hydroxymethylcytidine,
1-methyl-pseudoisocytidine, pyrrolo-cytidine,
pyrrolo-pseudoisocytidine, 2-thio-cytidine,
2-thio-5-methyl-cytidine, 4-thio-pseudoisocytidine,
4-thio-1-methyl-pseudoisocytidine,
4-thio-1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudoisocytidine,
1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudoisocytidine, zebularine, 5-aza-zebularine,
5-methyl-zebularine, 5-aza-2-thio-zebularine, 2-thio-zebularine,
2-methoxy-cytidine, 2-methoxy-5-methyl-cytidine,
4-methoxy-pseudoisocytidine, 4-methoxy-1-methyl-pseudoisocytidine,
2-aminopurine, 2,6-diaminopurine, 7-deaza-adenine,
7-deaza-8-aza-adenine, 7-deaza-2-aminopurine,
7-deaza-8-aza-2-aminopurine, 7-deaza-2,6-diaminopurine,
7-deaza-8-aza-2,6-diaminopurine, 1-methyladenosine,
N6-methyladenosine, N6-isopentenyladenosine,
N6-(cis-hydroxyisopentenyl)adenosine,
2-methylthio-N-6-(cis-hydroxyisopentenyl) adenosine,
N6-glycinylcarbamoyladenosine, N6-threonylcarbamoyladenosine,
2-methylthio-N-6-threonyl carbamoyladenosine,
N6,N6-dimethyladenosine, 7-methyladenine, 2-methylthio-adenine,
2-methoxy-adenine, inosine, 1-methyl-inosine, wyosine, wybutosine,
7-deaza-guanosine, 7-deaza-8-aza-guanosine, 6-thio-guanosine,
6-thio-7-deaza-guanosine, 6-thio-7-deaza-8-aza-guanosine,
7-methyl-guanosine, 6-thio-7-methyl-guanosine, 7-methylinosine,
6-methoxy-guanosine, 1-methylguanosine, N2-methylguanosine,
N2,N2-dimethylguanosine, 8-oxo-guanosine, 7-methyl-8-oxo-guanosine,
1-methyl-6-thio-guanosine, N2-methyl-6-thio-guanosine, and
N2,N2-dimethyl-6-thio-guanosine. In another embodiment, the
modifications are independently selected from the group consisting
of 5-methylcytosine, pseudouridine and 1-methylpseudouridine
[0027] In one embodiment, a modification may be located on a
nucleobase of the modified nucleic acid molecule. The modification
on the nucleobase may be selected from the group consisting of
cytosine, guanine, adenine, thymine and uracil. The modification on
the nucleobase may be selected from the group consisting of
deaza-adenosine and deaza-guanosine, and the linker may be attached
at a C-7 or C-8 position of said deaza-adenosine or
deaza-guanosine. The modified nucleobase may be selected from the
group consisting of cytosine and uracil, and the linker may be
attached to the modified nucleobase at an N-3 or C-5 position. The
linker attached to the nucleobase may be selected from the group
consisting of diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene
glycol, tripropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, tetraethylene
glycol, divalent alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl moiety, ester, amide, and
ether moiety.
[0028] In one embodiment, two modifications of the nucleic acid
molecule may be located on nucleosides of the modified nucleic acid
molecule. The modified nucleosides may be selected from
5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine.
[0029] In one embodiment, two modifications of the modified nucleic
acid molecule may be located on a nucleotide or a nucleoside. In
one embodiment, the present disclosure provides a formulation
comprising a nucleic acid molecule such as, but not limited to, SEQ
ID NO: 6, SEQ ID NO: 7, SEQ ID NO: 9 and SEQ ID NO: 10 and a
delivery agent. The nucleic acid molecule may comprise a polyA tail
about 160 nucleotides in length. Further, the nucleic acid molecule
may comprise at least one 5' terminal cap such as, but not limited
to, Cap0, Cap1, ARCA, inosine, N1-methyl-guanosine,
2'fluoro-guanosine, 7-deaza-guanosine, 8-oxo-guanosine,
2-amino-guanosine, LNA-guanosine, and 2-azido-guanosine.
[0030] In one embodiment, the present disclosure provides a nucleic
acid of SEQ ID NO: 6, a 5' terminal cap which is Cap1, a poly A
tail of approximately 160 nucleotides in length and a delivery
agent.
[0031] In one embodiment, the present disclosure provides a nucleic
acid of SEQ ID NO: 7, a 5' terminal cap which is Cap1, a poly A
tail of approximately 160 nucleotides in length and a delivery
agent.
[0032] In one embodiment, the present disclosure provides a nucleic
acid of SEQ ID NO: 9, a 5' terminal cap which is Cap1, a poly A
tail of approximately 160 nucleotides in length and a delivery
agent.
[0033] In one embodiment, the present disclosure provides a nucleic
acid of SEQ ID NO: 10, a 5' terminal cap which is Cap1, a poly A
tail of approximately 160 nucleotides in length and a delivery
agent.
[0034] In one embodiment, the delivery agent comprises at least one
method to improve delivery selected from the group consisting of
lipidoids, liposomes, lipid nanoparticles, rapidly eliminated lipid
nanoparticles (reLNPs), polymers, lipoplexes, peptides, proteins,
hydrogels, sealants, chemical modifications, conjugation, cells and
enhancers. The lipidoid, lipid nanoparticle and rapidly eliminated
lipid nanoparticles which may be used as a delivery agent may
include a lipid which may be selected from the group consisting of
C12-200, MD1, 98N12-5, DLin-DMA, DLin-K-DMA, DLin-KC2-DMA,
DLin-MC3-DMA, PLGA, PEG, PEG-DMG, PEGylated lipids and analogs
thereof. The rapidly eliminated lipid nanoparticle may have an
ester linkage at the terminal end of the lipid chain, or an ester
linkage may be an internal linkage located to the right or left of
a saturated carbon in the lipid chain. The rapidly eliminated lipid
nanoparticle which may be used as a delivery agent may be, but is
not limited to, DLin-MC3-DMA and DLin-DMA.
[0035] In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle may comprise PEG
and at least one component such as, but not limited to,
cholesterol, cationic lipid and fusogenic lipid.
[0036] In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle may comprise at
least one of a PEG, cholesterol, cationic lipid and fusogenic
lipid.
[0037] In one embodiment, the fusogenic lipid is
disteroylphophatidyl choline (DSPC). In another embodiment, the PEG
lipid is PEG-DMG. In yet another embodiment, the cationic lipid may
be, but not limited to, DLin-DMA, DLin-MC3-DMA, C12-200, 98N12-5
and DLin-KC2-DMA.
[0038] In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle composition may
comprise 50 mol % cationic lipid, 10 mol % DSPC, 1.5-3.0 mol % PEG
and 37-38.5 mol % cholesterol.
[0039] In one embodiment, a modified nucleic acid may be formulated
with PLGA to form a sustained release formulation. In another
embodiment, a modified nucleic acid may be formulated with PLGA and
other active and/or inactive components to form a sustained release
formulation. In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecule
may include, but is not limited to, SEQ ID NO: 9 and SEQ ID NO:
10.
[0040] In one embodiment, a sustained release formulation may
comprise a sustained release microsphere. The sustained release
microsphere may be about 10 to about 50 um in diameter. In another
embodiment, the sustained release microsphere may contain about
0.001 to about 1.0 weight percent of at least one modified nucleic
acid molecule.
[0041] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acids of the present
invention may include at least one stop codon before the 3'
untranslated region (UTR). The stop codon may be selected from TGA,
TAA and TAG. In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acids of the
present invention include the stop codon TGA and one additional
stop codon. In a further embodiment the addition stop codon may be
TAA. In another embodiment, the modified nucleic acid of the
present invention includes three stop codons.
[0042] In one embodiment, the present disclosure provides a
controlled release formulation comprising a modified nucleic acid
which may encode a polypeptide of interest. The modified nucleic
acid may be encapsulated or substantially encapsulated in a
delivery agent. The delivery agent may be coated, covered,
surrounded, enclosed or comprise a layer of polymer, hydrogel
and/or surgical sealant. In a further embodiment, the controlled
release formulation may comprise a second layer of polymer,
hydrogel and/or surgical sealant.
[0043] In one embodiment, the delivery agent of the controlled
release formulation may include, but is not limited to, lipidoids,
liposomes, lipid nanoparticles, rapidly eliminated lipid
nanoparticles, lipoplexes and self-assembled lipid
nanoparticles.
[0044] The polymer which may be used in the controlled release
formulation may include, but is not limited to, PLGA, ethylene
vinyl acetate, poloxamer and GELSITE.RTM.. The surgical sealant
which may be used in the controlled release formulation may
include, but is not limited to, fibrinogen polymers, TISSEELL.RTM.,
PEG-based sealants and COSEAL.RTM..
[0045] In one embodiment, the delivery agent of the controlled
release formulation comprises a lipid nanoparticle or a rapidly
eliminated lipid nanoparticle delivery agent. In one aspect, the
lipid nanoparticle or rapidly eliminated lipid nanoparticle may be
coated, substantially coated, covered, substantially covered,
surrounded, substantially surrounded, enclosed, substantially
enclosed or comprises a layer of polymer, hydrogel and/or surgical
sealant. In another aspect, the delivery agent may be a lipid
nanoparticle which may be coated, substantially coated, covered,
substantially covered, surrounded, substantially surrounded,
enclosed, substantially enclosed or comprises a layer of PLGA.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[0046] The foregoing and other objects, features and advantages
will be apparent from the following description of particular
embodiments of the invention, as illustrated in the accompanying
drawings in which like reference characters refer to the same parts
throughout the different views. The drawings are not necessarily to
scale, emphasis instead being placed upon illustrating the
principles of various embodiments of the invention.
[0047] FIG. 1 illustrates lipid structures in the prior art useful
in the present invention. Shown are the structures for 98N12-5
(TETA5-LAP), DLin-DMA, DLin-K-DMA
(2,2-Dilinoleyl-4-dimethylaminomethyl-[1,3]-dioxolane),
DLin-KC2-DMA, DLin-MC3-DMA and C12-200.
[0048] FIG. 2 is a representative plasmid useful in the IVT
reactions taught herein. The plasmid contains Insert 64818,
designed by the instant inventors.
[0049] FIG. 3 is a gel profile of modified mRNA encapsulated in
PLGA microspheres.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0050] The delivery of nucleic acids into cells has many undesired
complications including the integration of the nucleic acid into
the target cell genome which may result in imprecise expression
levels, the deleterious transfer of the nucleic acid to progeny and
neighbor cells and a substantial risk of causing mutations. The
modified nucleic acid molecules of the present disclosure are
capable of reducing the innate immune activity of a population of
cells into which they are introduced, thus increasing the
efficiency of protein production in that cell population. Further,
one or more additional advantageous activities and/or properties of
the nucleic acids and proteins of the present disclosure are
described herein.
[0051] In addition, provided herein are methods of treating a
subject having or being suspected of having a disease, disorder
and/or condition the methods comprising administering to a subject
in need of such treatment a composition described herein in an
amount sufficient to treat the disease, disorder and/or
condition.
[0052] Unless otherwise defined, all technical and scientific terms
used herein have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of
ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Although
methods and materials similar or equivalent to those described
herein can be used in the practice or testing of methods featured
in the invention, suitable methods and materials are described
below.
Modified Nucleic Acid Molecules
[0053] The present disclosure provides nucleic acids, including RNA
such as mRNA, which contain one or more modified nucleosides or
nucleotides (termed "modified nucleic acid molecules," "modified
mRNA" or "modified mRNA molecules") as described herein. The
modification of the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention
may have useful properties including, but not limited to, a
significant decrease in or a lack of a substantial induction of the
innate immune response of a cell into which the modified mRNA is
introduced. The modified nucleic acid molecules may also exhibit
enhanced efficiency of protein production, intracellular retention
of nucleic acids, and viability of contacted cells, as well as
having reduced immunogenicity as compared to unmodified nucleic
acid molecules.
[0054] Provided are modified nucleic acid molecules containing a
translatable region and one, two, or more than two different
nucleoside modifications Exemplary nucleic acids for use in this
disclosure include ribonucleic acids (RNA), deoxyribonucleic acids
(DNAs), threose nucleic acids (TNAs), glycol nucleic acids (GNAs),
locked nucleic acids (LNAs) or a hybrid thereof. In preferred
embodiments, the modified nucleic acid molecules include messenger
RNA (mRNA). As described herein, the modified nucleic acid
molecules of the present disclosure may not substantially induce an
innate immune response of a cell into which the modified mRNA is
introduced. In another embodiment, the modified nucleic acid
molecule may exhibit reduced degradation, as compared to a nucleic
acid that has not been modified, in a cell where the modified
nucleic acid molecule is introduced.
[0055] The term "nucleic acid" includes any compound and/or
substance that is or can be incorporated into an oligonucleotide
chain. Exemplary nucleic acids for use in accordance with the
present disclosure include, but are not limited to, one or more of
DNA, cDNA, RNA including messenger RNA (mRNA), hybrids thereof,
RNAi-inducing agents, RNAi agents, siRNA, shRNA, miRNA, antisense
RNA, ribozymes, catalytic DNA, RNA that induce triple helix
formation, aptamers, vectors and the like.
[0056] In certain embodiments, it is desirable to intracellularly
degrade a modified nucleic acid molecule introduced into the cell.
For example it would be desirable to degrade a modified nucleic
acid molecule if precise timing of protein production was desired.
Thus, the present disclosure provides a modified nucleic acid
molecule containing a degradation domain, which is capable of being
acted on in a directed manner within a cell.
[0057] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acid molecules may
be chemically modified on the sugar, nucleobase (e.g., in the 5'
position of the nucleobase), or phosphate backbone (e.g., replacing
the phosphate with another moiety such as a thiophospate). In some
embodiments, the modification may result in a disruption of a major
groove binding partner interaction, which may contribute to an
innate immune response. In some embodiments, the formulation
composition, when administered to a subject, can result in improved
bioavailability, therapeutic window, or volume of distribution of
the modified nucleic acid molecule relative to administration of
the modified nucleic acid molecule without the incorporation of the
delivery agent. In some embodiments, the modified nucleosides and
nucleotides of the modified nucleic acid molecules of the present
invention may be synthesized using the O-protected compounds
described in International Pub. No. WO2012138530, the contents of
which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0058] In certain embodiments, the modified nucleic acid molecule
may comprise mRNA. In particular embodiments, the modified mRNA
(mmRNA) may be derived from cDNA. In certain embodiments, mmRNA may
comprise at least two nucleoside modifications. In one embodiment,
the nucleoside modifications may be selected from 5-methylcytosine
and pseudouridine. In another embodiment, at least one of the
nucleoside modifications is not 5-methylcytosine and/or
pseudouridine. In certain embodiments the delivery agent may
comprise formulations allowing for localized and systemic delivery
of mmRNA. The formulations of the modified nucleic acids molecules
and/or mmRNA may be selected from, but are not limited to,
lipidoids, liposomes and lipid nanoparticles, rapidly eliminated
lipid nanoparticles, polymers, lipoplexes, peptides and proteins,
at least one chemical modification and conjugation, enhancers,
and/or cells.
[0059] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules of
the present invention may include at least two stop codons before
the 3' untranslated region (UTR). The stop codon may be selected
from TGA, TAA and TAG. In one embodiment, the nucleic acids of the
present invention include the stop codon TGA and one additional
stop codon. In a further embodiment the addition stop codon may be
TAA. In another embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules may
comprise three stop codons.
[0060] Other components of a nucleic acid are optional in a
modified nucleic acid molecule but these components may be
beneficial in some embodiments.
Untranslated Regions (UTRs)
[0061] Untranslated regions (UTRs) of a gene are transcribed but
not translated. The 5' UTR starts at the transcription start site
and continues to the start codon but does not include the start
codon; whereas, the 3' UTR starts immediately following a stop
codon and continues until the transcriptional termination signal.
There is growing body of evidence about the regulatory roles played
by the UTRs in terms of stability of the nucleic acid molecule and
translation. The regulatory features of a UTR can be incorporated
into the modified mRNA molecules of the present invention to
enhance the stability of the molecule. The specific features can
also be incorporated to ensure controlled down-regulation of the
transcript in case they are misdirected to undesired organs
sites.
5' UTR and Translation Initiation
[0062] Natural 5' UTRs bear features which play roles in for
translation initiation. They harbor signatures like Kozak sequences
which are commonly known to be involved in the process by which the
ribosome initiates translation of many genes. Kozak sequences have
the consensus CCR(A/G)CCAUGG (SEQ ID NO: 1), where R is a purine
(adenine or guanine) three bases upstream of the start codon (AUG),
which is followed by another `G`. 5' UTR also have been known to
form secondary structures which are involved in elongation factor
binding.
[0063] By engineering the features typically found in abundantly
expressed genes of specific target organs, one can enhance the
stability and protein production of the modified mRNA molecules of
the invention. For example, introduction of 5' UTR of
liver-expressed mRNA, such as albumin, serum amyloid A,
Apolipoprotein A/B/E, transferrin, alpha fetoprotein,
erythropoietin, or Factor VIII, could be used to enhance expression
of a modified nucleic acid molecule, such as a mmRNA, in hepatic
cell lines or liver. Likewise, use of 5' UTR from other
tissue-specific mRNA to improve expression in that tissue is
possible for muscle (MyoD, Myosin, Myoglobin, Myogenin, Herculin),
for endothelial cells (Tie-1, CD36), for myeloid cells (C/EBP,
AML1, G-CSF, GM-CSF, CD11b, MSR, Fr-1, i-NOS), for leukocytes
(CD45, CD18), for adipose tissue (CD36, GLUT4, ACRP30, adiponectin)
and for lung epithelial cells (SP-A/B/C/D).
[0064] Other non-UTR sequences may be incorporated into the 5' (or
3' UTR) UTRs of the modified nucleic acid molecules of the present
invention. For example, introns or portions of introns sequences
may be incorporated into the flanking regions of the modified mRNA
of the invention. Incorporation of intronic sequences may increase
protein production as well as mRNA levels.
3' UTR and the AU Rich Elements
[0065] 3' UTRs are known to have stretches of Adenosines and
Uridines embedded in them. These AU rich signatures are
particularly prevalent in genes with high rates of turnover. Based
on their sequence features and functional properties, the AU rich
elements (AREs) can be separated into three classes (Chen et al,
1995): Class I AREs contain several dispersed copies of an AUUUA
motif within U-rich regions. C-Myc and MyoD contain class I AREs.
Class II AREs possess two or more overlapping UUAUUUA(U/A)(U/A)
(SEQ ID NO: 2) nonamers. Molecules containing this type of AREs
include GM-CSF and TNF-a. Class III ARES are less well defined.
These U rich regions do not contain an AUUUA motif. c-Jun and
Myogenin are two well-studied examples of this class. Most proteins
binding to the AREs are known to destabilize the messenger, whereas
members of the ELAV family, most notably HuR, have been documented
to increase the stability of mRNA. HuR binds to AREs of all the
three classes. Engineering the HuR specific binding sites into the
3' UTR of nucleic acid molecules will lead to HuR binding and thus,
stabilization of the message in vivo.
[0066] Introduction, removal or modification of 3' UTR AU rich
elements (AREs) can be used to modulate the stability of modified
mRNA of the invention. When engineering specific modified mRNA, one
or more copies of an ARE can be introduced to make modified mRNA of
the invention less stable and thereby curtail translation and
decrease production of the resultant protein.
[0067] Likewise, AREs can be identified and removed or mutated to
increase the intracellular stability and thus increase translation
and production of the resultant protein. Transfection experiments
can be conducted in relevant cell lines, using modified mRNA of the
invention and protein production can be assayed at various time
points post-transfection. For example, cells can be transfected
with different ARE-engineering molecules and by using an ELISA kit
to the relevant protein and assaying protein produced at 6 hours,
12 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, and 7 days post-transfection.
Incorporating microRNA Binding Sites
[0068] microRNAs (or miRNA) are 19-25 nucleotide long noncoding
RNAs that bind to the 3' UTR of nucleic acid molecules and
down-regulate gene expression either by reducing nucleic acid
molecule stability or by inhibiting translation. The modified mRNA
of the invention may comprise one or more microRNA target
sequences, microRNA sequences, or microRNA seeds. Such sequences
may correspond to any known microRNA such as those taught in US
Publication US2005/0261218 and US Publication US2005/0059005, the
contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety.
[0069] A microRNA sequence comprises a "seed" region, i.e., a
sequence in the region of positions 2-8 of the mature microRNA,
which sequence has perfect Watson-Crick complementarity to the
miRNA target sequence. A microRNA seed may comprise positions 2-8
or 2-7 of the mature microRNA. In some embodiments, a microRNA seed
may comprise 7 nucleotides (e.g., nucleotides 2-8 of the mature
microRNA), wherein the seed-complementary site in the corresponding
miRNA target is flanked by an adenine (A) opposed to microRNA
position 1. In some embodiments, a microRNA seed may comprise 6
nucleotides (e.g., nucleotides 2-7 of the mature microRNA), wherein
the seed-complementary site in the corresponding miRNA target is
flanked by an adenine (A) opposed to microRNA position 1. See for
example, Grimson A, Farh K K, Johnston W K, Garrett-Engele P, Lim L
P, Bartel D P; Mol. Cell. 2007 Jul. 6; 27(1):91-105; each of which
is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. The bases of
the microRNA seed have complete complementarity with the target
sequence. By engineering microRNA target sequences into the 3'UTR
of modified mRNA of the invention one can target the molecule for
degradation or reduced translation, provided the microRNA in
question is available. This process will reduce the hazard of off
target effects upon nucleic acid molecule delivery. Identification
of microRNA, microRNA target regions, and their expression patterns
and role in biology have been reported (Bonauer et al., Curr Drug
Targets 2010 11:943-949; Anand and Cheresh Curr Opin Hematol 2011
18:171-176; Contreras and Rao Leukemia 2012 26:404-413 (2011 Dec.
20. doi: 10.1038/leu.2011.356); Bartel Cell 2009 136:215-233;
Landgraf et al, Cell, 2007 129:1401-1414; each of which is herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0070] For example, if the modified nucleic acid molecule is a
modified mRNA and is not intended to be delivered to the liver but
ends up there, then miR-122, a microRNA abundant in liver, can
inhibit the expression of the gene of interest if one or multiple
target sites of miR-122 are engineered into the 3' UTR of the
modified mRNA. Introduction of one or multiple binding sites for
different microRNA can be engineered to further decrease the
longevity, stability, and protein translation of a modified nucleic
acid molecule and/or modified mRNA.
[0071] As used herein, the term "microRNA site" refers to a
microRNA target site or a microRNA recognition site, or any
nucleotide sequence to which a microRNA binds or associates. It
should be understood that "binding" may follow traditional
Watson-Crick hybridization rules or may reflect any stable
association of the microRNA with the target sequence at or adjacent
to the microRNA site.
[0072] Conversely, for the purposes of the modified mRNA of the
present invention, microRNA binding sites can be engineered out of
(i.e. removed from) sequences in which they naturally occur in
order to increase protein expression in specific tissues. For
example, miR-122 binding sites may be removed to improve protein
expression in the liver. Regulation of expression in multiple
tissues can be accomplished through introduction or removal or one
or several microRNA binding sites.
[0073] Examples of tissues where microRNA are known to regulate
mRNA, and thereby protein expression, include, but are not limited
to, liver (miR-122), muscle (miR-133, miR-206, miR-208),
endothelial cells (miR-17-92, miR-126), myeloid cells (miR-142-3p,
miR-142-5p, miR-16, miR-21, miR-223, miR-24, miR-27), adipose
tissue (let-7, miR-30c), heart (miR-1d, miR-149), kidney (miR-192,
miR-194, miR-204), and lung epithelial cells (let-7, miR-133,
miR-126). MicroRNA can also regulate complex biological processes
such as angiogenesis (miR-132) (Anand and Cheresh Curr Opin Hematol
2011 18:171-176; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
In the modified mRNA of the present invention, binding sites for
microRNAs that are involved in such processes may be removed or
introduced, in order to tailor the expression of the modified mRNA
expression to biologically relevant cell types or to the context of
relevant biological processes.
[0074] Lastly, through an understanding of the expression patterns
of microRNA in different cell types, modified mRNA can be
engineered for more targeted expression in specific cell types or
only under specific biological conditions. Through introduction of
tissue-specific microRNA binding sites, modified mRNA could be
designed that would be optimal for protein expression in a tissue
or in the context of a biological condition.
[0075] Transfection experiments can be conducted in relevant cell
lines, using engineered modified mRNA and protein production can be
assayed at various time points post-transfection. For example,
cells can be transfected with different microRNA binding
site-engineering modified mRNA and by using an ELISA kit to the
relevant protein and assaying protein produced at 6 hour, 12 hour,
24 hour, 48 hour, 72 hour and 7 days post-transfection. In vivo
experiments can also be conducted using microRNA-binding
site-engineered molecules to examine changes in tissue-specific
expression of formulated modified mRNA.
5' Capping
[0076] The 5' cap structure of an mRNA is involved in nuclear
export, increasing mRNA stability and binds the mRNA Cap Binding
Protein (CBP), which is responsible for mRNA stability in the cell
and translation competency through the association of CBP with
poly(A) binding protein to form the mature cyclic mRNA species. The
cap further assists the removal of 5' proximal introns removal
during mRNA splicing.
[0077] Endogenous mRNA molecules may be 5'-end capped generating a
5'-ppp-5'-triphosphate linkage between a terminal guanosine cap
residue and the 5'-terminal transcribed sense nucleotide of the
mRNA molecule. This 5'-guanylate cap may then be methylated to
generate an N7-methyl-guanylate residue. The ribose sugars of the
terminal and/or anteterminal transcribed nucleotides of the 5' end
of the mRNA may optionally also be 2'-O-methylated. 5'-decapping
through hydrolysis and cleavage of the guanylate cap structure may
target a nucleic acid molecule, such as an mRNA molecule, for
degradation.
[0078] Modifications to the modified mRNA of the present invention
may generate a non-hydrolyzable cap structure preventing decapping
and thus increasing mRNA half-life. Because cap structure
hydrolysis requires cleavage of 5'-ppp-5' phosphorodiester
linkages, modified nucleotides may be used during the capping
reaction. For example, a Vaccinia Capping Enzyme from New England
Biolabs (Ipswich, Mass.) may be used with .alpha.-thio-guanosine
nucleotides according to the manufacturer's instructions to create
a phosphorothioate linkage in the 5'-ppp-5' cap. Additional
modified guanosine nucleotides may be used such as
.alpha.-methyl-phosphonate and seleno-phosphate nucleotides.
[0079] Additional modifications include, but are not limited to,
2'-O-methylation of the ribose sugars of 5'-terminal and/or
5'-anteterminal nucleotides of the mRNA (as mentioned above) on the
2'-hydroxyl group of the sugar ring. Multiple distinct 5'-cap
structures can be used to generate the 5'-cap of a nucleic acid
molecule, such as an mRNA molecule.
[0080] Cap analogs, which herein are also referred to as synthetic
cap analogs, chemical caps, chemical cap analogs, or structural or
functional cap analogs, differ from natural (i.e. endogenous,
wild-type or physiological) 5'-caps in their chemical structure,
while retaining cap function. Cap analogs may be chemically (i.e.
non-enzymatically) or enzymatically synthesized and/or linked to a
nucleic acid molecule.
[0081] For example, the Anti-Reverse Cap Analog (ARCA) cap contains
two guanines linked by a 5'-5'-triphosphate group, wherein one
guanine contains an N7 methyl group as well as a 3'-O-methyl group
(i.e., N7,3'-O-dimethyl-guanosine-5'-triphosphate-5'-guanosine
(m.sup.7G-3' mppp-G; which may equivalently be designated 3'
O-Me-m7G(5)ppp(5')G). The 3'-O atom of the other, unmodified,
guanine becomes linked to the 5'-terminal nucleotide of the capped
nucleic acid molecule (e.g. an mRNA or mmRNA). The N7- and
3'-O-methlyated guanine provides the terminal moiety of the capped
nucleic acid molecule (e.g. mRNA or mmRNA).
[0082] Another exemplary cap is mCAP, which is similar to ARCA but
has a 2'-O-methyl group on guanosine (i.e.,
N7,2'-O-dimethyl-guanosine-5'-triphosphate-5'-guanosine,
m.sup.7Gm-ppp-G).
[0083] While cap analogs allow for the concomitant capping of a
nucleic acid molecule in an in vitro transcription reaction, up to
20% of transcripts can remain uncapped. This, as well as the
structural differences of a cap analog from an endogenous 5'-cap
structures of nucleic acids produced by the endogenous, cellular
transcription machinery, may lead to reduced translational
competency and reduced cellular stability.
[0084] Modified mRNA of the present invention may also be capped
post-transcriptionally, using enzymes, in order to generate more
authentic 5'-cap structures. As used herein, the phrase "more
authentic" refers to a feature that closely mirrors or mimics,
either structurally or functionally, an endogenous or wild type
feature. That is, a "more authentic" feature is better
representative of an endogenous, wild-type, natural or
physiological cellular function and/or structure as compared to
synthetic features or analogs, etc., of the prior art, or which
outperforms the corresponding endogenous, wild-type, natural or
physiological feature in one or more respects. Non-limiting
examples of more authentic 5' cap structures of the present
invention are those which, among other things, have enhanced
binding of cap binding proteins, increased half life, reduced
susceptibility to 5' endonucleases and/or reduced 5' decapping, as
compared to synthetic 5' cap structures known in the art (or to a
wild-type, natural or physiological 5' cap structure). For example,
recombinant Vaccinia Virus Capping Enzyme and recombinant
2'-.beta.-methyltransferase enzyme can create a canonical
5,-5'-triphosphate linkage between the 5'-terminal nucleotide of an
mRNA and a guanine cap nucleotide wherein the cap guanine contains
an N7 methylation and the 5'-terminal nucleotide of the mRNA
contains a 2'-O-methyl. Such a structure is termed the Cap1
structure. This cap results in a higher translational-competency
and cellular stability and a reduced activation of cellular
pro-inflammatory cytokines, as compared, e.g., to other 5' cap
analog structures known in the art. Cap structures include, but are
not limited to, 7mG(5')ppp(5')N,pN2p (cap 0), 7mG(5')ppp(5')N1mpNp
(cap 1), and 7mG(5')-ppp(5')N1mpN2 mp (cap 2).
[0085] Because the modified mRNA may be capped
post-transcriptionally, and because this process is more efficient,
nearly 100% of the modified mRNA may be capped. This is in contrast
to .about.80% when a cap analog is linked to an mRNA in the course
of an in vitro transcription reaction.
[0086] According to the present invention, 5' terminal caps may
include endogenous caps or cap analogs. According to the present
invention, a 5' terminal cap may comprise a guanine analog. Useful
guanine analogs include, but are not limited to, inosine,
N1-methyl-guanosine, 2'fluoro-guanosine, 7-deaza-guanosine,
8-oxo-guanosine, 2-amino-guanosine, LNA-guanosine, and
2-azido-guanosine.
Viral Sequences
[0087] Additional viral sequences such as, but not limited to, the
translation enhancer sequence of the barley yellow dwarf virus
(BYDV-PAV) can be engineered and inserted in the 3' UTR of the
modified mRNA of the invention and can stimulate the translation of
the mRNA in vitro and in vivo. Transfection experiments can be
conducted in relevant cell lines at and protein production can be
assayed by ELISA at 12 hour, 24 hour, 48 hour, 72 hour and day 7
post-transfection.
IRES Sequences
[0088] Further, provided are modified mRNA which may contain an
internal ribosome entry site (IRES). First identified as a feature
Picorna virus RNA, IRES plays an important role in initiating
protein synthesis in absence of the 5' cap structure. An IRES may
act as the sole ribosome binding site, or may serve as one of
multiple ribosome binding sites of an mRNA. Modified mRNA
containing more than one functional ribosome binding site may
encode several peptides or polypeptides that are translated
independently by the ribosomes ("multicistronic nucleic acid
molecules"). When modified mRNA are provided with an IRES, further
optionally provided is a second translatable region. Examples of
IRES sequences that can be used according to the invention include
without limitation, those from picornaviruses (e.g. FMDV), pest
viruses (CFFV), polio viruses (PV), encephalomyocarditis viruses
(ECMV), foot-and-mouth disease viruses (FMDV), hepatitis C viruses
(HCV), classical swine fever viruses (CSFV), murine leukemia virus
(MLV), simian immune deficiency viruses (SIV) or cricket paralysis
viruses (CrPV).
Poly-A Tails
[0089] During RNA processing, a long chain of adenine nucleotides
(poly-A tail) may be added to a modified nucleic acid molecule such
as a modified mRNA molecules in order to increase stability.
Immediately after transcription, the 3' end of the transcript may
be cleaved to free a 3' hydroxyl. Then poly-A polymerase adds a
chain of adenine nucleotides to the RNA. The process, called
polyadenylation, adds a poly-A tail that can be between, for
example, approximately 100 and 250 residues long.
[0090] It has been discovered that unique poly-A tail lengths
provide certain advantages to the modified mRNA of the present
invention.
[0091] Generally, the length of a poly-A tail of the present
invention is greater than 30 nucleotides in length. In another
embodiment, the poly-A tail is greater than 35 nucleotides in
length (e.g., at least or greater than about 35, 40, 45, 50, 55,
60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120, 140, 160, 180, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400,
450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1,000, 1,100, 1,200, 1,300, 1,400,
1,500, 1,600, 1,700, 1,800, 1,900, 2,000, 2,500, and 3,000
nucleotides). In some embodiments, the modified mRNA includes from
about 30 to about 3,000 nucleotides (e.g., from 30 to 50, from 30
to 100, from 30 to 250, from 30 to 500, from 30 to 750, from 30 to
1,000, from 30 to 1,500, from 30 to 2,000, from 30 to 2,500, from
50 to 100, from 50 to 250, from 50 to 500, from 50 to 750, from 50
to 1,000, from 50 to 1,500, from 50 to 2,000, from 50 to 2,500,
from 50 to 3,000, from 100 to 500, from 100 to 750, from 100 to
1,000, from 100 to 1,500, from 100 to 2,000, from 100 to 2,500,
from 100 to 3,000, from 500 to 750, from 500 to 1,000, from 500 to
1,500, from 500 to 2,000, from 500 to 2,500, from 500 to 3,000,
from 1,000 to 1,500, from 1,000 to 2,000, from 1,000 to 2,500, from
1,000 to 3,000, from 1,500 to 2,000, from 1,500 to 2,500, from
1,500 to 3,000, from 2,000 to 3,000, from 2,000 to 2,500, and from
2,500 to 3,000).
[0092] In one embodiment, the poly-A tail is designed relative to
the length of the overall modified mRNA. This design may be based
on the length of the coding region, the length of a particular
feature or region (such as the flanking regions), or based on the
length of the ultimate product expressed from the modified
mRNA.
[0093] In this context the poly-A tail may be 10, 20, 30, 40, 50,
60, 70, 80, 90, or 100% greater in length than the modified mRNA,
region or feature thereof. The poly-A tail may also be designed as
a fraction of modified mRNA to which it belongs. In this context,
the poly-A tail may be 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, or 90% or
more of the total length of the molecule or the total length of the
molecule minus the poly-A tail. Further, engineered binding sites
and conjugation of modified mRNA for Poly-A binding protein may
enhance expression.
[0094] Additionally, multiple distinct modified mRNA may be linked
together to the PABP (Poly-A binding protein) through the 3'-end
using modified nucleotides at the 3'-terminus of the poly-A tail.
Transfection experiments can be conducted in relevant cell lines at
and protein production can be assayed by ELISA at 12 hour, 24 hour,
48 hour, 72 hour and day 7 post-transfection.
[0095] In one embodiment, the modified mRNA of the present
invention are designed to include a polyA-G Quartet. The G-quartet
is a cyclic hydrogen bonded array of four guanine nucleotides that
can be formed by G-rich sequences in both DNA and RNA. In this
embodiment, the G-quartet is incorporated at the end of the poly-A
tail. The resultant mmRNA molecule is assayed for stability,
protein production and other parameters including half-life at
various time points. It has been discovered that the polyA-G
quartet results in protein production equivalent to at least 75% of
that seen using a poly-A tail of 120 nucleotides alone.
MODIFICATIONS
[0096] The modified nucleic acids and modified mRNA (mmRNA) of the
invention may contain one, two, or more different modifications. In
some embodiments, modified nucleic acids and mmRNA may contain one,
two, or more different nucleoside or nucleotide modifications. In
some embodiments, a modified nucleic acid or mmRNA (e.g., having
one or more mmRNA molecules) introduced to a cell may exhibit
reduced degradation in the cell, as compared to an unmodified
nucleic acid or mmRNA.
[0097] The modified nucleic acids and mmRNA can include any useful
modification, such as to the sugar, the nucleobase (e.g., one or
more modifications of a nucleobase, such as by replacing or
substituting an atom of a pyrimidine nucleobase with optionally
substituted amino, optionally substituted thiol, optionally
substituted alkyl (e.g., methyl or ethyl), or halo (e.g., chloro or
fluoro), or the internucleoside linkage (e.g., one or more
modification to the phosphodiester backbone). In certain
embodiments, modifications are present in both the sugar and the
internucleoside linkage (e.g., one or modifications, such as those
present in ribonucleic acids (RNA), deoxyribonucleic acids (DNAs),
threose nucleic acids (TNAs), glycol nucleic acids (GNAs), peptide
nucleic acids (PNAs), locked nucleic acids (LNAs) or hybrids
thereof). Additional modifications are described herein.
[0098] As described herein, the modified nucleic acids and mmRNA of
the invention do not substantially induce an innate immune response
of a cell into which the mRNA is introduced. In certain
embodiments, it may desirable to intracellularly degrade a modified
nucleic acid molecule or modified nucleic acid molecule introduced
into the cell. For example, degradation of a modified nucleic acid
molecule or modified mRNA may be preferable if precise timing of
protein production is desired. Thus, in some embodiments, the
invention provides a modified nucleic acid molecule containing a
degradation domain, which is capable of being acted on in a
directed manner within a cell. In another aspect, the present
disclosure provides nucleic acids comprising a nucleoside or
nucleotide that can disrupt the binding of a major groove
interacting, e.g. binding, partner with the nucleic acid (e.g.,
where the modified nucleotide has decreased binding affinity to
major groove interacting partner, as compared to an unmodified
nucleotide).
[0099] The modified nucleic acid and mmRNA can optionally include
other agents (e.g., RNAi-inducing agents, RNAi agents, siRNA,
shRNA, miRNA, antisense RNA, ribozymes, catalytic DNA, tRNA, RNA
that induce triple helix formation, aptamers, vectors, etc.). In
some embodiments, the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA may include
one or more messenger RNA (mmRNA) and one or more modified
nucleoside or nucleotides (e.g., mmRNA molecules). Details for
these modified nucleic acids and mmRNA follow.
Modified Nucleic Acids
[0100] The modified nucleic acids or mmRNA of the invention may
include a first region of linked nucleosides encoding a polypeptide
of interest, a first flanking region located at the 5' terminus of
the first region, and a second flanking region located at the 3'
terminus of the first region.
[0101] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
includes n number of linked nucleosides having Formula (Ia) or
Formula (Ia-1):
##STR00001##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
[0102] U is O, S, N(R.sup.U).sub.nu, or C(R.sup.U).sub.nu, wherein
nu is an integer from 0 to 2 and each R.sup.U is, independently, H,
halo, or optionally substituted alkyl;
[0103] - - - is a single bond or absent;
[0104] each of R.sup.1', R.sup.2', R.sup.1'', R.sup.2'', R.sup.1,
R.sup.2, R.sup.3, R.sup.4, and R.sup.5 is if present,
independently, H, halo, hydroxy, thiol, optionally substituted
alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted
alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally
substituted aminoalkoxy, optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy,
optionally substituted hydroxyalkoxy, optionally substituted amino,
azido, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted
aminoalkyl, optionally substituted aminoalkenyl, optionally
substituted aminoalkynyl, or absent; wherein the combination of
R.sup.3 with one or more of R.sup.1', R.sup.1'', R.sup.2',
R.sup.2'', or R.sup.5 (e.g., the combination of R.sup.1' and
R.sup.3, the combination of R.sup.1'' and R.sup.3, the combination
of R.sup.2' and R.sup.3, the combination of R.sup.2'' and R.sup.3,
or the combination of R.sup.5 and R.sup.3) can join together to
form optionally substituted alkylene or optionally substituted
heteroalkylene and, taken together with the carbons to which they
are attached, provide an optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g.,
a bicyclic, tricyclic, or tetracyclic heterocyclyl); wherein the
combination of R.sup.5 with one or more of R.sup.1', R.sup.1'',
R.sup.2', or R.sup.2'' (e.g., the combination of R.sup.1' and
R.sup.5, the combination of R.sup.1'' and R.sup.5, the combination
of R.sup.2' and R.sup.5, or the combination of R.sup.2'' and
R.sup.5) can join together to form optionally substituted alkylene
or optionally substituted heteroalkylene and, taken together with
the carbons to which they are attached, provide an optionally
substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., a bicyclic, tricyclic, or
tetracyclic heterocyclyl); and wherein the combination of R.sup.4
and one or more of R.sup.1', R.sup.1'', R.sup.2', R.sup.2'',
R.sup.3, or R.sup.5 can join together to form optionally
substituted alkylene or optionally substituted heteroalkylene and,
taken together with the carbons to which they are attached, provide
an optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., a bicyclic,
tricyclic, or tetracyclic heterocyclyl);
[0105] each of m' and m'' is, independently, an integer from 0 to 3
(e.g., from 0 to 2, from 0 to 1, from 1 to 3, or from 1 to 2);
[0106] each of Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, and Y.sup.3, is, independently, O,
S, Se, --NR.sup.N1--, optionally substituted alkylene, or
optionally substituted heteroalkylene, wherein R.sup.N1 is H,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, or
absent;
[0107] each Y.sup.4 is, independently, H, hydroxy, thiol, boranyl,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy,
optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted
alkynyloxy, optionally substituted thioalkoxy, optionally
substituted alkoxyalkoxy, or optionally substituted amino;
[0108] each Y.sup.5 is, independently, O, S, Se, optionally
substituted alkylene (e.g., methylene), or optionally substituted
heteroalkylene;
[0109] n is an integer from 1 to 100,000; and
[0110] B is a nucleobase (e.g., a purine, a pyrimidine, or
derivatives thereof), wherein the combination of B and R.sup.1',
the combination of B and R.sup.2', the combination of B and
R.sup.1'', or the combination of B and R.sup.2'' can, taken
together with the carbons to which they are attached, optionally
form a bicyclic group (e.g., a bicyclic heterocyclyl) or wherein
the combination of B, R.sup.1'', and R.sup.3 or the combination of
B, R.sup.2'', and R.sup.3 can optionally form a tricyclic or
tetracyclic group (e.g., a tricyclic or tetracyclic heterocyclyl,
such as in Formula (IIo)-(IIp) herein). In some embodiments, the
modified nucleic acid or mmRNA includes a modified ribose.
[0111] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acid or mmRNA
includes n number of linked nucleosides having Formula
(Ia-2)-(Ia-5) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer
thereof.
##STR00002##
[0112] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acid or mmRNA
includes n number of linked nucleosides having Formula (Ib) or
Formula (Ib-1):
##STR00003##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
[0113] U is O, S, N(R.sup.U).sub.nu, or C(R.sup.U).sub.nu, wherein
nu is an integer from 0 to 2 and each R.sup.U is, independently, H,
halo, or optionally substituted alkyl;
[0114] - - - is a single bond or absent;
[0115] each of R.sup.1, R.sup.3', R.sup.3'', and R.sup.4 is,
independently, H, halo, hydroxy, optionally substituted alkyl,
optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy,
optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted
aminoalkoxy, optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy, optionally
substituted hydroxyalkoxy, optionally substituted amino, azido,
optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted aminoalkyl,
optionally substituted aminoalkenyl, optionally substituted
aminoalkynyl, or absent; and wherein the combination of R.sup.1 and
R.sup.3' or the combination of R.sup.1 and R.sup.3'' can be taken
together to form optionally substituted alkylene or optionally
substituted heteroalkylene (e.g., to produce a locked nucleic
acid);
[0116] each R.sup.5 is, independently, H, halo, hydroxy, optionally
substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally
substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy,
optionally substituted aminoalkoxy, optionally substituted
alkoxyalkoxy, or absent;
[0117] each of Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, and Y.sup.3 is, independently, O,
S, Se, --NR.sup.N1--, optionally substituted alkylene, or
optionally substituted heteroalkylene, wherein R.sup.N1 is H,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, or optionally substituted aryl;
each Y.sup.4 is, independently, H, hydroxy, thiol, boranyl,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy,
optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted
alkynyloxy, optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy, or optionally
substituted amino;
[0118] n is an integer from 1 to 100,000; and
[0119] B is a nucleobase.
[0120] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acid or mmRNA
includes n number of linked nucleosides having Formula (Ic):
##STR00004##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
[0121] U is O, S, N(R.sup.U).sub.nu, or C(R.sup.U).sub.nu, wherein
nu is an integer from 0 to 2 and each R.sup.U is, independently, H,
halo, or optionally substituted alkyl;
[0122] - - - is a single bond or absent;
[0123] each of B.sup.1, B.sup.2, and B.sup.3 is, independently, a
nucleobase (e.g., a purine, a pyrimidine, or derivatives thereof,
as described herein), H, halo, hydroxy, thiol, optionally
substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally
substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy,
optionally substituted aminoalkoxy, optionally substituted
alkoxyalkoxy, optionally substituted hydroxyalkoxy, optionally
substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted aminoalkyl, optionally substituted aminoalkenyl, or
optionally substituted aminoalkynyl, wherein one and only one of
B.sup.1, B.sup.2, and B.sup.3 is a nucleobase;
[0124] each of R.sup.b1, R.sup.b2, R.sup.b3, R.sup.3, and R.sup.5
is, independently, H, halo, hydroxy, thiol, optionally substituted
alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted
alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally
substituted aminoalkoxy, optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy,
optionally substituted hydroxyalkoxy, optionally substituted amino,
azido, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted
aminoalkyl, optionally substituted aminoalkenyl or optionally
substituted aminoalkynyl;
[0125] each of Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, and Y.sup.3, is, independently, O,
S, Se, --NR.sup.N1--, optionally substituted alkylene, or
optionally substituted heteroalkylene, wherein R.sup.N1 is H,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, or optionally substituted aryl;
[0126] each Y.sup.4 is, independently, H, hydroxy, thiol, boranyl,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy,
optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted
alkynyloxy, optionally substituted thioalkoxy, optionally
substituted alkoxyalkoxy, or optionally substituted amino;
[0127] each Y.sup.5 is, independently, O, S, Se, optionally
substituted alkylene (e.g., methylene), or optionally substituted
heteroalkylene;
[0128] n is an integer from 1 to 100,000; and
[0129] wherein the ring including U can include one or more double
bonds.
[0130] In particular embodiments, the ring including U does not
have a double bond between U-CB.sup.3R.sup.b3 or between
CB.sup.3R.sup.b3--C.sup.B2R.sup.b2.
[0131] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acid or mmRNA
includes n number of linked nucleosides having Formula (Id):
##STR00005##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
[0132] U is O, S, N(R.sup.U).sub.nu, or C(R.sup.U).sub.nu, wherein
nu is an integer from 0 to 2 and each R.sup.U is, independently, H,
halo, or optionally substituted alkyl;
[0133] each R.sup.3 is, independently, H, halo, hydroxy, thiol,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy,
optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted
alkynyloxy, optionally substituted aminoalkoxy, optionally
substituted alkoxyalkoxy, optionally substituted hydroxyalkoxy,
optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted aryl,
optionally substituted aminoalkyl, optionally substituted
aminoalkenyl, or optionally substituted aminoalkynyl;
[0134] each of Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, and Y.sup.3, is, independently, O,
S, Se, --NR.sup.N1--, optionally substituted alkylene, or
optionally substituted heteroalkylene, wherein R.sup.N1 is H,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, or optionally substituted aryl;
[0135] each Y.sup.4 is, independently, H, hydroxy, thiol, boranyl,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy,
optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted
alkynyloxy, optionally substituted thioalkoxy, optionally
substituted alkoxyalkoxy, or optionally substituted amino;
[0136] each Y.sup.5 is, independently, O, S, optionally substituted
alkylene (e.g., methylene), or optionally substituted
heteroalkylene;
[0137] n is an integer from 1 to 100,000; and
[0138] B is a nucleobase (e.g., a purine, a pyrimidine, or
derivatives thereof).
[0139] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acid molecules or
modified mRNA includes n number of linked nucleosides having
Formula (Ie):
##STR00006##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
[0140] each of U' and U'' is, independently, O, S,
N(R.sup.U).sub.nu, or C(R.sup.U).sub.nu, wherein nu is an integer
from 0 to 2 and each R.sup.U is, independently, H, halo, or
optionally substituted alkyl; each R.sup.6 is, independently, H,
halo, hydroxy, thiol, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally
substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally
substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted aminoalkoxy,
optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy, optionally substituted
hydroxyalkoxy, optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally
substituted aryl, optionally substituted aminoalkyl, optionally
substituted aminoalkenyl, or optionally substituted
aminoalkynyl;
[0141] each Y.sup.5' is, independently, O, S, optionally
substituted alkylene (e.g., methylene or ethylene), or optionally
substituted heteroalkylene;
[0142] n is an integer from 1 to 100,000; and
[0143] B is a nucleobase (e.g., a purine, a pyrimidine, or
derivatives thereof).
[0144] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acid or mmRNA
includes n number of linked nucleosides having Formula (If) or
(If-1):
##STR00007##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
[0145] each of U' and U'' is, independently, O, S,
N,N(R.sup.U).sub.nu, or C(R.sup.U).sub.nu, wherein nu is an integer
from 0 to 2 and each R.sup.U is, independently, H, halo, or
optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., U' is O and U'' is N);
[0146] - - - is a single bond or absent;
[0147] each of R.sup.1', R.sup.2', R.sup.1'', R.sup.2'', R.sup.3,
and R.sup.4 is, independently, H, halo, hydroxy, thiol, optionally
substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally
substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy,
optionally substituted aminoalkoxy, optionally substituted
alkoxyalkoxy, optionally substituted hydroxyalkoxy, optionally
substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted aminoalkyl, optionally substituted aminoalkenyl,
optionally substituted aminoalkynyl, or absent; and wherein the
combination of R.sup.1' and R.sup.3, the combination of R.sup.1''
and R.sup.3, the combination of R.sup.2' and R.sup.3, or the
combination of R.sup.2'' and R.sup.3 can be taken together to form
optionally substituted alkylene or optionally substituted
heteroalkylene (e.g., to produce a locked nucleic acid); each of m'
and m'' is, independently, an integer from 0 to 3 (e.g., from 0 to
2, from 0 to 1, from 1 to 3, or from 1 to 2);
[0148] each of Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, and Y.sup.3, is, independently, O,
S, Se, --NR.sup.N1--, optionally substituted alkylene, or
optionally substituted heteroalkylene, wherein R.sup.N1 is H,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted aryl, or
absent;
[0149] each Y.sup.4 is, independently, H, hydroxy, thiol, boranyl,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy,
optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted
alkynyloxy, optionally substituted thioalkoxy, optionally
substituted alkoxyalkoxy, or optionally substituted amino;
[0150] each Y.sup.5 is, independently, O, S, Se, optionally
substituted alkylene (e.g., methylene), or optionally substituted
heteroalkylene;
[0151] n is an integer from 1 to 100,000; and
[0152] B is a nucleobase (e.g., a purine, a pyrimidine, or
derivatives thereof).
[0153] In some embodiments of the modified nucleic acid or mmRNA
(e.g., (Ia)-(Ia-5), (Ib)-(If-1), (IIa)-(IIp), (IIb-1), (IIb-2),
(IIc-1)-(IIc-2), (IIn-1), (IIn-2), (IVa)-(IV1), and (IXa)-(IXr)),
the ring including U has one or two double bonds.
[0154] In some embodiments of the modified nucleic acid or mmRNA
(e.g., Formulas (Ia)-Ia-5), (Ib)-(If-1), (IIa)-(IIp), (IIb-1),
(IIb-2), (IIc-1)-(IIc-2), (IIn-1), (IIn-2), (IVa)-(IV1), and
(IXa)-(IXr)), each of R.sup.1, R.sup.1', and R.sup.1'', if present,
is H. In further embodiments, each of R.sup.2, R.sup.2', and
R.sup.2'', if present, is, independently, H, halo (e.g., fluoro),
hydroxy, optionally substituted alkoxy (e.g., methoxy or ethoxy),
or optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy. In particular embodiments,
alkoxyalkoxy is
--(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3OR',
wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1
to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from
1 to 10), and R' is H or C.sub.1-20 alkyl). In some embodiments, s2
is 0, s1 is 1 or 2, s3 is 0 or 1, and R' is C.sub.1-6 alkyl.
[0155] In some embodiments of the modified nucleic acid or mmRNA
(e.g., Formulas (Ia)-Ia-5), (Ib)-(If-1), (IIa)-(IIp), (IIb-1),
(IIb-2), (IIc-1)-(IIc-2), (IIn-1), (IIn-2), (IVa)-(IV1), and
(IXa)-(IXr)), each of R.sup.2, R.sup.2', and R.sup.2'', if present,
is H. In further embodiments, each of R.sup.1, R.sup.1', and
R.sup.1'', if present, is, independently, H, halo (e.g., fluoro),
hydroxy, optionally substituted alkoxy (e.g., methoxy or ethoxy),
or optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy. In particular embodiments,
alkoxyalkoxy is
--(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3OR',
wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1
to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from
1 to 10), and R' is H or C.sub.1-20 alkyl). In some embodiments, s2
is 0, s1 is 1 or 2, s3 is 0 or 1, and R' is C.sub.1-6 alkyl.
[0156] In some embodiments of the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
(e.g., Formulas (Ia)-Ia-5), (Ib)-(If-1), (IIa)-(IIp), (IIb-1),
(IIb-2), (IIc-1)-(IIc-2), (IIn-1), (IIn-2), (IVa)-(IV1), and
(IXa)-(IXr)), each of R.sup.3, R.sup.4, and R.sup.5 is,
independently, H, halo (e.g., fluoro), hydroxy, optionally
substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy (e.g., methoxy or
ethoxy), or optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy. In particular
embodiments, R.sup.3 is H, R.sup.4 is H, R.sup.5 is H, or R.sup.3,
R.sup.4, and R.sup.5 are all H. In particular embodiments, R.sup.3
is C.sub.1-6 alkyl, R.sup.4 is C.sub.1-6 alkyl, R.sup.5 is
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or R.sup.3, R.sup.4, and R.sup.5 are all C.sub.1-6
alkyl. In particular embodiments, R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 are both H,
and R.sup.5 is C.sub.1-6 alkyl.
[0157] In some embodiments of the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
(e.g., Formulas (Ia)-Ia-5), (Ib)-(If-1), (IIa)-(IIp), (IIb-1),
(IIb-2), (IIc-1)-(IIc-2), (IIn-1), (IIn-2), (IVa)-(IV1), and
(IXa)-(IXr)), R.sup.3 and R.sup.5 join together to form optionally
substituted alkylene or optionally substituted heteroalkylene and,
taken together with the carbons to which they are attached, provide
an optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., a bicyclic,
tricyclic, or tetracyclic heterocyclyl, such as trans-3',4'
analogs, wherein R.sup.3 and R.sup.5 join together to form
heteroalkylene (e.g.,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.b1O(CH.sub.2).sub.b2O(CH.sub.2).sub.b3--, wherein
each of b1, b2, and b3 are, independently, an integer from 0 to
3).
[0158] In some embodiments of the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
(e.g., Formulas (Ia)-Ia-5), (Ib)-(If-1), (IIa)-(IIp), (IIb-1),
(IIb-2), (IIc-1)-(IIc-2), (IIn-1), (IIn-2), (IVa)-(IV1), and
(IXa)-(IXr)), R.sup.3 and one or more of R.sup.1', R.sup.1'',
R.sup.2', R.sup.2'', or R.sup.5 join together to form optionally
substituted alkylene or optionally substituted heteroalkylene and,
taken together with the carbons to which they are attached, provide
an optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., a bicyclic,
tricyclic, or tetracyclic heterocyclyl, R.sup.3 and one or more of
R.sup.1', R.sup.1'', R.sup.2', R.sup.2'', or R.sup.5 join together
to form heteroalkylene (e.g.,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.b1O(CH.sub.2).sub.b2O(CH.sub.2).sub.b3--, wherein
each of b1, b2, and b3 are, independently, an integer from 0 to
3).
[0159] In some embodiments of the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
(e.g., Formulas (Ia)-Ia-5), (Ib)-(If-1), (IIa)-(IIp), (IIb-1),
(IIb-2), (IIc-1)-(IIc-2), (IIn-1), (IIn-2), (IVa)-(IV1), and
(IXa)-(IXr)), R.sup.5 and one or more of R.sup.1', R.sup.1'',
R.sup.2', or R.sup.2'' join together to form optionally substituted
alkylene or optionally substituted heteroalkylene and, taken
together with the carbons to which they are attached, provide an
optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., a bicyclic, tricyclic,
or tetracyclic heterocyclyl, R.sup.5 and one or more of R.sup.1',
R.sup.1'', R.sup.2', or R.sup.2'' join together to form
heteroalkylene (e.g.,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.b1O(CH.sub.2).sub.b2O(CH.sub.2).sub.b3--, wherein
each of b1, b2, and b3 are, independently, an integer from 0 to
3).
[0160] In some embodiments of the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
(e.g., Formulas (Ia)-Ia-5), (Ib)-(If-1), (IIa)-(IIp), (IIb-1),
(IIb-2), (IIc-1)-(IIc-2), (IIn-1), (IIn-2), (IVa)-(IV1), and
(IXa)-(IXr)), each Y.sup.2 is, independently, O, S, or
--NR.sup.N1--, wherein R.sup.N1 is H, optionally substituted alkyl,
optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or
optionally substituted aryl. In particular embodiments, Y.sup.2 is
NR.sup.N1--, wherein R.sup.N1 is H or optionally substituted alkyl
(e.g., C.sub.1-6 alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or
n-propyl).
[0161] In some embodiments of the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
(e.g., Formulas (Ia)-Ia-5), (Ib)-(If-1), (IIa)-(IIp), (IIb-1),
(IIb-2), (IIc-1)-(IIc-2), (IIn-1), (IIn-2), (IVa)-(IV1), and
(IXa)-(IXr)), each Y.sup.3 is, independently, O or S.
[0162] In some embodiments of the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
(e.g., Formulas (Ia)-Ia-5), (Ib)-(If-1), (IIa)-(IIp), (IIb-1),
(IIb-2), (IIc-1)-(IIc-2), (IIn-1), (IIn-2), (IVa)-(IV1), and
(IXa)-(IXr)), R.sup.1 is H; each R.sup.2 is, independently, H, halo
(e.g., fluoro), hydroxy, optionally substituted alkoxy (e.g.,
methoxy or ethoxy), or optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy (e.g.,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3OR',
wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1
to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from
1 to 10), and R' is H or C.sub.1-20 alkyl, such as wherein s2 is 0,
s1 is 1 or 2, s3 is 0 or 1, and R' is C.sub.1-6 alkyl); each
Y.sup.2 is, independently, 0 or --NR.sup.N1--, wherein R.sup.N1 is
H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, or optionally substituted aryl
(e.g., wherein R.sup.N1 is H or optionally substituted alkyl (e.g.,
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or n-propyl));
and each Y.sup.3 is, independently, O or S (e.g., S). In further
embodiments, R.sup.3 is H, halo (e.g., fluoro), hydroxy, optionally
substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy (e.g., methoxy or
ethoxy), or optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy. In yet further
embodiments, each Y.sup.1 is, independently, 0 or --NR.sup.N1--,
wherein R.sup.N1 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally
substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or optionally
substituted aryl (e.g., wherein R.sup.N1 is H or optionally
substituted alkyl (e.g., C.sub.1-6 alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl,
isopropyl, or n-propyl)); and each Y.sup.4 is, independently, H,
hydroxy, thiol, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally
substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted thioalkoxy, optionally
substituted alkoxyalkoxy, or optionally substituted amino.
[0163] In some embodiments of the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
(e.g., Formulas (Ia)-(Ia-5), (Ib)-(If-1), (IIa)-(IIp), (IIb-1),
(IIb-2), (IIc-1)-(IIc-2), (IIn-1), (IIn-2), (IVa)-(IV1), and
(IXa)-(IXr)), each R.sup.1 is, independently, H, halo (e.g.,
fluoro), hydroxy, optionally substituted alkoxy (e.g., methoxy or
ethoxy), or optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy (e.g.,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3OR',
wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1
to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from
1 to 10), and R' is H or C.sub.1-20 alkyl, such as wherein s2 is 0,
s1 is 1 or 2, s3 is 0 or 1, and R' is C.sub.1-6 alkyl); R.sup.2 is
H; each Y.sup.2 is, independently, O or --NR.sup.N1--, wherein
R.sup.N1 is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted
alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or optionally substituted
aryl (e.g., wherein R.sup.N1 is H or optionally substituted alkyl
(e.g., C.sub.1-6 alkyl, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or
n-propyl)); and each Y.sup.3 is, independently, O or S (e.g., S).
In further embodiments, R.sup.3 is H, halo (e.g., fluoro), hydroxy,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy (e.g.,
methoxy or ethoxy), or optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy. In yet
further embodiments, each Y.sup.1 is, independently, O or
--NR.sup.N1--, wherein R.sup.N1 is H, optionally substituted alkyl,
optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or
optionally substituted aryl (e.g., wherein R.sup.N1 is H or
optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., C.sub.1-6 alkyl, such as
methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or n-propyl)); and each Y.sup.4 is,
independently, H, hydroxy, thiol, optionally substituted alkyl,
optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted thioalkoxy,
optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy, or optionally substituted
amino.
[0164] In some embodiments of the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
(e.g., Formulas (Ia)-(Ia-5), (Ib)-(If-1), (IIa)-(IIp), (IIb-1),
(IIb-2), (IIc-1)-(IIc-2), (IIn-1), (IIn-2), (IVa)-(IV1), and
(IXa)-(IXr)), the ring including U is in the .beta.-D (e.g.,
.beta.-D-ribo) configuration.
[0165] In some embodiments of the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
(e.g Formulas (Ia)-(Ia-5), (Ib)-(If-1), (IIa)-(IIp), (IIb-1),
(IIb-2), (IIc-1)-(IIc-2), (IIn-1), (IIn-2), (IVa)-(IV1), and
(IXa)-(IXr)), the ring including U is in the .alpha.-L (e.g.,
.alpha.-L-ribo) configuration.
[0166] In some embodiments of the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
(e.g., Formulas (Ia)-(Ia-5), (Ib)-(If-1), (IIa)-(IIp), (IIb-1),
(IIb-2), (IIc-1)-(IIc-2), (IIn-1), (IIn-2), (IVa)-(IV1), and
(IXa)-(IXr)), one or more B is not pseudouridine (.psi.) or
5-methyl-cytidine (m.sup.5C). In some embodiments, about 10% to
about 100% of B nucleobases is not .psi. or m.sup.5C (e.g., from
10% to 20%, from 10% to 35%, from 10% to 50%, from 10% to 60%, from
10% to 75%, from 10% to 90%, from 10% to 95%, from 10% to 98%, from
10% to 99%, from 20% to 35%, from 20% to 50%, from 20% to 60%, from
20% to 75%, from 20% to 90%, from 20% to 95%, from 20% to 98%, from
20% to 99%, from 20% to 100%, from 50% to 60%, from 50% to 75%,
from 50% to 90%, from 50% to 95%, from 50% to 98%, from 50% to 99%,
from 50% to 100%, from 75% to 90%, from 75% to 95%, from 75% to
98%, from 75% to 99%, and from 75% to 100% of n number of B is not
.psi. or m.sup.5C). In some embodiments, B is not .psi. or
m.sup.5C.
[0167] In some embodiments of the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
(e.g., Formulas (Ia)-(Ia-5), (Ib)-(If-1), (IIa)-(IIp), (IIb-1),
(IIb-2), (IIc-1)-(IIc-2), (IIn-1), (IIn-2), (IVa)-(IV1), and
(IXa)-(IXr)), when B is an unmodified nucleobase selected from
cytosine, guanine, uracil and adenine, then at least one of
Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, or Y.sup.3 is not O.
[0168] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
includes a modified ribose. In some embodiments, modified nucleic
acids or mmRNA includes n number of linked nucleosides having
Formula (IIa)-(IIc):
##STR00008##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof. In
particular embodiments, U is O or C(R.sup.U).sub.nu, wherein nu is
an integer from 0 to 2 and each R.sup.U is, independently, H, halo,
or optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., U is --CH.sub.2-- or
--CH--). In other embodiments, each of R.sup.1, R.sup.2, R.sup.3,
R.sup.4, and R.sup.5 is, independently, H, halo, hydroxy, thiol,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy,
optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted
alkynyloxy, optionally substituted aminoalkoxy, optionally
substituted alkoxyalkoxy, optionally substituted hydroxyalkoxy,
optionally substituted amino, azido, optionally substituted aryl,
optionally substituted aminoalkyl, optionally substituted
aminoalkenyl, optionally substituted aminoalkynyl, or absent (e.g.,
each R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 is, independently, H, halo, hydroxy,
optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted alkoxy;
each R.sup.3 and R.sup.4 is, independently, H or optionally
substituted alkyl; and R.sup.5 is H or hydroxy), and is a single
bond or double bond.
[0169] In particular embodiments, the modified nucleic acid or
mmRNA includes n number of linked nucleosides having Formula
(IIb-1)-(IIb-2):
##STR00009##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof. In
some embodiments, U is O or C(R.sup.U).sub.nu, wherein nu is an
integer from 0 to 2 and each R.sup.U is, independently, H, halo, or
optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., U is --CH.sub.2-- or --CH--).
In other embodiments, each of R.sup.1 and R.sup.2 is,
independently, H, halo, hydroxy, thiol, optionally substituted
alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted
alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally
substituted aminoalkoxy, optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy,
optionally substituted hydroxyalkoxy, optionally substituted amino,
azido, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted
aminoalkyl, optionally substituted aminoalkenyl, optionally
substituted aminoalkynyl, or absent (e.g., each R.sup.1 and R.sup.2
is, independently, H, halo, hydroxy, optionally substituted alkyl,
or optionally substituted alkoxy, e.g., H, halo, hydroxy, alkyl, or
alkoxy). In particular embodiments, R.sup.2 is hydroxy or
optionally substituted alkoxy (e.g., methoxy, ethoxy, or any
described herein).
[0170] In particular embodiments, the modified nucleic acid or
mmRNA includes n number of linked nucleosides having Formula
(IIc-1)-(IIc-4):
##STR00010##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof. In
some embodiments, U is O or C(R.sup.U).sub.nu, wherein nu is an
integer from 0 to 2 and each R.sup.U is, independently, H, halo, or
optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., U is --CH.sub.2-- or --CH--).
In some embodiments, each of R.sup.1, R.sup.2, and R.sup.3 is,
independently, H, halo, hydroxy, thiol, optionally substituted
alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted
alkenyloxy, optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally
substituted aminoalkoxy, optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy,
optionally substituted hydroxyalkoxy, optionally substituted amino,
azido, optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted
aminoalkyl, optionally substituted aminoalkenyl, optionally
substituted aminoalkynyl, or absent (e.g., each R.sup.1 and R.sup.2
is, independently, H, halo, hydroxy, optionally substituted alkyl,
or optionally substituted alkoxy, e.g., H, halo, hydroxy, alkyl, or
alkoxy; and each R.sup.3 is, independently, H or optionally
substituted alkyl)). In particular embodiments, R.sup.2 is
optionally substituted alkoxy (e.g., methoxy or ethoxy, or any
described herein). In particular embodiments, R.sup.1 is optionally
substituted alkyl, and R.sup.2 is hydroxy. In other embodiments,
R.sup.1 is hydroxy, and R.sup.2 is optionally substituted alkyl. In
further embodiments, R.sup.3 is optionally substituted alkyl.
[0171] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
includes an acyclic modified ribose. In some embodiments, the
modified nucleic acids or mmRNA includes n number of linked
nucleosides having Formula (IId)-(IIf):
##STR00011##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
[0172] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
includes an acyclic modified hexitol. In some embodiments, the
modified nucleic acids or mmRNA includes n number of linked
nucleosides having Formula (IIg)-(IIj):
##STR00012##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
[0173] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
includes a sugar moiety having a contracted or an expanded ribose
ring. In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
includes n number of linked nucleosides having Formula
(IIk)-(IIm):
##STR00013##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein each of R.sup.1', R.sup.1'', R.sup.2', and R.sup.2'' is,
independently, H, halo, hydroxy, optionally substituted alkyl,
optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy,
optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted
aminoalkoxy, optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy, or absent; and
wherein the combination of R.sup.2' and R.sup.3 or the combination
of R.sup.2'' and R.sup.3 can be taken together to form optionally
substituted alkylene or optionally substituted heteroalkylene.
[0174] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
includes a locked modified ribose. In some embodiments, the
modified nucleic acids or mmRNA includes n number of linked
nucleosides having Formula (IIn):
##STR00014##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein R.sup.3' is O, S, or --NR.sup.N1--, wherein R.sup.N1 is H,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, or optionally substituted aryl and
R.sup.3'' is optionally substituted alkylene (e.g., --CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--, or --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--) or
optionally substituted heteroalkylene (e.g., --CH.sub.2NH--,
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2NH--, --CH.sub.2OCH.sub.2--, or
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2OCH.sub.2--) (e.g., R.sup.3' is O and R.sup.3''
is optionally substituted alkylene (e.g., --CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--, or --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--)).
[0175] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acid or mmRNA
includes n number of linked nucleosides having Formula
(IIn-1)-(II-n2):
##STR00015##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein R.sup.3' is O, S, or --NR.sup.N1--, wherein R.sup.N1 is H,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, or optionally substituted aryl and
R.sup.3'' is optionally substituted alkylene (e.g., --CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--, or --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--) or
optionally substituted heteroalkylene (e.g., --CH.sub.2NH--,
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2NH--, --CH.sub.2OCH.sub.2-5 or
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2OCH.sub.2--) (e.g., R.sup.3' is O and R.sup.3''
is optionally substituted alkylene (e.g., --CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--, or --CH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--)).
[0176] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
includes a locked modified ribose that forms a tetracyclic
heterocyclyl. In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acids or
mmRNA includes n number of linked nucleosides having Formula
(IIo):
##STR00016##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein R.sup.12a, R.sup.12c, T.sup.1', T.sup.1'', T.sup.2',
T.sup.2'', TV.sup.1, and V.sup.3 are as described herein.
[0177] Any of the formulas for the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA
can include one or more nucleobases described herein (e.g.,
Formulas (b1)-(b43)).
[0178] In one embodiment, the present invention provides methods of
preparing a modified nucleic acids or mmRNA comprising at least one
nucleotide (e.g., mmRNA molecule), wherein the modified nucleic
acid comprises n number of nucleosides having Formula (Ia), as
defined herein:
##STR00017##
the method comprising reacting a compound of Formula (IIIa), as
defined herein:
##STR00018##
with an RNA polymerase, and a cDNA template.
[0179] In a further embodiment, the present invention provides
methods of amplifying a modified nucleic acids or mmRNA comprising
at least one nucleotide (e.g., mmRNA molecule), the method
comprising: reacting a compound of Formula (IIIa), as defined
herein, with a primer, a cDNA template, and an RNA polymerase.
[0180] In one embodiment, the present invention provides methods of
preparing a modified nucleic acids or mmRNA comprising at least one
nucleotide (e.g., mmRNA molecule), wherein the modified nucleic
acid comprises n number of nucleosides having Formula (Ia-1), as
defined herein:
##STR00019##
the method comprising reacting a compound of Formula (IIIa-1), as
defined herein:
##STR00020##
with an RNA polymerase, and a cDNA template.
[0181] In a further embodiment, the present invention provides
methods of amplifying a modified nucleic acids or mmRNA comprising
at least one nucleotide (e.g., mmRNA molecule), the method
comprising reacting a compound of Formula (IIIa-1), as defined
herein, with a primer, a cDNA template, and an RNA polymerase.
[0182] In one embodiment, the present invention provides methods of
preparing a modified mRNA comprising at least one nucleotide (e.g.,
mmRNA molecule), wherein the polynucleotide comprises n number of
nucleosides having Formula (Ia-2), as defined herein:
##STR00021##
the method comprising reacting a compound of Formula (IIIa-2), as
defined herein:
##STR00022##
with an RNA polymerase, and a cDNA template.
[0183] In a further embodiment, the present invention provides
methods of amplifying a modified mmRNA comprising at least one
nucleotide (e.g., mmRNA molecule), the method comprising:
[0184] reacting a compound of Formula (IIIa-2), as defined herein,
with a primer, a cDNA template, and an RNA polymerase.
[0185] In some embodiments, the reaction may be repeated from 1 to
about 7,000 times. In any of the embodiments herein, B may be a
nucleobase of Formula (b1)-(b43).
[0186] The modified nucleic acids and mmRNA can optionally include
5' and/or 3' flanking regions, which are described herein.
Modified RNA (e.g. mmRNA) Molecules
[0187] The present invention also includes building blocks, e.g.,
modified ribonucleosides, modified ribonucleotides, of modified RNA
(mmRNA) molecules. For example, these mmRNA can be useful for
preparing the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA of the invention.
[0188] In some embodiments, the building block molecule has Formula
(IIIa) or (IIIa-1):
##STR00023##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein the substituents are as described herein (e.g., for Formula
(Ia) and (Ia-1)), and wherein when B is an unmodified nucleobase
selected from cytosine, guanine, uracil and adenine, then at least
one of Y.sup.1, Y.sup.2, or Y.sup.3 is not O.
[0189] In some embodiments, the building block molecule, which may
be incorporated into a modified nucleic acid or mmRNA, has Formula
(IVa)-(IVb):
##STR00024##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein B is as described herein (e.g., any one of (b1)-(b43)). In
particular embodiments, Formula (IVa) or (IVb) is combined with a
modified uracil (e.g., any one of formulas (b1)-(b9), (b21)-(b23),
and (b28)-(b31), such as formula (b1), (b8), (b28), (b29), or
(b30)). In particular embodiments, Formula (IVa) or (IVb) is
combined with a modified cytosine (e.g., any one of formulas
(b10)-(b14), (b24), (b25), and (b32)-(b36), such as formula (b10)
or (b32)). In particular embodiments, Formula (IVa) or (IVb) is
combined with a modified guanine (e.g., any one of formulas
(b15)-(b17) and (b37)-(b40)). In particular embodiments, Formula
(IVa) or (IVb) is combined with a modified adenine (e.g., any one
of formulas (b18)-(b20) and (b41)-(b43)).
[0190] In some embodiments, the building block molecule, which may
be incorporated into a modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA, has
Formula (IVc)-(IVk):
##STR00025## ##STR00026##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein B is as described herein (e.g., any one of (b1)-(b43)). In
particular embodiments, one of Formulas (IVc)-(IVk) is combined
with a modified uracil (e.g., any one of formulas (b1)-(b9),
(b21)-(b23), and (b28)-(b31), such as formula (b1), (b8), (b28),
(b29), or (b30)). In particular embodiments, one of Formulas
(IVc)-(IVk) is combined with a modified cytosine (e.g., any one of
formulas (b10)-(b14), (b24), (b25), and (b32)-(b36), such as
formula (b10) or (b32)). In particular embodiments, one of Formulas
(IVc)-(IVk) is combined with a modified guanine (e.g., any one of
formulas (b15)-(b17) and (b37)-(b40)). In particular embodiments,
one of Formulas (IVc)-(IVk) is combined with a modified adenine
(e.g., any one of formulas (b18)-(b20) and (b41)-(b43)).
[0191] In other embodiments, the building block molecule, which may
be incorporated into a modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA, has
Formula (Va) or (Vb):
##STR00027##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein B is as described herein (e.g., any one of (b1)-(b43)).
[0192] In other embodiments, the building block molecule, which may
be incorporated into a modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA, has
Formula (IXa)-(IXd):
##STR00028##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein B is as described herein (e.g., any one of (b1)-(b43)). In
particular embodiments, one of Formulas (IXa)-(IXd) is combined
with a modified uracil (e.g., any one of formulas (b1)-(b9),
(b21)-(b23), and (b28)-(b31), such as formula (b1), (b8), (b28),
(b29), or (b30)). In particular embodiments, one of Formulas
(IXa)-(IXd) is combined with a modified cytosine (e.g., any one of
formulas (b10)-(b14), (b24), (b25), and (b32)-(b36), such as
formula (b10) or (b32)). In particular embodiments, one of Formulas
(IXa)-(IXd) is combined with a modified guanine (e.g., any one of
formulas (b15)-(b17) and (b37)-(b40)). In particular embodiments,
one of Formulas (IXa)-(IXd) is combined with a modified adenine
(e.g., any one of formulas (b18)-(b20) and (b41)-(b43)).
[0193] In other embodiments, the building block molecule, which may
be incorporated into a modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA, has
Formula (IXe)-(IXg):
##STR00029##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein B is as described herein (e.g., any one of (b1)-(b43)). In
particular embodiments, one of Formulas (IXe)-(IXg) is combined
with a modified uracil (e.g., any one of formulas (b1)-(b9),
(b21)-(b23), and (b28)-(b31), such as formula (b1), (b8), (b28),
(b29), or (b30)). In particular embodiments, one of Formulas
(IXe)-(IXg) is combined with a modified cytosine (e.g., any one of
formulas (b10)-(b14), (b24), (b25), and (b32)-(b36), such as
formula (b10) or (b32)). In particular embodiments, one of Formulas
(IXe)-(IXg) is combined with a modified guanine (e.g., any one of
formulas (b15)-(b17) and (b37)-(b40)). In particular embodiments,
one of Formulas (IXe)-(IXg) is combined with a modified adenine
(e.g., any one of formulas (b18)-(b20) and (b41)-(b43)).
[0194] In other embodiments, the building block molecule, which may
be incorporated into a modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA, has
Formula (IXh)-(IXk):
##STR00030##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein B is as described herein (e.g., any one of (b1)-(b43)). In
particular embodiments, one of Formulas (IXh)-(IXk) is combined
with a modified uracil (e.g., any one of formulas (b1)-(b9),
(b21)-(b23), and (b28)-(b31), such as formula (b1), (b8), (b28),
(b29), or (b30)). In particular embodiments, one of Formulas
(IXh)-(IXk) is combined with a modified cytosine (e.g., any one of
formulas (b10)-(b14), (b24), (b25), and (b32)-(b36), such as
formula (b10) or (b32)). In particular embodiments, one of Formulas
(IXh)-(IXk) is combined with a modified guanine (e.g., any one of
formulas (b15)-(b17) and (b37)-(b40)). In particular embodiments,
one of Formulas (IXh)-(IXk) is combined with a modified adenine
(e.g., any one of formulas (b18)-(b20) and (b41)-(b43)).
[0195] In other embodiments, the building block molecule, which may
be incorporated into a modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA, has
Formula (IXl)-(IXr):
##STR00031##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein each r1 and r2 is, independently, an integer from 0 to 5
(e.g., from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3, or from 1 to 5) and B is as
described herein (e.g., any one of (b1)-(b43)). In particular
embodiments, one of Formulas (IXl)-(IXr) is combined with a
modified uracil (e.g., any one of formulas (b1)-(b9), (b21)-(b23),
and (b28)-(b31), such as formula (b1), (b8), (b28), (b29), or
(b30)). In particular embodiments, one of Formulas (IXl)-(IXr) is
combined with a modified cytosine (e.g., any one of formulas
(b10)-(b14), (b24), (b25), and (b32)-(b36), such as formula (b10)
or (b32)). In particular embodiments, one of Formulas (IXl)-(IXr)
is combined with a modified guanine (e.g., any one of formulas
(b15)-(b17) and (b37)-(b40)). In particular embodiments, one of
Formulas (IXl)-(IXr) is combined with a modified adenine (e.g., any
one of formulas (b18)-(b20) and (b41)-(b43)).
[0196] In some embodiments, the building block molecule, which may
be incorporated into a modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA,
can be selected from the group consisting of:
##STR00032## ##STR00033## ##STR00034##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein each r is, independently, an integer from 0 to 5 (e.g.,
from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3, or from 1 to 5).
[0197] In some embodiments, the building block molecule, which may
be incorporated into a modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA, can
be selected from the group consisting of:
##STR00035## ##STR00036##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein each r is, independently, an integer from 0 to 5 (e.g.,
from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3, or from 1 to 5) and s1 is as described
herein.
[0198] In some embodiments, the building block molecule, which may
be incorporated into a nucleic acid (e.g., RNA, mmRNA, or mmRNA),
is a modified uridine (e.g., selected from the group consisting
of:
##STR00037## ##STR00038## ##STR00039## ##STR00040## ##STR00041##
##STR00042## ##STR00043## ##STR00044## ##STR00045## ##STR00046##
##STR00047## ##STR00048## ##STR00049## ##STR00050## ##STR00051##
##STR00052## ##STR00053## ##STR00054## ##STR00055## ##STR00056##
##STR00057##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein Y.sup.1, Y.sup.3, Y.sup.4, Y.sup.6, and r are as described
herein (e.g., each r is, independently, an integer from 0 to 5,
such as from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3, or from 1 to 5)).
[0199] In some embodiments, the building block molecule, which may
be incorporated into a modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA, is
a modified cytidine (e.g., selected from the group consisting
of:
##STR00058## ##STR00059## ##STR00060## ##STR00061## ##STR00062##
##STR00063## ##STR00064##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein Y.sup.1, Y.sup.3, Y.sup.4, Y.sup.6, and r are as described
herein (e.g., each r is, independently, an integer from 0 to 5,
such as from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3, or from 1 to 5)). For example,
the building block molecule, which may be incorporated into a
modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA, can be:
##STR00065##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein each r is, independently, an integer from 0 to 5 (e.g.,
from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3, or from 1 to 5).
[0200] In some embodiments, the building block molecule, which may
be incorporated into a modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA, is
a modified adenosine (e.g., selected from the group consisting
of:
##STR00066## ##STR00067## ##STR00068## ##STR00069## ##STR00070##
##STR00071## ##STR00072## ##STR00073##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein Y.sup.1, Y.sup.3, Y.sup.4, Y.sup.6, and r are as described
herein (e.g., each r is, independently, an integer from 0 to 5,
such as from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3, or from 1 to 5)).
[0201] In some embodiments, the building block molecule, which may
be incorporated into a modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA, is
a modified guanosine (e.g., selected from the group consisting
of:
##STR00074## ##STR00075## ##STR00076## ##STR00077## ##STR00078##
##STR00079## ##STR00080##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein Y.sup.1, Y.sup.3, Y.sup.4, Y.sup.6, and r are as described
herein (e.g., each r is, independently, an integer from 0 to 5,
such as from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3, or from 1 to 5)).
[0202] In some embodiments, the chemical modification can include
replacement of C group at C-5 of the ring (e.g., for a pyrimidine
nucleoside, such as cytosine or uracil) with N (e.g., replacement
of the >CH group at C-5 with >NR.sup.N1 group, wherein
R.sup.N1 is H or optionally substituted alkyl). For example, the
mmRNA molecule, which may be incorporated into a modified nucleic
acid molecule or mmRNA, can be:
##STR00081##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein each r is, independently, an integer from 0 to 5 (e.g.,
from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3, or from 1 to 5).
[0203] In another embodiment, the chemical modification can include
replacement of the hydrogen at C-5 of cytosine with halo (e.g., Br,
Cl, F, or I) or optionally substituted alkyl (e.g., methyl). For
example, the mmRNA molecule, which may be incorporated into a
modified nucleic acid or mmRNA, can be:
##STR00082##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein each r is, independently, an integer from 0 to 5 (e.g.,
from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3, or from 1 to 5).
[0204] In yet a further embodiment, the chemical modification can
include a fused ring that is formed by the NH.sub.2 at the C-4
position and the carbon atom at the C-5 position. For example, the
building block molecule, which may be incorporated into a modified
nucleic acid molecule or mRNA, can be:
##STR00083##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein each r is, independently, an integer from 0 to 5 (e.g.,
from 0 to 3, from 1 to 3, or from 1 to 5).
Modifications on the Sugar
[0205] The modified nucleosides and nucleotides (e.g., building
block molecules), which may be incorporated into a modified nucleic
acid or mmRNA (e.g., RNA or mmRNA, as described herein), can be
modified on the sugar of the ribonucleic acid. For example, the 2'
hydroxyl group (OH) can be modified or replaced with a number of
different substituents. Exemplary substitutions at the 2'-position
include, but are not limited to, H, halo, optionally substituted
C.sub.1-6 alkyl; optionally substituted C.sub.1-6 alkoxy;
optionally substituted C.sub.6-10 aryloxy; optionally substituted
C.sub.3-8 cycloalkyl; optionally substituted C.sub.3-8 cycloalkoxy;
optionally substituted C.sub.6-10 aryloxy; optionally substituted
C.sub.6-10 aryl-C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, optionally substituted C.sub.1-12
(heterocyclyl)oxy; a sugar (e.g., ribose, pentose, or any described
herein); a polyethyleneglycol (PEG),
--O(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O).sub.nCH.sub.2CH.sub.2OR, where R is H or
optionally substituted alkyl, and n is an integer from 0 to 20
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 8, from 0 to 10, from 0 to 16, from 1
to 4, from 1 to 8, from 1 to 10, from 1 to 16, from 1 to 20, from 2
to 4, from 2 to 8, from 2 to 10, from 2 to 16, from 2 to 20, from 4
to 8, from 4 to 10, from 4 to 16, and from 4 to 20); "locked"
nucleic acids (LNA) in which the 2'-hydroxyl is connected by a
C.sub.1-6 alkylene or C.sub.1-6 heteroalkylene bridge to the
4'-carbon of the same ribose sugar, where exemplary bridges
included methylene, propylene, ether, or amino bridges; aminoalkyl,
as defined herein; aminoalkoxy, as defined herein; amino as defined
herein; and amino acid, as defined herein.
[0206] Generally, RNA includes the sugar group ribose, which is a
5-membered ring having an oxygen. Exemplary, non-limiting modified
nucleotides include replacement of the oxygen in ribose (e.g., with
S, Se, or alkylene, such as methylene or ethylene); addition of a
double bond (e.g., to replace ribose with cyclopentenyl or
cyclohexenyl); ring contraction of ribose (e.g., to form a
4-membered ring of cyclobutane or oxetane); ring expansion of
ribose (e.g., to form a 6- or 7-membered ring having an additional
carbon or heteroatom, such as for anhydrohexitol, altritol,
mannitol, cyclohexanyl, cyclohexenyl, and morpholino that also has
a phosphoramidate backbone); multicyclic forms (e.g., tricyclo; and
"unlocked" forms, such as glycol nucleic acid (GNA) (e.g., R-GNA or
S-GNA, where ribose is replaced by glycol units attached to
phosphodiester bonds), threose nucleic acid (TNA, where ribose is
replace with .alpha.-L-threofuranosyl-(3'.fwdarw.2')), and peptide
nucleic acid (PNA, where 2-amino-ethyl-glycine linkages replace the
ribose and phosphodiester backbone). The sugar group can also
contain one or more carbons that possess the opposite
stereochemical configuration than that of the corresponding carbon
in ribose. Thus, a modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA can
include nucleotides containing, e.g., arabinose, as the sugar.
Modifications on the Nucleobase
[0207] The present disclosure provides for modified nucleosides and
nucleotides. As described herein "nucleoside" is defined as a
compound containing a sugar molecule (e.g., a pentose or ribose) or
a derivative thereof in combination with an organic base (e.g., a
purine or pyrimidine) or a derivative thereof. As described herein,
"nucleotide" is defined as a nucleoside including a phosphate
group. The modified nucleotides (e.g., modified mRNA) may by
synthesized by any useful method, as described herein (e.g.,
chemically, enzymatically, or recombinantly to include one or more
modified or non-natural nucleosides).
[0208] The modified nucleotide base pairing encompasses not only
the standard adenosine-thymine, adenosine-uracil, or
guanosine-cytosine base pairs, but also base pairs formed between
nucleotides and/or modified nucleotides comprising non-standard or
modified bases, wherein the arrangement of hydrogen bond donors and
hydrogen bond acceptors permits hydrogen bonding between a
non-standard base and a standard base or between two complementary
non-standard base structures. One example of such non-standard base
pairing is the base pairing between the modified nucleotide inosine
and adenine, cytosine or uracil.
[0209] The modified nucleosides and nucleotides can include a
modified nucleobase. Examples of nucleobases found in RNA include,
but are not limited to, adenine, guanine, cytosine, and uracil.
Examples of nucleobase found in DNA include, but are not limited
to, adenine, guanine, cytosine, and thymine. These nucleobases can
be modified or wholly replaced to provide modified nucleic acids or
mmRNA molecules having enhanced properties, e.g., resistance to
nucleases through disruption of the binding of a major groove
binding partner. Table 1 below identifies the chemical faces of
each canonical nucleotide. Circles identify the atoms comprising
the respective chemical regions.
TABLE-US-00001 TABLE 1 Major Groove Face Minor Groove Face
Watson-Crick Base-pairing Face Pyrimidines Cytidine: ##STR00084##
##STR00085## ##STR00086## Uridine: ##STR00087## ##STR00088##
##STR00089## Purines Adenosine: ##STR00090## ##STR00091##
##STR00092## Guanosine: ##STR00093## ##STR00094## ##STR00095##
[0210] In some embodiments, B is a modified uracil. Exemplary
modified uracils include those having Formula (b1)-(b5):
##STR00096##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
[0211] is a single or double bond;
[0212] each of T.sup.1', T.sup.1'', T.sup.2', and T.sup.2'' is,
independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally
substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted thioalkoxy, or the
combination of T.sup.1' and T.sup.1'' or the combination of
T.sup.2' and T.sup.2'' join together (e.g., as in T.sup.2) to form
O (oxo), S (thio), or Se (seleno);
[0213] each of V.sup.1 and V.sup.2 is, independently, O, S,
N(R.sup.Vb).sub.nv, or C(R.sup.Vb).sub.nv, wherein nv is an integer
from 0 to 2 and each R.sup.Vb is, independently, H, halo,
optionally substituted amino acid, optionally substituted alkyl,
optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy,
optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted
alkynyloxy, optionally substituted hydroxyalkyl, optionally
substituted hydroxyalkenyl, optionally substituted hydroxyalkynyl,
optionally substituted aminoalkyl (e.g., substituted with an
N-protecting group, such as any described herein, e.g.,
trifluoroacetyl), optionally substituted aminoalkenyl, optionally
substituted aminoalkynyl, optionally substituted acylaminoalkyl
(e.g., substituted with an N-protecting group, such as any
described herein, e.g., trifluoroacetyl), optionally substituted
alkoxycarbonylalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkenyl,
optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkynyl, or optionally
substituted alkoxycarbonylalkoxy (e.g., optionally substituted with
any substituent described herein, such as those selected from
(1)-(21) for alkyl);
[0214] R.sup.10 is H, halo, optionally substituted amino acid,
hydroxy, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted
alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted
aminoalkyl, optionally substituted hydroxyalkyl, optionally
substituted hydroxyalkenyl, optionally substituted hydroxyalkynyl,
optionally substituted aminoalkenyl, optionally substituted
aminoalkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted
alkoxycarbonylalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkenyl,
optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkynyl, optionally
substituted alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, optionally substituted
carboxyalkoxy, optionally substituted carboxyalkyl, or optionally
substituted carbamoylalkyl;
[0215] R.sup.11 is H or optionally substituted alkyl;
[0216] R.sup.12a is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally
substituted hydroxyalkyl, optionally substituted hydroxyalkenyl,
optionally substituted hydroxyalkynyl, optionally substituted
aminoalkyl, optionally substituted aminoalkenyl, or optionally
substituted aminoalkynyl, optionally substituted carboxyalkyl
(e.g., optionally substituted with hydroxy), optionally substituted
carboxyalkoxy, optionally substituted carboxyaminoalkyl, or
optionally substituted carbamoylalkyl; and
[0217] R.sup.12c is H, halo, optionally substituted alkyl,
optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted thioalkoxy,
optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted hydroxyalkyl,
optionally substituted hydroxyalkenyl, optionally substituted
hydroxyalkynyl, optionally substituted aminoalkyl, optionally
substituted aminoalkenyl, or optionally substituted
aminoalkynyl.
[0218] Other exemplary modified uracils include those having
Formula (b6)-(b9):
##STR00097##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
[0219] is a single or double bond;
[0220] each of T.sup.1', T.sup.1'', T.sup.2', and T.sup.2'' is,
independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally
substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted thioalkoxy, or the
combination of T.sup.1' and T.sup.1'' join together (e.g., as in
T.sup.1) or the combination of T.sup.2' and T.sup.2'' join together
(e.g., as in T.sup.2) to form O (oxo), S (thio), or Se (seleno), or
each T.sup.1 and T.sup.2 is, independently, O (oxo), S (thio), or
Se (seleno);
[0221] each of W.sup.1 and W.sup.2 is, independently,
N(R.sup.Wa).sub.nw, or C(R.sup.Wa).sub.nw, wherein nw is an integer
from 0 to 2 and each R.sup.Wa is, independently, H, optionally
substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted alkoxy;
[0222] each V.sup.3 is, independently, O, S, N(R.sup.Va).sub.nv, or
C(R.sup.Va).sub.nv, wherein nv is an integer from 0 to 2 and each
R.sup.Va is, independently, H, halo, optionally substituted amino
acid, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted
hydroxyalkyl, optionally substituted hydroxyalkenyl, optionally
substituted hydroxyalkynyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted
heterocyclyl, optionally substituted alkheterocyclyl, optionally
substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, or
optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted
aminoalkyl (e.g., substituted with an N-protecting group, such as
any described herein, e.g., trifluoroacetyl, or sulfoalkyl),
optionally substituted aminoalkenyl, optionally substituted
aminoalkynyl, optionally substituted acylaminoalkyl (e.g.,
substituted with an N-protecting group, such as any described
herein, e.g., trifluoroacetyl), optionally substituted
alkoxycarbonylalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkenyl,
optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkynyl, optionally
substituted alkoxycarbonylacyl, optionally substituted
alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, optionally substituted carboxyalkyl (e.g.,
optionally substituted with hydroxy and/or an O-protecting group),
optionally substituted carboxyalkoxy, optionally substituted
carboxyaminoalkyl, or optionally substituted carbamoylalkyl (e.g.,
optionally substituted with any substituent described herein, such
as those selected from (1)-(21) for alkyl), and wherein R.sup.Va
and R.sup.12c taken together with the carbon atoms to which they
are attached can form optionally substituted cycloalkyl, optionally
substituted aryl, or optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g., a
5- or 6-membered ring);
[0223] R.sup.12a is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally
substituted hydroxyalkyl, optionally substituted hydroxyalkenyl,
optionally substituted hydroxyalkynyl, optionally substituted
aminoalkyl, optionally substituted aminoalkenyl, optionally
substituted aminoalkynyl, optionally substituted carboxyalkyl
(e.g., optionally substituted with hydroxy and/or an O-protecting
group), optionally substituted carboxyalkoxy, optionally
substituted carboxyaminoalkyl, optionally substituted
carbamoylalkyl, or absent;
[0224] R.sup.12b is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally
substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally
substituted hydroxyalkyl, optionally substituted hydroxyalkenyl,
optionally substituted hydroxyalkynyl, optionally substituted
aminoalkyl, optionally substituted aminoalkenyl, optionally
substituted aminoalkynyl, optionally substituted alkaryl,
optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted
alkheterocyclyl, optionally substituted amino acid, optionally
substituted alkoxycarbonylacyl, optionally substituted
alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkenyl, optionally
substituted alkoxycarbonylalkynyl, optionally substituted
alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, optionally substituted carboxyalkyl (e.g.,
optionally substituted with hydroxy and/or an O-protecting group),
optionally substituted carboxyalkoxy, optionally substituted
carboxyaminoalkyl, or optionally substituted carbamoylalkyl,
[0225] wherein the combination of R.sup.12b and T.sup.1' or the
combination of R.sup.12b and R.sup.12c can join together to form
optionally substituted heterocyclyl; and
[0226] R.sup.12c is H, halo, optionally substituted alkyl,
optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted thioalkoxy,
optionally substituted amino, optionally substituted aminoalkyl,
optionally substituted aminoalkenyl, or optionally substituted
aminoalkynyl.
[0227] Further exemplary modified uracils include those having
Formula (b28)-(b31):
##STR00098##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
[0228] each of T.sup.1 and T.sup.2 is, independently, O (oxo), S
(thio), or Se (seleno);
[0229] each R.sup.Vb' and R.sup.Vb'' is, independently, H, halo,
optionally substituted amino acid, optionally substituted alkyl,
optionally substituted haloalkyl, optionally substituted
hydroxyalkyl, optionally substituted hydroxyalkenyl, optionally
substituted hydroxyalkynyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy,
optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted
alkynyloxy, optionally substituted aminoalkyl (e.g., substituted
with an N-protecting group, such as any described herein, e.g.,
trifluoroacetyl, or sulfoalkyl), optionally substituted
aminoalkenyl, optionally substituted aminoalkynyl, optionally
substituted acylaminoalkyl (e.g., substituted with an N-protecting
group, such as any described herein, e.g., trifluoroacetyl),
optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkyl, optionally substituted
alkoxycarbonylalkenyl, optionally substituted
alkoxycarbonylalkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylacyl,
optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, optionally substituted
carboxyalkyl (e.g., optionally substituted with hydroxy and/or an
O-protecting group), optionally substituted carboxyalkoxy,
optionally substituted carboxyaminoalkyl, or optionally substituted
carbamoylalkyl (e.g., optionally substituted with any substituent
described herein, such as those selected from (1)-(21) for alkyl)
(e.g., R.sup.Vb' is optionally substituted alkyl, optionally
substituted alkenyl, or optionally substituted aminoalkyl, e.g.,
substituted with an N-protecting group, such as any described
herein, e.g., trifluoroacetyl, or sulfoalkyl);
[0230] R.sup.12a is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally
substituted carboxyaminoalkyl, optionally substituted aminoalkyl
(e.g., e.g., substituted with an N-protecting group, such as any
described herein, e.g., trifluoroacetyl, or sulfoalkyl), optionally
substituted aminoalkenyl, or optionally substituted aminoalkynyl;
and
[0231] R.sup.12b is H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally
substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally
substituted hydroxyalkyl, optionally substituted hydroxyalkenyl,
optionally substituted hydroxyalkynyl, optionally substituted
aminoalkyl, optionally substituted aminoalkenyl, optionally
substituted aminoalkynyl (e.g., e.g., substituted with an
N-protecting group, such as any described herein, e.g.,
trifluoroacetyl, or sulfoalkyl),
[0232] optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylacyl, optionally
substituted alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, optionally substituted
alkoxycarbonylalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkenyl,
optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkynyl, optionally
substituted alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, optionally substituted
carboxyalkoxy, optionally substituted carboxyalkyl, or optionally
substituted carbamoylalkyl.
[0233] In particular embodiments, T.sup.1 is O (oxo), and T.sup.2
is S (thio) or Se (seleno). In other embodiments, T.sup.1 is S
(thio), and T.sup.2 is O (oxo) or Se (seleno). In some embodiments,
R.sup.Vb' is H, optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally
substituted alkoxy.
[0234] In other embodiments, each R.sup.12a and R.sup.12b is,
independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally
substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, or optionally
substituted hydroxyalkyl. In particular embodiments, R.sup.12a is
H. In other embodiments, both R.sup.12a and R.sup.12b are H.
[0235] In some embodiments, each R.sup.Vb' of R.sup.12b is,
independently, optionally substituted aminoalkyl (e.g., substituted
with an N-protecting group, such as any described herein, e.g.,
trifluoroacetyl, or sulfoalkyl), optionally substituted
aminoalkenyl, optionally substituted aminoalkynyl, or optionally
substituted acylaminoalkyl (e.g., substituted with an N-protecting
group, such as any described herein, e.g., trifluoroacetyl). In
some embodiments, the amino and/or alkyl of the optionally
substituted aminoalkyl is substituted with one or more of
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted sulfoalkyl, optionally substituted carboxy
(e.g., substituted with an O-protecting group), optionally
substituted hydroxy (e.g., substituted with an O-protecting group),
optionally substituted carboxyalkyl (e.g., substituted with an
O-protecting group), optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkyl
(e.g., substituted with an O-protecting group), or N-protecting
group. In some embodiments, optionally substituted aminoalkyl is
substituted with an optionally substituted sulfoalkyl or optionally
substituted alkenyl. In particular embodiments, R.sup.12a and
R.sup.Vb'' are both H. In particular embodiments, T.sup.1 is O
(oxo), and T.sup.2 is S (thio) or Se (seleno).
[0236] In some embodiments, R.sup.Vb' is optionally substituted
alkoxycarbonylalkyl or optionally substituted carbamoylalkyl.
[0237] In particular embodiments, the optional substituent for
R.sup.12a, R.sup.12b, R.sup.12c, R.sup.Va is a polyethylene glycol
group (e.g.,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3OR',
wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1
to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from
1 to 10), and R' is H or C.sub.1-20 alkyl); or an
amino-polyethylene glycol group (e.g.,
--NR.sup.N1(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3NR-
.sup.N1, wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6
or from 1 to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer
from 0 to 10 (e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1
to 6, or from 1 to 10), and each R.sup.N1 is, independently,
hydrogen or optionally substituted C.sub.1-6 alkyl).
[0238] In some embodiments, B is a modified cytosine. Exemplary
modified cytosines include compounds (b10)-(b14):
##STR00099##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
[0239] each of T.sup.3' and T.sup.3'' is, independently, H,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or
optionally substituted thioalkoxy, or the combination of T.sup.3'
and T.sup.3'' join together (e.g., as in T.sup.3) to form O (oxo),
S (thio), or Se (seleno);
[0240] each V.sup.4 is, independently, O, S, N(R.sup.Vc).sub.nv, or
C(R.sup.Vc).sub.nv, wherein nv is an integer from 0 to 2 and each
R.sup.Vc is, independently, H, halo, optionally substituted amino
acid, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy,
optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted
heterocyclyl, optionally substituted alkheterocyclyl, or optionally
substituted alkynyloxy (e.g., optionally substituted with any
substituent described herein, such as those selected from (1)-(21)
for alkyl), wherein the combination of R.sup.13b and R.sup.Vc can
be taken together to form optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
[0241] each V.sup.5 is, independently, N(R.sup.Vd).sub.nv, or
C(R.sup.Vd).sub.nv, wherein nv is an integer from 0 to 2 and each
R.sup.Vd is, independently, H, halo, optionally substituted amino
acid, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy,
optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted
heterocyclyl, optionally substituted alkheterocyclyl, or optionally
substituted alkynyloxy (e.g., optionally substituted with any
substituent described herein, such as those selected from (1)-(21)
for alkyl) (e.g., V.sup.5 is --CH or N);
[0242] each of R.sup.13a and R.sup.13b is, independently, H,
optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted acyloxyalkyl,
optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted alkoxy,
wherein the combination of R.sup.13b and R.sup.14 can be taken
together to form optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
[0243] each R.sup.14 is, independently, H, halo, hydroxy, thiol,
optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted amino acid,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl,
optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl,
optionally substituted hydroxyalkyl (e.g., substituted with an
O-protecting group), optionally substituted hydroxyalkenyl,
optionally substituted hydroxyalkynyl, optionally substituted
alkoxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted
alkynyloxy, optionally substituted aminoalkoxy, optionally
substituted alkoxyalkoxy, optionally substituted acyloxyalkyl,
optionally substituted amino (e.g., --NHR, wherein R is H, alkyl,
aryl, or phosphoryl), azido, optionally substituted aryl,
optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted
alkheterocyclyl, optionally substituted aminoalkyl, optionally
substituted aminoalkenyl, or optionally substituted aminoalkyl;
and
[0244] each of R.sup.15 and R.sup.16 is, independently, H,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, or
optionally substituted alkynyl.
[0245] Further exemplary modified cytosines include those having
Formula (b32)-(b35):
##STR00100##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
[0246] each of T.sup.1 and T.sup.3 is, independently, O (oxo), S
(thio), or Se (seleno);
[0247] each of R.sup.13a and R.sup.13b is, independently, H,
optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted acyloxyalkyl,
optionally substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted alkoxy,
wherein the combination of R.sup.13b and R.sup.14 can be taken
together to form optionally substituted heterocyclyl;
[0248] each R.sup.14 is, independently, H, halo, hydroxy, thiol,
optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted amino acid,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted haloalkyl,
optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl,
optionally substituted hydroxyalkyl (e.g., substituted with an
O-protecting group), optionally substituted hydroxyalkenyl,
optionally substituted hydroxyalkynyl, optionally substituted
alkoxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy, optionally substituted
alkynyloxy, optionally substituted aminoalkoxy, optionally
substituted alkoxyalkoxy, optionally substituted acyloxyalkyl,
optionally substituted amino (e.g., --NHR, wherein R is H, alkyl,
aryl, or phosphoryl), azido, optionally substituted aryl,
optionally substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted
alkheterocyclyl, optionally substituted aminoalkyl (e.g.,
hydroxyalkyl, alkyl, alkenyl, or alkynyl), optionally substituted
aminoalkenyl, or optionally substituted aminoalkynyl; and
[0249] each of R.sup.15 and R.sup.16 is, independently, H,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, or
optionally substituted alkynyl (e.g., R.sup.15 is H, and R.sup.16
is H or optionally substituted alkyl).
[0250] In some embodiments, R.sup.15 is H, and R.sup.16 is H or
optionally substituted alkyl. In particular embodiments, R.sup.14
is H, acyl, or hydroxyalkyl. In some embodiments, R.sup.14 is halo.
In some embodiments, both R.sup.14 and R.sup.15 are H. In some
embodiments, both R.sup.15 and R.sup.16 are H. In some embodiments,
each of R.sup.14 and R.sup.15 and R.sup.16 is H. In further
embodiments, each of R.sup.13a and R.sup.13b is independently, H or
optionally substituted alkyl.
[0251] Further non-limiting examples of modified cytosines include
compounds of Formula (b36):
##STR00101##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
[0252] each R.sup.13b is, independently, H, optionally substituted
acyl, optionally substituted acyloxyalkyl, optionally substituted
alkyl, or optionally substituted alkoxy, wherein the combination of
R.sup.13b and R.sup.14b can be taken together to form optionally
substituted heterocyclyl;
[0253] each R.sup.14a and R.sup.14b is, independently, H, halo,
hydroxy, thiol, optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted
amino acid, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted
haloalkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted
alkynyl, optionally substituted hydroxyalkyl (e.g., substituted
with an O-protecting group), optionally substituted hydroxyalkenyl,
optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy,
optionally substituted alkynyloxy, optionally substituted
aminoalkoxy, optionally substituted alkoxyalkoxy, optionally
substituted acyloxyalkyl, optionally substituted amino (e.g.,
--NHR, wherein R is H, alkyl, aryl, phosphoryl, optionally
substituted aminoalkyl, or optionally substituted
carboxyaminoalkyl), azido, optionally substituted aryl, optionally
substituted heterocyclyl, optionally substituted alkheterocyclyl,
optionally substituted aminoalkyl, optionally substituted
aminoalkenyl, or optionally substituted aminoalkynyl; and
[0254] each of R.sup.15 is, independently, H, optionally
substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, or optionally
substituted alkynyl.
[0255] In particular embodiments, R.sup.14b is an optionally
substituted amino acid (e.g., optionally substituted lysine). In
some embodiments, R.sup.14a is H.
[0256] In some embodiments, B is a modified guanine. Exemplary
modified guanines include compounds of Formula (b15)-(b17):
##STR00102##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
[0257] each of T.sup.4', T.sup.4'', T.sup.5', T.sup.5'', T.sup.6',
and T.sup.6'' is independently, H, optionally substituted alkyl, or
optionally substituted alkoxy, and wherein the combination of
T.sup.4' and T.sup.4'' (e.g., as in T.sup.4) or the combination of
T.sup.5' and T.sup.5'' (e.g., as in T.sup.5) or the combination of
T.sup.6' and T.sup.6'' join together (e.g., as in T.sup.6) form O
(oxo), S (thio), or Se (seleno);
[0258] each of V.sup.5 and V.sup.6 is, independently, O, S,
N(R.sup.Vd).sub.nv, or C(R.sup.Vd).sub.nv, wherein nv is an integer
from 0 to 2 and each R.sup.Vd is, independently, H, halo, thiol,
optionally substituted amino acid, cyano, amidine, optionally
substituted aminoalkyl, optionally substituted aminoalkenyl,
optionally substituted aminoalkynyl, optionally substituted alkyl,
optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl,
optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkenyloxy,
optionally substituted alkynyloxy (e.g., optionally substituted
with any substituent described herein, such as those selected from
(1)-(21) for alkyl), optionally substituted thioalkoxy, or
optionally substituted amino; and
[0259] each of R.sup.17, R.sup.18, R.sup.19a, R.sup.19b, R.sup.21,
R.sup.22, R.sup.23, and R.sup.24 is, independently, H, halo, thiol,
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted thioalkoxy,
optionally substituted amino, or optionally substituted amino
acid.
[0260] Exemplary modified guanosines include compounds of Formula
(b37)-(b40):
##STR00103##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
[0261] each of T.sup.4' is, independently, H, optionally
substituted alkyl, or optionally substituted alkoxy, and each
T.sup.4 is, independently, O (oxo), S (thio), or Se (seleno);
[0262] each of R.sup.18, R.sup.19a, R.sup.19b, and R.sup.21 is,
independently, H, halo, thiol, optionally substituted alkyl,
optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl,
optionally substituted thioalkoxy, optionally substituted amino, or
optionally substituted amino acid.
[0263] In some embodiments, R.sup.18 is H or optionally substituted
alkyl. In further embodiments, T.sup.4 is oxo. In some embodiments,
each of R.sup.19a and R.sup.19b is, independently, H or optionally
substituted alkyl.
[0264] In some embodiments, B is a modified adenine. Exemplary
modified adenines include compounds of Formula (b18)-(b20):
##STR00104##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
[0265] each V.sup.7 is, independently, O, S, N(R.sup.Ve).sub.nv, or
C(R.sup.Ve).sub.nv, wherein nv is an integer from 0 to 2 and each
R.sup.VE is, independently, H, halo, optionally substituted amino
acid, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl,
optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy,
optionally substituted alkenyloxy, or optionally substituted
alkynyloxy (e.g., optionally substituted with any substituent
described herein, such as those selected from (1)-(21) for
alkyl);
[0266] each R.sup.25 is, independently, H, halo, thiol, optionally
substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally
substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted thioalkoxy, or
optionally substituted amino;
[0267] each of R.sup.26a and R.sup.26b is, independently, H,
optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted amino acid,
optionally substituted carbamoylalkyl, optionally substituted
alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted
alkynyl, optionally substituted hydroxyalkyl, optionally
substituted hydroxyalkenyl, optionally substituted hydroxyalkynyl,
optionally substituted alkoxy, or polyethylene glycol group (e.g.,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3OR',
wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1
to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from
1 to 10), and R' is H or C.sub.1-20 alkyl); or an
amino-polyethylene glycol group (e.g.,
--NR.sup.N1(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3NR-
.sup.N1, wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6
or from 1 to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer
from 0 to 10 (e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1
to 6, or from 1 to 10), and each R.sup.N1 is, independently,
hydrogen or optionally substituted C.sub.1-6 alkyl);
[0268] each R.sup.27 is, independently, H, optionally substituted
alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted
alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted
thioalkoxy or optionally substituted amino;
[0269] each R.sup.28 is, independently, H, optionally substituted
alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, or optionally substituted
alkynyl; and
[0270] each R.sup.29 is, independently, H, optionally substituted
acyl, optionally substituted amino acid, optionally substituted
carbamoylalkyl, optionally substituted alkyl, optionally
substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl, optionally
substituted hydroxyalkyl, optionally substituted hydroxyalkenyl,
optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally substituted amino.
[0271] Exemplary modified adenines include compounds of Formula
(b41)-(b43):
##STR00105##
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof,
wherein
[0272] each R.sup.25 is, independently, H, halo, thiol, optionally
substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally
substituted alkynyl, optionally substituted thioalkoxy, or
optionally substituted amino;
[0273] each of R.sup.26a and R.sup.26b is, independently, H,
optionally substituted acyl, optionally substituted amino acid,
optionally substituted carbamoylalkyl, optionally substituted
alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted
alkynyl, optionally substituted hydroxyalkyl, optionally
substituted hydroxyalkenyl, optionally substituted hydroxyalkynyl,
optionally substituted alkoxy, or polyethylene glycol group (e.g.,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3OR',
wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1
to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from
1 to 10), and R' is H or C.sub.1-20 alkyl); or an
amino-polyethylene glycol group (e.g.,
--NR.sup.N1(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3NR-
.sup.N1, wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6
or from 1 to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer
from 0 to 10 (e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1
to 6, or from 1 to 10), and each R.sup.N1 is, independently,
hydrogen or optionally substituted C.sub.1-6 alkyl); and
[0274] each R.sup.27 is, independently, H, optionally substituted
alkyl, optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted
alkynyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted
thioalkoxy, or optionally substituted amino.
[0275] In some embodiments, R.sup.26a is H, and R.sup.26b is
optionally substituted alkyl. In some embodiments, each of
R.sup.26a and R.sup.26b is, independently, optionally substituted
alkyl. In particular embodiments, R.sup.27 is optionally
substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or optionally
substituted thioalkoxy. In other embodiments, R.sup.25 is
optionally substituted alkyl, optionally substituted alkoxy, or
optionally substituted thioalkoxy.
[0276] In particular embodiments, the optional substituent for
R.sup.26a, R.sup.26b, or R.sup.29 is a polyethylene glycol group
(e.g.,
--(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3OR',
wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1
to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from
1 to 10), and R' is H or C.sub.1-20 alkyl); or an
amino-polyethylene glycol group (e.g.,
--NR.sup.N1(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3NR-
.sup.N1, wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6
or from 1 to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer
from 0 to 10 (e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1
to 6, or from 1 to 10), and each R.sup.N1 is, independently,
hydrogen or optionally substituted C.sub.1-6 alkyl).
[0277] In some embodiments, B may have Formula (b21):
##STR00106##
wherein X.sup.12 is, independently, O, S, optionally substituted
alkylene (e.g., methylene), or optionally substituted
heteroalkylene, xa is an integer from 0 to 3, and R.sup.12a and
T.sup.2 are as described herein.
[0278] In some embodiments, B may have Formula (b22):
##STR00107##
wherein R.sup.10' is, independently, optionally substituted alkyl,
optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl,
optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl,
optionally substituted aminoalkyl, optionally substituted
aminoalkenyl, optionally substituted aminoalkynyl, optionally
substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkyl,
optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkenyl, optionally
substituted alkoxycarbonylalkynyl, optionally substituted
alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, optionally substituted carboxyalkoxy,
optionally substituted carboxyalkyl, or optionally substituted
carbamoylalkyl, and R.sup.11, R.sup.12a, T.sup.1, and T.sup.2 are
as described herein.
[0279] In some embodiments, B may have Formula (b23):
##STR00108##
wherein R.sup.10 is optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g.,
optionally substituted furyl, optionally substituted thienyl, or
optionally substituted pyrrolyl), optionally substituted aryl
(e.g., optionally substituted phenyl or optionally substituted
naphthyl), or any substituent described herein (e.g., for
R.sup.10); and wherein R.sup.11 (e.g., H or any substituent
described herein), R.sup.12a (e.g., H or any substituent described
herein), T.sup.1 (e.g., oxo or any substituent described herein),
and T.sup.2 (e.g., oxo or any substituent described herein) are as
described herein.
[0280] In some embodiments, B may have Formula (b24):
##STR00109##
wherein R.sup.14' is, independently, optionally substituted alkyl,
optionally substituted alkenyl, optionally substituted alkynyl,
optionally substituted aryl, optionally substituted heterocyclyl,
optionally substituted alkaryl, optionally substituted
alkheterocyclyl, optionally substituted aminoalkyl, optionally
substituted aminoalkenyl, optionally substituted aminoalkynyl,
optionally substituted alkoxy, optionally substituted
alkoxycarbonylalkyl, optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkenyl,
optionally substituted alkoxycarbonylalkynyl, optionally
substituted alkoxycarbonylalkoxy, optionally substituted
carboxyalkoxy, optionally substituted carboxyalkyl, or optionally
substituted carbamoylalkyl, and R.sup.13a, R.sup.13b, R.sup.15, and
T.sup.3 are as described herein.
[0281] In some embodiments, B may have Formula (b25):
##STR00110##
wherein R.sup.14' is optionally substituted heterocyclyl (e.g.,
optionally substituted furyl, optionally substituted thienyl, or
optionally substituted pyrrolyl), optionally substituted aryl
(e.g., optionally substituted phenyl or optionally substituted
naphthyl), or any substituent described herein (e.g., for R.sup.14
or R.sup.14'); and wherein R.sup.13a (e.g., H or any substituent
described herein), R.sup.13b (e.g., H or any substituent described
herein), R.sup.15 (e.g., H or any substituent described herein),
and T.sup.3 (e.g., oxo or any substituent described herein) are as
described herein.
[0282] In some embodiments, B is a nucleobase selected from the
group consisting of cytosine, guanine, adenine, and uracil. In some
embodiments, B may be:
##STR00111##
[0283] In some embodiments, the modified nucleobase is a modified
uracil. Exemplary nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified
uracil include pseudouridine (.psi.), pyridin-4-one ribonucleoside,
5-aza-uridine, 6-aza-uridine, 2-thio-5-aza-uridine, 2-thio-uridine
(s.sup.2U), 4-thio-uridine (s.sup.4U), 4-thio-pseudouridine,
2-thio-pseudouridine, 5-hydroxy-uridine (ho.sup.5U),
5-aminoallyl-uridine, 5-halo-uridine (e.g., 5-iodo-uridine or
5-bromo-uridine), 3-methyl-uridine (m.sup.3U), 5-methoxy-uridine
(mo.sup.5U), uridine 5-oxyacetic acid (cmo.sup.5U), uridine
5-oxyacetic acid methyl ester (mcmo.sup.5U),
5-carboxymethyl-uridine (cm.sup.5U), 1-carboxymethyl-pseudouridine,
5-carboxyhydroxymethyl-uridine (chm.sup.5U),
5-carboxyhydroxymethyl-uridine methyl ester (mchm.sup.5U),
5-methoxycarbonylmethyl-uridine (mcm.sup.5U),
5-methoxycarbonylmethyl-2-thio-uridine (mcm.sup.5s.sup.2U),
5-aminomethyl-2-thio-uridine (nm.sup.5s.sup.2U),
5-methylaminomethyl-uridine (mnm.sup.5U),
5-methylaminomethyl-2-thio-uridine (mnm.sup.5s.sup.2U),
5-methylaminomethyl-2-seleno-uridine (mnm.sup.5se.sup.2U),
5-carbamoylmethyl-uridine (ncm.sup.5U),
5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-uridine (cmnm.sup.5U),
5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thio-uridine (cmnm.sup.5s.sup.2U),
5-propynyl-uridine, 1-propynyl-pseudouridine,
5-taurinomethyl-uridine (.tau.cm.sup.5U),
1-taurinomethyl-pseudouridine,
5-taurinomethyl-2-thio-uridine(.tau.m.sup.5s.sup.2U),
1-taurinomethyl-4-thio-pseudouridine, 5-methyl-uridine (m.sup.5U,
i.e., having the nucleobase deoxythymine), 1-methyl-pseudouridine
(m.sup.1.psi.), 5-methyl-2-thio-uridine (m.sup.5s.sup.2U),
1-methyl-4-thio-pseudouridine (m.sup.1s.sup.4.psi.),
4-thio-1-methyl-pseudouridine, 3-methyl-pseudouridine
(m.sup.3.psi.), 2-thio-1-methyl-pseudouridine,
1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudouridine,
2-thio-1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudouridine, dihydrouridine (D),
dihydropseudouridine, 5,6-dihydrouridine, 5-methyl-dihydrouridine
(m.sup.5D), 2-thio-dihydrouridine, 2-thio-dihydropseudouridine,
2-methoxy-uridine, 2-methoxy-4-thio-uridine,
4-methoxy-pseudouridine, 4-methoxy-2-thio-pseudouridine,
N1-methyl-pseudouridine, 3-(3-amino-3-carboxypropyl)uridine
(acp.sup.3U), 1-methyl-3-(3-amino-3-carboxypropyl)pseudouridine
(acp.sup.3 .psi.), 5-(isopentenylaminomethyl)uridine (inm.sup.5U),
5-(isopentenylaminomethyl)-2-thio-uridine (inm.sup.5s.sup.2U),
.alpha.-thio-uridine, 2'-O-methyl-uridine (Um),
5,2'-O-dimethyl-uridine (m.sup.5Um), 2'-O-methyl-pseudouridine
(.psi.m), 2-thio-2'-O-methyl-uridine (s.sup.2Um),
5-methoxycarbonylmethyl-2'-O-methyl-uridine (mcm.sup.5Um),
5-carbamoylmethyl-2'-O-methyl-uridine (ncm.sup.5Um),
5-carboxymethylaminomethyl-2'-O-methyl-uridine (cmnm.sup.5Um),
3,2'-O-dimethyl-uridine (m.sup.3Um),
5-(isopentenylaminomethyl)-2'-O-methyl-uridine (inm.sup.5Um),
1-thio-uridine, deoxythymidine, 2'-F-ara-uridine, 2'-F-uridine,
2'-OH-ara-uridine, 5-(2-carbomethoxyvinyl) uridine, and
5-[3-(1-E-propenylamino)uridine.
[0284] In some embodiments, the modified nucleobase is a modified
cytosine. Exemplary nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified
cytosine include 5-aza-cytidine, 6-aza-cytidine, pseudoisocytidine,
3-methyl-cytidine (m.sup.3C), N4-acetyl-cytidine (ac.sup.4C),
5-formyl-cytidine (f.sup.5C), N4-methyl-cytidine (m.sup.4C),
5-methyl-cytidine (m.sup.5C), 5-halo-cytidine (e.g.,
5-iodo-cytidine), 5-hydroxymethyl-cytidine (hm.sup.5C),
1-methyl-pseudoisocytidine, pyrrolo-cytidine,
pyrrolo-pseudoisocytidine, 2-thio-cytidine (s.sup.2C),
2-thio-5-methyl-cytidine, 4-thio-pseudoisocytidine,
4-thio-1-methyl-pseudoisocytidine,
4-thio-1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudoisocytidine,
1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudoisocytidine, zebularine, 5-aza-zebularine,
5-methyl-zebularine, 5-aza-2-thio-zebularine, 2-thio-zebularine,
2-methoxy-cytidine, 2-methoxy-5-methyl-cytidine,
4-methoxy-pseudoisocytidine, 4-methoxy-1-methyl-pseudoisocytidine,
lysidine (k.sub.2C), .alpha.-thio-cytidine, 2'-O-methyl-cytidine
(Cm), 5,2'-O-dimethyl-cytidine (m.sup.5Cm),
N4-acetyl-2'-O-methyl-cytidine (ac.sup.4Cm),
N4,2'-O-dimethyl-cytidine (m.sup.4Cm),
5-formyl-2'-O-methyl-cytidine (f.sup.5Cm),
N4,N4,2'-O-trimethyl-cytidine (m.sup.4.sub.2Cm), 1-thio-cytidine,
2'-F-ara-cytidine, 2'-F-cytidine, and 2'-OH-ara-cytidine.
[0285] In some embodiments, the modified nucleobase is a modified
adenine. Exemplary nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified
adenine include 2-amino-purine, 2, 6-diaminopurine,
2-amino-6-halo-purine (e.g., 2-amino-6-chloro-purine),
6-halo-purine (e.g., 6-chloro-purine), 2-amino-6-methyl-purine,
8-azido-adenosine, 7-deaza-adenine, 7-deaza-8-aza-adenine,
7-deaza-2-amino-purine, 7-deaza-8-aza-2-amino-purine,
7-deaza-2,6-diaminopurine, 7-deaza-8-aza-2,6-diaminopurine,
1-methyl-adenosine (m.sup.1A), 2-methyl-adenine (m.sup.2A),
N6-methyl-adenosine(m.sup.6A), 2-methylthio-N-6-methyl-adenosine
(ms.sup.2m.sup.6A), N6-isopentenyl-adenosine (i.sup.6A),
2-methylthio-N-6-isopentenyl-adenosine (ms.sup.2i.sup.6A),
N6-(cis-hydroxyisopentenyl)adenosine (io.sup.6A),
2-methylthio-N-6-(cis-hydroxyisopentenyl)adenosine
(ms.sup.2io.sup.6A), N6-glycinylcarbamoyl-adenosine (g.sup.6A),
N6-threonylcarbamoyl-adenosine (t.sup.6A),
N6-methyl-N-6-threonylcarbamoyl-adenosine (m.sup.6t.sup.6A),
2-methylthio-N-6-threonylcarbamoyl-adenosine (ms.sup.2g.sup.6A),
N6,N6-dimethyl-adenosine (m.sup.6.sub.2A),
N6-hydroxynorvalylcarbamoyl-adenosine (hn.sup.6A),
2-methylthio-N-6-hydroxynorvalylcarbamoyl-adenosine
(ms.sup.2hn.sup.6A), N6-acetyl-adenosine (ac.sup.6A),
7-methyl-adenine, 2-methylthio-adenine, 2-methoxy-adenine,
.alpha.-thio-adenosine, 2'-O-methyl-adenosine (Am),
N6,2'-O-dimethyl-adenosine (m.sup.6Am),
N6,N6,2'-O-trimethyl-adenosine (m.sup.6.sub.2Am),
1,2'-O-dimethyl-adenosine (m.sup.1Am), 2'-O-ribosyladenosine
(phosphate) (Ar(p)), 2-amino-N-6-methyl-purine, 1-thio-adenosine,
8-azido-adenosine, 2'-F-ara-adenosine, 2'-F-adenosine,
2'-OH-ara-adenosine, and
N6-(19-amino-pentaoxanonadecyl)-adenosine.
[0286] In some embodiments, the modified nucleobase is a modified
guanine Exemplary nucleobases and nucleosides having a modified
guanine include inosine (I), 1-methyl-inosine (m.sup.1i), wyosine
(imG), methylwyosine (mimG), 4-demethyl-wyosine (imG-14),
isowyosine (imG2), wybutosine (yW), peroxywybutosine (o.sub.2yW),
hydroxywybutosine (OHyW), undermodified hydroxywybutosine (OHyW*),
7-deaza-guanosine, queuosine (Q), epoxyqueuosine (oQ),
galactosyl-queuosine (galQ), mannosyl-queuosine (manQ),
7-cyano-7-deaza-guanosine (preQ.sub.0),
7-aminomethyl-7-deaza-guanosine (preQ.sub.1), archaeosine
(G.sup.+), 7-deaza-8-aza-guanosine, 6-thio-guanosine,
6-thio-7-deaza-guanosine, 6-thio-7-deaza-8-aza-guanosine,
7-methyl-guanosine (m.sup.7G), 6-thio-7-methyl-guanosine,
7-methyl-inosine, 6-methoxy-guanosine, 1-methyl-guanosine
(m.sup.1G), N2-methyl-guanosine (m.sup.2G),
N2,N2-dimethyl-guanosine (m.sup.2.sub.2G), N2,7-dimethyl-guanosine
(m.sup.2,7G), N2, N2,7-dimethyl-guanosine (m.sup.2,2,7G),
8-oxo-guanosine, 7-methyl-8-oxo-guanosine,
1-methyl-6-thio-guanosine, N2-methyl-6-thio-guanosine,
N2,N2-dimethyl-6-thio-guanosine, .alpha.-thio-guanosine,
2'-O-methyl-guanosine (Gm), N2-methyl-2'-O-methyl-guanosine
(m.sup.2Gm), N2,N2-dimethyl-2'-O-methyl-guanosine
(m.sup.2.sub.2Gm), 1-methyl-2'-O-methyl-guanosine (m.sup.1Gm),
N2,7-dimethyl-2'-O-methyl-guanosine (m.sup.2,7Gm),
2'-O-methyl-inosine (Im), 1,2'-O-dimethyl-inosine (m.sup.1Im),
2'-O-ribosylguanosine (phosphate) (Gr(p)), 1-thio-guanosine,
06-methyl-guanosine, 2'-F-ara-guanosine, and 2'-F-guanosine.
[0287] The nucleobase of the nucleotide can be independently
selected from a purine, a pyrimidine, a purine or pyrimidine
analog. For example, the nucleobase can each be independently
selected from adenine, cytosine, guanine, uracil, or hypoxanthine.
In another embodiment, the nucleobase can also include, for
example, naturally-occurring and synthetic derivatives of a base,
including pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidines, 5-methylcytosine (5-me-C),
5-hydroxymethyl cytosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, 2-aminoadenine,
6-methyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine,
2-propyl and other alkyl derivatives of adenine and guanine,
2-thiouracil, 2-thiothymine and 2-thiocytosine, 5-propynyl uracil
and cytosine, 6-azo uracil, cytosine and thymine, 5-uracil
(pseudouracil), 4-thiouracil, 8-halo (e.g., 8-bromo), 8-amino,
8-thiol, 8-thioalkyl, 8-hydroxyl and other 8-substituted adenines
and guanines, 5-halo particularly 5-bromo, 5-trifluoromethyl and
other 5-substituted uracils and cytosines, 7-methylguanine and
7-methyladenine, 8-azaguanine and 8-azaadenine, deazaguanine,
7-deazaguanine, 3-deazaguanine, deazaadenine, 7-deazaadenine,
3-deazaadenine, pyrazolo[3,4-d]pyrimidine, imidazo[1,5-a]1,3,5
triazinones, 9-deazapurines, imidazo[4,5-d]pyrazines,
thiazolo[4,5-d]pyrimidines, pyrazin-2-ones, 1,2,4-triazine,
pyridazine; and 1,3,5 triazine. When the nucleotides are depicted
using the shorthand A, G, C, T or U, each letter refers to the
representative base and/or derivatives thereof, e.g., A includes
adenine or adenine analogs, e.g., 7-deaza adenine).
Modifications on the Internucleoside Linkage
[0288] The modified nucleosides and nucleotides, which may be
incorporated into a modified nucleic acid or mmRNA molecule, can be
modified on the internucleoside linkage (e.g., phosphate backbone).
The phosphate groups of the backbone can be modified by replacing
one or more of the oxygen atoms with a different substituent.
Further, the modified nucleosides and nucleotides can include the
wholesale replacement of an unmodified phosphate moiety with a
modified phosphate as described herein. Examples of modified
phosphate groups include, but are not limited to, phosphorothioate,
phosphoroselenates, boranophosphates, boranophosphate esters,
hydrogen phosphonates, phosphoramidates, phosphorodiamidates, alkyl
or aryl phosphonates, and phosphotriesters. Phosphorodithioates
have both non-linking oxygens replaced by sulfur. The phosphate
linker can also be modified by the replacement of a linking oxygen
with nitrogen (bridged phosphoramidates), sulfur (bridged
phosphorothioates), and carbon (bridged
methylene-phosphonates).
[0289] The .alpha.-thio substituted phosphate moiety is provided to
confer stability to RNA and DNA polymers through the unnatural
phosphorothioate backbone linkages. Phosphorothioate DNA and RNA
have increased nuclease resistance and subsequently a longer
half-life in a cellular environment. Phosphorothioate linked
modified nucleic acids or mmRNA molecules are expected to also
reduce the innate immune response through weaker binding/activation
of cellular innate immune molecules.
[0290] In specific embodiments, a modified nucleoside includes an
alpha-thio-nucleoside (e.g., 5'-O-(1-thiophosphate)-adenosine,
5'-O-(1-thiophosphate)-cytidine .alpha.-thio-cytidine),
5'-O-(1-thiophosphate)-guanosine, 5'-O-(1-thiophosphate)-uridine,
or 5'-O-(1-thiophosphate)-pseudouridine).
Combinations of Modified Sugars, Nucleobases, and Internucleoside
Linkages
[0291] The modified nucleic acids and mmRNA of the invention can
include a combination of modifications to the sugar, the
nucleobase, and/or the internucleoside linkage. These combinations
can include any one or more modifications described herein. For
examples, any of the nucleotides described herein in Formulas (Ia),
(Ia-1)-(Ia-3), (Ib)-(If), (IIa)-(IIp), (IIb-1), (IIb-2),
(IIc-1)-(IIc-2), (IIn-1), (IIn-2), (IVa)-(IV1), and (IXa)-(IXr) can
be combined with any of the nucleobases described herein (e.g., in
Formulas (b1)-(b43) or any other described herein).
Synthesis of Modified Nucleic Acids and mmRNA Molecules
[0292] The modified nucleic acid and mmRNA molecules for use in
accordance with the invention may be prepared according to any
useful technique, as described herein. The modified nucleosides and
nucleotides used in the synthesis of modified nucleic acid and
mmRNA molecules disclosed herein can be prepared from readily
available starting materials using the following general methods
and procedures. Where typical or preferred process conditions
(e.g., reaction temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants,
solvents, pressures, etc.) are provided, a skilled artisan would be
able to optimize and develop additional process conditions. Optimum
reaction conditions may vary with the particular reactants or
solvent used, but such conditions can be determined by one skilled
in the art by routine optimization procedures.
[0293] The processes described herein can be monitored according to
any suitable method known in the art. For example, product
formation can be monitored by spectroscopic means, such as nuclear
magnetic resonance spectroscopy (e.g., .sup.1H or .sup.13C)
infrared spectroscopy, spectrophotometry (e.g., UV-visible), or
mass spectrometry, or by chromatography such as high performance
liquid chromatography (HPLC) or thin layer chromatography.
[0294] Preparation of modified nucleic acid and mmRNA molecules of
the present invention can involve the protection and deprotection
of various chemical groups. The need for protection and
deprotection, and the selection of appropriate protecting groups
can be readily determined by one skilled in the art. The chemistry
of protecting groups can be found, for example, in Greene, et al.,
Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2d. Ed., Wiley & Sons,
1991, which is incorporated herein by reference in its
entirety.
[0295] The reactions of the processes described herein can be
carried out in suitable solvents, which can be readily selected by
one of skill in the art of organic synthesis. Suitable solvents can
be substantially nonreactive with the starting materials
(reactants), the intermediates, or products at the temperatures at
which the reactions are carried out, i.e., temperatures which can
range from the solvent's freezing temperature to the solvent's
boiling temperature. A given reaction can be carried out in one
solvent or a mixture of more than one solvent. Depending on the
particular reaction step, suitable solvents for a particular
reaction step can be selected.
[0296] Resolution of racemic mixtures of modified nucleosides and
nucleotides can be carried out by any of numerous methods known in
the art. An example method includes fractional recrystallization
using a "chiral resolving acid" which is an optically active,
salt-forming organic acid. Suitable resolving agents for fractional
recrystallization methods are, for example, optically active acids,
such as the D and L forms of tartaric acid, diacetyltartaric acid,
dibenzoyltartaric acid, mandelic acid, malic acid, lactic acid or
the various optically active camphorsulfonic acids. Resolution of
racemic mixtures can also be carried out by elution on a column
packed with an optically active resolving agent (e.g.,
dinitrobenzoylphenylglycine). Suitable elution solvent composition
can be determined by one skilled in the art.
[0297] Modified nucleosides and nucleotides (e.g., binding block
molecules) can be prepared according to the synthetic methods
described in Ogata et al., J. Org. Chem. 74:2585-2588 (2009);
Purmal et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 22(1): 72-78, (1994); Fukuhara et
al., Biochemistry, 1(4): 563-568 (1962); and Xu et al.,
Tetrahedron, 48(9): 1729-1740 (1992), each of which are
incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0298] The modified nucleic acid and mmRNA of the invention need
not be uniformly modified along the entire length of the molecule.
For example, one or more or all types of nucleotide (e.g., purine
or pyrimidine, or any one or more or all of A, G, U, C) may or may
not be uniformly modified in a polynucleotide of the invention, or
in a given predetermined sequence region thereof. In some
embodiments, all nucleotides X in a polynucleotide of the invention
(or in a given sequence region thereof) are modified, wherein X may
any one of nucleotides A, G, U, C, or any one of the combinations
A+G, A+U, A+C, G+U, G+C, U+C, A+G+U, A+G+C, G+U+C or A+G+C
[0299] Different sugar modifications, nucleotide modifications,
and/or internucleoside linkages (e.g., backbone structures) may
exist at various positions in the modified nucleic acid or mmRNA.
One of ordinary skill in the art will appreciate that the
nucleotide analogs or other modification(s) may be located at any
position(s) of a modified nucleic acid or mmRNA such that the
function of the modified nucleic acid or mmRNA is not substantially
decreased. A modification may also be a 5' or 3' terminal
modification. The modified nucleic acid or mmRNA may contain from
about 1% to about 100% modified nucleotides, or any intervening
percentage (e.g., from 1% to 20%, from 1% to 25%, from 1% to 50%,
from 1% to 60%, from 1% to 70%, from 1% to 80%, from 1% to 90%,
from 1% to 95%, from 10% to 20%, from 10% to 25%, from 10% to 50%,
from 10% to 60%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to 90%,
from 10% to 95%, from 10% to 100%, from 20% to 25%, from 20% to
50%, from 20% to 60%, from 20% to 70%, from 20% to 80%, from 20% to
90%, from 20% to 95%, from 20% to 100%, from 50% to 60%, from 50%
to 70%, from 50% to 80%, from 50% to 90%, from 50% to 95%, from 50%
to 100%, from 70% to 80%, from 70% to 90%, from 70% to 95%, from
70% to 100%, from 80% to 90%, from 80% to 95%, from 80% to 100%,
from 90% to 95%, from 90% to 100%, and from 95% to 100%).
[0300] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acid or mmRNA
includes a modified pyrimidine (e.g., a modified uracil/uridine or
modified cytosine/cytidine). In some embodiments, the uracil or
uridine in the modified nucleic acid or mmRNA molecule may be
replaced with from about 1% to about 100% of a modified uracil or
modified uridine (e.g., from 1% to 20%, from 1% to 25%, from 1% to
50%, from 1% to 60%, from 1% to 70%, from 1% to 80%, from 1% to
90%, from 1% to 95%, from 10% to 20%, from 10% to 25%, from 10% to
50%, from 10% to 60%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to
90%, from 10% to 95%, from 10% to 100%, from 20% to 25%, from 20%
to 50%, from 20% to 60%, from 20% to 70%, from 20% to 80%, from 20%
to 90%, from 20% to 95%, from 20% to 100%, from 50% to 60%, from
50% to 70%, from 50% to 80%, from 50% to 90%, from 50% to 95%, from
50% to 100%, from 70% to 80%, from 70% to 90%, from 70% to 95%,
from 70% to 100%, from 80% to 90%, from 80% to 95%, from 80% to
100%, from 90% to 95%, from 90% to 100%, and from 95% to 100% of a
modified uracil or modified uridine). The modified uracil or
uridine can be replaced by a compound having a single unique
structure or by a plurality of compounds having different
structures (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more unique structures, as described
herein). In some embodiments, the cytosine or cytidine in the
modified nucleic acid or mmRNA molecule may be replaced with from
about 1% to about 100% of a modified cytosine or modified cytidine
(e.g., from 1% to 20%, from 1% to 25%, from 1% to 50%, from 1% to
60%, from 1% to 70%, from 1% to 80%, from 1% to 90%, from 1% to
95%, from 10% to 20%, from 10% to 25%, from 10% to 50%, from 10% to
60%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to 90%, from 10% to
95%, from 10% to 100%, from 20% to 25%, from 20% to 50%, from 20%
to 60%, from 20% to 70%, from 20% to 80%, from 20% to 90%, from 20%
to 95%, from 20% to 100%, from 50% to 60%, from 50% to 70%, from
50% to 80%, from 50% to 90%, from 50% to 95%, from 50% to 100%,
from 70% to 80%, from 70% to 90%, from 70% to 95%, from 70% to
100%, from 80% to 90%, from 80% to 95%, from 80% to 100%, from 90%
to 95%, from 90% to 100%, and from 95% to 100% of a modified
cytosine or modified cytidine). The modified cytosine or cytidine
can be replaced by a compound having a single unique structure or
by a plurality of compounds having different structures (e.g., 2,
3, 4 or more unique structures, as described herein).
[0301] In some embodiments, the present disclosure provides methods
of synthesizing a modified nucleic acid or mmRNA including n number
of linked nucleosides having Formula (Ia-1):
##STR00112##
comprising:
[0302] a) reacting a nucleotide of Formula (IV-1):
##STR00113##
[0303] with a phosphoramidite compound of Formula (V-1):
##STR00114##
[0304] wherein Y.sup.9 is H, hydroxy, phosphoryl, pyrophosphate,
sulfate, amino, thiol, optionally substituted amino acid, or a
peptide (e.g., including from 2 to 12 amino acids); and each
P.sup.1, P.sup.2, and P.sup.3 is, independently, a suitable
protecting group; and denotes a solid support;
[0305] to provide a modified nucleic acid or mmRNA of Formula
(VI-1):
##STR00115##
and
[0306] b) oxidizing or sulfurizing the modified nucleic acid or
mmRNA of Formula (V) to yield a modified nucleic acid or mmRNA of
Formula (VII-1):
##STR00116##
and
[0307] c) removing the protecting groups to yield the modified
nucleic acid or mmRNA of Formula (Ia).
[0308] In some embodiments, steps a) and b) are repeated from 1 to
about 10,000 times. In some embodiments, the methods further
comprise a nucleotide (e.g., building block molecule) selected from
the group consisting of adenosine, cytosine, guanosine, and uracil.
In some embodiments, the nucleobase may be a pyrimidine or
derivative thereof. In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acid
or mmRNA is translatable.
[0309] Other components of modified nucleic acids and mmRNA are
optional, and are beneficial in some embodiments. For example, a 5'
untranslated region (UTR) and/or a 3'UTR are provided, wherein
either or both may independently contain one or more different
nucleoside modifications. In such embodiments, nucleoside
modifications may also be present in the translatable region. Also
provided are modified nucleic acids and mmRNA containing a Kozak
sequence.
[0310] Exemplary syntheses of modified nucleotides, which are
incorporated into a modified nucleic acid or mmRNA, e.g., RNA or
mmRNA, are provided below in Scheme 1 through Scheme 11. Scheme 1
provides a general method for phosphorylation of nucleosides,
including modified nucleosides.
##STR00117##
[0311] Various protecting groups may be used to control the
reaction. For example, Scheme 2 provides the use of multiple
protecting and deprotecting steps to promote phosphorylation at the
5' position of the sugar, rather than the 2' and 3' hydroxyl
groups.
##STR00118##
[0312] Modified nucleotides can be synthesized in any useful
manner. Schemes 3, 4, and 7 provide exemplary methods for
synthesizing modified nucleotides having a modified purine
nucleobase; and Schemes 5 and 6 provide exemplary methods for
synthesizing modified nucleotides having a modified pseudouridine
or pseudoisocytidine, respectively.
##STR00119##
##STR00120##
##STR00121##
##STR00122##
##STR00123##
[0313] Schemes 8 and 9 provide exemplary syntheses of modified
nucleotides. Scheme 10 provides a non-limiting biocatalytic method
for producing nucleotides.
##STR00124##
##STR00125##
##STR00126##
[0314] Scheme 11 provides an exemplary synthesis of a modified
uracil, where the N1 position is modified with R.sup.12b, as
provided elsewhere, and the 5'-position of ribose is
phosphorylated. T.sup.1, T.sup.2, R.sup.12a, R.sup.12b, and r are
as provided herein. This synthesis, as well as optimized versions
thereof, can be used to modify other pyrimidine nucleobases and
purine nucleobases (see e.g., Formulas (b1)-(b43)) and/or to
install one or more phosphate groups (e.g., at the 5' position of
the sugar). This alkylating reaction can also be used to include
one or more optionally substituted alkyl group at any reactive
group (e.g., amino group) in any nucleobase described herein (e.g.,
the amino groups in the Watson-Crick base-pairing face for
cytosine, uracil, adenine, and guanine)
##STR00127##
Combinations of Nucleotides in mmRNA
[0315] Further examples of modified nucleotides and modified
nucleotide combinations are provided below in Table 2. These
combinations of modified nucleotides can be used to form the
modified nucleic acids or mmRNA of the invention. Unless otherwise
noted, the modified nucleotides may be completely substituted for
the natural nucleotides of the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA of
the invention. As a non-limiting example, the natural nucleotide
uridine may be substituted with a modified nucleoside described
herein. In another non-limiting example, the natural nucleotide
uridine may be partially substituted (e.g., about 0.1%, 1%, 5%,
10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%,
75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95% or 99.9%) with at least one of the modified
nucleoside disclosed herein.
TABLE-US-00002 TABLE 2 Modified Nucleotide Modified Nucleotide
Combination .alpha.-thio-cytidine
.alpha.-thio-cytidine/5-iodo-uridine
.alpha.-thio-cytidine/N1-methyl-pseudo-uridine
.alpha.-thio-cytidine/.alpha.-thio-uridine
.alpha.-thio-cytidine/5-methyl-uridine
.alpha.-thio-cytidine/pseudo-uridine about 50% of the cytosines are
.alpha.-thio-cytidine pseudoiso- pseudoisocytidine/5-iodo-uridine
cytidine pseudoisocytidine/N1-methyl-pseudouridine
pseudoisocytidine/.alpha.-thio-uridine
pseudoisocytidine/5-methyl-uridine pseudoisocytidine/pseudouridine
about 25% of cytosines are pseudoisocytidine
pseudoisocytidine/about 50% of uridines are N1-methyl-
pseudouridine and about 50% of uridines are pseudo- uridine
pseudoisocytidine/about 25% of uridines are N1-methyl-
pseudouridine and about 25% of uridines are pseudo- uridine
pyrrolo- pyrrolo-cytidine/5-iodo-uridine cytidine
pyrrolo-cytidine/N1-methyl-pseudouridine
pyrrolo-cytidine/.alpha.-thio-uridine
pyrrolo-cytidine/5-methyl-uridine pyrrolo-cytidine/pseudouridine
about 50% of the cytosines are pyrrolo-cytidine 5-methyl-
5-methyl-cytidine/5-iodo-uridine cytidine
5-methyl-cytidine/N1-methyl-pseudouridine
5-methyl-cytidine/.alpha.-thio-uridine
5-methyl-cytidine/5-methyl-uridine 5-methyl-cytidine/pseudouridine
about 25% of cytosines are 5-methyl-cytidine about 50% of cytosines
are 5-methyl-cytidine 5-methyl-cytidine/5-methoxy-uridine
5-methyl-cytidine/5-bromo-uridine 5-methyl-cytidine/2-thio-uridine
5-methyl-cytidine/about 50% of uridines are 2-thio- uridine about
50% of uridines are 5-methyl-cytidine/about 50% of uridines are
2-thio-uridine N4-acetyl- N4-acetyl-cytidine/5-iodo-uridine
cytidine N4-acetyl-cytidine/N1-methyl-pseudouridine
N4-acetyl-cytidine/.alpha.-thio-uridine
N4-acetyl-cytidine/5-methyl-uridine
N4-acetyl-cytidine/pseudouridine about 50% of cytosines are
N4-acetyl-cytidine about 25% of cytosines are N4-acetyl-cytidine
N4-acetyl-cytidine/5-methoxy-uridine
N4-acetyl-cytidine/5-bromo-uridine
N4-acetyl-cytidine/2-thio-uridine about 50% of cytosines are
N4-acetyl-cytidine/about 50% of uridines are 2-thio-uridine
[0316] Further examples of modified nucleotide combinations are
provided below in Table 3. These combinations of modified
nucleotides can be used to form the modified nucleic acid molecules
or mmRNA of the invention.
TABLE-US-00003 TABLE 3 Modified Nucleotide Modified Nucleotide
Combination modified cytidine modified cytidine with
(b10)/pseudouridine having one or modified cytidine with
(b10)/N1-methyl-pseudouridine more nucleobases modified cytidine
with (b10)/5-methoxy-uridine of Formula (b10) modified cytidine
with (b10)/5-methyl-uridine modified cytidine with
(b10)/5-bromo-uridine modified cytidine with (b10)/2-thio-uridine
about 50% of cytidine substituted with modified cytidine
(b10)/about 50% of uridines are 2-thio- uridine modified cytidine
modified cytidine with (b32)/pseudouridine having one or modified
cytidine with (b32)/N1-methyl-pseudouridine more nucleobases
modified cytidine with (b32)/5-methoxy-uridine of Formula (b32)
modified cytidine with (b32)/5-methyl-uridine modified cytidine
with (b32)/5-bromo-uridine modified cytidine with
(b32)/2-thio-uridine about 50% of cytidine substituted with
modified cytidine (b32)/about 50% of uridines are 2-thio- uridine
modified uridine modified uridine with (b1)/N4-acetyl-cytidine
having one or modified uridine with (b1)/5-methyl-cytidine more
nucleobases of Formula (b1) modified uridine modified uridine with
(b8)/N4-acetyl-cytidine having one or modified uridine with
(b8)/5-methyl-cytidine more nucleobases of Formula (b8) modified
uridine modified uridine with (b28)/N4-acetyl-cytidine having one
or modified uridine with (b28)/5-methyl-cytidine more nucleobases
of Formula (b28) modified uridine modified uridine with
(b29)/N4-acetyl-cytidine having one or modified uridine with
(b29)/5-methyl-cytidine more nucleobases of Formula (b29) modified
uridine modified uridine with (b30)/N4-acetyl-cytidine having one
or modified uridine with (b30)/5-methyl-cytidine more nucleobases
of Formula (b30)
[0317] In some embodiments, at least 25% of the cytosines are
replaced by a compound of Formula (b10)-(b14) (e.g., at least about
30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at
least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least
about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about
80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or
about 100%).
[0318] In some embodiments, at least 25% of the uracils are
replaced by a compound of Formula (b1)-(b9) (e.g., at least about
30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at
least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least
about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about
80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, or
about 100%).
[0319] In some embodiments, at least 25% of the cytosines are
replaced by a compound of Formula (b10)-(b14), and at least 25% of
the uracils are replaced by a compound of Formula (b1)-(b9) (e.g.,
at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at
least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least
about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about
75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at
least about 95%, or about 100%).
Synthesis of Modified Nucleic Acid Molecules
[0320] Modified nucleic acid molecules for use in accordance with
the present disclosure may be prepared according to any available
technique including, but not limited to, in vitro transcription
such as chemical synthesis and enzymatic synthesis, or enzymatic
and chemical cleavage of a longer precursor, etc. Methods of
synthesizing RNA are known in the art (see, e.g., Gait, M. J. (ed.)
Oligonucleotide synthesis: a practical approach, Oxford
[Oxfordshire], Washington, D.C.: IRL Press, 1984; and Herdewijn, P.
(ed.) Oligonucleotide synthesis: methods and applications, Methods
in Molecular Biology, v. 288 (Clifton, N.J.) Totowa, N.J.: Humana
Press, 2005; both of which are incorporated herein by
reference).
[0321] The modified nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein can be
prepared from readily available starting materials using the
following general methods and procedures. It is understood that
where typical or preferred process conditions (i.e., reaction
temperatures, times, mole ratios of reactants, solvents, pressures,
etc.) are given other process conditions can also be used unless
otherwise stated. Optimum reaction conditions may vary with the
particular reactants or solvent used, but such conditions can be
determined by one skilled in the art by routine optimization
procedures.
[0322] The processes described herein can be monitored according to
any suitable method known in the art. For example, product
formation can be monitored by spectroscopic means, such as nuclear
magnetic resonance spectroscopy (e.g., .sup.1H or .sup.13C)
infrared spectroscopy, spectrophotometry (e.g., UV-visible), mass
spectrometry, or by chromatography such as high performance liquid
chromatography (HPLC) or thin layer chromatography.
[0323] Preparation of modified nucleic acid molecules can involve
the protection and deprotection of various chemical groups. The
need for protection and deprotection, and the selection of
appropriate protecting groups can be readily determined by one
skilled in the art. The chemistry of protecting groups can be
found, for example, in Greene, et al., Protective Groups in Organic
Synthesis, 2d. Ed., Wiley & Sons, 1991, which is incorporated
herein by reference in its entirety.
[0324] The reactions of the processes described herein can be
carried out in suitable solvents, which can be readily selected by
one of skill in the art of organic synthesis. Suitable solvents can
be substantially nonreactive with the starting materials
(reactants), the intermediates, or products at the temperatures at
which the reactions are carried out, i.e., temperatures which can
range from the solvent's freezing temperature to the solvent's
boiling temperature. A given reaction can be carried out in one
solvent or a mixture of more than one solvent. Depending on the
particular reaction step, suitable solvents for a particular
reaction step can be selected.
[0325] Resolution of racemic mixtures of modified nucleic acid
molecules can be carried out by any of numerous methods known in
the art. An example method includes, but is not limited to,
fractional recrystallization using a "chiral resolving acid" which
is an optically active, salt-forming organic acid. Suitable
resolving agents for fractional recrystallization methods are, for
example, optically active acids, such as the D and L forms of
tartaric acid, diacetyltartaric acid, dibenzoyltartaric acid,
mandelic acid, malic acid, lactic acid or the various optically
active camphorsulfonic acids. Resolution of racemic mixtures can
also be carried out by elution on a column packed with an optically
active resolving agent (e.g., dinitrobenzoylphenylglycine).
Suitable elution solvent composition can be determined by one
skilled in the art.
[0326] Modified nucleic acid molecules need not be uniformly
modified along the entire length of the molecule. Different nucleic
acid modifications and/or backbone structures may exist at various
positions in the nucleic acid. One of ordinary skill in the art
will appreciate that the nucleotide analogs or other
modification(s) may be located at any position(s) of a nucleic acid
such that the function of the nucleic acid is not substantially
decreased. A modification may also be a 5' or 3' terminal
modification. The nucleic acids may contain at a minimum one
modified nucleotide and at maximum 100% modified nucleotides, or
any intervening percentage, such as at least 5% modified
nucleotides, at least 10% modified nucleotides, at least 25%
modified nucleotides, at least 50% modified nucleotides, at least
80% modified nucleotides, or at least 90% modified nucleotides. For
example, the nucleic acids may contain a modified pyrimidine such
as uracil or cytosine. In some embodiments, at least 5%, at least
10%, at least 25%, at least 50%, at least 80%, at least 90% or 100%
of the uracil in the nucleic acid may be replaced with a modified
uracil. The modified uracil can be replaced by a compound having a
single unique structure, or can be replaced by a plurality of
compounds having different structures (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more unique
structures). In some embodiments, at least 5%, at least 10%, at
least 25%, at least 50%, at least 80%, at least 90% or 100% of the
cytosine in the nucleic acid may be replaced with a modified
cytosine. The modified cytosine can be replaced by a compound
having a single unique structure, or can be replaced by a plurality
of compounds having different structures (e.g., 2, 3, 4 or more
unique structures).
[0327] Generally, the shortest length of a modified mRNA, herein
"mmRNA," of the present disclosure can be the length of an mRNA
sequence that may be sufficient to encode for a dipeptide. In
another embodiment, the length of the mRNA sequence may be
sufficient to encode for a tripeptide. In another embodiment, the
length of an mRNA sequence may be sufficient to encode for a
tetrapeptide. In another embodiment, the length of an mRNA sequence
may be sufficient to encode for a pentapeptide. In another
embodiment, the length of an mRNA sequence may be sufficient to
encode for a hexapeptide. In another embodiment, the length of an
mRNA sequence may be sufficient to encode for a heptapeptide. In
another embodiment, the length of an mRNA sequence may be
sufficient to encode for an octapeptide. In another embodiment, the
length of an mRNA sequence may be sufficient to encode for a
nonapeptide. In another embodiment, the length of an mRNA sequence
may be sufficient to encode for a decapeptide.
[0328] Examples of dipeptides that the modified nucleic acid
molecule sequences can encode for include, but are not limited to,
carnosine and anserine.
[0329] In a further embodiment, the mRNA may be greater than 30
nucleotides in length. In another embodiment, the RNA molecule may
be greater than 35 nucleotides in length (e.g., at least or greater
than about 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120, 140, 160,
180, 200, 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1,000,
1,100, 1,200, 1,300, 1,400, 1,500, 1,600, 1,700, 1,800, 1,900,
2,000, 2,500, 3,000, 4,000 and 5,000 nucleotides).
Exemplary Properties of Modified Nucleic Acid Molecules
Major Groove Interacting Partners
[0330] The modified nucleic acid molecules, e.g., modified mRNA
(mmRNA), described herein can disrupt interactions with recognition
receptors that detect and respond to RNA ligands through
interactions, e.g. binding, with the major groove face of a
nucleotide or nucleic acid. As such, RNA ligands comprising
modified nucleotides or modified nucleic acid molecules, as
described herein, decrease interactions with major groove binding
partners, and therefore decrease an innate immune response, or
expression and secretion of pro-inflammatory cytokines, or
both.
[0331] Example major groove interacting, e.g. binding, partners
include, but are not limited to, the following nucleases and
helicases. Within membranes, TLRs (Toll-like Receptors) 3, 7, and 8
can respond to single- and double-stranded RNA. Within the
cytoplasm, members of the superfamily 2 class of DEX(D/H) helicases
and ATPases can sense RNA to initiate antiviral responses. These
helicases include the RIG-I (retinoic acid-inducible gene I) and
MDA5 (melanoma differentiation-associated gene 5). Other examples
include laboratory of genetics and physiology 2 (LGP2), HIN-200
domain containing proteins, or Helicase-domain containing
proteins.
Prevention or Reduction of Innate Cellular Immune Response
Activation Using Modified Nucleic Acid Molecules
[0332] The modified nucleic acid molecules, e.g., mmRNA, described
herein, decrease the innate immune response in a cell. The term
"innate immune response" includes a cellular response to exogenous
nucleic acids, including, but not limited to, single stranded
nucleic acids, generally of viral or bacterial origin, which
involve the induction of cytokine expression and release,
particularly the interferons, and cell death. Protein synthesis may
also be reduced during the innate cellular immune response. While
it is advantageous to eliminate the innate immune response in a
cell, the present disclosure provides modified mRNA that
substantially reduce the immune response, including interferon
signaling, without entirely eliminating such a response. In some
embodiments, the immune response may be reduced by 10%, 20%, 30%,
40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 99%, 99.9%, or greater than
99.9% as compared to the immune response induced by a corresponding
unmodified nucleic acid molecule. Such a reduction can be measured
by the expression or activity level of Type 1 interferons or the
expression of interferon-regulated genes such as the toll-like
receptors (e.g., TLR7 and TLR8). Reduction of the innate immune
response can also be measured by decreased cell death following one
or more administrations of modified RNA to a cell population; e.g.,
cell death is 10%, 25%, 50%, 75%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or over 95% less
than the cell death frequency observed with a corresponding
unmodified nucleic acid molecule. Moreover, cell death may affect
fewer than 50%, 40%, 30%, 20%, 10%, 5%, 1%, 0.1%, 0.01% or fewer
than 0.01% of cells contacted with the modified nucleic acid
molecules.
[0333] The present disclosure provides for the repeated
introduction (e.g., transfection) of modified nucleic acid
molecules into a target cell population, e.g., in vitro, ex vivo,
or in vivo. The step of contacting the cell population may be
repeated one or more times (such as two, three, four, five or more
than five times). In some embodiments, the step of contacting the
cell population with the modified nucleic acid molecules may be
repeated a number of times sufficient such that a predetermined
efficiency of protein translation in the cell population is
achieved. Given the reduced cytotoxicity of the target cell
population by the nucleic acid modifications, such repeated
transfections are achievable in a variety of cell types.
[0334] The modified nucleic acids of the invention, including the
combination of modifications taught herein may have superior
properties making them more suitable as therapeutic modalities.
[0335] It has been determined that the "all or none" model in the
art is sorely insufficient to describe the biological phenomena
associated with the therapeutic utility of modified mRNA. The
present inventors have determined that to improve protein
production, one may consider the nature of the modification, or
combination of modifications, the percent modification and survey
more than one cytokine or metric to determine the efficacy and risk
profile of a particular modified mRNA.
[0336] In one aspect of the invention, methods of determining the
effectiveness of a modified mRNA as compared to unmodified involves
the measure and analysis of one or more cytokines whose expression
is triggered by the administration of the exogenous nucleic acid of
the invention. These values are compared to administration of an
umodified nucleic acid or to a standard metric such as cytokine
response, PolyIC, R-848 or other standard known in the art.
[0337] One example of a standard metric developed herein is the
measure of the ratio of the level or amount of encoded polypeptide
(protein) produced in the cell, tissue or organism to the level or
amount of one or more (or a panel) of cytokines whose expression is
triggered in the cell, tissue or organism as a result of
administration or contact with the modified nucleic acid. Such
ratios are referred to herein as the Protein:Cytokine Ratio or "PC"
Ratio. The higher the PC ratio, the more efficacioius the modified
nucleic acid (polynucleotide encoding the protein measured).
Preferred PC Ratios, by cytokine, of the present invention may be
greater than 1, greater than 10, greater than 100, greater than
1000, greater than 10,000 or more. Modified nucleic acids having
higher PC Ratios than a modified nucleic acid of a different or
unmodified construct are preferred.
[0338] The PC ratio may be further qualified by the percent
modification present in the polynucleotide. For example, normalized
to a 100% modified nucleic acid, the protein production as a
function of cytokine (or risk) or cytokine profile can be
determined.
[0339] In one embodiment, the present invention provides a method
for determining, across chemistries, cytokines or percent
modification, the relative efficacy of any particular modified
polynucleotide by comparing the PC Ratio of the modified nucleic
acid (polynucleotide).
Activation of the Immune Response: Vaccines
[0340] In one embodiment of the present invention, mRNA molecules
may be used to elicit or provoke an immune response in an organism.
The mRNA molecules to be delivered may encode an immunogenic
peptide or polypeptide and may encode more than one such peptide or
polypeptide.
[0341] Additionally, certain modified nucleosides, or combinations
thereof, when introduced into the modified nucleic acid molecules
or mmRNA of the invention will activate the innate immune response.
Such activating molecules are useful as adjuvants when combined
with polypeptides and/or other vaccines. In certain embodiments,
the activating molecules contain a translatable region which
encodes for a polypeptide sequence useful as a vaccine, thus
providing the ability to be a self-adjuvant.
[0342] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules
and/or mmRNA of the invention may encode an immunogen. The delivery
of modified nucleic acid molecules and/or mRNA encoding an
immunogen may activate the immune response. As a non-limiting
example, the modified nucleic acid molecules and/or mmRNA encoding
an immunogen may be delivered to cells to trigger multiple innate
response pathways (see International Pub. No. WO2012006377; herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety). As another non-limiting
example, the modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA of the
present invention encoding an immunogen may be delivered to a
vertebrate in a dose amount large enough to be immunogenic to the
vertebrate (see International Pub. No. WO2012006372 and
WO2012006369; each of which is herein incorporated by reference in
their entirety).
[0343] The modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA of invention
may encode a polypeptide sequence for a vaccine and may further
comprise an inhibitor. The inhibitor may impair antigen
presentation and/or inhibit various pathways known in the art. As a
non-limiting example, the modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA
of the invention may be used for a vaccine in combination with an
inhibitor which can impair antigen presentation (see International
Pub. No. WO2012089225 and WO2012089338; each of which is herein
incorporated by reference in their entirety).
[0344] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules or
mmRNA of the invention may be self-replicating RNA.
Self-replicating RNA molecules can enhance efficiency of RNA
delivery and expression of the enclosed gene product. In one
embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA may
comprise at least one modification described herein and/or known in
the art. In one embodiment, the self-replicating RNA can be
designed so that the self-replicating RNA does not induce
production of infectious viral particles. As a non-limiting example
the self-replicating RNA may be designed by the methods described
in US Pub. No. US20110300205 and International Pub. No.
WO2011005799, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in
their entirety.
[0345] In one embodiment, the self-replicating modified nucleic
acid molecules or mmRNA of the invention may encode a protein which
may raise the immune response. As a non-limiting example, the
modified nucleic acid molecules and/or mmRNA may be
self-replicating mRNA may encode at least one antigen (see US Pub.
No. US20110300205 and International Pub. No. WO2011005799; each of
which is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety).
[0346] In one embodiment, the self-replicating modified nucleic
acids or mmRNA of the invention may be formulated using methods
described herein or known in the art. As a non-limiting example,
the self-replicating RNA may be formulated for delivery by the
methods described in Geall et al (Nonviral delivery of
self-amplifying RNA vaccines, PNAS 2012; PMID: 22908294; herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0347] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules or
mmRNA of the present invention may encode amphipathic and/or
immunogenic amphipathic peptides.
[0348] In on embodiment, a formulation of the modified nucleic acid
molecules or mmRNA of the present invention may further comprise an
amphipathic and/or immunogenic amphipathic peptide. As a
non-limiting example, the modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA
comprising an amphipathic and/or immunogenic amphipathic peptide
may be formulated as described in US. Pub. No. US20110250237 and
International Pub. Nos. WO2010009277 and WO2010009065; each of
which is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0349] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules and
mmRNA of the present invention may be immunostimultory. As a
non-limiting example, the modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA
may encode all or a part of a positive-sense or a negative-sense
stranded RNA virus genome (see International Pub No. WO2012092569
and US Pub No. US20120177701, each of which is herein incorporated
by reference in their entirety). In another non-limiting example,
the immunostimultory modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA of
the present invention may be formulated with an excipient for
administration as described herein and/or known in the art (see
International Pub No. WO2012068295 and US Pub No. US20120213812,
each of which is herein incorporated by reference in their
entirety).
[0350] In one embodiment, the response of the vaccine formulated by
the methods described herein may be enhanced by the addition of
various compounds to induce the therapeutic effect. As a
non-limiting example, the vaccine formulation may include a MHC II
binding peptide or a peptide having a similar sequence to a MHC II
binding peptide (see International Pub Nos. WO2012027365,
WO2011031298 and US Pub No. US20120070493, US20110110965, each of
which is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety). As
another example, the vaccine formulations may comprise modified
nicotinic compounds which may generate an antibody response to
nicotine residue in a subject (see International Pub No.
WO2012061717 and US Pub No. US20120114677, each of which is herein
incorporated by reference in their entirety).
Polypeptide Variants
[0351] The modified nucleic acid molecules encode polypeptides,
e.g., a variant polypeptides, which have a certain identity to a
reference polypeptide sequence. The term "identity," as known in
the art, refers to a relationship between the sequences of two or
more peptides, determined by comparing the sequences. In the art,
"identity" also refers to the degree of sequence relatedness
between peptides, as determined by the number of matches between
strings of two or more amino acid residues. Identity measures the
percent of identical matches between the smaller of two or more
sequences with gap alignments (if any) addressed by a particular
mathematical model or computer program (i.e., "algorithms").
Identity of related peptides can be readily calculated by known
methods. Such methods include, but are not limited to, those
described in Computational Molecular Biology, Lesk, A. M., ed.,
Oxford University Press, New York, 1988; Biocomputing: Informatics
and Genome Projects, Smith, D. W., ed., Academic Press, New York,
1993; Computer Analysis of Sequence Data, Part 1, Griffin, A. M.,
and Griffin, H. G., eds., Humana Press, New Jersey, 1994; Sequence
Analysis in Molecular Biology, von Heinje, G., Academic Press,
1987; Sequence Analysis Primer, Gribskov, M. and Devereux, J.,
eds., M. Stockton Press, New York, 1991; and Carillo et al., SIAM
J. Applied Math. 48, 1073 (1988); all of which are herein
incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0352] In some embodiments, the polypeptide variant may have the
same or a similar activity as the reference polypeptide.
Alternatively, the variant may have an altered activity (e.g.,
increased or decreased) relative to a reference polypeptide.
Generally, variants of a particular polynucleotide or polypeptide
of the present disclosure will have at least about 40%, 45%, 50%,
55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 91%, 92%, 93%, 94%, 95%,
96%, 97%, 98%, 99% or more sequence identity to that particular
reference polynucleotide or polypeptide as determined by sequence
alignment programs and parameters described herein and known to
those skilled in the art.
[0353] As recognized by those skilled in the art, protein
fragments, functional protein domains, and homologous proteins are
also considered to be within the scope of this present disclosure.
For example, provided herein is any protein fragment of a reference
protein (meaning a polypeptide sequence which is at least one amino
acid residue shorter than a reference polypeptide sequence but
otherwise identical) 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100 or
greater than 100 amino acids in length. In another example, any
protein that includes a stretch of about 20, about 30, about 40,
about 50, or about 100 amino acids which are about 40%, about 50%,
about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, about 95%, or about
100% identical to any of the sequences described herein can be
utilized in accordance with the present disclosure. In certain
embodiments, a protein sequence to be utilized in accordance with
the present disclosure includes 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, or more
mutations as shown in any of the sequences provided or referenced
herein.
Polypeptide-Nucleic Acid Complexes
[0354] Proper protein translation involves the physical aggregation
of a number of polypeptides and nucleic acids associated with the
mRNA. Provided by the present disclosure are protein-nucleic acid
complexes, containing a translatable mRNA having one or more
nucleoside modifications (e.g., at least two different nucleoside
modifications) and one or more polypeptides bound to the mRNA.
Generally, the proteins are provided in an amount effective to
prevent or to reduce an innate immune response of a cell into which
the complex is introduced.
Untranslatable Modified Nucleic Acid Molecules
[0355] As described herein, provided are mRNA having sequences that
are substantially not translatable. Such mRNA may be effective as a
vaccine when administered to a subject. It is further provided that
the subject administered the vaccine may be a mammal, more
preferably a human and most preferably a patient.
[0356] Also provided are modified nucleic acid molecules that
contain one or more noncoding regions. Such modified nucleic acid
molecules are generally not translated, but are capable of binding
to and sequestering one or more translational machinery component
such as a ribosomal protein or a transfer RNA (tRNA), thereby
effectively reducing the protein expression in the cell. The
modified nucleic acid molecule may contain a small nucleolar RNA
(sno-RNA), micro RNA (miRNA), small interfering RNA (siRNA) or
Piwi-interacting RNA (piRNA).
Pharmaceutical Compositions
Formulation, Administration, Delivery and Dosing
[0357] The present invention provides modified nucleic acids and
mmRNA compositions and complexes in combination with one or more
pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. Pharmaceutical compositions
may optionally comprise one or more additional active substances,
e.g. therapeutically and/or prophylactically active substances.
General considerations in the formulation and/or manufacture of
pharmaceutical agents may be found, for example, in Remington: The
Science and Practice of Pharmacy 21.sup.st ed., Lippincott Williams
& Wilkins, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference in its
entirety).
[0358] In some embodiments, compositions are administered to
humans, human patients or subjects. For the purposes of the present
disclosure, the phrase "active ingredient" generally refers to
modified nucleic acids and mmRNA to be delivered as described
herein.
[0359] Although the descriptions of pharmaceutical compositions
provided herein are principally directed to pharmaceutical
compositions which are suitable for administration to humans, it
will be understood by the skilled artisan that such compositions
are generally suitable for administration to any other animal,
e.g., to non-human animals, e.g. non-human mammals. Modification of
pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to humans
in order to render the compositions suitable for administration to
various animals is well understood, and the ordinarily skilled
veterinary pharmacologist can design and/or perform such
modification with merely ordinary, if any, experimentation.
Subjects to which administration of the pharmaceutical compositions
is contemplated include, but are not limited to, humans and/or
other primates; mammals, including commercially relevant mammals
such as cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, cats, dogs, mice, and/or rats;
and/or birds, including commercially relevant birds such as
poultry, chickens, ducks, geese, and/or turkeys.
[0360] Formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions described
herein may be prepared by any method known or hereafter developed
in the art of pharmacology. In general, such preparatory methods
include the step of bringing the active ingredient into association
with an excipient and/or one or more other accessory ingredients,
and then, if necessary and/or desirable, dividing, shaping and/or
packaging the product into a desired single- or multi-dose
unit.
[0361] A pharmaceutical composition in accordance with the
invention may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in bulk, as a
single unit dose, and/or as a plurality of single unit doses. As
used herein, a "unit dose" is discrete amount of the pharmaceutical
composition comprising a predetermined amount of the active
ingredient. The amount of the active ingredient is generally equal
to the dosage of the active ingredient which would be administered
to a subject and/or a convenient fraction of such a dosage such as,
for example, one-half or one-third of such a dosage.
[0362] Relative amounts of the active ingredient, the
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, and/or any additional
ingredients in a pharmaceutical composition in accordance with the
invention will vary, depending upon the identity, size, and/or
condition of the subject treated and further depending upon the
route by which the composition is to be administered. By way of
example, the composition may comprise between 0.1% and 100%, e.g.,
between 0.5 and 50%, between 1-30%, between 5-80%, at least 80%
(w/w) active ingredient.
Formulations
[0363] The modified nucleic acid, and mmRNA of the invention can be
formulated using one or more excipients to: (1) increase stability;
(2) increase cell transfection; (3) permit the sustained or delayed
release (e.g., from a depot formulation of the modified nucleic
acid, or mmRNA); (4) alter the biodistribution (e.g., target the
modified nucleic acid, or mmRNA to specific tissues or cell types);
(5) increase the translation of encoded protein in vivo; and/or (6)
alter the release profile of encoded protein in vivo. In addition
to traditional excipients such as any and all solvents, dispersion
media, diluents, or other liquid vehicles, dispersion or suspension
aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or
emulsifying agents, preservatives, excipients of the present
invention can include, without limitation, lipidoids, liposomes,
lipid nanoparticles, polymers, lipoplexes, core-shell
nanoparticles, peptides, proteins, cells transfected with modified
nucleic acid, or mmRNA (e.g., for transplantation into a subject),
hyaluronidase, nanoparticle mimics and combinations thereof.
Accordingly, the formulations of the invention can include one or
more excipients, each in an amount that together increases the
stability of the modified nucleic acid, or mmRNA, increases cell
transfection by the modified nucleic acid, or mmRNA, increases the
expression of modified nucleic acid, or mmRNA encoded protein,
and/or alters the release profile of modified nucleic acid, or
mmRNA encoded proteins. Further, the modified nucleic acids and
mmRNA of the present invention may be formulated using
self-assembled nucleic acid nanoparticles.
[0364] Formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions described
herein may be prepared by any method known or hereafter developed
in the art of pharmacology. In general, such preparatory methods
include the step of associating the active ingredient with an
excipient and/or one or more other accessory ingredients.
[0365] A pharmaceutical composition in accordance with the present
disclosure may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in bulk, as a
single unit dose, and/or as a plurality of single unit doses. As
used herein, a "unit dose" refers to a discrete amount of the
pharmaceutical composition comprising a predetermined amount of the
active ingredient. The amount of the active ingredient may
generally be equal to the dosage of the active ingredient which
would be administered to a subject and/or a convenient fraction of
such a dosage including, but not limited to, one-half or one-third
of such a dosage.
[0366] Relative amounts of the active ingredient, the
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, and/or any additional
ingredients in a pharmaceutical composition in accordance with the
present disclosure may vary, depending upon the identity, size,
and/or condition of the subject being treated and further depending
upon the route by which the composition is to be administered. For
example, the composition may comprise between 0.1% and 99% (w/w) of
the active ingredient.
[0367] In some embodiments, the modified mRNA formulations
described herein may contain at least one modified mRNA. The
formulations may contain 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 modified mRNA. In one
embodiment, the formulation contains at least three modified mRNA
encoding proteins. In one embodiment, the formulation contains at
least five modified mRNA encoding proteins.
[0368] Pharmaceutical formulations may additionally comprise a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, which, as used herein,
includes, but is not limited to, any and all solvents, dispersion
media, diluents, or other liquid vehicles, dispersion or suspension
aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or
emulsifying agents, preservatives, and the like, as suited to the
particular dosage form desired. Various excipients for formulating
pharmaceutical compositions and techniques for preparing the
composition are known in the art (see Remington: The Science and
Practice of Pharmacy, 21.sup.st Edition, A. R. Gennaro, Lippincott,
Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md., 2006; incorporated herein
by reference in its entirety). The use of a conventional excipient
medium may be contemplated within the scope of the present
disclosure, except insofar as any conventional excipient medium may
be incompatible with a substance or its derivatives, such as by
producing any undesirable biological effect or otherwise
interacting in a deleterious manner with any other component(s) of
the pharmaceutical composition.
[0369] In some embodiments, the particle size of the lipid
nanoparticle may be increased and/or decreased. The change in
particle size may be able to help counter biological reaction such
as, but not limited to, inflammation or may increase the biological
effect of the modified mRNA delivered to mammals.
[0370] Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients used in the
manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions include, but are not
limited to, inert diluents, surface active agents and/or
emulsifiers, preservatives, buffering agents, lubricating agents,
and/or oils. Such excipients may optionally be included in the
pharmaceutical formulations of the invention.
Lipidoids
[0371] The synthesis of lipidoids has been extensively described
and formulations containing these compounds are particularly suited
for delivery of modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA (see Mahon
et al., Bioconjug Chem. 2010 21:1448-1454; Schroeder et al., J
Intern Med. 2010 267:9-21; Akinc et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 2008
26:561-569; Love et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2010
107:1864-1869; Siegwart et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2011
108:12996-3001; all of which are incorporated herein in their
entireties).
[0372] While these lipidoids have been used to effectively deliver
double stranded small interfering RNA molecules in rodents and
non-human primates (see Akinc et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 2008
26:561-569; Frank-Kamenetsky et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2008
105:11915-11920; Akinc et al., Mol. Ther. 2009 17:872-879; Love et
al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2010 107:1864-1869; Leuschner et al.,
Nat. Biotechnol. 2011 29:1005-1010; all of which is incorporated
herein in their entirety), the present disclosure describes their
formulation and use in delivering single stranded modified nucleic
acid molecules or mmRNA. Complexes, micelles, liposomes or
particles can be prepared containing these lipidoids and therefore,
can result in an effective delivery of the modified nucleic acid
molecules or mmRNA, as judged by the production of an encoded
protein, following the injection of a lipidoid formulation via
localized and/or systemic routes of administration. Lipidoid
complexes of modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA can be
administered by various means including, but not limited to,
intravenous, intramuscular, or subcutaneous routes.
[0373] In vivo delivery of nucleic acids may be affected by many
parameters, including, but not limited to, the formulation
composition, nature of particle PEGylation, degree of loading,
oligonucleotide to lipid ratio, and biophysical parameters such as,
but not limited to, particle size (Akinc et al., Mol. Ther. 2009
17:872-879; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). As
an example, small changes in the anchor chain length of
poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG) lipids may result in significant
effects on in vivo efficacy. Formulations with the different
lipidoids, including, but not limited to
penta[3-(1-laurylaminopropionyl)]-triethylenetetramine
hydrochloride (TETA-5LAP; aka 98N12-5, see Murugaiah et al.,
Analytical Biochemistry, 401:61 (2010); herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety), C12-200 (including derivatives and
variants), and MD1, can be tested for in vivo activity.
[0374] The lipidoid referred to herein as "98N12-5" is disclosed by
Akinc et al., Mol. Ther. 2009 17:872-879 and is incorporated by
reference in its entirety (See FIG. 1).
[0375] The lipidoid referred to herein as "C12-200" is disclosed by
Love et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2010 107:1864-1869 and Liu and
Huang, Molecular Therapy. 2010 669-670 (see FIG. 1); both of which
are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. The
lipidoid formulations can include particles comprising either 3 or
4 or more components in addition to modified nucleic acid molecules
or mmRNA. As an example, formulations with certain lipidoids,
include, but are not limited to, 98N12-5 and may contain 42%
lipidoid, 48% cholesterol and 10% PEG (C14 alkyl chain length). As
another example, formulations with certain lipidoids, include, but
are not limited to, C12-200 and may contain 50% lipidoid, 10%
disteroylphosphatidyl choline, 38.5% cholesterol, and 1.5%
PEG-DMG.
[0376] In one embodiment, a modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA
formulated with a lipidoid for systemic intravenous administration
can target the liver. For example, a final optimized intravenous
formulation using modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA, and
comprising a lipid molar composition of 42% 98N12-5, 48%
cholesterol, and 10% PEG-lipid with a final weight ratio of about
7.5 to 1 total lipid to modified nucleic acid, or mmRNA, and a C14
alkyl chain length on the PEG lipid, with a mean particle size of
roughly 50-60 nm, can result in the distribution of the formulation
to be greater than 90% to the liver. (see, Akinc et al., Mol. Ther.
2009 17:872-879; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
In another example, an intravenous formulation using a C12-200 (see
U.S. provisional application 61/175,770 and published international
application WO2010129709, each of which is herein incorporated by
reference in their entirety) lipidoid may have a molar ratio of
50/10/38.5/1.5 of C12-200/disteroylphosphatidyl
choline/cholesterol/PEG-DMG, with a weight ratio of 7 to 1 total
lipid to modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA, and a mean
particle size of 80 nm may be effective to deliver modified nucleic
acid molecule or mmRNA to hepatocytes (see, Love et al., Proc Natl
Acad Sci USA. 2010 107:1864-1869 herein incorporated by reference
in its entirety). In another embodiment, an MD1 lipidoid-containing
formulation may be used to effectively deliver modified nucleic
acid molecule or mmRNA to hepatocytes in vivo. The characteristics
of optimized lipidoid formulations for intramuscular or
subcutaneous routes may vary significantly depending on the target
cell type and the ability of formulations to diffuse through the
extracellular matrix into the blood stream. While a particle size
of less than 150 nm may be desired for effective hepatocyte
delivery due to the size of the endothelial fenestrae (see, Akinc
et al., Mol. Ther. 2009 17:872-879 herein incorporated by reference
in its entirety), use of a lipidoid-formulated modified nucleic
acid molecules or mmRNA to deliver the formulation to other cells
types including, but not limited to, endothelial cells, myeloid
cells, and muscle cells may not be similarly size-limited. Use of
lipidoid formulations to deliver siRNA in vivo to other
non-hepatocyte cells such as myeloid cells and endothelium has been
reported (see Akinc et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 2008 26:561-569;
Leuschner et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 2011 29:1005-1010; Cho et al.
Adv. Funct. Mater. 2009 19:3112-3118; 8.sup.th International Judah
Folkman Conference, Cambridge, Mass. Oct. 8-9, 2010; each of which
is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). Effective
delivery to myeloid cells, such as monocytes, lipidoid formulations
may have a similar component molar ratio. Different ratios of
lipidoids and other components including, but not limited to,
disteroylphosphatidyl choline, cholesterol and PEG-DMG, may be used
to optimize the formulation of the modified nucleic acid, or mmRNA
for delivery to different cell types including, but not limited to,
hepatocytes, myeloid cells, muscle cells, etc. For example, the
component molar ratio may include, but is not limited to, 50%
C12-200, 10% disteroylphosphatidyl choline, 38.5% cholesterol, and
%1.5 PEG-DMG (see Leuschner et al., Nat Biotechnol 2011
29:1005-1010; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
The use of lipidoid formulations for the localized delivery of
nucleic acids to cells (such as, but not limited to, adipose cells
and muscle cells) via either subcutaneous or intramuscular
delivery, may not require all of the formulation components desired
for systemic delivery, and as such may comprise only the lipidoid
and the modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA.
[0377] Combinations of different lipidoids may be used to improve
the efficacy of modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA directed
protein production as the lipidoids may be able to increase cell
transfection by the modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA; and/or
increase the translation of encoded protein (see Whitehead et al.,
Mol. Ther. 2011, 19:1688-1694, herein incorporated by reference in
its entirety).
Liposomes, Lipoplexes, and Lipid Nanoparticles
[0378] The modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA of the
invention can be formulated using one or more liposomes,
lipoplexes, or lipid nanoparticles. In one embodiment,
pharmaceutical compositions of modified nucleic acid molecule or
mmRNA include liposomes. Liposomes are artificially-prepared
vesicles which may primarily be composed of a lipid bilayer and may
be used as a delivery vehicle for the administration of nutrients
and pharmaceutical formulations. Liposomes can be of different
sizes such as, but not limited to, a multilamellar vesicle (MLV)
which may be hundreds of nanometers in diameter and may contain a
series of concentric bilayers separated by narrow aqueous
compartments, a small unicellular vesicle (SUV) which may be
smaller than 50 nm in diameter, and a large unilamellar vesicle
(LUV) which may be between 50 and 500 nm in diameter. Liposome
design may include, but is not limited to, opsonins or ligands in
order to improve the attachment of liposomes to unhealthy tissue or
to activate events such as, but not limited to, endocytosis.
Liposomes may contain a low or a high pH in order to improve the
delivery of the pharmaceutical formulations.
[0379] The formation of liposomes may depend on the physicochemical
characteristics such as, but not limited to, the pharmaceutical
formulation entrapped and the liposomal ingredients, the nature of
the medium in which the lipid vesicles are dispersed, the effective
concentration of the entrapped substance and its potential
toxicity, any additional processes involved during the application
and/or delivery of the vesicles, the optimization size,
polydispersity and the shelf-life of the vesicles for the intended
application, and the batch-to-batch reproducibility and possibility
of large-scale production of safe and efficient liposomal
products.
[0380] In one embodiment, pharmaceutical compositions described
herein may include, without limitation, liposomes such as those
formed from 1,2-dioleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DODMA)
liposomes, DiLa2 liposomes from Marina Biotech (Bothell, Wash.),
1,2-dilinoleyloxy-3-dimethylaminopropane (DLin-DMA),
2,2-dilinoleyl-4-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-[1,3]-dioxolane
(DLin-KC2-DMA), and MC3 (US20100324120; herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety) and liposomes which may deliver small
molecule drugs such as, but not limited to, DOXIL.RTM. from Janssen
Biotech, Inc. (Horsham, Pa.). In one embodiment, pharmaceutical
compositions described herein may include, without limitation,
liposomes such as those formed from the synthesis of stabilized
plasmid-lipid particles (SPLP) or stabilized nucleic acid lipid
particle (SNALP) that have been previously described and shown to
be suitable for oligonucleotide delivery in vitro and in vivo (see
Wheeler et al. Gene Therapy. 1999 6:271-281; Zhang et al. Gene
Therapy. 1999 6:1438-1447; Jeffs et al. Pharm Res. 2005 22:362-372;
Morrissey et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 2005 2:1002-1007; Zimmermann et
al., Nature. 2006 441:111-114; Heyes et al. J Contr Rel. 2005
107:276-287; Semple et al. Nature Biotech. 2010 28:172-176; Judge
et al. J Clin Invest. 2009 119:661-673; deFougerolles Hum Gene
Ther. 2008 19:125-132; all of which are incorporated herein in
their entireties.) The original manufacture method by Wheeler et
al. was a detergent dialysis method, which was later improved by
Jeffs et al. and is referred to as the spontaneous vesicle
formation method. The liposome formulations are composed of 3 to 4
lipid components in addition to the modified nucleic acid molecule
or mmRNA. As an example a liposome can contain, but is not limited
to, 55% cholesterol, 20% disteroylphosphatidyl choline (DSPC), 10%
PEG-S-DSG, and 15% 1,2-dioleyloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DODMA),
as described by Jeffs et al. As another example, certain liposome
formulations may contain, but are not limited to, 48% cholesterol,
20% DSPC, 2% PEG-c-DMA, and 30% cationic lipid, where the cationic
lipid can be 1,2-distearloxy-N,N-dimethylaminopropane (DSDMA),
DODMA, DLin-DMA, or 1,2-dilinolenyloxy-3-dimethylaminopropane
(DLenDMA), as described by Heyes et al.
[0381] In one embodiment, pharmaceutical compositions may include
liposomes which may be formed to deliver mmRNA which may encode at
least one immunogen. The mmRNA may be encapsulated by the liposome
and/or it may be contained in an aqueous core which may then be
encapsulated by the liposome (see International Pub. Nos.
WO2012031046, WO2012031043, WO2012030901 and WO2012006378; each of
which is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety). In
another embodiment, the mmRNA which may encode an immunogen may be
formulated in a cationic oil-in-water emulsion where the emulsion
particle comprises an oil core and a cationic lipid which can
interact with the mmRNA anchoring the molecule to the emulsion
particle (see International Pub. No. WO2012006380; herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety). In yet another
embodiment, the lipid formulation may include at least cationic
lipid, a lipid which may enhance transfection and a least one lipid
which contains a hydrophilic head group linked to a lipid moiety
(International Pub. No. WO2011076807 and U.S. Pub. No. 20110200582;
each of which is herein incorporated by reference in their
entirety). In another embodiment, the modified mmRNA encoding an
immunogen may be formulated in a lipid vesicle which may have
crosslinks between functionalized lipid bilayers (see U.S. Pub. No.
20120177724, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0382] In one embodiment, the modified mRNA may be formulated in a
lipid vesicle which may have crosslinks between functionalized
lipid bilayers.
[0383] In one embodiment, the modified mRNA may be formulated in a
lipid-polycation complex. The formation of the lipid-polycation
complex may be accomplished by methods known in the art and/or as
described in U.S. Pub. No. 20120178702, herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety. As a non-limiting example, the
polycation may include a cationic peptide or a polypeptide such as,
but not limited to, polylysine, polyornithine and/or polyarginine
and the cationic peptides described in International Pub. No.
WO2012013326; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. In
another embodiment, the modified mRNA may be formulated in a
lipid-polycation complex which may further include a neutral lipid
such as, but not limited to, cholesterol or dioleoyl
phosphatidylethanolamine (DOPE).
[0384] The liposome formulation may be influenced by, but not
limited to, the selection of the cationic lipid component, the
degree of cationic lipid saturation, the nature of the PEGylation,
ratio of all components and biophysical parameters such as size. In
one example by Semple et al. (Semple et al. Nature Biotech. 2010
28:172-176; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety), the
liposome formulation was composed of 57.1% cationic lipid, 7.1%
dipalmitoylphosphatidylcholine, 34.3% cholesterol, and 1.4%
PEG-c-DMA. As another example, changing the composition of the
cationic lipid could more effectively deliver siRNA to various
antigen presenting cells (Basha et al. Mol. Ther. 2011
19:2186-2200; herein incorporated by reference in its
entirety).
[0385] In some embodiments, the ratio of PEG in the lipid
nanoparticle (LNP) formulations may be increased or decreased
and/or the carbon chain length of the PEG lipid may be modified
from C14 to C18 to alter the pharmacokinetics and/or
biodistribution of the LNP formulations. As a non-limiting example,
LNP formulations may contain 1-5% of the lipid molar ratio of
PEG-c-DOMG as compared to the cationic lipid, DSPC and cholesterol.
In another embodiment the PEG-c-DOMG may be replaced with a PEG
lipid such as, but not limited to, PEG-DSG
(1,2-Distearoyl-sn-glycerol, methoxypolyethylene glycol) or PEG-DPG
(1,2-Dipalmitoyl-sn-glycerol, methoxypolyethylene glycol). The
cationic lipid may be selected from any lipid known in the art such
as, but not limited to, DLin-MC3-DMA, DLin-DMA, C12-200 and
DLin-KC2-DMA.
[0386] In one embodiment, the cationic lipid may be selected from,
but not limited to, a cationic lipid described in International
Publication Nos. WO2012040184, WO2011153120, WO2011149733,
WO2011090965, WO2011043913, WO2011022460, WO2012061259,
WO2012054365, WO2012044638, WO2010080724, WO201021865 and
WO2008103276, U.S. Pat. Nos. 7,893,302, 7,404,969 and 8,283,333 and
US Patent Publication No. US20100036115 and US20120202871; each of
which is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. In
another embodiment, the cationic lipid may be selected from, but
not limited to, formula A described in International Publication
Nos. WO2012040184, WO2011153120, WO2011149733, WO2011090965,
WO2011043913, WO2011022460, WO2012061259, WO2012054365 and
WO2012044638; each of which is herein incorporated by reference in
their entirety. In yet another embodiment, the cationic lipid may
be selected from, but not limited to, formula CLI-CLXXIX of
International Publication No. WO2008103276, formula CLI-CLXXIX of
U.S. Pat. No. 7,893,302, formula CLI-CLXXXXII of U.S. Pat. No.
7,404,969 and formula I-VI of US Patent Publication No.
US20100036115; each of which is herein incorporated by reference in
their entirety. As a non-limiting example, the cationic lipid may
be selected from (20Z,23Z-N,N-dimethylnonacosa-20,23-dien-10-amine,
(17Z,20Z)--N,N-dimemylhexacosa-17,20-dien-9-amine,
(1Z,19Z)--N5N-dimethylpentacosa-16, 19-dien-8-amine,
(13Z,16Z)--N,N-dimethyldocosa-13,16-dien-5-amine,
(12Z,15Z)--N,N-dimethylhenicosa-12,15-dien-4-amine,
(14Z,17Z)--N,N-dimethyltricosa-14,17-dien-6-amine,
(15Z,18Z)--N,N-dimethyltetracosa-15,18-dien-7-amine,
(18Z,21Z)--N,N-dimethylheptacosa-18,21-dien-10-amine,
(15Z,18Z)--N,N-dimethyltetracosa-15,18-dien-5-amine,
(14Z,17Z)--N,N-dimethyltricosa-14,17-dien-4-amine,
(19Z,22Z)--N,N-dimethyloctacosa-19,22-dien-9-amine,
(18Z,21Z)--N,N-dimethylheptacosa-18,21-dien-8-amine,
(17Z,20Z)--N,N-dimethylhexacosa-17,20-dien-7-amine,
(16Z,19Z)--N,N-dimethylpentacosa-16,19-dien-6-amine,
(22Z,25Z)--N,N-dimethylhentriaconta-22,25-dien-10-amine,
(21Z,24Z)--N,N-dimethyltriaconta-21,24-dien-9-amine,
(18Z)--N,N-dimethylheptacos-18-en-10-amine,
(17Z)--N,N-dimethylhexacos-17-en-9-amine,
(19Z,22Z)--N,N-dimethyloctacosa-19,22-dien-7-amine,
N,N-dimethylheptacosan-10-amine,
(20Z,23Z)--N-ethyl-N-methylnonacosa-20,23-dien-10-amine,
1-[(11Z,14Z)-1-nonylicosa-11,14-dien-1-yl]pyrrolidine,
(20Z)--N,N-dimethylheptacos-20-en-10-amine, (15Z)--N,N-dimethyl
eptacos-15-en-10-amine, (14Z)--N,N-dimethylnonacos-14-en-10-amine,
(17Z)--N,N-dimethylnonacos-17-en-10-amine,
(24Z)--N,N-dimethyltritriacont-24-en-10-amine,
(20Z)--N,N-dimethylnonacos-20-en-10-amine,
(22Z)--N,N-dimethylhentriacont-22-en-10-amine,
(16Z)--N,N-dimethylpentacos-16-en-8-amine,
(12Z,15Z)--N,N-dimethyl-2-nonylhenicosa-12,15-dien-1-amine,
(13Z,16Z)--N,N-dimethyl-3-nonyldocosa-13,16-dien-1-amine,
N,N-dimethyl-1-[(1S,2R)-2-octylcyclopropyl]eptadecan-8-amine,
1-[(1S,2R)-2-hexylcyclopropyl]-N,N-dimethylnonadecan-10-amine,
N,N-dimethyl-1-[(1S,2R)-2-octylcyclopropyl]nonadecan-10-amine,
N,N-dimethyl-21-[(1S,2R)-2-octylcyclopropyl]henicosan-10-amine,N,N-dimeth-
yl-1-[(1S,2S)-2-{[(1R,2R)-2-pentylcycIopropyl]methyl}cyclopropyl]nonadecan-
-10-amine,N,N-dimethyl-1-[(1S,2R)-2-octylcyclopropyl]hexadecan-8-amine,
N,N-dimethyl-[(1R,2S)-2-undecylcyclopropyl]tetradecan-5-amine,
N,N-dimethyl-3-{7-[(1S,2R)-2-octylcyclopropyl]heptyl}dodecan-1-amine,
1-[(1R,2S)-2-heptylcyclopropyl]-N,N-dimethyloctadecan-9-amine,
1-[(1S,2R)-2-decylcyclopropyl]-N,N-dimethylpentadecan-6-amine,
N,N-dimethyl-1-[(1S,2R)-2-octylcyclopropyl]pentadecan-8-amine,
R--N,N-dimethyl-1-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]-3-(octyloxy)propa-
n-2-amine,
S--N,N-dimethyl-1-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]-3-(octy-
loxy)propan-2-amine,
1-{2-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]-1-[(octyloxy)methyl]ethyl}pyrr-
olidine,
(2S)--N,N-dimethyl-1-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]-3-[(5Z-
)-oct-5-en-1-yloxy]propan-2-amine,
1-{2-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]-1-[(octyloxy)methyl]ethyl}azet-
idine,
(2S)-1-(hexyloxy)-N,N-dimethyl-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-ylo-
xy]propan-2-amine,
(2S)-1-(heptyloxy)-N,N-dimethyl-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]pr-
opan-2-amine,
N,N-dimethyl-1-(nonyloxy)-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1-yloxy]propan-2-
-amine,
N,N-dimethyl-1-[(9Z)-octadec-9-en-1-yloxy]-3-(octyloxy)propan-2-am-
ine;
(2S)--N,N-dimethyl-1-[(6Z,9Z,12Z)-octadeca-6,9,12-trien-1-yloxy]-3-(o-
ctyloxy)propan-2-amine,
(2S)-1-[(11Z,14Z)-icosa-11,14-dien-1-yloxy]-N,N-dimethyl-3-(pentyloxy)pro-
pan-2-amine,
(2S)-1-(hexyloxy)-3-[(11Z,14Z)-icosa-11,14-dien-1-yloxy]-N,N-dimethylprop-
an-2-amine,
1-[(11Z,14Z)-icosa-11,14-dien-1-yloxy]-N,N-dimethyl-3-(octyloxy)propan-2--
amine,
1-[(13Z,16Z)-docosa-13,16-dien-1-yloxy]-N,N-dimethyl-3-(octyloxy)pr-
opan-2-amine,
(2S)-1-[(13Z,16Z)-docosa-13,16-dien-1-yloxy]-3-(hexyloxy)-N,N-dimethylpro-
pan-2-amine,
(2S)-1-[(13Z)-docos-13-en-1-yloxy]-3-(hexyloxy)-N,N-dimethylpropan-2-amin-
e,
1-[(13Z)-docos-13-en-1-yloxy]-N,N-dimethyl-3-(octyloxy)propan-2-amine,
1-[(9Z)-hexadec-9-en-1-yloxy]-N,N-dimethyl-3-(octyloxy)propan-2-amine,
(2R)--N,N-dimethyl-H(1-metoyloctyl)oxy]-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-dien-1--
yloxy]propan-2-amine,
(2R)-1-[(3,7-dimethyloctyl)oxy]-N,N-dimethyl-3-[(9Z,12Z)-octadeca-9,12-di-
en-1-yloxy]propan-2-amine,
N,N-dimethyl-1-(octyloxy)-3-({8-[(1S,2S)-2-{[(1R,2R)-2-pentylcyclopropyl]-
methyl}cyclopropyl]octyl}oxy)propan-2-amine,
N,N-dimethyl-1-{[8-(2-oclylcyclopropyl)octyl]oxy}-3-(octyloxy)propan-2-am-
ine and (11E,20Z,23Z)--N,N-dimethylnonacosa-11,20,2-trien-10-amine
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or stereoisomer thereof.
[0387] In one embodiment, the cationic lipid may be synthesized by
methods known in the art and/or as described in International
Publication Nos. WO2012040184, WO2011153120, WO2011149733,
WO2011090965, WO2011043913, WO2011022460, WO2012061259,
WO2012054365, WO2012044638, WO2010080724 and WO201021865; each of
which is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0388] In one embodiment, the LNP formulation may contain
PEG-c-DOMG at 3% lipid molar ratio. In another embodiment, the LNP
formulation may contain PEG-c-DOMG at 1.5% lipid molar ratio.
[0389] In one embodiment, the LNP formulation may contain PEG-DMG
2000
(1,2-dimyristoyl-sn-glycero-3-phophoethanolamine-N-[methoxy(polyethylene
glycol)-2000). In one embodiment, the LNP formulation may contain
PEG-DMG 2000, a cationic lipid known in the art and at least one
other component. In another embodiment, the LNP formulation may
contain PEG-DMG 2000, a cationic lipid known in the art, DSPC and
cholesterol. As a non-limiting example, the LNP formulation may
contain PEG-DMG 2000, DLin-DMA, DSPC and cholesterol. As another
non-limiting example the LNP formulation may contain PEG-DMG 2000,
DLin-DMA, DSPC and cholesterol in a molar ratio of 2:40:10:48 (see
e.g. Geall et al., Nonviral delivery of self-amplifying RNA
vaccines, PNAS 2012; PMID: 22908294; herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety).
[0390] In one embodiment, the LNP formulation may be formulated by
the methods described in International Publication Nos.
WO2011127255 or WO2008103276, each of which is herein incorporated
by reference in their entirety. As a non-limiting example, modified
RNA described herein may be encapsulated in LNP formulations as
described in WO2011127255 and/or WO2008103276; each of which is
herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. As another
non-limiting example, modified RNA described herein may be
formulated in a nanoparticle to be delivered by a parenteral route
as described in U.S. Pub. No. 20120207845; herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety.
[0391] In one embodiment, LNP formulations described herein may
comprise a polycationic composition. As a non-limiting example, the
polycationic composition may be selected from formula 1-60 of US
Patent Publication No. US20050222064; herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety. In another embodiment, the LNP
formulations comprising a polycationic composition may be used for
the delivery of the modified RNA described herein in vivo and/or in
vitro.
[0392] In one embodiment, the LNP formulations described herein may
additionally comprise a permeability enhancer molecule.
Non-limiting permeability enhancer molecules are described in US
Patent Publication No. US20050222064; herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety.
[0393] In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions may be
formulated in liposomes such as, but not limited to, DiLa2
liposomes (Marina Biotech, Bothell, Wash.), SMARTICLES.RTM. (Marina
Biotech, Bothell, Wash.), neutral DOPC
(1,2-dioleoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine) based liposomes (e.g.,
siRNA delivery for ovarian cancer (Landen et al. Cancer Biology
& Therapy 2006 5(12)1708-1713); herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety) and hyaluronan-coated liposomes (Quiet
Therapeutics, Israel).
[0394] The nanoparticle formulations may be a carbohydrate
nanoparticle comprising a carbohydrate carrier and a modified
nucleic acid molecule (e.g., mmRNA). As a non-limiting example, the
carbohydrate carrier may include, but is not limited to, an
anhydride-modified phytoglycogen or glycogen-type material,
phtoglycogen octenyl succinate, phytoglycogen beta-dextrin,
anhydride-modified phytoglycogen beta-dextrin. (See e.g.,
International Publication No. WO2012109121; herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety).
[0395] Lipid nanoparticle formulations may be improved by replacing
the cationic lipid with a biodegradable cationic lipid which is
known as a rapidly eliminated lipid nanoparticle (reLNP). Ionizable
cationic lipids, such as, but not limited to, DLinDMA,
DLin-KC2-DMA, and DLin-MC3-DMA, have been shown to accumulate in
plasma and tissues over time and may be a potential source of
toxicity. The rapid metabolism of the rapidly eliminated lipids can
improve the tolerability and therapeutic index of the lipid
nanoparticles by an order of magnitude from a 1 mg/kg dose to a 10
mg/kg dose in rat. Inclusion of an enzymatically degraded ester
linkage can improve the degradation and metabolism profile of the
cationic component, while still maintaining the activity of the
reLNP formulation. The ester linkage can be internally located
within the lipid chain or it may be terminally located at the
terminal end of the lipid chain. The internal ester linkage may
replace any carbon in the lipid chain.
[0396] In one embodiment, the internal ester linkage may be located
on either side of the saturated carbon. Non-limiting examples of
reLNPs include,
##STR00128##
[0397] In one embodiment, an immune response may be elicited by
delivering a lipid nanoparticle which may include a nanospecies, a
polymer and an immunogen. (U.S. Publication No. 20120189700 and
International Publication No. WO2012099805; each of which is herein
incorporated by reference in their entirety). The polymer may
encapsulate the nanospecies or partially encapsulate the
nanospecies. The immunogen may be a recombinant protein, a modified
RNA described herein. In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle may
be formulated for use in a vaccine such as, but not limited to,
against a pathogen.
[0398] Lipid nanoparticles may be engineered to alter the surface
properties of particles so the lipid nanoparticles may penetrate
the mucosal barrier. Mucus is located on mucosal tissue such as,
but not limited to, oral (e.g., the buccal and esophageal membranes
and tonsil tissue), ophthalmic, gastrointestinal (e.g., stomach,
small intestine, large intestine, colon, rectum), nasal,
respiratory (e.g., nasal, pharyngeal, tracheal and bronchial
membranes), genital (e.g., vaginal, cervical and urethral
membranes). Nanoparticles larger than 10-200 nm which are preferred
for higher drug encapsulation efficiency and the ability to provide
the sustained delivery of a wide array of drugs have been thought
to be too large to rapidly diffuse through mucosal barriers. Mucus
is continuously secreted, shed, discarded or digested and recycled
so most of the trapped particles may be removed from the mucosla
tissue within seconds or within a few hours. Large polymeric
nanoparticles (200 nm-500 nm in diameter) which have been coated
densely with a low molecular weight polyethylene glycol (PEG)
diffused through mucus only 4 to 6-fold lower than the same
particles diffusing in water (Lai et al. PNAS 2007 104(5):1482-487;
Lai et al. Adv Drug Deliv Rev. 2009 61(2): 158-171; each of which
is herein incorporated by reference in their entirety). The
transport of nanoparticles may be determined using rates of
permeation and/or fluorescent microscopy techniques including, but
not limited to, fluorescence recovery after photobleaching (FRAP)
and high resolution multiple particle tracking (MPT). As a
non-limiting example, compositions which can penetrate a mucosal
barrier may be made as described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,241,670, herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0399] The lipid nanoparticle engineered to penetrate mucus may
comprise a polymeric material (i.e. a polymeric core) and/or a
polymer-vitamin conjugate and/or a tri-block co-polymer. The
polymeric material may include, but is not limited to, polyamines,
polyethers, polyamides, polyesters, polycarbamates, polyureas,
polycarbonates, poly(styrenes), polyimides, polysulfones,
polyurethanes, polyacetylenes, polyethylenes, polyethyeneimines,
polyisocyanates, polyacrylates, polymethacrylates,
polyacrylonitriles, and polyarylates. The polymeric material may be
biodegradable and/or biocompatible. The polymeric material may
additionally be irradiated. As a non-limiting example, the
polymeric material may be gamma irradiated (See e.g., International
App. No. WO201282165, herein incorporated by reference in its
entirety). Non-limiting examples of specific polymers include
poly(caprolactone) (PCL), ethylene vinyl acetate polymer (EVA),
poly(lactic acid) (PLA), poly(L-lactic acid) (PLLA), poly(glycolic
acid) (PGA), poly(lactic acid-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA),
poly(L-lactic acid-co-glycolic acid) (PLLGA), poly(D,L-lactide)
(PDLA), poly(L-lactide) (PLLA), poly(D,L-lactide-co-caprolactone),
poly(D,L-lactide-co-caprolactone-co-glycolide),
poly(D,L-lactide-co-PEO-co-D,L-lactide),
poly(D,L-lactide-co-PPO-co-D,L-lactide), polyalkyl cyanoacralate,
polyurethane, poly-L-lysine (PLL), hydroxypropyl methacrylate
(HPMA), polyethyleneglycol, poly-L-glutamic acid, poly(hydroxy
acids), polyanhydrides, polyorthoesters, poly(ester amides),
polyamides, poly(ester ethers), polycarbonates, polyalkylenes such
as polyethylene and polypropylene, polyalkylene glycols such as
poly(ethylene glycol) (PEG), polyalkylene oxides (PEO),
polyalkylene terephthalates such as poly(ethylene terephthalate),
polyvinyl alcohols (PVA), polyvinyl ethers, polyvinyl esters such
as poly(vinyl acetate), polyvinyl halides such as poly(vinyl
chloride) (PVC), polyvinylpyrrolidone, polysiloxanes, polystyrene
(PS), polyurethanes, derivatized celluloses such as alkyl
celluloses, hydroxyalkyl celluloses, cellulose ethers, cellulose
esters, nitro celluloses, hydroxypropylcellulose,
carboxymethylcellulose, polymers of acrylic acids, such as
poly(methyl(meth)acrylate) (PMMA), poly(ethyl(meth)acrylate),
poly(butyl(meth)acrylate), poly(isobutyl(meth)acrylate),
poly(hexyl(meth)acrylate), poly(isodecyl(meth)acrylate),
poly(lauryl(meth)acrylate), poly(phenyl(meth)acrylate), poly(methyl
acrylate), poly(isopropyl acrylate), poly(isobutyl acrylate),
poly(octadecyl acrylate) and copolymers and mixtures thereof,
polydioxanone and its copolymers, polyhydroxyalkanoates,
polypropylene fumarate, polyoxymethylene, poloxamers,
poly(ortho)esters, poly(butyric acid), poly(valeric acid),
poly(lactide-co-caprolactone), and trimethylene carbonate,
polyvinylpyrrolidone. The lipid nanoparticle may be coated or
associated with a co-polymer such as, but not limited to, a block
co-polymer, and (poly(ethylene glycol))-(poly(propylene
oxide))-(poly(ethylene glycol)) triblock copolymer (see e.g., US
Publication 20120121718 and US Publication 20100003337 and U.S.
Pat. No. 8,263,665; each of which is herein incorporated by
reference in their entirety). The co-polymer may be a polymer that
is generally regarded as safe (GRAS) and the formation of the lipid
nanoparticle may be in such a way that no new chemical entities are
created. For example, the lipid nanoparticle may comprise
poloxamers coating PLGA nanoparticles without forming new chemical
entities which are still able to rapidly penetrate human mucus
(Yang et al. Angew. Chem. Int. Ed. 2011 50:2597-2600; herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0400] The vitamin of the polymer-vitamin conjugate may be vitamin
E. The vitamin portion of the conjugate may be substituted with
other suitable components such as, but not limited to, vitamin A,
vitamin E, other vitamins, cholesterol, a hydrophobic moiety, or a
hydrophobic component of other surfactants (e.g., sterol chains,
fatty acids, hydrocarbon chains and alkylene oxide chains).
[0401] The lipid nanoparticle engineered to penetrate mucus may
include surface altering agents such as, but not limited to, mmRNA,
anionic proteins (e.g., bovine serum albumin), surfactants (e.g.,
cationic surfactants such as for example
dimethyldioctadecyl-ammonium bromide), sugars or sugar derivatives
(e.g., cyclodextrin), nucleic acids, polymers (e.g., heparin,
polyethylene glycol and poloxamer), mucolytic agents (e.g.,
N-acetylcysteine, mugwort, bromelain, papain, clerodendrum,
acetylcysteine, bromhexine, carbocisteine, eprazinone, mesna,
ambroxol, sobrerol, domiodol, letosteine, stepronin, tiopronin,
gelsolin, thymosin .beta.4 dornase alfa, neltenexine, erdosteine)
and various DNases including rhDNase. The surface altering agent
may be embedded or enmeshed in the particle's surface or disposed
(e.g., by coating, adsorption, covalent linkage, or other process)
on the surface of the lipid nanoparticle. (see e.g., US Publication
20100215580 and US Publication 20080166414; each of which is herein
incorporated by reference in their entirety).
[0402] The mucus penetrating lipid nanoparticles may comprise at
least one mmRNA described herein. The mmRNA may be encapsulated in
the lipid nanoparticle and/or disposed on the surface of the
paricle. The mmRNA may be covalently coupled to the lipid
nanoparticle. Formulations of mucus penetrating lipid nanoparticles
may comprise a plurality of nanoparticles. Further, the
formulations may contain particles which may interact with the
mucus and alter the structural and/or adhesive properties of the
surrounding mucus to decrease mucoadhesion which may increase the
delivery of the mucus penetrating lipid nanoparticles to the
mucosal tissue.
[0403] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecule or
mmRNA is formulated as a lipoplex, such as, without limitation, the
ATUPLEX.TM. system, the DACC system, the DBTC system and other
siRNA-lipoplex technology from Silence Therapeutics (London, United
Kingdom), STEMFECT.TM. from STEMGENT.RTM. (Cambridge, Mass.), and
polyethylenimine (PEI) or protamine-based targeted and non-targeted
delivery of nucleic acids acids (Aleku et al. Cancer Res. 2008
68:9788-9798; Strumberg et al. Int J Clin Pharmacol Ther 2012
50:76-78; Santel et al., Gene Ther 2006 13:1222-1234; Santel et
al., Gene Ther 2006 13:1360-1370; Gutbier et al., Pulm Pharmacol.
Ther. 2010 23:334-344; Kaufmann et al. Microvasc Res 2010
80:286-293Weide et al. J. Immunother. 2009 32:498-507; Weide et al.
J. Immunother. 2008 31:180-188; Pascolo Expert Opin. Biol. Ther.
4:1285-1294; Fotin-Mleczek et al., 2011 J. Immunother. 34:1-15;
Song et al., Nature Biotechnol. 2005, 23:709-717; Peer et al., Proc
Natl Acad Sci USA. 2007 6; 104:4095-4100; deFougerolles Hum Gene
Ther. 2008 19:125-132; all of which are incorporated herein by
reference in its entirety).
[0404] In one embodiment such formulations may also be constructed
or compositions altered such that they passively or actively are
directed to different cell types in vivo, including but not limited
to hepatocytes, immune cells, tumor cells, endothelial cells,
antigen presenting cells, and leukocytes (Akinc et al. Mol. Ther.
2010 18:1357-1364; Song et al., Nat. Biotechnol. 2005 23:709-717;
Judge et al., J Clin Invest. 2009 119:661-673; Kaufmann et al.,
Microvasc Res 2010 80:286-293; Santel et al., Gene Ther 2006
13:1222-1234; Santel et al., Gene Ther 2006 13:1360-1370; Gutbier
et al., Pulm Pharmacol. Ther. 2010 23:334-344; Basha et al., Mol.
Ther. 2011 19:2186-2200; Fenske and Cullis, Expert Opin Drug Deliv.
2008 5:25-44; Peer et al., Science. 2008 319:627-630; Peer and
Lieberman, Gene Ther. 2011 18:1127-1133; all of which are
incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). One example of
passive targeting of formulations to liver cells includes the
DLin-DMA, DLin-KC2-DMA and DLin-MC3-DMA-based lipid nanoparticle
formulations which have been shown to bind to apolipoprotein E and
promote binding and uptake of these formulations into hepatocytes
in vivo (Akinc et al. Mol. Ther. 2010 18:1357-1364; herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety). Formulations can also
be selectively targeted through expression of different ligands on
their surface as exemplified by, but not limited by, folate,
transferrin, N-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc), and antibody targeted
approaches (Kolhatkar et al., Curr Drug Discov Technol. 2011
8:197-206; Musacchio and Torchilin, Front Biosci. 2011
16:1388-1412; Yu et al., Mol Membr Biol. 2010 27:286-298; Patil et
al., Crit. Rev Ther Drug Carrier Syst. 2008 25:1-61; Benoit et al.,
Biomacromolecules. 2011 12:2708-2714; Zhao et al., Expert Opin Drug
Deliv. 2008 5:309-319; Akinc et al., Mol. Ther. 2010 18:1357-1364;
Srinivasan et al., Methods Mol. Biol. 2012 820:105-116; Ben-Arie et
al., Methods Mol. Biol. 2012 757:497-507; Peer 2010 J Control
Release. 20:63-68; Peer et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2007
104:4095-4100; Kim et al., Methods Mol. Biol. 2011 721:339-353;
Subramanya et al., Mol. Ther. 2010 18:2028-2037; Song et al., Nat.
Biotechnol. 2005 23:709-717; Peer et al., Science. 2008
319:627-630; Peer and Lieberman, Gene Ther. 2011 18:1127-1133; all
of which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety).
[0405] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules or
mmRNA are formulated as a solid lipid nanoparticle. A solid lipid
nanoparticle (SLN) may be spherical with an average diameter
between 10 to 1000 nm. SLN possess a solid lipid core matrix that
can solubilize lipophilic molecules and may be stabilized with
surfactants and/or emulsifiers. In a further embodiment, the lipid
nanoparticle may be a self-assembly lipid-polymer nanoparticle (see
Zhang et al., ACS Nano, 2008, 2 (8), pp 1696-1702; herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0406] Liposomes, lipoplexes, or lipid nanoparticles may be used to
improve the efficacy of modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA
directed protein production as these formulations may be able to
increase cell transfection by the modified nucleic acid molecule or
mmRNA; and/or increase the translation of encoded protein. One such
example involves the use of lipid encapsulation to enable the
effective systemic delivery of polyplex plasmid DNA (Heyes et al.,
Mol. Ther. 2007 15:713-720; herein incorporated by reference in its
entirety). The liposomes, lipoplexes, or lipid nanoparticles may
also be used to increase the stability of the modified nucleic acid
molecules or mmRNA.
[0407] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules
and/or the mmRNA of the present invention can be formulated for
controlled release and/or targeted delivery. As used herein,
"controlled release" refers to a pharmaceutical composition or
compound release profile that conforms to a particular pattern of
release to effect a therapeutic outcome. In one embodiment, the
modified nucleic acids molecules or the mmRNA may be encapsulated
into a delivery agent described herein and/or known in the art for
controlled release and/or targeted delivery. As used herein, the
term "encapsulate" means to enclose, surround or encase. As it
relates to the formulation of the compounds of the invention,
encapsulation may be substantial, complete or partial. The term
"substantially encapsulated" means that at least greater than 50,
60, 70, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 99.9, 99.9 or greater than
99.999% of the pharmaceutical composition or compound of the
invention may be enclosed, surrounded or encased within the
delivery agent. "Partially encapsulation" means that less than 10,
10, 20, 30, 40 50 or less of the pharmaceutical composition or
compound of the invention may be enclosed, surrounded or encased
within the delivery agent. Advantageously, encapsulation may be
determined by measuring the escape or the activity of the
pharmaceutical composition or compound of the invention using
fluorescence and/or electron micrograph. For example, at least 1,
5, 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99,
99.9, 99.99 or greater than 99.99% of the pharmaceutical
composition or compound of the invention are encapsulated in the
delivery agent.
[0408] In one embodiment, the controlled release formulation may
include, but is not limited to, tri-block co-polymers. As a
non-limiting example, the formulation may include two different
types of tri-block co-polymers (International Pub. No. WO2012131104
and WO2012131106; each of which is herein incorporated by reference
in its entirety).
[0409] In another embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules
or the mmRNA may be encapsulated into a lipid nanoparticle or a
rapidly eliminated lipid nanoparticle and the lipid nanoparticles
or a rapidly eliminated lipid nanoparticle may then be encapsulated
into a polymer, hydrogel and/or surgical sealant described herein
and/or known in the art. As a non-limiting example, the polymer,
hydrogel or surgical sealant may be PLGA, ethylene vinyl acetate
(EVAc), poloxamer, GELSITE.RTM. (Nanotherapeutics, Inc. Alachua,
Fla.), HYLENEX.RTM. (Halozyme Therapeutics, San Diego Calif.),
surgical sealants such as fibrinogen polymers (Ethicon Inc.
Cornelia, Ga.), TISSELL.RTM. (Baxter International, Inc Deerfield,
Ill.), PEG-based sealants, and COSEAL.RTM. (Baxter International,
Inc Deerfield, Ill.).
[0410] In another embodiment, the lipid nanoparticle may be
encapsulated into any polymer known in the art which may form a gel
when injected into a subject. As a non-limiting example, the lipid
nanoparticle may be encapsulated into a polymer matrix which may be
biodegradable.
[0411] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules or
mmRNA formulation for controlled release and/or targeted delivery
may also include at least one controlled release coating.
Controlled release coatings include, but are not limited to,
OPADRY.RTM., polyvinylpyrrolidone/vinyl acetate copolymer,
polyvinylpyrrolidone, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, hydroxypropyl
cellulose, hydroxyethyl cellulose, EUDRAGIT RL.RTM., EUDRAGIT
RS.RTM. and cellulose derivatives such as ethylcellulose aqueous
dispersions (AQUACOAT.RTM. and SURELEASE.RTM.).
[0412] In one embodiment, the controlled release and/or targeted
delivery formulation may comprise at least one degradable polyester
which may contain polycationic side chains. Degradeable polyesters
include, but are not limited to, poly(serine ester),
poly(L-lactide-co-L-lysine), poly(4-hydroxy-L-proline ester), and
combinations thereof. In another embodiment, the degradable
polyesters may include a PEG conjugation to form a PEGylated
polymer.
[0413] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules
and/or the mmRNA of the present invention may be encapsulated in a
therapeutic nanoparticle. Therapeutic nanoparticles may be
formulated by methods described herein and known in the art such
as, but not limited to, International Pub Nos. WO2010005740,
WO2010030763, WO2010005721, WO2010005723, WO2012054923, US Pub.
Nos. US20110262491, US20100104645, US20100087337, US20100068285,
US20110274759, US20100068286 and US20120288541, and U.S. Pat. Nos.
8,206,747, 8,293,276 8,318,208 and 8,318,211; each of which is
herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. In another
embodiment, therapeutic polymer nanoparticles may be identified by
the methods described in US Pub No. US20120140790, herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0414] In one embodiment, the therapeutic nanoparticle may be
formulated for sustained release. As used herein, "sustained
release" refers to a pharmaceutical composition or compound that
conforms to a release rate over a specific period of time. The
period of time may include, but is not limited to, hours, days,
weeks, months and years. As a non-limiting example, the sustained
release nanoparticle may comprise a polymer and a therapeutic agent
such as, but not limited to, the modified nucleic acid molecules
and mmRNA of the present invention (see International Pub No.
2010075072 and US Pub No. US20100216804, US20110217377 and
US20120201859, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in
their entirety).
[0415] In one embodiment, the therapeutic nanoparticles may be
formulated to be target specific. As a non-limiting example, the
thereapeutic nanoparticles may include a corticosteroid (see
International Pub. No. WO2011084518 herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety). In one embodiment, the therapeutic
nanoparticles of the present invention may be formulated to be
cancer specific. As a non-limiting example, the therapeutic
nanoparticles may be formulated in nanoparticles described in
International Pub No. WO2008121949, WO2010005726, WO2010005725,
WO2011084521 and US Pub No. US20100069426, US20120004293 and
US20100104655, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in
their entirety.
[0416] In one embodiment, the nanoparticles of the present
invention may comprise a polymeric matrix. As a non-limiting
example, the nanoparticle may comprise two or more polymers such
as, but not limited to, polyethylenes, polycarbonates,
polyanhydrides, polyhydroxyacids, polypropylfumerates,
polycaprolactones, polyamides, polyacetals, polyethers, polyesters,
poly(orthoesters), polycyanoacrylates, polyvinyl alcohols,
polyurethanes, polyphosphazenes, polyacrylates, polymethacrylates,
polycyanoacrylates, polyureas, polystyrenes, polyamines,
polylysine, poly(ethylene imine), poly(serine ester),
poly(L-lactide-co-L-lysine), poly(4-hydroxy-L-proline ester) or
combinations thereof.
[0417] In one embodiment, the therapeutic nanoparticle comprises a
diblock copolymer. In one embodiment, the diblock copolymer may
include PEG in combination with a polymer such as, but not limited
to, polyethylenes, polycarbonates, polyanhydrides,
polyhydroxyacids, polypropylfumerates, polycaprolactones,
polyamides, polyacetals, polyethers, polyesters, poly(orthoesters),
polycyanoacrylates, polyvinyl alcohols, polyurethanes,
polyphosphazenes, polyacrylates, polymethacrylates,
polycyanoacrylates, polyureas, polystyrenes, polyamines,
polylysine, poly(ethylene imine), poly(serine ester),
poly(L-lactide-co-L-lysine), poly(4-hydroxy-L-proline ester) or
combinations thereof.
[0418] As a non-limiting example the therapeutic nanoparticle
comprises a PLGA-PEG block copolymer (see US Pub. No. US20120004293
and U.S. Pat. No. 8,236,330, each of which is herein incorporated
by reference in their entirety). In another non-limiting example,
the therapeutic nanoparticle is a stealth nanoparticle comprising a
diblock copolymer of PEG and PLA or PEG and PLGA (see U.S. Pat. No.
8,246,968, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0419] In one embodiment, the therapeutic nanoparticle may comprise
a multiblock copolymer (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 8,263,665 and
8,287,910; each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its
entirety).
[0420] In one embodiment, the block copolymers described herein may
be included in a polyion complex comprising a non-polymeric micelle
and the block copolymer. (See e.g., U.S. Pub. No. 20120076836;
herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0421] In one embodiment, the therapeutic nanoparticle may comprise
at least one acrylic polymer. Acrylic polymers include but are not
limited to, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, acrylic acid and
methacrylic acid copolymers, methyl methacrylate copolymers,
ethoxyethyl methacrylates, cyanoethyl methacrylate, amino alkyl
methacrylate copolymer, poly(acrylic acid), poly(methacrylic acid),
polycyanoacrylates and combinations thereof.
[0422] In one embodiment, the therapeutic nanoparticles may
comprise at least one cationic polymer described herein and/or
known in the art.
[0423] In one embodiment, the therapeutic nanoparticles may
comprise at least one amine-containing polymer such as, but not
limited to polylysine, polyethylene imine, poly(amidoamine)
dendrimers, poly(beta-amino esters) (See e.g., U.S. Pat. No.
8,287,849; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety) and
combinations thereof.
[0424] In one embodiment, the therapeutic nanoparticles may
comprise at least one degradable polyester which may contain
polycationic side chains. Degradeable polyesters include, but are
not limited to, poly(serine ester), poly(L-lactide-co-L-lysine),
poly(4-hydroxy-L-proline ester), and combinations thereof. In
another embodiment, the degradable polyesters may include a PEG
conjugation to form a PEGylated polymer.
[0425] In another embodiment, the therapeutic nanoparticle may
include a conjugation of at least one targeting ligand. The
targeting ligand may be any ligand known in the art such as, but
not limited to, a monoclonal antibody. (Kirpotin et al, Cancer Res.
2006 66:6732-6740; herein incorporated by reference in its
entirety).
[0426] In one embodiment, the therapeutic nanoparticle may be
formulated in an aqueous solution which may be used to target
cancer (see International Pub No. WO2011084513 and US Pub No.
US20110294717, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in
their entirety).
[0427] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules or
mmRNA may be encapsulated in, linked to and/or associated with
synthetic nanocarriers. Synthetic nanocarriers include, but are not
limited to, those described in International Pub. Nos.
WO2010005740, WO2010030763, WO201213501, WO2012149252,
WO2012149255, WO2012149259, WO2012149265, WO2012149268,
WO2012149282, WO2012149301, WO2012149393, WO2012149405,
WO2012149411 and WO2012149454 and US Pub. Nos. US20110262491,
US20100104645, US20100087337 and US20120244222, each of which is
herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. The synthetic
nanocarriers may be formulated using methods known in the art
and/or described herein. As a non-limiting example, the synthetic
nanocarriers may be formulated by the methods described in
International Pub Nos. WO2010005740, WO2010030763 and WO201213501
and US Pub. Nos. US20110262491, US20100104645, US20100087337 and
US20120244222, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in
their entirety. In another embodiment, the synthetic nanocarrier
formulations may be lyophilized by methods described in
International Pub. No. WO2011072218 and U.S. Pat. No. 8,211,473;
each of which is herein incorporated by reference in their
entirety.
[0428] In one embodiment, the synthetic nanocarriers may contain
reactive groups to release the modified nucleic acid molecules
and/or mmRNA described herein (see International Pub. No.
WO20120952552 and US Pub No. US20120171229, each of which is herein
incorporated by reference in their entirety).
[0429] In one embodiment, the synthetic nanocarriers may contain an
immunostimulatory agent to enhance the immune response from
delivery of the synthetic nanocarrier. As a non-limiting example,
the synthetic nanocarrier may comprise a Th1 immunostimulatory
agent which may enhance a Th1-based response of the immune system
(see International Pub No. WO2010123569 and US Pub. No.
US20110223201, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in
its entirety).
[0430] In one embodiment, the synthetic nanocarriers may be
formulated for targeted release. In one embodiment, the synthetic
nanocarrier is formulated to release the modified nucleic acid
molecules and/or mmRNA at a specified pH and/or after a desired
time interval. As a non-limiting example, the synthetic
nanoparticle may be formulated to release the modified mmRNA
molecules and/or mmRNA after 24 hours and/or at a pH of 4.5 (see
International Pub. Nos. WO2010138193 and WO2010138194 and US Pub
Nos. US20110020388 and US20110027217, each of which is herein
incorporated by reference in their entirety).
[0431] In one embodiment, the synthetic nanocarriers may be
formulated for controlled and/or sustained release of the modified
nucleic acid molecules and/or mmRNA described herein. As a
non-limiting example, the synthetic nanocarriers for sustained
release may be formulated by methods known in the art, described
herein and/or as described in International Pub No. WO2010138192
and US Pub No. 20100303850, each of which is herein incorporated by
reference in their entirety.
[0432] In one embodiment, the synthetic nanocarrier may be
formulated for use as a vaccine. In one embodiment, the synthetic
nanocarrier may encapsulate at least one modified nucleic acid
molecule and/or mmRNA which encodes at least one antigen. As a
non-limiting example, the synthetic nanocarrier may include at
least one antigen and an excipient for a vaccine dosage form (see
International Pub No. WO2011150264 and US Pub No. US20110293723,
each of which is herein incorporated by reference in their
entirety). As another non-limiting example, a vaccine dosage form
may include at least two synthetic nanocarriers with the same or
different antigens and an excipient (see International Pub No.
WO2011150249 and US Pub No. US20110293701, each of which is herein
incorporated by reference in their entirety). The vaccine dosage
form may be selected by methods described herein, known in the art
and/or described in International Pub No. WO2011150258 and US Pub
No. US20120027806, each of which is herein incorporated by
reference in their entirety).
[0433] In one embodiment, the synthetic nanocarrier may comprise at
least one modified nucleic acid molecule and/or mmRNA which encodes
at least one adjuvant. In another embodiment, the synthetic
nanocarrier may comprise at least one modified nucleic molecule
acid and/or mmRNA and an adjuvant. As a non-limiting example, the
synthetic nanocarrier comprising and adjuvant may be formulated by
the methods described in International Pub No. WO2011150240 and US
Pub No. US20110293700, each of which is herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety.
[0434] In one embodiment, the synthetic nanocarrier may encapsulate
at least one modified nucleic acid molecule and/or mmRNA which
encodes a peptide, fragment or region from a virus. As a
non-limiting example, the synthetic nanocarrier may include, but is
not limited to, the nanocarriers described in International Pub No.
WO2012024621, WO201202629, WO2012024632 and US Pub No.
US20120064110, US20120058153 and US20120058154, each of which is
herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0435] In one embodiment, the nanoparticle may be optimized for
oral administration. The nanoparticle may comprise at least one
cationic biopolymer such as, but not limited to, chitosan or a
derivative thereof. As a non-limiting example, the nanoparticle may
be formulated by the methods described in U.S. Pub. No.
20120282343; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
Polymers, Biodegradable Nanoparticles, and Core-Shell
Nanoparticles
[0436] The modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA of the
invention can be formulated using natural and/or synthetic
polymers. Non-limiting examples of polymers which may be used for
delivery include, but are not limited to, DYNAMIC
POLYCONJUGATE.RTM. (Arrowhead Research Corp., Pasadena, Calif.)
formulations from MIRUS.RTM. Bio (Madison, Wis.) and Roche Madison
(Madison, Wis.), PHASERX.TM. polymer formulations such as, without
limitation, SMARTT POLYMER TECHNOLOGY.TM. (Seattle, Wash.),
DMRI/DOPE, poloxamer, VAXFECTIN.RTM. adjuvant from Vical (San
Diego, Calif.), chitosan, cyclodextrin from Calando Pharmaceuticals
(Pasadena, Calif.), dendrimers and poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid)
(PLGA) polymers, RONDEL.TM. (RNAi/Oligonucleotide Nanoparticle
Delivery) polymers (Arrowhead Research Corporation, Pasadena,
Calif.) and pH responsive co-block polymers such as, but not
limited to, PHASERX.TM. (Seattle, Wash.).
[0437] A non-limiting example of chitosan formulation includes a
core of positively charged chitosan and an outer portion of
negatively charged substrate (U.S. Pub. No. 20120258176; herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety). Chitosan includes, but
is not limited to N-trimethyl chitosan, mono-N-carboxymethyl
chitosan (MCC), N-palmitoyl chitosan (NPCS), EDTA-chitosan, low
molecular weight chitosan, chitosan derivatives, or combinations
thereof.
[0438] In one embodiment, the polymers used in the present
invention have undergone processing to reduce and/or inhibit the
attachment of unwanted substances such as, but not limited to,
bacteria, to the surface of the polymer. The polymer may be
processed by methods known and/or described in the art and/or
described in International Pub. No. WO2012150467, herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0439] A non-limiting example of PLGA formulations include, but are
not limited to, PLGA injectable depots (e.g., ELIGARD.RTM. which is
formed by dissolving PLGA in 66% N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone (NMP) and
the remainder being aqueous solvent and leuprolide. Once injected,
the PLGA and leuprolide peptide precipitates into the subcutaneous
space).
[0440] Many of these polymer approaches have demonstrated efficacy
in delivering oligonucleotides in vivo into the cell cytoplasm
(reviewed in deFougerolles Hum Gene Ther. 2008 19:125-132; herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety). Two polymer approaches
that have yielded robust in vivo delivery of nucleic acids, in this
case with small interfering RNA (siRNA), are dynamic polyconjugates
and cyclodextrin-based nanoparticles. The first of these delivery
approaches uses dynamic polyconjugates and has been shown in vivo
in mice to effectively deliver siRNA and silence endogenous target
mRNA in hepatocytes (Rozema et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2007
104:12982-12887; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
This particular approach is a multicomponent polymer system whose
key features include a membrane-active polymer to which nucleic
acid, in this case siRNA, is covalently coupled via a disulfide
bond and where both PEG (for charge masking) and
N-acetylgalactosamine (for hepatocyte targeting) groups are linked
via pH-sensitive bonds (Rozema et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2007
104:12982-12887; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
On binding to the hepatocyte and entry into the endosome, the
polymer complex disassembles in the low-pH environment, with the
polymer exposing its positive charge, leading to endosomal escape
and cytoplasmic release of the siRNA from the polymer. Through
replacement of the N-acetylgalactosamine group with a mannose
group, it was shown one could alter targeting from
asialoglycoprotein receptor-expressing hepatocytes to sinusoidal
endothelium and Kupffer cells. Another polymer approach involves
using transferrin-targeted cyclodextrin-containing polycation
nanoparticles. These nanoparticles have demonstrated targeted
silencing of the EWS-FLI1 gene product in transferrin
receptor-expressing Ewing's sarcoma tumor cells (Hu-Lieskovan et
al., Cancer Res. 2005 65: 8984-8982; herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety) and siRNA formulated in these
nanoparticles was well tolerated in non-human primates (Heidel et
al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2007 104:5715-21; herein incorporated
by reference in its entirety). Both of these delivery strategies
incorporate rational approaches using both targeted delivery and
endosomal escape mechanisms.
[0441] The polymer formulation can permit the sustained or delayed
release of modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA (e.g.,
following intramuscular or subcutaneous injection). The altered
release profile for the modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA can
result in, for example, translation of an encoded protein over an
extended period of time. The polymer formulation may also be used
to increase the stability of the modified nucleic acid molecule or
mmRNA. Biodegradable polymers have been previously used to protect
nucleic acids other than mmRNA from degradation and been shown to
result in sustained release of payloads in vivo (Rozema et al.,
Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2007 104:12982-12887; Sullivan et al.,
Expert Opin Drug Deliv. 2010 7:1433-1446; Convertine et al.,
Biomacromolecules. 2010 Oct. 1; Chu et al., Acc Chem. Res. 2012
Jan. 13; Manganiello et al., Biomaterials. 2012 33:2301-2309;
Benoit et al., Biomacromolecules. 2011 12:2708-2714; Singha et al.,
Nucleic Acid Ther. 2011 2:133-147; deFougerolles Hum Gene Ther.
2008 19:125-132; Schaffert and Wagner, Gene Ther. 2008
16:1131-1138; Chaturvedi et al., Expert Opin Drug Deliv. 2011
8:1455-1468; Davis, Mol. Pharm. 2009 6:659-668; Davis, Nature 2010
464:1067-1070; each of which is herein incorporated by reference in
its entirety).
[0442] In one embodiment, the pharmaceutical compositions may be
sustained release formulations. In a further embodiment, the
sustained release formulations may be for subcutaneous delivery.
Sustained release formulations may include, but are not limited to,
PLGA microspheres, ethylene vinyl acetate (EVAc), poloxamer,
GELSITE.RTM. (Nanotherapeutics, Inc. Alachua, Fla.), HYLENEX.RTM.
(Halozyme Therapeutics, San Diego Calif.), surgical sealants such
as fibrinogen polymers (Ethicon Inc. Cornelia, Ga.), TISSELL.RTM.
(Baxter International, Inc Deerfield, Ill.), PEG-based sealants,
and COSEAL.RTM. (Baxter International, Inc Deerfield, Ill.).
[0443] As a non-limiting example modified mRNA may be formulated in
PLGA microspheres by preparing the PLGA microspheres with tunable
release rates (e.g., days and weeks) and encapsulating the modified
mRNA in the PLGA microspheres while maintaining the integrity of
the modified mRNA during the encapsulation process. EVAc are
non-biodegradeable, biocompatible polymers which are used
extensively in pre-clinical sustained release implant applications
(e.g., extended release products Ocusert a pilocarpine ophthalmic
insert for glaucoma or progestasert a sustained release
progesterone intrauterine deivce; transdermal delivery systems
Testoderm, Duragesic and Selegiline; catheters). Poloxamer F-407 NF
is a hydrophilic, non-ionic surfactant triblock copolymer of
polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene-polyoxyethylene having a low
viscosity at temperatures less than 5.degree. C. and forms a solid
gel at temperatures greater than 15.degree. C. PEG-based surgical
sealants comprise two synthetic PEG components mixed in a delivery
device which can be prepared in one minute, seals in 3 minutes and
is reabsorbed within 30 days. GELSITE.RTM. and natural polymers are
capable of in-situ gelation at the site of administration. They
have been shown to interact with protein and peptide therapeutic
candidates through ionic ineraction to provide a stabilizing
effect.
[0444] Polymer formulations can also be selectively targeted
through expression of different ligands as exemplified by, but not
limited by, folate, transferrin, and N-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc)
(Benoit et al., Biomacromolecules. 2011 12:2708-2714; Rozema et
al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2007 104:12982-12887; Davis, Mol.
Pharm. 2009 6:659-668; Davis, Nature 2010 464:1067-1070; each of
which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0445] The modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA of the
invention may be formulated with or in a polymeric compound. The
polymer may include at least one polymer such as, but not limited
to, polyethenes, polyethylene glycol (PEG), poly(l-lysine)(PLL),
PEG grafted to PLL, cationic lipopolymer, biodegradable cationic
lipopolymer, polyethyleneimine (PEI), cross-linked branched
poly(alkylene imines), a polyamine derivative, a modified
poloxamer, a biodegradable polymer, elastic biodegradable polymer,
biodegradable block copolymer, biodegradable random copolymer,
biodegradable polyester copolymer, biodegradable polyester block
copolymer, biodegradable polyester block random copolymer,
multiblock copolymers, linear biodegradable copolymer,
poly[.alpha.-(4-aminobutyl)-L-glycolic acid) (PAGA), biodegradable
cross-linked cationic multi-block copolymers, polycarbonates,
polyanhydrides, polyhydroxyacids, polypropylfumerates,
polycaprolactones, polyamides, polyacetals, polyethers, polyesters,
poly(orthoesters), polycyanoacrylates, polyvinyl alcohols,
polyurethanes, polyphosphazenes, polyacrylates, polymethacrylates,
polycyanoacrylates, polyureas, polystyrenes, polyamines,
polylysine, poly(ethylene imine), poly(serine ester),
poly(L-lactide-co-L-lysine), poly(4-hydroxy-L-proline ester),
acrylic polymers, amine-containing polymers, dextran polymers,
dextran polymer derivatives or combinations thereof.
[0446] As a non-limiting example, the modified nucleic acid
molecules or mmRNA of the invention may be formulated with the
polymeric compound of PEG grafted with PLL as described in U.S.
Pat. No. 6,177,274; herein incorporated by reference in its
entirety. The formulation may be used for transfecting cells in
vitro or for in vivo delivery of the modified nucleic acid
molecules and mmRNA. In another example, the modified nucleic acid
molecules and mmRNA may be suspended in a solution or medium with a
cationic polymer, in a dry pharmaceutical composition or in a
solution that is capable of being dried as described in U.S. Pub.
Nos. 20090042829 and 20090042825; each of which are herein
incorporated by reference in their entireties.
[0447] As another non-limiting example the modified nucleic acid
molecules or mmRNA of the invention may be formulated with a
PLGA-PEG block copolymer (see US Pub. No. US20120004293 and U.S.
Pat. No. 8,236,330, each of which are herein incorporated by
reference in their entireties) or PLGA-PEG-PLGA block copolymers
(See U.S. Pat. No. 6,004,573, herein incorporated by reference in
its entirety). As a non-limiting example, the modified nucleic acid
molecules or mmRNA of the invention may be formulated with a
diblock copolymer of PEG and PLA or PEG and PLGA (see U.S. Pat. No.
8,246,968, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0448] A polyamine derivative may be used to deliver nucleic acid
molecules and/or mmRNA or to treat and/or prevent a disease or to
be included in an implantable or injectable device (U.S. Pub. No.
20100260817 herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). As a
non-limiting example, a pharmaceutical composition may include the
modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA and the polyamine
derivative described in U.S. Pub. No. 20100260817 (the contents of
which are incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). As a
non-limiting example the modified nucleic acids or mmRNA of the
present invention may be delivered using a polyaminde polymer such
as, but not limited to, a polymer comprising a 1,3-dipolar addition
polymer prepared by combining a carbohydrate diazide monomer with a
dilkyne unite comprising oligoamines (U.S. Pat. No. 8,236,280;
herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0449] The modified nucleic acid molecules and/or mmRNA of the
invention may be formulated with at least one acrylic polymer.
Acrylic polymers include but are not limited to, acrylic acid,
methacrylic acid, acrylic acid and methacrylic acid copolymers,
methyl methacrylate copolymers, ethoxyethyl methacrylates,
cyanoethyl methacrylate, amino alkyl methacrylate copolymer,
poly(acrylic acid), poly(methacrylic acid), polycyanoacrylates and
combinations thereof.
[0450] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules
and/or mmRNA of the present invention may be formulated with at
least one polymer and/or derivatives thereof described in
International Publication Nos. WO2011115862, WO2012082574 and
WO2012068187 and U.S. Pub. No. 20120283427, each of which are
herein incorporated by reference in their entireties. In another
embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA of the
present invention may be formulated with a polymer of formula Z as
described in WO2011115862, herein incorporated by reference in its
entirety. In yet another embodiment, the modified nucleic acid
molecules or mmRNA may be formulated with a polymer of formula Z,
Z' or Z'' as described in International Pub. Nos. WO2012082574 or
WO2012068187, each of which are herein incorporated by reference in
their entireties. The polymers formulated with the modified nucleic
acids and/or modified mRNA of the present invention may be
synthesized by the methods described in International Pub. Nos.
WO2012082574 or WO2012068187, each of which are herein incorporated
by reference in their entireties.
[0451] Formulations of modified nucleic acid molecules and/or mmRNA
of the invention may include at least one amine-containing polymer
such as, but not limited to polylysine, polyethylene imine,
poly(amidoamine) dendrimers or combinations thereof.
[0452] For example, the modified nucleic acid molecules and/or
mmRNA of the invention may be formulated in a pharmaceutical
compound including a poly(alkylene imine), a biodegradable cationic
lipopolymer, a biodegradable block copolymer, a biodegradable
polymer, or a biodegradable random copolymer, a biodegradable
polyester block copolymer, a biodegradable polyester polymer, a
biodegradable polyester random copolymer, a linear biodegradable
copolymer, PAGA, a biodegradable cross-linked cationic multi-block
copolymer or combinations thereof. The biodegradable cationic
lipopolymer may be made by methods known in the art and/or
described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,696,038, U.S. App. Nos. 20030073619
and 20040142474 each of which is herein incorporated by reference
in their entireties. The poly(alkylene imine) may be made using
methods known in the art and/or as described in U.S. Pub. No.
20100004315, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. The
biodegradable polymer, biodegradable block copolymer, the
biodegradable random copolymer, biodegradable polyester block
copolymer, biodegradable polyester polymer, or biodegradable
polyester random copolymer may be made using methods known in the
art and/or as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,517,869 and 6,267,987,
the contents of which are each incorporated herein by reference in
their entirety. The linear biodegradable copolymer may be made
using methods known in the art and/or as described in U.S. Pat. No.
6,652,886. The PAGA polymer may be made using methods known in the
art and/or as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,217,912 herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety. The PAGA polymer may be
copolymerized to form a copolymer or block copolymer with polymers
such as but not limited to, poly-L-lysine, polyargine,
polyornithine, histones, avidin, protamines, polylactides and
poly(lactide-co-glycolides). The biodegradable cross-linked
cationic multi-block copolymers may be made my methods known in the
art and/or as described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,057,821 or U.S. Pub. No.
2012009145 each of which are herein incorporated by reference in
their entireties. For example, the multi-block copolymers may be
synthesized using linear polyethyleneimine (LPEI) blocks which have
distinct patterns as compared to branched polyethyleneimines.
Further, the composition or pharmaceutical composition may be made
by the methods known in the art, described herein, or as described
in U.S. Pub. No. 20100004315 or U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,267,987 and
6,217,912 each of which are herein incorporated by reference in
their entireties.
[0453] The modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA of the
invention may be formulated with at least one degradable polyester
which may contain polycationic side chains. Degradeable polyesters
include, but are not limited to, poly(serine ester),
poly(L-lactide-co-L-lysine), poly(4-hydroxy-L-proline ester), and
combinations thereof. In another embodiment, the degradable
polyesters may include a PEG conjugation to form a PEGylated
polymer.
[0454] The modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA of the
invention may be formulated with at least one crosslinkable
polyester. Crosslinkable polyesters include those known in the art
and described in US Pub. No. 20120269761, herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety.
[0455] In one embodiment, the polymers described herein may be
conjugated to a lipid-terminating PEG. As a non-limiting example,
PLGA may be conjugated to a lipid-terminating PEG forming
PLGA-DSPE-PEG. As another non-limiting example, PEG conjugates for
use with the present invention are described in International
Publication No. WO2008103276, herein incorporated by reference in
its entirety. The polymers may be conjugated using a ligand
conjugate such as, but not limited to, the conjugates described in
U.S. Pat. No. 8,273,363, herein incorporated by reference in its
entirety.
[0456] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules
and/or mmRNA described herein may be conjugated with another
compound. Non-limiting examples of conjugates are described in U.S.
Pat. Nos. 7,964,578 and 7,833,992, each of which are herein
incorporated by reference in their entireties. In another
embodiment, modified RNA of the present invention may be conjugated
with conjugates of formula I-122 as described in U.S. Pat. Nos.
7,964,578 and 7,833,992, each of which are herein incorporated by
reference in their entireties. The modified RNA described herein
may be conjugated with a metal such as, but not limited to, gold.
(See e.g., Giljohann et al. Journ. Amer. Chem. Soc. 2009 131(6):
2072-2073; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). In
another embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules and/or
mmRNA described herein may be conjugated and/or encapsulated in
gold-nanoparticles. (Interantional Pub. No. WO201216269 and U.S.
Pub. No. 20120302940; each of which is herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety).
[0457] As described in U.S. Pub. No. 20100004313, herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety, a gene delivery
composition may include a nucleotide sequence and a poloxamer. For
example, the modified nucleic acid and mmRNA of the present
inveition may be used in a gene delivery composition with the
poloxamer described in U.S. Pub. No. 20100004313.
[0458] In one embodiment, the polymer formulation of the present
invention may be stabilized by contacting the polymer formulation,
which may include a cationic carrier, with a cationic lipopolymer
which may be covalently linked to cholesterol and polyethylene
glycol groups. The polymer formulation may be contacted with a
cationic lipopolymer using the methods described in U.S. Pub. No.
20090042829 herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. The
cationic carrier may include, but is not limited to,
polyethylenimine, poly(trimethylenimine), poly(tetramethylenimine),
polypropylenimine, aminoglycoside-polyamine,
dideoxy-diamino-b-cyclodextrin, spermine, spermidine,
poly(2-dimethylamino)ethyl methacrylate, poly(lysine),
poly(histidine), poly(arginine), cationized gelatin, dendrimers,
chitosan, 1,2-Dioleoyl-3-Trimethylammonium-Propane (DOTAP),
N-[1-(2,3-dioleoyloxy)propyl]-N,N,N-trimethylammonium chloride
(DOTMA),
1-[2-(oleoyloxy)ethyl]-2-oleyl-3-(2-hydroxyethyl)imidazolinium
chloride (DOTIM),
2,3-dioleyloxy-N-[2(sperminecarboxamido)ethyl]-N,N-dimethyl-1-pr-
opanaminium trifluoroacetate (DOSPA),
3B-[N--(N',N'-Dimethylaminoethane)-carbamoyl]Cholesterol
Hydrochloride (DC-Cholesterol HCl) diheptadecylamidoglycyl
spermidine (DOGS), N,N-distearyl-N,N-dimethylammonium bromide
(DDAB), N-(1,2-dimyristyloxyprop-3-yl)-N,N-dimethyl-N-hydroxyethyl
ammonium bromide (DMRIE), N,N-dioleyl-N,N-dimethylammonium chloride
DODAC) and combinations thereof.
[0459] The modified nucleic acid molecules and/or mmRNA of the
invention may be formulated in a polyplex of one or more polymers
(U.S. Pub. No. 20120237565 and 20120270927; each of which is herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety). In one embodiment, the
polyplex comprises two or more cationic polymers. The catioinic
polymer may comprise a poly(ethylene imine) (PEI) such as linear
PEI.
[0460] The modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA of the
invention can also be formulated as a nanoparticle using a
combination of polymers, lipids, and/or other biodegradable agents,
such as, but not limited to, calcium phosphate. Components may be
combined in a core-shell, hybrid, and/or layer-by-layer
architecture, to allow for fine-tuning of the nanoparticle so to
delivery of the modified nucleic acid molecule and mmRNA may be
enhanced (Wang et al., Nat Mater. 2006 5:791-796; Fuller et al.,
Biomaterials. 2008 29:1526-1532; DeKoker et al., Adv Drug Deliv
Rev. 2011 63:748-761; Endres et al., Biomaterials. 2011
32:7721-7731; Su et al., Mol. Pharm. 2011 Jun. 6; 8(3):774-87; each
of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). As a
non-limiting example, the nanoparticle may comprise a plurality of
polymers such as, but not limited to hydrophilic-hydrophobic
polymers (e.g., PEG-PLGA), hydrophobic polymers (e.g., PEG) and/or
hydrophilic polymers (International Pub. No. WO20120225129; herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0461] Biodegradable calcium phosphate nanoparticles in combination
with lipids and/or polymers have been shown to deliver modified
nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA in vivo. In one embodiment, a
lipid coated calcium phosphate nanoparticle, which may also contain
a targeting ligand such as anisamide, may be used to deliver the
modified nucleic acid molecule and mmRNA of the present invention.
For example, to effectively deliver siRNA in a mouse metastatic
lung model a lipid coated calcium phosphate nanoparticle was used
(Li et al., J Contr Rel. 2010 142: 416-421; Li et al., J Contr Rel.
2012 158:108-114; Yang et al., Mol. Ther. 2012 20:609-615; herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety). This delivery system
combines both a targeted nanoparticle and a component to enhance
the endosomal escape, calcium phosphate, in order to improve
delivery of the siRNA.
[0462] In one embodiment, calcium phosphate with a PEG-polyanion
block copolymer may be used to deliver modified nucleic acid
molecules and mmRNA (Kazikawa et al., J Contr Rel. 2004 97:345-356;
Kazikawa et al., J Contr Rel. 2006 111:368-370; herein incorporated
by reference in its entirety).
[0463] In one embodiment, a PEG-charge-conversional polymer
(Pitella et al., Biomaterials. 2011 32:3106-3114) may be used to
form a nanoparticle to deliver the modified nucleic acid molecules
and mmRNA of the present invention. The PEG-charge-conversional
polymer may improve upon the PEG-polyanion block copolymers by
being cleaved into a polycation at acidic pH, thus enhancing
endosomal escape.
[0464] The use of core-shell nanoparticles has additionally focused
on a high-throughput approach to synthesize cationic cross-linked
nanogel cores and various shells (Siegwart et al., Proc Natl Acad
Sci USA. 2011 108:12996-13001). The complexation, delivery, and
internalization of the polymeric nanoparticles can be precisely
controlled by altering the chemical composition in both the core
and shell components of the nanoparticle. For example, the
core-shell nanoparticles may efficiently deliver siRNA to mouse
hepatocytes after they covalently attach cholesterol to the
nanoparticle.
[0465] In one embodiment, a hollow lipid core comprising a middle
PLGA layer and an outer neutral lipid layer containing PEG may be
used to delivery of the modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA
of the present invention. As a non-limiting example, in mice
bearing a luciferease-expressing tumor, it was determined that the
lipid-polymer-lipid hybrid nanoparticle significantly suppressed
luciferase expression, as compared to a conventional lipoplex (Shi
et al, Angew Chem Int Ed. 2011 50:7027-7031; herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety).
[0466] In one embodiment, the lipid nanoparticles may comprise a
core of the modified nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein and a
polymer shell. The polymer shell may be any of the polymers
described herein and are known in the art. In an additional
embodiment, the polymer shell may be used to protect the modified
nucleic acids in the core.
[0467] Core-shell nanoparticles for use with the modified nucleic
acid molecules of the present invention are described and may be
formed by the methods described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,313,777 herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0468] In one embodiment, the core-shell nanoparticles may comprise
a core of the modified nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein and
a polymer shell. The polymer shell may be any of the polymers
described herein and are known in the art. In an additional
embodiment, the polymer shell may be used to protect the modified
nucleic acid molecules in the core.
Peptides and Proteins
[0469] The modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA of the
invention can be formulated with peptides and/or proteins in order
to increase transfection of cells by the modified nucleic acid
molecules or mmRNA. In one embodiment, peptides such as, but not
limited to, cell penetrating peptides and proteins and peptides
that enable intracellular delivery may be used to deliver
pharmaceutical formulations. A non-limiting example of a cell
penetrating peptide which may be used with the pharmaceutical
formulations of the present invention include a cell-penetrating
peptide sequence attached to polycations that facilitates delivery
to the intracellular space, e.g., HIV-derived TAT peptide,
penetratins, transportans, or hCT derived cell-penetrating peptides
(see, e.g., Caron et al., Mol. Ther. 3(3):310-8 (2001); Langel,
Cell-Penetrating Peptides: Processes and Applications (CRC Press,
Boca Raton Fla., 2002); El-Andaloussi et al., Curr. Pharm. Des.
11(28):3597-611 (2003); and Deshayes et al., Cell. Mol. Life. Sci.
62(16):1839-49 (2005), all of which are incorporated herein by
reference). The compositions can also be formulated to include a
cell penetrating agent, e.g., liposomes, which enhance delivery of
the compositions to the intracellular space. Modified nucleic acid
molecules and mmRNA of the invention may be complexed to peptides
and/or proteins such as, but not limited to, peptides and/or
proteins from Aileron Therapeutics (Cambridge, Mass.) and Permeon
Biologics (Cambridge, Mass.) in order to enable intracellular
delivery (Cronican et al., ACS Chem. Biol. 2010 5:747-752;
McNaughton et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 2009 106:6111-6116;
Sawyer, Chem Biol Drug Des. 2009 73:3-6; Verdine and Hilinski,
Methods Enzymol. 2012; 503:3-33; all of which are herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0470] In one embodiment, the cell-penetrating polypeptide may
comprise a first domain and a second domain. The first domain may
comprise a supercharged polypeptide. The second domain may comprise
a protein-binding partner. As used herein, "protein-binding
partner" includes, but are not limited to, antibodies and
functional fragments thereof, scaffold proteins, or peptides. The
cell-penetrating polypeptide may further comprise an intracellular
binding partner for the protein-binding partner. The
cell-penetrating polypeptide may be capable of being secreted from
a cell where the modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA may be
introduced.
[0471] Formulations of the including peptides or proteins may be
used to increase cell transfection by the modified nucleic acid
molecule or mmRNA, alter the biodistribution of the modified
nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA (e.g., by targeting specific tissues
or cell types), and/or increase the translation of encoded protein.
(See e.g., International Pub. No. WO2012110636; herein incorporated
by reference in its entirety).
Cells
[0472] The modified nucleic acid molecule and mmRNA of the
invention can be transfected ex vivo into cells, which are
subsequently transplanted into a subject. As non-limiting examples,
the pharmaceutical compositions may include red blood cells to
deliver modified RNA to liver and myeloid cells, virosomes to
deliver modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA in virus-like
particles (VLPs), and electroporated cells such as, but not limited
to, from MAXCYTE.RTM. (Gaithersburg, Md.) and from ERYTECH.RTM.
(Lyon, France) to deliver modified RNA. Examples of use of red
blood cells, viral particles and electroporated cells to deliver
payloads other than mRNA have been documented (Godfrin et al.,
Expert Opin Biol Ther. 2012 12:127-133; Fang et al., Expert Opin
Biol Ther. 2012 12:385-389; Hu et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2011
108:10980-10985; Lund et al., Pharm Res. 2010 27:400-420; Huckriede
et al., J Liposome Res. 2007; 17:39-47; Cusi, Hum Vaccin. 2006
2:1-7; de Jonge et al., Gene Ther. 2006 13:400-411; all of which
are herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). The modified
nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA may be delivered in synthetic VLPs
synthesized by the methods described in International Pub No.
WO2011085231 and US Pub No. 20110171248, each of which are herein
incorporated by reference in their entireties.
[0473] Cell-based formulations of the modified nucleic acid
molecules and mmRNA of the invention may be used to ensure cell
transfection (e.g., in the cellular carrier), alter the
biodistribution of the modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA
(e.g., by targeting the cell carrier to specific tissues or cell
types), and/or increase the translation of encoded protein.
Introduction into Cells
[0474] A variety of methods are known in the art and suitable for
introduction of nucleic acid into a cell, including viral and
non-viral mediated techniques. Examples of typical non-viral
mediated techniques include, but are not limited to,
electroporation, calcium phosphate mediated transfer,
nucleofection, sonoporation, heat shock, magnetofection, liposome
mediated transfer, microinjection, microprojectile mediated
transfer (nanoparticles), cationic polymer mediated transfer
(DEAE-dextran, polyethylenimine, polyethylene glycol (PEG) and the
like) or cell fusion.
[0475] The technique of sonoporaiton, or cellular sonication, is
the use of sound (e.g., ultrasonic frequencies) for modifying the
permeability of the cell plasma membrane. Sonoporation methods are
known to those in the art and are taught for example as it relates
to bacteria in US Patent Publication 20100196983 and as it relates
to other cell types in, for example, US Patent Publication
20100009424, each of which are incorporated herein by reference in
their entirety.
[0476] Electroporation techniques are also well known in the art.
In one embodiment, modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA may be
delivered by electroporation as described in Example 8.
Hyaluronidase
[0477] The intramuscular or subcutaneous localized injection of
modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA of the invention can
include hyaluronidase, which catalyzes the hydrolysis of
hyaluronan. By catalyzing the hydrolysis of hyaluronan, a
constituent of the interstitial barrier, hyaluronidase lowers the
viscosity of hyaluronan, thereby increasing tissue permeability
(Frost, Expert Opin. Drug Deliv. (2007) 4:427-440; herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety). It is useful to speed
their dispersion and systemic distribution of encoded proteins
produced by transfected cells. Alternatively, the hyaluronidase can
be used to increase the number of cells exposed to a modified
nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA of the invention administered
intramuscularly or subcutaneously.
Nanoparticle Mimics
[0478] The modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA of the
invention may be encapsulated within and/or absorbed to a
nanoparticle mimic. A nanoparticle mimic can mimic the delivery
function organisms or particles such as, but not limited to,
pathogens, viruses, bacteria, fungus, parasites, prions and cells.
As a non-limiting example the modified mRNA of the invention may be
encapsulated in a non-viron particle which can mimic the delivery
function of a virus (see International Pub. No. WO2012006376 herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety).
Nanotubes
[0479] The modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA of the
invention can be attached or otherwise bound to at least one
nanotube such as, but not limited to, rosette nanotubes, rosette
nanotubes having twin bases with a linker, carbon nanotubes and/or
single-walled carbon nanotubes, The modified nucleic acid molecules
or mmRNA may be bound to the nanotubes through forces such as, but
not limited to, steric, ionic, covalent and/or other forces.
[0480] In one embodiment, the nanotube can release one or more
modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA into cells. The size and/or
the surface structure of at least one nanotube may be altered so as
to govern the interaction of the nanotubes within the body and/or
to attach or bind to the modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA
disclosed herein. In one embodiment, the building block and/or the
functional groups attached to the building block of the at least
one nanotube may be altered to adjust the dimensions and/or
properties of the nanotube. As a non-limiting example, the length
of the nanotubes may be altered to hinder the nanotubes from
passing through the holes in the walls of normal blood vessels but
still small enough to pass through the larger holes in the blood
vessels of tumor tissue.
[0481] In one embodiment, at least one nanotube may also be coated
with delivery enhancing compounds including polymers, such as, but
not limited to, polyethylene glycol. In another embodiment, at
least one nanotube and/or the modified mRNA may be mixed with
pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and/or delivery
vehicles.
[0482] In one embodiment, the modified mRNA are attached and/or
otherwise bound to at least one rosette nanotube. The rosette
nanotubes may be formed by a process known in the art and/or by the
process described in International Publication No. WO2012094304,
herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. At least one
modified mRNA may be attached and/or otherwise bound to at least
one rosette nanotube by a process as described in International
Publication No. WO2012094304, herein incorporated by reference in
its entirety, where rosette nanotubes or modules forming rosette
nanotubes are mixed in aqueous media with at least one modified
mRNA under conditions which may cause at least one modified mRNA to
attach or otherwise bind to the rosette nanotubes.
[0483] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecule or
mmRNA may be attached to and/or otherwise bound to at least one
carbon nanotube. As a non-limiting example, the modified nucleic
acid molecule or mmRNA may be bound to a linking agent and the
linked agent may be bound to the carbon nanotube (See e.g., U.S.
Pat. No. 8,246,995; herein incorporated by reference in its
entirety). The carbon nanotube may be a single-walled nanotube (See
e.g., U.S. Pat. No. 8,246,995; herein incorporated by reference in
its entirety).
Conjugates
[0484] The modified nucleic acids molecules and mmRNA of the
invention include conjugates, such as a modified nucleic acid
molecule or mmRNA covalently linked to a carrier or targeting
group, or including two encoding regions that together produce a
fusion protein (e.g., bearing a targeting group and therapeutic
protein or peptide).
[0485] The conjugates of the invention include a naturally
occurring substance, such as a protein (e.g., human serum albumin
(HSA), low-density lipoprotein (LDL), high-density lipoprotein
(HDL), or globulin); an carbohydrate (e.g., a dextran, pullulan,
chitin, chitosan, inulin, cyclodextrin or hyaluronic acid); or a
lipid. The ligand may also be a recombinant or synthetic molecule,
such as a synthetic polymer, e.g., a synthetic polyamino acid, an
oligonucleotide (e.g. an aptamer). Examples of polyamino acids
include polyamino acid is a polylysine (PLL), poly L-aspartic acid,
poly L-glutamic acid, styrene-maleic acid anhydride copolymer,
poly(L-lactide-co-glycolied) copolymer, divinyl ether-maleic
anhydride copolymer, N-(2-hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide copolymer
(HMPA), polyethylene glycol (PEG), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA),
polyurethane, poly(2-ethylacryllic acid), N-isopropylacrylamide
polymers, or polyphosphazine. Example of polyamines include:
polyethylenimine, polylysine (PLL), spermine, spermidine,
polyamine, pseudopeptide-polyamine, peptidomimetic polyamine,
dendrimer polyamine, arginine, amidine, protamine, cationic lipid,
cationic porphyrin, quaternary salt of a polyamine, or an alpha
helical peptide.
[0486] Representative U.S. patents that teach the preparation of
polynucleotide conjugates, particularly to RNA, include, but are
not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,828,979; 4,948,882; 5,218,105;
5,525,465; 5,541,313; 5,545,730; 5,552,538; 5,578,717, 5,580,731;
5,591,584; 5,109,124; 5,118,802; 5,138,045; 5,414,077; 5,486,603;
5,512,439; 5,578,718; 5,608,046; 4,587,044; 4,605,735; 4,667,025;
4,762,779; 4,789,737; 4,824,941; 4,835,263; 4,876,335; 4,904,582;
4,958,013; 5,082,830; 5,112,963; 5,214,136; 5,082,830; 5,112,963;
5,214,136; 5,245,022; 5,254,469; 5,258,506; 5,262,536; 5,272,250;
5,292,873; 5,317,098; 5,371,241, 5,391,723; 5,416,203, 5,451,463;
5,510,475; 5,512,667; 5,514,785; 5,565,552; 5,567,810; 5,574,142;
5,585,481; 5,587,371; 5,595,726; 5,597,696; 5,599,923; 5,599,928
and 5,688,941; 6,294,664; 6,320,017; 6,576,752; 6,783,931;
6,900,297; 7,037,646; each of which is herein incorporated by
reference in their entireties.
[0487] In one embodiment, the conjugate of the present invention
may function as a carrier for the modified nucleic acid molecules
and mmRNA of the present invention. The conjugate may comprise a
cationic polymer such as, but not limited to, polyamine,
polylysine, polyalkylenimine, and polyethylenimine which may be
grafted to with poly(ethylene glycol). As a non-limiting example,
the conjugate may be similar to the polymeric conjugate and the
method of synthesizing the polymeric conjugate described in U.S.
Pat. No. 6,586,524 herein incorporated by reference in its
entirety.
[0488] The conjugates can also include targeting groups, e.g., a
cell or tissue targeting agent, e.g., a lectin, glycoprotein, lipid
or protein, e.g., an antibody, that binds to a specified cell type
such as a kidney cell. A targeting group can be a thyrotropin,
melanotropin, lectin, glycoprotein, surfactant protein A, Mucin
carbohydrate, multivalent lactose, multivalent galactose,
N-acetyl-galactosamine, N-acetyl-gulucosamine multivalent mannose,
multivalent fucose, glycosylated polyaminoacids, multivalent
galactose, transferrin, bisphosphonate, polyglutamate,
polyaspartate, a lipid, cholesterol, a steroid, bile acid, folate,
vitamin B12, biotin, an RGD peptide, an RGD peptide mimetic or an
aptamer.
[0489] Targeting groups can be proteins, e.g., glycoproteins, or
peptides, e.g., molecules having a specific affinity for a
co-ligand, or antibodies e.g., an antibody, that binds to a
specified cell type such as a cancer cell, endothelial cell, or
bone cell. Targeting groups may also include hormones and hormone
receptors. They can also include non-peptidic species, such as
lipids, lectins, carbohydrates, vitamins, cofactors, multivalent
lactose, multivalent galactose, N-acetyl-galactosamine,
N-acetyl-gulucosamine multivalent mannose, multivalent fucose, or
aptamers. The ligand can be, for example, a lipopolysaccharide, or
an activator of p38 MAP kinase.
[0490] The targeting group can be any ligand that is capable of
targeting a specific receptor. Examples include, without
limitation, folate, GalNAc, galactose, mannose, mannose-6P,
apatamers, integrin receptor ligands, chemokine receptor ligands,
transferrin, biotin, serotonin receptor ligands, PSMA, endothelin,
GCPII, somatostatin, LDL, and HDL ligands. In particular
embodiments, the targeting group is an aptamer. The aptamer can be
unmodified or have any combination of modifications disclosed
herein.
[0491] In one embodiment, pharmaceutical compositions of the
present invention may include chemical modifications such as, but
not limited to, modifications similar to locked nucleic acids.
[0492] Representative U.S. Patents that teach the preparation of
locked nucleic acid (LNA) such as those from Santaris, include, but
are not limited to, the following: U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,268,490;
6,670,461; 6,794,499; 6,998,484; 7,053,207; 7,084,125; and
7,399,845, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its
entirety.
[0493] Representative U.S. patents that teach the preparation of
PNA compounds include, but are not limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos.
5,539,082; 5,714,331; and 5,719,262, each of which is herein
incorporated by reference. Further teaching of PNA compounds can be
found, for example, in Nielsen et al., Science, 1991, 254,
1497-1500.
[0494] Some embodiments featured in the invention include modified
nucleic acids or mRNA with phosphorothioate backbones and
oligonucleosides with other modified backbones, and in particular
--CH.sub.2--NH--CH.sub.2--, --CH.sub.2--N(CH.sub.3)--O--CH.sub.2--
[known as a methylene (methylimino) or MMI backbone],
--CH.sub.2O--N(CH.sub.3)--CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2--N(CH.sub.3)--N(CH.sub.3)--CH.sub.2-- and
--N(CH.sub.3)--CH.sub.2--CH.sub.2-- [wherein the native
phosphodiester backbone is represented as
--O--P(O).sub.2--O--CH.sub.2--] of the above-referenced U.S. Pat.
No. 5,489,677, and the amide backbones of the above-referenced U.S.
Pat. No. 5,602,240. In some embodiments, the polynucletotides
featured herein have morpholino backbone structures of the
above-referenced U.S. Pat. No. 5,034,506.
[0495] Modifications at the 2' position may also aid in delivery.
Preferably, modifications at the 2' position are not located in a
polypeptide-coding sequence, i.e., not in a translatable region.
Modifications at the 2' position may be located in a 5' UTR, a 3'
UTR and/or a tailing region. Modifications at the 2' position can
include one of the following at the 2' position: H (i.e.,
2'-deoxy); F; O--, S--, or N-alkyl; O--, S--, or N-alkenyl; O--, S-
or N-alkynyl; or O-alkyl-O-alkyl, wherein the alkyl, alkenyl and
alkynyl may be substituted or unsubstituted C.sub.1 to C.sub.10
alkyl or C.sub.2 to C.sub.10 alkenyl and alkynyl. Exemplary
suitable modifications include O[(CH.sub.2).sub.nO].sub.mCH.sub.3,
O(CH.sub.2)..sub.nOCH.sub.3, O(CH.sub.2).sub.nNH.sub.2,
O(CH.sub.2).sub.n--CH.sub.3, O(CH.sub.2).sub.nONH.sub.2, and
O(CH.sub.2).sub.nON[(CH.sub.2).sub.nCH.sub.3)].sub.2, where n and m
are from 1 to about 10. In other embodiments, the modified nucleic
acids or mRNA include one of the following at the 2' position:
C.sub.1 to C.sub.10 lower alkyl, substituted lower alkyl, alkaryl,
aralkyl, O-alkaryl or O-aralkyl, SH, SCH.sub.3, OCN, Cl, Br, CN,
CF.sub.3, OCF.sub.3, SOCH.sub.3, SO.sub.2CH.sub.3, ONO.sub.2,
NO.sub.2, N.sub.3, NH.sub.2, heterocycloalkyl, heterocycloalkaryl,
aminoalkylamino, polyalkylamino, substituted silyl, an RNA cleaving
group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a group for improving the
pharmacokinetic properties, or a group for improving the
pharmacodynamic properties, and other substituents having similar
properties. In some embodiments, the modification includes a
2'-methoxyethoxy (2'-O--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2OCH.sub.3, also known as
2'-O-(2-methoxyethyl) or 2'-MOE) (Martin et al., Helv. Chim. Acta,
1995, 78:486-504) i.e., an alkoxy-alkoxy group. Another exemplary
modification is 2'-dimethylaminooxyethoxy, i.e., a
O(CH.sub.2).sub.2ON(CH.sub.3).sub.2 group, also known as 2'-DMAOE,
as described in examples herein below, and
2'-dimethylaminoethoxyethoxy (also known in the art as
2'-O-dimethylaminoethoxyethyl or 2'-DMAEOE), i.e.,
2'-O--CH.sub.2O--CH.sub.2--N(CH.sub.2).sub.2, also described in
examples herein below. Other modifications include 2'-methoxy
(2'-OCH.sub.3), 2'-aminopropoxy
(2'-OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2CH.sub.2NH.sub.2) and 2'-fluoro (2'-F).
Similar modifications may also be made at other positions,
particularly the 3' position of the sugar on the 3' terminal
nucleotide or in 2'-5' linked dsRNAs and the 5' position of 5'
terminal nucleotide. Polynucleotides of the invention may also have
sugar mimetics such as cyclobutyl moieties in place of the
pentofuranosyl sugar. Representative U.S. patents that teach the
preparation of such modified sugar structures include, but are not
limited to, U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,981,957; 5,118,800; 5,319,080;
5,359,044; 5,393,878; 5,446,137; 5,466,786; 5,514,785; 5,519,134;
5,567,811; 5,576,427; 5,591,722; 5,597,909; 5,610,300; 5,627,053;
5,639,873; 5,646,265; 5,658,873; 5,670,633; and 5,700,920 and each
of which is herein incorporated by reference.
[0496] In still other embodiments, the modified nucleic acid
molecule or mmRNA is covalently conjugated to a cell-penetrating
polypeptide. The cell-penetrating peptide may also include a signal
sequence. The conjugates of the invention can be designed to have
increased stability; increased cell transfection; and/or altered
the biodistribution (e.g., targeted to specific tissues or cell
types).
Self-Assembled Nanoparticles
Nucleic Acid Self-Assembled Nanoparticles
[0497] Self-assembled nanoparticles have a well-defined size which
may be precisely controlled as the nucleic acid strands may be
easily reprogrammable. For example, the optimal particle size for a
cancer-targeting nanodelivery carrier is 20-100 nm as a diameter
greater than 20 nm avoids renal clearance and enhances delivery to
certain tumors through enhanced permeability and retention effect.
Using self-assembled nucleic acid nanoparticles a single uniform
population in size and shape having a precisely controlled spatial
orientation and density of cancer-targeting ligands for enhanced
delivery. As a non-limiting example, oligonucleotide nanoparticles
were prepared using programmable self-assembly of short DNA
fragments and therapeutic siRNAs. These nanoparticles are
molecularly identical with controllable particle size and target
ligand location and density. The DNA fragments and siRNAs
self-assembled into a one-step reaction to generate DNA/siRNA
tetrahedral nanoparticles for targeted in vivo delivery. (Lee et
al., Nature Nanotechnology 2012 7:389-393; herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety).
[0498] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules and
mmRNA disclosed herein may be formulated as self-assembled
nanoparticles. As a non-limiting example, nucleic acids may be used
to make nanoparticles which may be used in a delivery system for
the modified nucleic acid molecules and/or mmRNA of the present
invention (See e.g., International Pub. No. WO2012125987; herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0499] In one embodiment, the nucleic acid self-assembled
nanoparticles may comprise a core of the modified nucleic acid
molecules or mmRNA disclosed herein and a polymer shell. The
polymer shell may be any of the polymers described herein and are
known in the art. In an additional embodiment, the polymer shell
may be used to protect the modified nucleic acid molecules and
mmRNA in the core.
Polymer-Based Self-Assembled Nanoparticles
[0500] Polymers may be used to form sheets which self-assembled
into nanoparticles. These nanoparticles may be used to deliver the
modified nucleic acids and mmRNA of the present invention. In one
embodiment, these self-assembled nanoparticles may be microsponges
formed of long polymers of RNA hairpins which form into crystalline
`pleated` sheets before self-assembling into microsponges. These
microsponges are densely-packed sponge like microparticles which
may function as an efficient carrier and may be able to deliver
cargo to a cell. The microsponges may be from 1 um to 300 nm in
diameter. The microsponges may be complexed with other agents known
in the art to form larger microsponges. As a non-limiting example,
the microsponge may be complexed with an agent to form an outer
layer to promote cellular uptake such as polycation polyethyleneime
(PEI). This complex can form a 250-nm diameter particle that can
remain stable at high temperatures (150.degree. C.) (Grabow and
Jaegar, Nature Materials 2012, 11:269-269; herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety). Additionally these microsponges may be
able to exhibit an extraordinary degree of protection from
degradation by ribonucleases.
[0501] In another embodiment, the polymer-based self-assembled
nanoparticles such as, but not limited to, microsponges, may be
fully programmable nanoparticles. The geometry, size and
stoichiometry of the nanoparticle may be precisely controlled to
create the optimal nanoparticle for delivery of cargo such as, but
not limited to, modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA.
[0502] In one embodiment, the polymer based nanoparticles may
comprise a core of the modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA
disclosed herein and a polymer shell. The polymer shell may be any
of the polymers described herein and are known in the art. In an
additional embodiment, the polymer shell may be used to protect the
modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA in the core.
Inorganic Nanoparticles
[0503] The modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNAs of the present
invention may be formulated in inorganic nanoparticles (U.S. Pat.
No. 8,257,745, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
The inorganic nanoparticles may include, but are not limited to,
clay substances that are water swellable. As a non-limiting
example, the inorganic nanoparticle may include synthetic smectite
clays which are made from simple silicates (See e.g., U.S. Pat.
Nos. 5,585,108 and 8,257,745 each of which are herein incorporated
by reference in their entirety).
[0504] In one embodiment, the inorganic nanoparticles may comprise
a core of the modified nucleic acids disclosed herein and a polymer
shell. The polymer shell may be any of the polymers described
herein and are known in the art. In an additional embodiment, the
polymer shell may be used to protect the modified nucleic acids in
the core.
Semi-Conductive and Metallic Nanoparticles
[0505] The modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNAs of the present
invention may be formulated in water-dispersible nanoparticle
comprising a semiconductive or metallic material (U.S. Pub. No.
20120228565; herein incorporated by reference in its entirety) or
formed in a magnetic nanoparticle (U.S. Pub. No. 20120265001 and
20120283503; each of which is herein incorporated by reference in
its entirety). The water-dispersible nanoparticles may be
hydrophobic nanoparticles or hydrophilic nanoparticles.
[0506] In one embodiment, the semi-conductive and/or metallic
nanoparticles may comprise a core of the modified nucleic acids
disclosed herein and a polymer shell. The polymer shell may be any
of the polymers described herein and are known in the art. In an
additional embodiment, the polymer shell may be used to protect the
modified nucleic acids in the core.
Gels and Hydrogels
[0507] In one embodiment, the modified mRNA disclosed herein may be
encapsulated into any hydrogel known in the art which may form a
gel when injected into a subject. Hydrogels are a network of
polymer chains that are hydrophilic, and are sometimes found as a
colloidal gel in which water is the dispersion medium. Hydrogels
are highly absorbent (they can contain over 99% water) natural or
synthetic polymers. Hydrogels also possess a degree of flexibility
very similar to natural tissue, due to their significant water
content. The hydrogel described herein may used to encapsulate
lipid nanoparticles which are biocompatible, biodegradable and/or
porous.
[0508] As a non-limiting example, the hydrogel may be an
aptamer-functionalized hydrogel. The aptamer-functionalized
hydrogel may be programmed to release one or more modified nucleic
acid molecules and/or mmRNA using nucleic acid hybridization.
(Battig et al., J. Am. Chem. Society. 2012 134:12410-12413; herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0509] As another non-limiting example, the hydrogel may be a
shaped as an inverted opal. The opal hydrogels exhibit higher
swelling ratios and the swelling kinetics is an order of magnitude
faster as well. Methods of producing opal hydrogels and description
of opal hydrogels are described in International Pub. No.
WO2012148684, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0510] In yet another non-limiting example, the hydrogel may be an
antibacterial hydrogel. The antibacterial hydrogel may comprise a
pharmaceutical acceptable salt or organic material such as, but not
limited to pharmaceutical grade and/or medical grade silver salt
and aloe vera gel or extract. (International Pub. No. WO2012151438,
herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0511] In one embodiment, the modified mRNA may be encapsulated in
a lipid nanoparticle and then the lipid nanoparticle may be
encapsulated into a hyrdogel.
[0512] In one embodiment, the modified mRNA disclosed herein may be
encapsulated into any gel known in the art. As a non-limiting
example the gel may be a fluorouracil injectable gel or a
fluorouracil injectable gel containing a chemical compound and/or
drug known in the art. As another example, the modified mRNA may be
encapsulated in a fluorouracil gel containing epinephrine (See
e.g., Smith et al. Cancer Chemotherapty and Pharmacology, 1999
44(4):267-274; herein incorporated by reference in its
entirety).
[0513] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecules
and/or mmRNA disclosed herein may be encapsulated into a fibrin
gel, fibrin hydrogel or fibrin glue. In another embodiment, the
modified nucleic acid molecules and/or mmRNA may be formulated in a
lipid nanoparticle or a rapidly eliminated lipid nanoparticle prior
to being encapsulated into a fibrin gel, fibrin hydrogel or a
fibrin glue. In yet another embodiment, the modified nucleic acid
molecules and/or mmRNA may be formulated as a lipoplex prior to
being encapsulated into a fibrin gel, hydrogel or a fibrin glue.
Fibrin gels, hydrogels and glues comprise two components, a
fibrinogen solution and a thrombin solution which is rich in
calcium (See e.g., Spicer and Mikos, Journal of Controlled Release
2010. 148: 49-55; Kidd et al. Journal of Controlled Release 2012.
157:80-85; each of which is herein incorporated by reference in its
entirety). The concentration of the components of the fibrin gel,
hydrogel and/or glue can be altered to change the characteristics,
the network mesh size, and/or the degradation characteristics of
the gel, hydrogel and/or glue such as, but not limited to changing
the release characteristics of the fibrin gel, hydrogel and/or
glue. (See e.g., Spicer and Mikos, Journal of Controlled Release
2010. 148: 49-55; Kidd et al. Journal of Controlled Release 2012.
157:80-85; Catelas et al. Tissue Engineering 2008. 14:119-128; each
of which is herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). This
feature may be advantageous when used to deliver the modified mRNA
disclosed herein. (See e.g., Kidd et al. Journal of Controlled
Release 2012. 157:80-85; Catelas et al. Tissue Engineering 2008.
14:119-128; each of which is herein incorporated by reference in
its entirety).
Cations and Anions
[0514] Formulations of modified nucleic acid molecules disclosed
herein may include cations or anions. In one embodiment, the
formulations include metal cations such as, but not limited to,
Zn2+, Ca2+, Cu2+, Mg+ and combinations thereof. As a non-limiting
example, formulations may include polymers and a modified mRNA
complexed with a metal cation (See e.g., U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,265,389
and 6,555,525, each of which is herein incorporated by reference in
its entirety).
Molded Nanoparticles and Microparticles
[0515] The modified nucleic acid molecules and/or mmRNA disclosed
herein may be formulated in nanoparticles and/or microparticles.
These nanoparticles and/or microparticles may be molded into any
size shape and chemistry. As an example, the nanoparticles and/or
microparticles may be made using the PRINT.RTM. technology by
LIQUIDA TECHNOLOGIES.RTM. (Morrisville, N.C.) (See e.g.,
International Pub. No. WO2007024323; herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety).
[0516] In one embodiment, the molded nanoparticles may comprise a
core of the modified nucleic acid molecules and/or mmRNA disclosed
herein and a polymer shell. The polymer shell may be any of the
polymers described herein and are known in the art. In an
additional embodiment, the polymer shell may be used to protect the
modified nucleic acid molecules and/or mmRNA in the core.
NanoJackets and NanoLiposomes
[0517] The modified nucleic acid molecules and/or mmRNA disclosed
herein may be formulated in NanoJackets and NanoLiposomes by
Keystone Nano (State College, Pa.). NanoJackets are made of
compounds that are naturally found in the body including calcium,
phosphate and may also include a small amount of silicates.
Nanojackets may range in size from 5 to 50 nm and may be used to
deliver hydrophilic and hydrophobic compounds such as, but not
limited to, modified nucleic acid molecules and/or mmRNA.
[0518] NanoLiposomes are made of lipids such as, but not limited
to, lipids which naturally occur in the body. NanoLiposomes may
range in size from 60-80 nm and may be used to deliver hydrophilic
and hydrophobic compounds such as, but not limited to, modified
nucleic acid molecules and/or mmRNA. In one aspect, the modified
nucleic acids disclosed herein are formulated in a NanoLiposome
such as, but not limited to, Ceramide NanoLiposomes.
Excipients
[0519] Pharmaceutical formulations may additionally comprise a
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient, which, as used herein,
includes, but are not limited to, any and all solvents, dispersion
media, diluents, or other liquid vehicles, dispersion or suspension
aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening or
emulsifying agents, preservatives, solid binders, lubricants and
the like, as suited to the particular dosage form desired. Various
excipients for formulating pharmaceutical compositions and
techniques for preparing the composition are known in the art (see
Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21.sup.st Edition,
A. R. Gennaro, Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md.,
2006; incorporated herein by reference in its entirety). The use of
a conventional excipient medium may be contemplated within the
scope of the present disclosure, except insofar as any conventional
excipient medium may be incompatible with a substance or its
derivatives, such as by producing any undesirable biological effect
or otherwise interacting in a deleterious manner with any other
component(s) of the pharmaceutical composition.
[0520] In some embodiments, a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient
may be at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at
least 99%, or 100% pure. In some embodiments, an excipient may be
approved for use for humans and for veterinary use. In some
embodiments, an excipient may be approved by United States Food and
Drug Administration. In some embodiments, an excipient may be of
pharmaceutical grade. In some embodiments, an excipient may meet
the standards of the United States Pharmacopoeia (USP), the
European Pharmacopoeia (EP), the British Pharmacopoeia, and/or the
International Pharmacopoeia.
[0521] Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients used in the
manufacture of pharmaceutical compositions include, but are not
limited to, inert diluents, dispersing and/or granulating agents,
surface active agents and/or emulsifiers, disintegrating agents,
binding agents, preservatives, buffering agents, lubricating
agents, and/or oils. Such excipients may optionally be included in
pharmaceutical formulations. The composition may also include
excipients such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes, coloring
agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring, and/or perfuming
agents.
[0522] Exemplary diluents include, but are not limited to, calcium
carbonate, sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate, dicalcium
phosphate, calcium sulfate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, sodium
phosphate lactose, sucrose, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose,
kaolin, mannitol, sorbitol, inositol, sodium chloride, dry starch,
cornstarch, powdered sugar, etc., and/or combinations thereof.
[0523] Exemplary granulating and/or dispersing agents include, but
are not limited to, potato starch, corn starch, tapioca starch,
sodium starch glycolate, clays, alginic acid, guar gum, citrus
pulp, agar, bentonite, cellulose and wood products, natural sponge,
cation-exchange resins, calcium carbonate, silicates, sodium
carbonate, cross-linked poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone) (crospovidone),
sodium carboxymethyl starch (sodium starch glycolate),
carboxymethyl cellulose, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl
cellulose (croscarmellose), methylcellulose, pregelatinized starch
(starch 1500), microcrystalline starch, water insoluble starch,
calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate
(VEEGUM.RTM.), sodium lauryl sulfate, quaternary ammonium
compounds, etc., and/or combinations thereof.
[0524] Exemplary surface active agents and/or emulsifiers include,
but are not limited to, natural emulsifiers (e.g. acacia, agar,
alginic acid, sodium alginate, tragacanth, chondrux, cholesterol,
xanthan, pectin, gelatin, egg yolk, casein, wool fat, cholesterol,
wax, and lecithin), colloidal clays (e.g. bentonite [aluminum
silicate] and VEEGUM.RTM. [magnesium aluminum silicate]), long
chain amino acid derivatives, high molecular weight alcohols (e.g.
stearyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, triacetin
monostearate, ethylene glycol distearate, glyceryl monostearate,
and propylene glycol monostearate, polyvinyl alcohol), carbomers
(e.g. carboxy polymethylene, polyacrylic acid, acrylic acid
polymer, and carboxyvinyl polymer), carrageenan, cellulosic
derivatives (e.g. carboxymethylcellulose sodium, powdered
cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose,
hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methylcellulose), sorbitan fatty
acid esters (e.g. polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate
[TWEEN.RTM.20], polyoxyethylene sorbitan [TWEEN.RTM.60],
polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate [TWEEN.RTM.80], sorbitan
monopalmitate [SPAN.RTM. 40], sorbitan monostearate [SPAN.RTM. 60],
sorbitan tristearate [SPAN.RTM.65], glyceryl monooleate, sorbitan
monooleate [SPAN.RTM.80]), polyoxyethylene esters (e.g.
polyoxyethylene monostearate [MYRJ.RTM. 45], polyoxyethylene
hydrogenated castor oil, polyethoxylated castor oil,
polyoxymethylene stearate, and SOLUTOL.RTM.), sucrose fatty acid
esters, polyethylene glycol fatty acid esters (e.g.
CREMOPHOR.RTM.), polyoxyethylene ethers, (e.g. polyoxyethylene
lauryl ether [BRIJ.RTM. 30]), poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone), diethylene
glycol monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, sodium oleate,
potassium oleate, ethyl oleate, oleic acid, ethyl laurate, sodium
lauryl sulfate, PLUORINC.RTM. F 68, POLOXAMER.RTM. 188, cetrimonium
bromide, cetylpyridinium chloride, benzalkonium chloride, docusate
sodium, etc. and/or combinations thereof.
[0525] Exemplary binding agents include, but are not limited to,
starch (e.g. cornstarch and starch paste); gelatin; sugars (e.g.
sucrose, glucose, dextrose, dextrin, molasses, lactose, lactitol,
mannitol,); natural and synthetic gums (e.g. acacia, sodium
alginate, extract of Irish moss, panwar gum, ghatti gum, mucilage
of isapol husks, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose,
ethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose,
hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose,
cellulose acetate, poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone), magnesium aluminum
silicate (VEEGUM.RTM.), and larch arabogalactan); alginates;
polyethylene oxide; polyethylene glycol; inorganic calcium salts;
silicic acid; polymethacrylates; waxes; water; alcohol; etc.; and
combinations thereof.
[0526] Exemplary preservatives may include, but are not limited to,
antioxidants, chelating agents, antimicrobial preservatives,
antifungal preservatives, alcohol preservatives, acidic
preservatives, and/or other preservatives. Exemplary antioxidants
include, but are not limited to, alpha tocopherol, ascorbic acid,
acorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole, butylated
hydroxytoluene, monothioglycerol, potassium metabisulfite,
propionic acid, propyl gallate, sodium ascorbate, sodium bisulfite,
sodium metabisulfite, and/or sodium sulfite. Exemplary chelating
agents include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), citric acid
monohydrate, disodium edetate, dipotassium edetate, edetic acid,
fumaric acid, malic acid, phosphoric acid, sodium edetate, tartaric
acid, and/or trisodium edetate. Exemplary antimicrobial
preservatives include, but are not limited to, benzalkonium
chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzyl alcohol, bronopol,
cetrimide, cetylpyridinium chloride, chlorhexidine, chlorobutanol,
chlorocresol, chloroxylenol, cresol, ethyl alcohol, glycerin,
hexetidine, imidurea, phenol, phenoxyethanol, phenylethyl alcohol,
phenylmercuric nitrate, propylene glycol, and/or thimerosal.
Exemplary antifungal preservatives include, but are not limited to,
butyl paraben, methyl paraben, ethyl paraben, propyl paraben,
benzoic acid, hydroxybenzoic acid, potassium benzoate, potassium
sorbate, sodium benzoate, sodium propionate, and/or sorbic acid.
Exemplary alcohol preservatives include, but are not limited to,
ethanol, polyethylene glycol, phenol, phenolic compounds,
bisphenol, chlorobutanol, hydroxybenzoate, and/or phenylethyl
alcohol. Exemplary acidic preservatives include, but are not
limited to, vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin E, beta-carotene, citric
acid, acetic acid, dehydroacetic acid, ascorbic acid, sorbic acid,
and/or phytic acid. Other preservatives include, but are not
limited to, tocopherol, tocopherol acetate, deteroxime mesylate,
cetrimide, butylated hydroxyanisol (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluened
(BHT), ethylenediamine, sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS), sodium lauryl
ether sulfate (SLES), sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite,
potassium sulfite, potassium metabisulfite, GLYDANT PLUS.RTM.,
PHENONIP.RTM., methylparaben, GERMALL.RTM. 115, GERMABEN.RTM. II,
NEOLONE.TM., KATHON.TM., and/or EUXYL.RTM..
[0527] Exemplary buffering agents include, but are not limited to,
citrate buffer solutions, acetate buffer solutions, phosphate
buffer solutions, ammonium chloride, calcium carbonate, calcium
chloride, calcium citrate, calcium glubionate, calcium gluceptate,
calcium gluconate, d-gluconic acid, calcium glycerophosphate,
calcium lactate, propanoic acid, calcium levulinate, pentanoic
acid, dibasic calcium phosphate, phosphoric acid, tribasic calcium
phosphate, calcium hydroxide phosphate, potassium acetate,
potassium chloride, potassium gluconate, potassium mixtures,
dibasic potassium phosphate, monobasic potassium phosphate,
potassium phosphate mixtures, sodium acetate, sodium bicarbonate,
sodium chloride, sodium citrate, sodium lactate, dibasic sodium
phosphate, monobasic sodium phosphate, sodium phosphate mixtures,
tromethamine, magnesium hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide, alginic
acid, pyrogen-free water, isotonic saline, Ringer's solution, ethyl
alcohol, etc., and/or combinations thereof.
[0528] Exemplary lubricating agents include, but are not limited
to, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, stearic acid, silica,
talc, malt, glyceryl behanate, hydrogenated vegetable oils,
polyethylene glycol, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium
chloride, leucine, magnesium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate,
etc., and combinations thereof.
[0529] Exemplary oils include, but are not limited to, almond,
apricot kernel, avocado, babassu, bergamot, black current seed,
borage, cade, camomile, canola, caraway, carnauba, castor,
cinnamon, cocoa butter, coconut, cod liver, coffee, corn, cotton
seed, emu, eucalyptus, evening primrose, fish, flaxseed, geraniol,
gourd, grape seed, hazel nut, hyssop, isopropyl myristate, jojoba,
kukui nut, lavandin, lavender, lemon, litsea cubeba, macademia nut,
mallow, mango seed, meadowfoam seed, mink, nutmeg, olive, orange,
orange roughy, palm, palm kernel, peach kernel, peanut, poppy seed,
pumpkin seed, rapeseed, rice bran, rosemary, safflower, sandalwood,
sasquana, savoury, sea buckthorn, sesame, shea butter, silicone,
soybean, sunflower, tea tree, thistle, tsubaki, vetiver, walnut,
and wheat germ oils. Exemplary oils include, but are not limited
to, butyl stearate, caprylic triglyceride, capric triglyceride,
cyclomethicone, diethyl sebacate, dimethicone 360, isopropyl
myristate, mineral oil, octyldodecanol, oleyl alcohol, silicone
oil, and/or combinations thereof.
[0530] Excipients such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes,
coloring agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring, and/or
perfuming agents can be present in the composition, according to
the judgment of the formulator.
Delivery
[0531] The present disclosure encompasses the delivery of modified
nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA for any of therapeutic,
pharmaceutical, diagnostic or imaging by any appropriate route
taking into consideration likely advances in the sciences of drug
delivery. Delivery may be naked or formulated.
Naked Delivery
[0532] The modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA of the present
invention may be delivered to a cell naked. As used herein in,
"naked" refers to delivering modified nucleic acid molecules or
mmRNA free from agents which promote transfection. For example, the
modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA delivered to the cell may
contain no modifications. The naked modified nucleic acid molecules
or mmRNA may be delivered to the cell using routes of
administration known in the art and described herein.
Formulated Delivery
[0533] The modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA of the present
invention may be formulated, using the methods described herein.
The formulations may contain modified nucleic acid molecules or
mmRNA which may be modified and/or unmodified. The formulations may
further include, but are not limited to, cell penetration agents, a
pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, a delivery agent, a
bioerodible or biocompatible polymer, a solvent, and a
sustained-release delivery depot. The formulated modified nucleic
acid molecules or mmRNA may be delivered to the cell using routes
of administration known in the art and described herein.
[0534] The compositions may also be formulated for direct delivery
to an organ or tissue in any of several ways in the art including,
but not limited to, direct soaking or bathing, via a catheter, by
gels, powder, ointments, creams, gels, lotions, and/or drops, by
using substrates such as fabric or biodegradable materials coated
or impregnated with the compositions, and the like.
Administration
[0535] The modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA of the present
invention may be administered by any route which results in a
therapeutically effective outcome. These include, but are not
limited to enteral, gastroenteral, epidural, oral, transdermal,
epidural (peridural), intracerebral (into the cerebrum),
intracerebroventricular (into the cerebral ventricles),
epicutaneous (application onto the skin), intradermal, (into the
skin itself), subcutaneous (under the skin), nasal administration
(through the nose), intravenous (into a vein), intraarterial (into
an artery), intramuscular (into a muscle), intracardiac (into the
heart), intraosseous infusion (into the bone marrow), intrathecal
(into the spinal canal), intraperitoneal, (infusion or injection
into the peritoneum), intravesical infusion, intravitreal, (through
the eye), intracavernous injection, (into the base of the penis),
intravaginal administration, intrauterine, extra-amniotic
administration, transdermal (diffusion through the intact skin for
systemic distribution), transmucosal (diffusion through a mucous
membrane), insufflation (snorting), sublingual, sublabial, enema,
eye drops (onto the conjunctiva), or in ear drops. In specific
embodiments, compositions may be administered in a way which allows
them cross the blood-brain barrier, vascular barrier, or other
epithelial barrier. Non-limiting routes of administration for the
modified nucleic acids or mmRNA of the present invention are
described below.
Parenteral and Injectible Administration
[0536] Liquid dosage forms for parenteral administration include,
but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions,
microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, and/or elixirs. In
addition to active ingredients, liquid dosage forms may comprise
inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water
or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as
ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate,
benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene
glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed,
groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol,
tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid
esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents,
oral compositions can include adjuvants such as wetting agents,
emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and/or
perfuming agents. In certain embodiments for parenteral
administration, compositions are mixed with solubilizing agents
such as CREMOPHOR.RTM., alcohols, oils, modified oils, glycols,
polysorbates, cyclodextrins, polymers, and/or combinations
thereof.
[0537] Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable
aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to
the known art using suitable dispersing agents, wetting agents,
and/or suspending agents. Sterile injectable preparations may be
sterile injectable solutions, suspensions, and/or emulsions in
nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluents and/or solvents, for
example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable
vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's
solution, U.S.P., and isotonic sodium chloride solution. Sterile,
fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending
medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed
including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. Fatty acids such as
oleic acid can be used in the preparation of injectables.
[0538] Injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by
filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, and/or by
incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid
compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water
or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
[0539] In order to prolong the effect of an active ingredient, it
is often desirable to slow the absorption of the active ingredient
from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be
accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or
amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of
absorption of the drug then depends upon its rate of dissolution
which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form.
Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered
drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in
an oil vehicle. Injectable depot forms are made by forming
microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such
as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of drug to
polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate
of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable
polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot
injectable formulations are prepared by entrapping the drug in
liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body
tissues.
Rectal and Vaginal Administration
[0540] Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are
typically suppositories which can be prepared by mixing
compositions with suitable non-irritating excipients such as cocoa
butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at
ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore
melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active
ingredient.
Oral Administration
[0541] Liquid dosage forms for oral administration include, but are
not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions,
microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, and/or elixirs. In
addition to active ingredients, liquid dosage forms may comprise
inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water
or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as
ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate,
benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene
glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed,
groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol,
tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid
esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents,
oral compositions can include adjuvants such as wetting agents,
emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and/or
perfuming agents. In certain embodiments for parenteral
administration, compositions are mixed with solubilizing agents
such as CREMOPHOR.RTM., alcohols, oils, modified oils, glycols,
polysorbates, cyclodextrins, polymers, and/or combinations
thereof.
[0542] Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules,
tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms,
an active ingredient is mixed with at least one inert,
pharmaceutically acceptable excipient such as sodium citrate or
dicalcium phosphate and/or fillers or extenders (e.g. starches,
lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid), binders
(e.g. carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin,
polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia), humectants (e.g.
glycerol), disintegrating agents (e.g. agar, calcium carbonate,
potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and
sodium carbonate), solution retarding agents (e.g. paraffin),
absorption accelerators (e.g. quaternary ammonium compounds),
wetting agents (e.g. cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate),
absorbents (e.g. kaolin and bentonite clay), and lubricants (e.g.
talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene
glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate), and mixtures thereof. In the case
of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may comprise
buffering agents.
Topical or Transdermal Administration
[0543] As described herein, compositions containing the modified
nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA of the invention may be formulated
for administration topically. The skin may be an ideal target site
for delivery as it is readily accessible. Gene expression may be
restricted not only to the skin, potentially avoiding nonspecific
toxicity, but also to specific layers and cell types within the
skin.
[0544] The site of cutaneous expression of the delivered
compositions will depend on the route of nucleic acid delivery.
Three routes are commonly considered to deliver modified nucleic
acid molecules or mmRNA to the skin: (i) topical application (e.g.
for local/regional treatment); (ii) intradermal injection (e.g. for
local/regional treatment); and (iii) systemic delivery (e.g. for
treatment of dermatologic diseases that affect both cutaneous and
extracutaneous regions). Modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA
can be delivered to the skin by several different approaches known
in the art. Most topical delivery approaches have been shown to
work for delivery of DNA, such as but not limited to, topical
application of non-cationic liposome-DNA complex, cationic
liposome-DNA complex, particle-mediated (gene gun),
puncture-mediated gene transfections, and viral delivery
approaches. After delivery of the nucleic acid, gene products have
been detected in a number of different skin cell types, including,
but not limited to, basal keratinocytes, sebaceous gland cells,
dermal fibroblasts and dermal macrophages.
[0545] In one embodiment, the invention provides for a variety of
dressings (e.g., wound dressings) or bandages (e.g., adhesive
bandages) for conveniently and/or effectively carrying out methods
of the present invention. Typically dressing or bandages may
comprise sufficient amounts of pharmaceutical compositions and/or
modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA described herein to allow
a user to perform multiple treatments of a subject(s).
[0546] In one embodiment, the invention provides for the modified
nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA compositions to be delivered in
more than one injection.
[0547] In one embodiment, before topical and/or transdermal
administration at least one area of tissue, such as skin, may be
subjected to a device and/or solution which may increase
permeability. In one embodiment, the tissue may be subjected to an
abrasion device to increase the permeability of the skin (see U.S.
Patent Publication No. 20080275468, herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety). In another embodiment, the tissue may
be subjected to an ultrasound enhancement device. An ultrasound
enhancement device may include, but is not limited to, the devices
described in U.S. Publication No. 20040236268 and U.S. Pat. Nos.
6,491,657 and 6,234,990; each of which are herein incorporated by
reference in their entireties. Methods of enhancing the
permeability of tissue are described in U.S. Publication Nos.
20040171980 and 20040236268 and U.S. Pat. No. 6,190,315; each of
which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
[0548] In one embodiment, a device may be used to increase
permeability of tissue before delivering formulations of modified
mRNA described herein. The permeability of skin may be measured by
methods known in the art and/or described in U.S. Pat. No.
6,190,315, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety. As a
non-limiting example, a modified mRNA formulation may be delivered
by the drug delivery methods described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,190,315,
herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0549] In another non-limiting example tissue may be treated with a
eutectic mixture of local anesthetics (EMLA) cream before, during
and/or after the tissue may be subjected to a device which may
increase permeability. Katz et al. (Anesth Analg (2004); 98:371-76;
herein incorporated by reference in its entirety) showed that using
the EMLA cream in combination with a low energy, an onset of
superficial cutaneous analgesia was seen as fast as 5 minutes after
a pretreatment with a low energy ultrasound.
[0550] In one embodiment, enhancers may be applied to the tissue
before, during, and/or after the tissue has been treated to
increase permeability. Enhancers include, but are not limited to,
transport enhancers, physical enhancers, and cavitation enhancers.
Non-limiting examples of enhancers are described in U.S. Pat. No.
6,190,315, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0551] In one embodiment, a device may be used to increase
permeability of tissue before delivering formulations of modified
mRNA described herein, which may further contain a substance that
invokes an immune response. In another non-limiting example, a
formulation containing a substance to invoke an immune response may
be delivered by the methods described in U.S. Publication Nos.
20040171980 and 20040236268; each of which are herein incorporated
by reference in their entireties.
[0552] Dosage forms for topical and/or transdermal administration
of a composition may include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions,
gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants and/or patches.
Generally, an active ingredient is admixed under sterile conditions
with a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient and/or any needed
preservatives and/or buffers as may be required.
[0553] Additionally, the present invention contemplates the use of
transdermal patches, which often have the added advantage of
providing controlled delivery of a compound to the body. Such
dosage forms may be prepared, for example, by dissolving and/or
dispensing the compound in the proper medium. Alternatively or
additionally, rate may be controlled by either providing a rate
controlling membrane and/or by dispersing the compound in a polymer
matrix and/or gel.
[0554] Formulations suitable for topical administration include,
but are not limited to, liquid and/or semi liquid preparations such
as liniments, lotions, oil in water and/or water in oil emulsions
such as creams, ointments and/or pastes, and/or solutions and/or
suspensions. Topically-administrable formulations may, for example,
comprise from about 0.1% to about 10% (w/w) active ingredient,
although the concentration of active ingredient may be as high as
the solubility limit of the active ingredient in the solvent.
Formulations for topical administration may further comprise one or
more of the additional ingredients described herein.
Depot Administration
[0555] As described herein, in some embodiments, the composition is
formulated in depots for extended release. Generally, a specific
organ or tissue (a "target tissue") is targeted for
administration.
[0556] In some aspects of the invention, the modified nucleic acid
molecules or mRNA are spatially retained within or proximal to a
target tissue. Provided are method of providing a composition to a
target tissue of a mammalian subject by contacting the target
tissue (which contains one or more target cells) with the
composition under conditions such that the composition, in
particular the nucleic acid component(s) of the composition, is
substantially retained in the target tissue, meaning that at least
10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 99.9,
99.99 or greater than 99.99% of the composition is retained in the
target tissue. Advantageously, retention is determined by measuring
the amount of the nucleic acid present in the composition that
enters one or more target cells. For example, at least 1, 5, 10,
20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 99.9, 99.99
or greater than 99.99% of the nucleic acids administered to the
subject are present intracellularly at a period of time following
administration. For example, intramuscular injection to a mammalian
subject is performed using an aqueous composition containing a
ribonucleic acid and a transfection reagent, and retention of the
composition is determined by measuring the amount of the
ribonucleic acid present in the muscle cells.
[0557] Aspects of the invention are directed to methods of
providing a composition to a target tissue of a mammalian subject,
by contacting the target tissue (containing one or more target
cells) with the composition under conditions such that the
composition is substantially retained in the target tissue. The
composition contains an effective amount of a nucleic acid
molecules or mmRNA such that the polypeptide of interest is
produced in at least one target cell. The compositions generally
contain a cell penetration agent, although "naked" nucleic acid
(such as nucleic acids without a cell penetration agent or other
agent) is also contemplated, and a pharmaceutically acceptable
carrier.
[0558] In some circumstances, the amount of a protein produced by
cells in a tissue is desirably increased. Preferably, this increase
in protein production is spatially restricted to cells within the
target tissue. Thus, provided are methods of increasing production
of a protein of interest in a tissue of a mammalian subject. A
composition is provided that contains modified nucleic acid
molecule or mmRNA characterized in that a unit quantity of
composition has been determined to produce the polypeptide of
interest in a substantial percentage of cells contained within a
predetermined volume of the target tissue.
[0559] In some embodiments, the composition includes a plurality of
different modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA, where one or
more than one of the modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA
encodes a polypeptide of interest. Optionally, the composition also
contains a cell penetration agent to assist in the intracellular
delivery of the composition. A determination is made of the dose of
the composition required to produce the polypeptide of interest in
a substantial percentage of cells contained within the
predetermined volume of the target tissue (generally, without
inducing significant production of the polypeptide of interest in
tissue adjacent to the predetermined volume, or distally to the
target tissue). Subsequent to this determination, the determined
dose is introduced directly into the tissue of the mammalian
subject.
[0560] In one embodiment, the invention provides for the modified
nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA to be delivered in more than one
injection or by split dose injections.
[0561] In one embodiment, the invention may be retained near target
tissue using a small disposable drug reservoir, patch pump or
osmotic pump. Non-limiting examples of patch pumps include those
manufactured and/or sold by BD.RTM., (Franklin Lakes, N.J.),
Insulet Corporation (Bedford, Mass.), SteadyMed Therapeutics (San
Francisco, Calif.), Medtronic (Minneapolis, Minn.) (e.g., MiniMed),
UniLife (York, Pa.), Valeritas (Bridgewater, N.J.), and SpringLeaf
Therapeutics (Boston, Mass.). A non-limiting example of an osmotic
pump include those manufactured by DURECT.RTM. (Cupertino, Calif.)
(e.g., DUROS.RTM. and ALZET.RTM.).
Pulmonary Administration
[0562] A pharmaceutical composition may be prepared, packaged,
and/or sold in a formulation suitable for pulmonary administration
via the buccal cavity. Such a formulation may comprise dry
particles which comprise the active ingredient and which have a
diameter in the range from about 0.5 nm to about 7 nm or from about
1 nm to about 6 nm. Such compositions are suitably in the form of
dry powders for administration using a device comprising a dry
powder reservoir to which a stream of propellant may be directed to
disperse the powder and/or using a self propelling solvent/powder
dispensing container such as a device comprising the active
ingredient dissolved and/or suspended in a low-boiling propellant
in a sealed container. Such powders comprise particles wherein at
least 98% of the particles by weight have a diameter greater than
0.5 nm and at least 95% of the particles by number have a diameter
less than 7 nm. Alternatively, at least 95% of the particles by
weight have a diameter greater than 1 nm and at least 90% of the
particles by number have a diameter less than 6 nm. Dry powder
compositions may include a solid fine powder diluent such as sugar
and are conveniently provided in a unit dose form.
[0563] Low boiling propellants generally include liquid propellants
having a boiling point of below 65.degree. F. at atmospheric
pressure. Generally the propellant may constitute 50% to 99.9%
(w/w) of the composition, and active ingredient may constitute 0.1%
to 20% (w/w) of the composition. A propellant may further comprise
additional ingredients such as a liquid non-ionic and/or solid
anionic surfactant and/or a solid diluent (which may have a
particle size of the same order as particles comprising the active
ingredient).
[0564] As a non-limiting example, the modified nucleic acid
molecules or mmRNA described herein may be formulated for pulmonary
delivery by the methods described in U.S. Pat. No. 8,257,685;
herein incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0565] Pharmaceutical compositions formulated for pulmonary
delivery may provide an active ingredient in the form of droplets
of a solution and/or suspension. Such formulations may be prepared,
packaged, and/or sold as aqueous and/or dilute alcoholic solutions
and/or suspensions, optionally sterile, comprising active
ingredient, and may conveniently be administered using any
nebulization and/or atomization device. Such formulations may
further comprise one or more additional ingredients including, but
not limited to, a flavoring agent such as saccharin sodium, a
volatile oil, a buffering agent, a surface active agent, and/or a
preservative such as methylhydroxybenzoate. Droplets provided by
this route of administration may have an average diameter in the
range from about 0.1 nm to about 200 nm.
Intranasal, Nasal and Buccal Administration
[0566] Formulations described herein as being useful for pulmonary
delivery are useful for intranasal delivery of a pharmaceutical
composition. Another formulation suitable for intranasal
administration is a coarse powder comprising the active ingredient
and having an average particle from about 0.2 .mu.m to 500 .mu.m.
Such a formulation is administered in the manner in which snuff is
taken, i.e. by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a
container of the powder held close to the nose.
[0567] Formulations suitable for nasal administration may, for
example, comprise from about as little as 0.1% (w/w) and as much as
100% (w/w) of active ingredient, and may comprise one or more of
the additional ingredients described herein. A pharmaceutical
composition may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in a formulation
suitable for buccal administration. Such formulations may, for
example, be in the form of tablets and/or lozenges made using
conventional methods, and may, for example, 0.1% to 20% (w/w)
active ingredient, the balance comprising an orally dissolvable
and/or degradable composition and, optionally, one or more of the
additional ingredients described herein. Alternately, formulations
suitable for buccal administration may comprise a powder and/or an
aerosolized and/or atomized solution and/or suspension comprising
active ingredient. Such powdered, aerosolized, and/or aerosolized
formulations, when dispersed, may have an average particle and/or
droplet size in the range from about 0.1 nm to about 200 nm, and
may further comprise one or more of any additional ingredients
described herein.
Ophthalmic Administration
[0568] A pharmaceutical composition may be prepared, packaged,
and/or sold in a formulation suitable for ophthalmic
administration. Such formulations may, for example, be in the form
of eye drops including, for example, a 0.1/1.0% (w/w) solution
and/or suspension of the active ingredient in an aqueous or oily
liquid excipient. Such drops may further comprise buffering agents,
salts, and/or one or more other of any additional ingredients
described herein. Other ophthalmically-administrable formulations
which are useful include those which comprise the active ingredient
in microcrystalline form and/or in a liposomal preparation. Ear
drops and/or eye drops are contemplated as being within the scope
of this invention. A multilayer thin film device may be prepared to
contain a pharmaceutical composition for delivery to the eye and/or
surrounding tissue.
Payload Administration Detectable Agents and Therapeutic Agents
[0569] The modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA described
herein can be used in a number of different scenarios in which
delivery of a substance (the "payload") to a biological target is
desired, for example delivery of detectable substances for
detection of the target, or delivery of a therapeutic agent.
Detection methods can include, but are not limited to, both imaging
in vitro and in vivo imaging methods, e.g., immunohistochemistry,
bioluminescence imaging (BLI), Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI),
positron emission tomography (PET), electron microscopy, X-ray
computed tomography, Raman imaging, optical coherence tomography,
absorption imaging, thermal imaging, fluorescence reflectance
imaging, fluorescence microscopy, fluorescence molecular
tomographic imaging, nuclear magnetic resonance imaging, X-ray
imaging, ultrasound imaging, photoacoustic imaging, lab assays, or
in any situation where tagging/staining/imaging is required.
[0570] The modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA can be designed
to include both a linker and a payload in any useful orientation.
For example, a linker having two ends is used to attach one end to
the payload and the other end to the nucleobase, such as at the C-7
or C-8 positions of the deaza-adenosine or deaza-guanosine or to
the N-3 or C-5 positions of cytosine or uracil. The polynucleotide
of the invention can include more than one payload (e.g., a label
and a transcription inhibitor), as well as a cleavable linker.
[0571] In one embodiment, the modified nucleotide is a modified
7-deaza-adenosine triphosphate, where one end of a cleavable linker
is attached to the C7 position of 7-deaza-adenine, the other end of
the linker is attached to an inhibitor (e.g., to the C5 position of
the nucleobase on a cytidine), and a label (e.g., Cy5) is attached
to the center of the linker (see, e.g., compound 1 of A*pCp C5 Parg
Capless in FIG. 5 and columns 9 and 10 of U.S. Pat. No. 7,994,304,
incorporated herein by reference). Upon incorporation of the
modified 7-deaza-adenosine triphosphate to an encoding region, the
resulting polynucleotide having a cleavable linker attached to a
label and an inhibitor (e.g., a polymerase inhibitor). Upon
cleavage of the linker (e.g., with reductive conditions to reduce a
linker having a cleavable disulfide moiety), the label and
inhibitor are released. Additional linkers and payloads (e.g.,
therapeutic agents, detectable labels, and cell penetrating
payloads) are described herein.
[0572] Scheme 12 below depicts an exemplary modified nucleotide
wherein the nucleobase, adenine, is attached to a linker at the C-7
carbon of 7-deaza adenine. In addition, Scheme 12 depicts the
modified nucleotide with the linker and payload, e.g., a detectable
agent, incorporated onto the 3' end of the mRNA. Disulfide cleavage
and 1,2-addition of the thiol group onto the propargyl ester
releases the detectable agent. The remaining structure (depicted,
for example, as pApC5Parg in Scheme 12) is the inhibitor. The
rationale for the structure of the modified nucleotides is that the
tethered inhibitor sterically interferes with the ability of the
polymerase to incorporate a second base. Thus, it is critical that
the tether be long enough to affect this function and that the
inhibiter be in a stereochemical orientation that inhibits or
prohibits second and follow on nucleotides into the growing
polynucleotide strand.
##STR00129## ##STR00130##
[0573] For example, the modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA
described herein can be used in reprogramming induced pluripotent
stem cells (iPS cells), which can directly track cells that are
transfected compared to total cells in the cluster. In another
example, a drug that may be attached to the modified nucleic acid
molecules or mmRNA via a linker and may be fluorescently labeled
can be used to track the drug in vivo, e.g. intracellularly. Other
examples include, but are not limited to, the use of modified
nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA in reversible drug delivery into
cells.
[0574] The modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA described
herein can be used in intracellular targeting of a payload, e.g.,
detectable or therapeutic agent, to specific organelle. Exemplary
intracellular targets can include, but are not limited to, the
nuclear localization for advanced mRNA processing, or a nuclear
localization sequence (NLS) linked to the mRNA containing an
inhibitor.
[0575] In addition, the modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA
described herein can be used to deliver therapeutic agents to cells
or tissues, e.g., in living animals. For example, the modified
nucleic acids or mmRNA described herein can be used to deliver
highly polar chemotherapeutics agents to kill cancer cells. The
modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA attached to the
therapeutic agent through a linker can facilitate member permeation
allowing the therapeutic agent to travel into a cell to reach an
intracellular target.
[0576] In one example, the linker is attached at the 2'-position of
the ribose ring and/or at the 3' and/or 5' position of the modified
nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA (See e.g., International Pub. No.
WO2012030683, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
The linker may be any linker disclosed herein, known in the art
and/or disclosed in International Pub. No. WO2012030683, herein
incorporated by reference in its entirety.
[0577] In another example, the modified nucleic acid molecules or
mmRNA can be attached to the modified nucleic acid molecules or
mmRNA a viral inhibitory peptide (VIP) through a cleavable linker.
The cleavable linker can release the VIP and dye into the cell. In
another example, the modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA can
be attached through the linker to an ADP-ribosylate, which is
responsible for the actions of some bacterial toxins, such as
cholera toxin, diphtheria toxin, and pertussis toxin. These toxin
proteins are ADP-ribosyltransferases that modify target proteins in
human cells. For example, cholera toxin ADP-ribosylates G proteins
modifies human cells by causing massive fluid secretion from the
lining of the small intestine, which results in life-threatening
diarrhea.
[0578] In some embodiments, the payload may be a therapeutic agent
such as a cytotoxin, radioactive ion, chemotherapeutic, or other
therapeutic agent. A cytotoxin or cytotoxic agent includes any
agent that may be detrimental to cells. Examples include, but are
not limited to, taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium
bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, teniposide, vincristine,
vinblastine, colchicine, doxorubicin, daunorubicin,
dihydroxyanthracinedione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D,
1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine,
lidocaine, propranolol, puromycin, maytansinoids, e.g., maytansinol
(see U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020 incorporated herein in its entirety),
rachelmycin (CC-1065, see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,475,092, 5,585,499, and
5,846,545, all of which are incorporated herein by reference), and
analogs or homologs thereof. Radioactive ions include, but are not
limited to iodine (e.g., iodine 125 or iodine 131), strontium 89,
phosphorous, palladium, cesium, iridium, phosphate, cobalt, yttrium
90, samarium 153, and praseodymium. Other therapeutic agents
include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites (e.g.,
methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine,
5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g.,
mechlorethamine, thiotepa chlorambucil, rachelmycin (CC-1065),
melphalan, carmustine (BSNU), lomustine (CCNU), cyclophosphamide,
busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and
cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II)(DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines
(e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin),
antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin,
mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents (e.g.,
vincristine, vinblastine, taxol and maytansinoids).
[0579] In some embodiments, the payload may be a detectable agent,
such as various organic small molecules, inorganic compounds,
nanoparticles, enzymes or enzyme substrates, fluorescent materials,
luminescent materials (e.g., luminol), bioluminescent materials
(e.g., luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin), chemiluminescent
materials, radioactive materials (e.g., .sup.18F, .sup.67Ga,
.sup.81mKr, .sup.82Rb, .sup.111In, .sup.123I, .sup.133Xe,
.sup.201Tl, .sup.125I, .sup.35S, .sup.14C, .sup.3H or .sup.99mTc
(e.g., as pertechnetate (technetate(VII), TcO.sub.4.sup.-)), and
contrast agents (e.g., gold (e.g., gold nanoparticles), gadolinium
(e.g., chelated Gd), iron oxides (e.g., superparamagnetic iron
oxide (SPIO), monocrystalline iron oxide nanoparticles (MIONs), and
ultrasmall superparamagnetic iron oxide (USPIO)), manganese
chelates (e.g., Mn-DPDP), barium sulfate, iodinated contrast media
(iohexyl), microbubbles, or perfluorocarbons). Such
optically-detectable labels include for example, without
limitation, 4-acetamido-4'-isothiocyanatostilbene-2,2'disulfonic
acid; acridine and derivatives (e.g., acridine and acridine
isothiocyanate); 5-(2'-aminoethyl)aminonaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid
(EDANS); 4-amino-N-[3-vinylsulfonyl)phenyl]naphthalimide-3,5
disulfonate; N-(4-anilino-1-naphthyl)maleimide; anthranilamide;
BODIPY; Brilliant Yellow; coumarin and derivatives (e.g., coumarin,
7-amino-4-methylcoumarin (AMC, Coumarin 120), and
7-amino-4-trifluoromethylcoumarin (Coumarin 151)); cyanine dyes;
cyanosine; 4',6-diaminidino-2-phenylindole (DAPI);
5'5''-dibromopyrogallol-sulfonaphthalein (Bromopyrogallol Red);
7-diethylamino-3-(4'-isothiocyanatophenyl)-4-methylcoumarin;
diethylenetriamine pentaacetate;
4,4'-diisothiocyanatodihydro-stilbene-2,2'-disulfonic acid;
4,4'-diisothiocyanatostilbene-2,2'-disulfonic acid;
5-[dimethylamino]-naphthalene-1-sulfonyl chloride (DNS,
dansylchloride); 4-dimethylaminophenylazophenyl-4'-isothiocyanate
(DABITC); eosin and derivatives (e.g., eosin and eosin
isothiocyanate); erythrosin and derivatives (e.g., erythrosin B and
erythrosin isothiocyanate); ethidium; fluorescein and derivatives
(e.g., 5-carboxyfluorescein (FAM),
5-(4,6-dichlorotriazin-2-yl)aminofluorescein (DTAF),
2',7'-dimethoxy-4'5'-dichloro-6-carboxyfluorescein, fluorescein,
fluorescein isothiocyanate, X-rhodamine-5-(and -6)-isothiocyanate
(QFITC or XRITC), and fluorescamine);
2-[2-[3-[[1,3-dihydro-1,1-dimethyl-3-(3-sulfopropyl)-2H-benz[e]indol-2-yl-
idene]ethylidene]-2-[4-(ethoxycarbonyl)-1-piperazinyl]-1-cyclopenten-1-yl]-
ethenyl]-1,1-dimethyl-3-(3-sulforpropyl)-1H-benz[e]indolium
hydroxide, inner salt, compound with n,n-diethylethanamine(1:1)
(IR144);
5-chloro-2-[2-[3-[(5-chloro-3-ethyl-2(3H)-benzothiazol-ylidene)ethylidene-
]-2-(diphenylamino)-1-cyclopenten-1-yl]ethenyl]-3-ethyl
benzothiazolium perchlorate (IR140); Malachite Green
isothiocyanate; 4-methylumbelliferone orthocresolphthalein;
nitrotyrosine; pararosaniline; Phenol Red; B-phycoerythrin;
o-phthaldialdehyde; pyrene and derivatives(e.g., pyrene, pyrene
butyrate, and succinimidyl 1-pyrene); butyrate quantum dots;
Reactive Red 4 (Cibacron.TM. Brilliant Red 3B-A); rhodamine and
derivatives (e.g., 6-carboxy-X-rhodamine (ROX), 6-carboxyrhodamine
(R6G), lissamine rhodamine B sulfonyl chloride rhodamine (Rhod),
rhodamine B, rhodamine 123, rhodamine X isothiocyanate,
sulforhodamine B, sulforhodamine 101, sulfonyl chloride derivative
of sulforhodamine 101 (Texas Red),
N,N,N',N'tetramethyl-6-carboxyrhodamine (TAMRA) tetramethyl
rhodamine, and tetramethyl rhodamine isothiocyanate (TRITC));
riboflavin; rosolic acid; terbium chelate derivatives; Cyanine-3
(Cy3); Cyanine-5 (Cy5); cyanine-5.5 (Cy5.5), Cyanine-7 (Cy7); IRD
700; IRD 800; Alexa 647; La Jolta Blue; phthalo cyanine; and
naphthalo cyanine.
[0580] In some embodiments, the detectable agent may be a
non-detectable pre-cursor that becomes detectable upon activation
(e.g., fluorogenic tetrazine-fluorophore constructs (e.g.,
tetrazine-BODIPY FL, tetrazine-Oregon Green 488, or
tetrazine-BODIPY TMR-X) or enzyme activatable fluorogenic agents
(e.g., PROSENSE.RTM. (VisEn Medical))). In vitro assays in which
the enzyme labeled compositions can be used include, but are not
limited to, enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs),
immunoprecipitation assays, immunofluorescence, enzyme immunoassays
(EIA), radioimmunoassays (RIA), and Western blot analysis.
Combinations
[0581] The nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA may be used in
combination with one or more other therapeutic, prophylactic,
diagnostic, or imaging agents. By "in combination with," it is not
intended to imply that the agents must be administered at the same
time and/or formulated for delivery together, although these
methods of delivery are within the scope of the present disclosure.
Compositions can be administered concurrently with, prior to, or
subsequent to, one or more other desired therapeutics or medical
procedures. In general, each agent will be administered at a dose
and/or on a time schedule determined for that agent. In some
embodiments, the present disclosure encompasses the delivery of
pharmaceutical, prophylactic, diagnostic, or imaging compositions
in combination with agents that may improve their bioavailability,
reduce and/or modify their metabolism, inhibit their excretion,
and/or modify their distribution within the body. As a non-limiting
example, the nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA may be used in
combination with a pharmaceutical agent for the treatment of cancer
or to control hyperproliferative cells. In U.S. Pat. No. 7,964,571,
herein incorporated by reference in its entirety, a combination
therapy for the treatment of solid primary or metastasized tumor is
described using a pharmaceutical composition including a DNA
plasmid encoding for interleukin-12 with a lipopolymer and also
administering at least one anticancer agent or chemotherapeutic.
Further, the nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA of the present
invention that encodes anti-proliferative molecules may be in a
pharmaceutical composition with a lipopolymer (see e.g., U.S. Pub.
No. 20110218231, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety,
claiming a pharmaceutical composition comprising a DNA plasmid
encoding an anti-proliferative molecule and a lipopolymer) which
may be administered with at least one chemotherapeutic or
anticancer agent.
Cell Penetrating Payloads
[0582] In some embodiments, the modified nucleotides and modified
nucleic acid molecules, which are incorporated into a nucleic acid,
e.g., RNA or mRNA, can also include a payload that can be a cell
penetrating moiety or agent that enhances intracellular delivery of
the compositions. For example, the compositions can include, but
are not limited to, a cell-penetrating peptide sequence that
facilitates delivery to the intracellular space, e.g., HIV-derived
TAT peptide, penetratins, transportans, or hCT derived
cell-penetrating peptides, see, e.g., Caron et al., (2001) Mol.
Ther. 3(3):310-8; Langel, Cell-Penetrating Peptides: Processes and
Applications (CRC Press, Boca Raton Fla. 2002); El-Andaloussi et
al., (2005) Curr Pharm Des. 11(28):3597-611; and Deshayes et al.,
(2005) Cell Mol Life Sci. 62(16):1839-49; all of which are
incorporated herein by reference. The compositions can also be
formulated to include a cell penetrating agent, e.g., liposomes,
which enhance delivery of the compositions to the intracellular
space.
Biological Targets
[0583] The modified nucleotides and modified nucleic acid molecules
described herein, which are incorporated into a nucleic acid, e.g.,
RNA or mRNA, can be used to deliver a payload to any biological
target for which a specific ligand exists or can be generated. The
ligand can bind to the biological target either covalently or
non-covalently.
[0584] Examples of biological targets include, but are not limited
to, biopolymers, e.g., antibodies, nucleic acids such as RNA and
DNA, proteins, enzymes; examples of proteins include, but are not
limited to, enzymes, receptors, and ion channels. In some
embodiments the target may be a tissue- or a cell-type specific
marker, e.g., a protein that is expressed specifically on a
selected tissue or cell type. In some embodiments, the target may
be a receptor, such as, but not limited to, plasma membrane
receptors and nuclear receptors; more specific examples include,
but are not limited to, G-protein-coupled receptors, cell pore
proteins, transporter proteins, surface-expressed antibodies, HLA
proteins, MHC proteins and growth factor receptors.
Dosing
[0585] The present invention provides methods comprising
administering modified mRNAs and their encoded proteins or
complexes in accordance with the invention to a subject in need
thereof. Nucleic acids, proteins or complexes, or pharmaceutical,
imaging, diagnostic, or prophylactic compositions thereof, may be
administered to a subject using any amount and any route of
administration effective for preventing, treating, diagnosing, or
imaging a disease, disorder, and/or condition (e.g., a disease,
disorder, and/or condition relating to working memory deficits).
The exact amount required will vary from subject to subject,
depending on the species, age, and general condition of the
subject, the severity of the disease, the particular composition,
its mode of administration, its mode of activity, and the like.
Compositions in accordance with the invention are typically
formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and
uniformity of dosage. It will be understood, however, that the
total daily usage of the compositions of the present invention may
be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound
medical judgment. The specific therapeutically effective,
prophylactically effective, or appropriate imaging dose level for
any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors
including the disorder being treated and the severity of the
disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the
specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general
health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration,
route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific
compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in
combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed;
and like factors well known in the medical arts.
[0586] In certain embodiments, compositions in accordance with the
present invention may be administered at dosage levels sufficient
to deliver from about 0.0001 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about
0.001 mg/kg to about 0.05 mg/kg, from about 0.005 mg/kg to about
0.05 mg/kg, from about 0.001 mg/kg to about 0.005 mg/kg, from about
0.05 mg/kg to about 0.5 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50
mg/kg, from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 40 mg/kg, from about 0.5 mg/kg
to about 30 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, from
about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, or from about 1 mg/kg to about
25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day,
to obtain the desired therapeutic, diagnostic, prophylactic, or
imaging effect. The desired dosage may be delivered three times a
day, two times a day, once a day, every other day, every third day,
every week, every two weeks, every three weeks, or every four
weeks. In certain embodiments, the desired dosage may be delivered
using multiple administrations (e.g., two, three, four, five, six,
seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, or
more administrations).
[0587] According to the present invention, it has been discovered
that administration of mmRNA in split-dose regimens produce higher
levels of proteins in mammalian subjects. As used herein, a "split
dose" is the division of single unit dose or total daily dose into
two or more doses, e.g, two or more administrations of the single
unit dose. As used herein, a "single unit dose" is a dose of any
therapeutic administered in one dose/at one time/single
route/single point of contact, i.e., single administration event.
As used herein, a "total daily dose" is an amount given or
prescribed in 24 hr period. It may be administered as a single unit
dose. In one embodiment, the mmRNA of the present invention are
administered to a subject in split doses. The mmRNA may be
formulated in buffer only or in a formulation described herein.
Dosage Forms
[0588] A pharmaceutical composition described herein can be
formulated into a dosage form described herein, such as a topical,
intranasal, intratracheal, or injectable (e.g., intravenous,
intraocular, intravitreal, intramuscular, intracardiac,
intraperitoneal, subcutaneous).
Liquid Dosage Forms
[0589] Liquid dosage forms for parenteral administration include,
but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions,
microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, and/or elixirs. In
addition to active ingredients, liquid dosage forms may comprise
inert diluents commonly used in the art including, but not limited
to, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers
such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl
acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol,
1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular,
cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils),
glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and
fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. In certain
embodiments for parenteral administration, compositions may be
mixed with solubilizing agents such as CREMOPHOR.RTM., alcohols,
oils, modified oils, glycols, polysorbates, cyclodextrins,
polymers, and/or combinations thereof.
Injectable
[0590] Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable
aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to
the known art and may include suitable dispersing agents, wetting
agents, and/or suspending agents. Sterile injectable preparations
may be sterile injectable solutions, suspensions, and/or emulsions
in nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluents and/or solvents, for
example, a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable
vehicles and solvents that may be employed include, but are not
limited to, water, Ringer's solution, U.S.P., and isotonic sodium
chloride solution. Sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed
as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed
oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
Fatty acids such as oleic acid can be used in the preparation of
injectables.
[0591] Injectable formulations can be sterilized, for example, by
filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, and/or by
incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid
compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water
or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
[0592] In order to prolong the effect of an active ingredient, it
may be desirable to slow the absorption of the active ingredient
from subcutaneous or intramuscular injection. This may be
accomplished by the use of a liquid suspension of crystalline or
amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of
absorption of modified mRNA then depends upon its rate of
dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and
crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a
parenterally administered modified mRNA may be accomplished by
dissolving or suspending the modified mRNA in an oil vehicle.
Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices
of the modified mRNA in biodegradable polymers such as
polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of modified
mRNA to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed,
the rate of modified mRNA release can be controlled. Examples of
other biodegradable polymers include, but are not limited to,
poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable
formulations may be prepared by entrapping the modified mRNA in
liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body
tissues.
Pulmonary
[0593] Formulations described herein as being useful for pulmonary
delivery may also be used for intranasal delivery of a
pharmaceutical composition. Another formulation suitable for
intranasal administration may be a coarse powder comprising the
active ingredient and having an average particle from about 0.2
.mu.m to 500 .mu.m. Such a formulation may be administered in the
manner in which snuff is taken, i.e. by rapid inhalation through
the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close to the
nose.
[0594] Formulations suitable for nasal administration may, for
example, comprise from about as little as 0.1% (w/w) and as much as
100% (w/w) of active ingredient, and may comprise one or more of
the additional ingredients described herein. A pharmaceutical
composition may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in a formulation
suitable for buccal administration. Such formulations may, for
example, be in the form of tablets and/or lozenges made using
conventional methods, and may, for example, contain about 0.1% to
20% (w/w) active ingredient, where the balance may comprise an
orally dissolvable and/or degradable composition and, optionally,
one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
Alternately, formulations suitable for buccal administration may
comprise a powder and/or an aerosolized and/or atomized solution
and/or suspension comprising active ingredient. Such powdered,
aerosolized, and/or aerosolized formulations, when dispersed, may
have an average particle and/or droplet size in the range from
about 0.1 nm to about 200 nm, and may further comprise one or more
of any additional ingredients described herein.
[0595] General considerations in the formulation and/or manufacture
of pharmaceutical agents may be found, for example, in Remington:
The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 21.sup.st ed., Lippincott
Williams & Wilkins, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference in
its entirety).
Coatings or Shells
[0596] Solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and
granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric
coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical
formulating art. They may optionally comprise opacifying agents and
can be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s)
only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract,
optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions
which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid
compositions of a similar type may be employed as fillers in soft
and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose
or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols
and the like.
Properties of the Pharmaceutical Compositions
[0597] The pharmaceutical compositions described herein can be
characterized by one or more of the following properties:
Bioavailability
[0598] The modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA, when
formulated into a composition with a delivery agent as described
herein, can exhibit an increase in bioavailability as compared to a
composition lacking a delivery agent as described herein. As used
herein, the term "bioavailability" refers to the systemic
availability of a given amount of a modified nucleic acid molecule
administered to a mammal. Bioavailability can be assessed by
measuring the area under the curve (AUC) or the maximum serum or
plasma concentration (C.sub.max) of the unchanged form of a
compound following administration of the compound to a mammal. AUC
is a determination of the area under the curve plotting the serum
or plasma concentration of a compound along the ordinate (Y-axis)
against time along the abscissa (X-axis). Generally, the AUC for a
particular compound can be calculated using methods known to those
of ordinary skill in the art and as described in G. S. Banker,
Modern Pharmaceutics, Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sciences, v. 72,
Marcel Dekker, New York, Inc., 1996, herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety.
[0599] The C.sub.max value is the maximum concentration of the
compound achieved in the serum or plasma of a mammal following
administration of the compound to the mammal. The C.sub.max value
of a particular compound can be measured using methods known to
those of ordinary skill in the art. The phrases "increasing
bioavailability" or "improving the pharmacokinetics," as used
herein mean that the systemic availability of a first modified
nucleic acid molecule, measured as AUC, C.sub.max, or C.sub.min in
a mammal is greater, when co-administered with a delivery agent as
described herein, than when such co-administration does not take
place. In some embodiments, the bioavailability of the modified
nucleic acid molecule can increase by at least about 2%, at least
about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about
20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at
least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least
about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about
70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at
least about 90%, at least about 95%, or about 100%.
Therapeutic Window
[0600] The modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA when
formulated into a composition with a delivery agent as described
herein, can exhibit an increase in the therapeutic window of the
administered modified nucleic acid molecule composition as compared
to the therapeutic window of the administered modified nucleic acid
molecule composition lacking a delivery agent as described herein.
As used herein "therapeutic window" refers to the range of plasma
concentrations, or the range of levels of therapeutically active
substance at the site of action, with a high probability of
eliciting a therapeutic effect. In some embodiments, the
therapeutic window of the modified nucleic acid molecule when
co-administered with a delivery agent as described herein can
increase by at least about 2%, at least about 5%, at least about
10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at
least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least
about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about
60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at
least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least
about 95%, or about 100%.
Volume of Distribution
[0601] The modified nucleic acid molecules, when formulated into a
composition with a delivery agent as described herein, can exhibit
an improved volume of distribution (V.sub.dist), e.g., reduced or
targeted, relative to a modified nucleic acid molecule composition
lacking a delivery agent as described herein. The volume of
distribution (V.sub.dist) relates the amount of the drug in the
body to the concentration of the drug in the blood or plasma. As
used herein, the term "volume of distribution" refers to the fluid
volume that would be required to contain the total amount of the
drug in the body at the same concentration as in the blood or
plasma: V.sub.dist equals the amount of drug in the
body/concentration of drug in blood or plasma. For example, for a
10 mg dose and a plasma concentration of 10 mg/L, the volume of
distribution would be 1 liter. The volume of distribution reflects
the extent to which the drug is present in the extravascular
tissue. A large volume of distribution reflects the tendency of a
compound to bind to the tissue components compared with plasma
protein binding. In a clinical setting, V.sub.dist can be used to
determine a loading dose to achieve a steady state concentration.
In some embodiments, the volume of distribution of the modified
nucleic acid molecule when co-administered with a delivery agent as
described herein can decrease at least about 2%, at least about 5%,
at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at
least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least
about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about
55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about
70%.
Biological Effect
[0602] In one embodiment, the biological effect of the modified
mRNA delivered to the animals may be categorized by analyzing the
protein expression in the animals. The protein expression may be
determined from analyzing a biological sample collected from a
mammal administered the modified mRNA of the present invention. In
one embodiment, the expression protein encoded by the modified mRNA
administered to the mammal of at least 50 pg/ml may be preferred.
For example, a protein expression of 50-200 pg/ml for the protein
encoded by the modified mRNA delivered to the mammal may be seen as
a therapeutically effective amount of protein in the mammal.
Detection of Modified Nucleic Acids by Mass Spectrometry
[0603] Mass spectrometry (MS) is an analytical technique that can
provide structural and molecular mass/concentration information on
molecules after their conversion to ions. The molecules are first
ionized to acquire positive or negative charges and then they
travel through the mass analyzer to arrive at different areas of
the detector according to their mass/charge (m/z) ratio.
[0604] Mass spectrometry is performed using a mass spectrometer
which includes an ion source for ionizing the fractionated sample
and creating charged molecules for further analysis. For example
ionization of the sample may be performed by electrospray
ionization (ESI), atmospheric pressure chemical ionization (APCI),
photoionization, electron ionization, fast atom bombardment
(FAB)/liquid secondary ionization (LSIMS), matrix assisted laser
desorption/ionization (MALDI), field ionization, field desorption,
thermospray/plasmaspray ionization, and particle beam ionization.
The skilled artisan will understand that the choice of ionization
method can be determined based on the analyte to be measured, type
of sample, the type of detector, the choice of positive versus
negative mode, etc.
[0605] After the sample has been ionized, the positively charged or
negatively charged ions thereby created may be analyzed to
determine a mass-to-charge ratio (i.e., m/z). Suitable analyzers
for determining mass-to-charge ratios include quadropole analyzers,
ion traps analyzers, and time-of-flight analyzers. The ions may be
detected using several detection modes. For example, selected ions
may be detected (i.e., using a selective ion monitoring mode
(SIM)), or alternatively, ions may be detected using a scanning
mode, e.g., multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) or selected reaction
monitoring (SRM).
[0606] Liquid chromatography-multiple reaction monitoring
(LC-MS/MRM) coupled with stable isotope labeled dilution of peptide
standards has been shown to be an effective method for protein
verification (e.g., Keshishian et al., Mol Cell Proteomics 2009 8:
2339-2349; Kuhn et al., Clin Chem 2009 55:1108-1117; Lopez et al.,
Clin Chem 2010 56:281-290; each of which are herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety). Unlike untargeted mass spectrometry
frequently used in biomarker discovery studies, targeted MS methods
are peptide sequence-based modes of MS that focus the full
analytical capacity of the instrument on tens to hundreds of
selected peptides in a complex mixture. By restricting detection
and fragmentation to only those peptides derived from proteins of
interest, sensitivity and reproducibility are improved dramatically
compared to discovery-mode MS methods. This method of mass
spectrometry-based multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) quantitation
of proteins can dramatically impact the discovery and quantitation
of biomarkers via rapid, targeted, multiplexed protein expression
profiling of clinical samples.
[0607] In one embodiment, a biological sample which may contain at
least one protein encoded by at least one modified mRNA of the
present invention may be analyzed by the method of MRM-MS. The
quantification of the biological sample may further include, but is
not limited to, isotopically labeled peptides or proteins as
internal standards.
[0608] According to the present invention, the biological sample,
once obtained from the subject, may be subjected to enzyme
digestion. As used herein, the term "digest" means to break apart
into shorter peptides. As used herein, the phrase "treating a
sample to digest proteins" means manipulating a sample in such a
way as to break down proteins in a sample. These enzymes include,
but are not limited to, trypsin, endoproteinase Glu-C and
chymotrypsin. In one embodiment, a biological sample which may
contain at least one protein encoded by at least one modified mRNA
of the present invention may be digested using enzymes.
[0609] In one embodiment, a biological sample which may contain
protein encoded by modified mRNA of the present invention may be
analyzed for protein using electrospray ionization. Electrospray
ionization (ESI) mass spectrometry (ESIMS) uses electrical energy
to aid in the transfer of ions from the solution to the gaseous
phase before they are analyzed by mass spectrometry. Samples may be
analyzed using methods known in the art (e.g., Ho et al., Clin
Biochem Rev. 2003 24(1):3-12; herein incorporated by reference in
its entirety). The ionic species contained in solution may be
transferred into the gas phase by dispersing a fine spray of charge
droplets, evaporating the solvent and ejecting the ions from the
charged droplets to generate a mist of highly charged droplets. The
mist of highly charged droplets may be analyzed using at least 1,
at least 2, at least 3 or at least 4 mass analyzers such as, but
not limited to, a quadropole mass analyzer. Further, the mass
spectrometry method may include a purification step. As a
non-limiting example, the first quadrapole may be set to select a
single m/z ratio so it may filter out other molecular ions having a
different m/z ratio which may eliminate complicated and
time-consuming sample purification procedures prior to MS
analysis.
[0610] In one embodiment, a biological sample which may contain
protein encoded by modified mRNA of the present invention may be
analyzed for protein in a tandem ESIMS system (e.g., MS/MS). As
non-limiting examples, the droplets may be analyzed using a product
scan (or daughter scan) a precursor scan (parent scan) a neutral
loss or a multiple reaction monitoring.
[0611] In one embodiment, a biological sample which may contain
protein encoded by modified mRNA of the present invention may be
analyzed using matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization (MALDI)
mass spectrometry (MALDIMS). MALDI provides for the nondestructive
vaporization and ionization of both large and small molecules, such
as proteins. In MALDI analysis, the analyte is first
co-crystallized with a large molar excess of a matrix compound,
which may also include, but is not limited to, an ultraviolet
absorbing weak organic acid. Non-limiting examples of matrices used
in MALDI are a-cyano-4-hydroxycinnamic acid,
3,5-dimethoxy-4-hydroxycinnamic acid and 2,5-dihydroxybenzoic acid.
Laser radiation of the analyte-matrix mixture may result in the
vaporization of the matrix and the analyte. The laser induced
desorption provides high ion yields of the intact analyte and
allows for measurement of compounds with high accuracy. Samples may
be analyzed using methods known in the art (e.g., Lewis, Wei and
Siuzdak, Encyclopedia of Analytical Chemistry 2000:5880-5894;
herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). As non-limiting
examples, mass analyzers used in the MALDI analysis may include a
linear time-of-flight (TOF), a TOF reflectron or a Fourier
transform mass analyzer.
[0612] In one embodiment, the analyte-matrix mixture may be formed
using the dried-droplet method. A biologic sample is mixed with a
matrix to create a saturated matrix solution where the
matrix-to-sample ratio is approximately 5000:1. An aliquot
(approximately 0.5-2.0 uL) of the saturated matrix solution is then
allowed to dry to form the analyte-matrix mixture.
[0613] In one embodiment, the analyte-matrix mixture may be formed
using the thin-layer method. A matrix homogeneous film is first
formed and then the sample is then applied and may be absorbed by
the matrix to form the analyte-matrix mixture.
[0614] In one embodiment, the analyte-matrix mixture may be formed
using the thick-layer method. A matrix homogeneous film is formed
with a nitro-cellulose matrix additive. Once the uniform
nitro-cellulose matrix layer is obtained the sample is applied and
absorbed into the matrix to form the analyte-matrix mixture.
[0615] In one embodiment, the analyte-matrix mixture may be formed
using the sandwich method. A thin layer of matrix crystals is
prepared as in the thin-layer method followed by the addition of
droplets of aqueous trifluoroacetic acid, the sample and matrix.
The sample is then absorbed into the matrix to form the
analyte-matrix mixture.
Uses of Modified Nucleic Acid Molecules
Therapeutic Agents
[0616] The modified nucleic acid molecules and the proteins
translated from the modified nucleic acid molecules described
herein can be used as therapeutic agents. For example, a modified
nucleic acid molecule described herein can be administered to a
subject, wherein the modified nucleic acid molecule is translated
in vivo to produce a therapeutic peptide in the subject.
Accordingly, provided herein are compositions, methods, kits, and
reagents for treatment or prevention of disease or conditions in
humans and other mammals. The active therapeutic agents of the
present disclosure include, but are not limited to, modified
nucleic acid molecules, cells containing modified nucleic acid
molecules or polypeptides translated from the modified nucleic acid
molecules, polypeptides translated from modified nucleic acid
molecules, and cells contacted with cells containing modified
nucleic acid molecules or polypeptides translated from the modified
nucleic acid molecules.
[0617] In certain embodiments, combination therapeutics are
provided which may containing one or more modified nucleic acid
molecules containing translatable regions along with a protein that
induces antibody-dependent cellular toxicity. As used herein
"translatable regions" encode for a protein or proteins that may
boost a subject's immunity. For example, provided herein are
therapeutics containing one or more nucleic acids that encode
trastuzumab and granulocyte-colony stimulating factor (G-CSF). In
particular, such combination therapeutics may be useful in Her2+
breast cancer patients who develop induced resistance to
trastuzumab. (See, e.g., Albrecht, Immunotherapy. 2(6):795-8
(2010); herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
[0618] Methods of inducing translation of a recombinant polypeptide
in a cell population using the modified nucleic acid molecules
described herein are also provided. Such translation can be in
vivo, ex vivo, in culture, or in vitro. The cell population may be
contacted with an effective amount of a composition containing a
nucleic acid that has at least one nucleoside modification, and a
translatable region encoding the recombinant polypeptide. The
population may be contacted under conditions such that the nucleic
acid may be localized into one or more cells of the cell population
and the recombinant polypeptide may be translated in the cell from
the nucleic acid.
[0619] An effective amount of the composition may be provided
based, at least in part, on the target tissue, target cell type,
means of administration, physical characteristics of the nucleic
acid (e.g., size, and extent of modified nucleosides), and other
determinants. In general, an effective amount of the composition
provides efficient protein production in the cell, preferably more
efficient than a composition containing a corresponding unmodified
nucleic acid molecule. Increased efficiency may be demonstrated by
increased cell transfection (i.e., the percentage of cells
transfected with the nucleic acid), increased protein translation
from the nucleic acid, decreased nucleic acid degradation (as
demonstrated, e.g., by increased duration of protein translation
from a modified nucleic acid molecule), or reduced innate immune
response of the host cell.
[0620] Aspects of the present disclosure are directed to methods of
inducing in vivo translation of a recombinant polypeptide in a
mammalian subject in need thereof. Therein, an effective amount of
a composition containing a nucleic acid that has at least one
nucleoside modification and a translatable region encoding the
recombinant polypeptide may be administered to the subject using
the delivery methods described herein. The nucleic acid may be
provided in an amount and under other conditions such that the
nucleic acid is localized into a cell of the subject and the
recombinant polypeptide may be translated in the cell from the
nucleic acid. The cell in which the nucleic acid is localized, or
the tissue in which the cell is present, may be targeted with one
or more than one rounds of nucleic acid administration.
[0621] Other aspects of the present disclosure relate to
transplantation of cells containing modified nucleic acid molecules
to a mammalian subject. Administration of cells to mammalian
subjects is known to those of ordinary skill in the art, and
include, but is not limited to, local implantation (e.g., topical
or subcutaneous administration), organ delivery or systemic
injection (e.g., intravenous injection or inhalation), and the
formulation of cells in pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
Compositions containing modified nucleic acid molecules are
formulated for administration intramuscularly, transarterially,
intraperitoneally, intravenously, intranasally, subcutaneously,
endoscopically, transdermally, or intrathecally. In some
embodiments, the composition may be formulated for extended
release.
[0622] The subject to whom the therapeutic agent may be
administered suffers from or may be at risk of developing a
disease, disorder, or deleterious condition. Provided are methods
of identifying, diagnosing, and classifying subjects on these
bases, which may include clinical diagnosis, biomarker levels,
genome-wide association studies (GWAS), and other methods known in
the art.
[0623] In certain embodiments, the administered modified nucleic
acid molecule directs production of one or more recombinant
polypeptides that provide a functional activity which may be
substantially absent in the cell in which the recombinant
polypeptide may be translated. For example, the missing functional
activity may be enzymatic, structural, or gene regulatory in
nature.
[0624] In other embodiments, the administration of a modified
nucleic acid molecule directs production of one or more recombinant
polypeptides that replace a polypeptide (or multiple polypeptides)
that may be substantially absent in the cell in which the
recombinant polypeptide may be translated. Such absence may be due
to a genetic mutation of the encoding gene or a regulatory pathway
thereof. Alternatively, the recombinant polypeptide functions to
antagonize the activity of an endogenous protein present in, on the
surface of, or secreted from the cell. Usually, the activity of the
endogenous protein may be deleterious to the subject, for example,
due to the mutation of the endogenous protein resulting in altered
activity or localization. Additionally, the recombinant polypeptide
antagonizes, directly or indirectly, the activity of a biological
moiety present in, on the surface of, or secreted from the cell.
Examples of antagonized biological moieties include, but are not
limited to, lipids (e.g., cholesterol), a lipoprotein (e.g., low
density lipoprotein), a nucleic acid, a carbohydrate, or a small
molecule toxin.
[0625] The recombinant proteins described herein may be engineered
for localization within the cell, potentially within a specific
compartment such as the nucleus, or are engineered for secretion
from the cell or translocation to the plasma membrane of the
cell.
[0626] As described herein, a useful feature of the modified
nucleic acid molecules of the present disclosure is the capacity to
reduce the innate immune response of a cell to an exogenous nucleic
acid. Provided are methods for performing the titration, reduction
or elimination of the immune response in a cell or a population of
cells. In some embodiments, the cell may be contacted with a first
composition that contains a first dose of a first exogenous nucleic
acid including a translatable region and at least one nucleoside
modification, and the level of the innate immune response of the
cell to the first exogenous nucleic acid may be determined.
Subsequently, the cell may be contacted with a second composition,
which includes a second dose of the first exogenous nucleic acid,
the second dose containing a lesser amount of the first exogenous
nucleic acid as compared to the first dose. Alternatively, the cell
may be contacted with a first dose of a second exogenous nucleic
acid. The second exogenous nucleic acid may contain one or more
modified nucleosides, which may be the same or different from the
first exogenous nucleic acid or, alternatively, the second
exogenous nucleic acid may not contain modified nucleosides. The
steps of contacting the cell with the first composition and/or the
second composition may be repeated one or more times. Additionally,
efficiency of protein production (e.g., protein translation) in the
cell may be optionally determined, and the cell may be
re-transfected with the first and/or second composition repeatedly
until a target protein production efficiency is achieved.
Therapeutics for Diseases and Conditions
[0627] Provided herein are methods for treating or preventing a
symptom of diseases, characterized by missing or aberrant protein
activity, by supplying the missing protein activity or overcoming
the aberrant protein activity. Because of the rapid initiation of
protein production following introduction of modified mRNA, as
compared to viral DNA vectors, the compounds of the present
disclosure are particularly advantageous in treating acute diseases
such as sepsis, stroke, and myocardial infarction. Moreover, an
accurate titration of protein may be achievable using the modified
mRNA of the present disclosure as the modified mRNA may be able to
alter transcription rates and thus cause changes in gene
expression.
[0628] Diseases characterized by dysfunctional or aberrant protein
activity include, but are not limited to, cancer and proliferative
diseases, genetic diseases (e.g., cystic fibrosis), autoimmune
diseases, diabetes, neurodegenerative diseases, cardiovascular
diseases, and metabolic diseases. The present disclosure provides a
method for treating such conditions or diseases in a subject by
introducing nucleic acid or cell-based therapeutics containing the
modified nucleic acid molecules provided herein, wherein the
modified nucleic acid molecules encode for a protein that
antagonizes or otherwise overcomes the aberrant protein activity
present in the cell of the subject. Specific examples of a
dysfunctional protein include, but are not limited to, the missense
mutation variants of the cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance
regulator (CFTR) gene, which produce a dysfunctional protein
variant of CFTR protein, which causes cystic fibrosis.
[0629] Multiple diseases may be characterized by missing (or
substantially diminished such that proper protein function does not
occur) protein activity. Such proteins may not be present, or they
may be essentially non-functional.
[0630] Thus, provided are methods of treating cystic fibrosis in a
mammalian subject by contacting a cell of the subject with a
modified nucleic acid molecule having a translatable region that
encodes a functional CFTR polypeptide, under conditions such that
an effective amount of the CTFR polypeptide is present in the cell.
Preferred target cells are epithelial cells, such as the lung, and
methods of administration are determined in view of the target
tissue; i.e., for lung delivery, the RNA molecules are formulated
for administration by inhalation.
[0631] In another embodiment, the present disclosure provides a
method for treating hyperlipidemia in a subject, by introducing
into a cell population of the subject with a modified mRNA molecule
encoding Sortilin, a protein recently characterized by genomic
studies, thereby ameliorating the hyperlipidemia in a subject. The
SORT1 gene encodes a trans-Golgi network (TGN) transmembrane
protein called Sortilin. Genetic studies have shown that one of
five individuals has a single nucleotide polymorphism, rs12740374,
in the 1p13 locus of the SORT1 gene that predisposes them to having
low levels of low-density lipoprotein (LDL) and very-low-density
lipoprotein (VLDL). Each copy of the minor allele, present in about
30% of people, alters LDL cholesterol by 8 mg/dL, while two copies
of the minor allele, present in about 5% of the population, lowers
LDL cholesterol 16 mg/dL. Carriers of the minor allele have also
been shown to have a 40% decreased risk of myocardial infarction.
Functional in vivo studies in mice describes that overexpression of
SORT1 in mouse liver tissue led to significantly lower
LDL-cholesterol levels, as much as 80% lower, and that silencing
SORT1 increased LDL cholesterol approximately 200% (Musunuru K et
al. From noncoding variant to phenotype via SORT1 at the 1p13
cholesterol locus. Nature 2010; 466: 714-721; herein incorporated
by reference in its entirety).
Methods of Cellular Nucleic Acid Delivery
[0632] Methods of the present disclosure enhance nucleic acid
delivery into a cell population, in vivo, ex vivo, or in culture.
For example, a cell culture containing a plurality of host cells
(e.g., eukaryotic cells such as yeast or mammalian cells) may be
contacted with a composition that contains an modified nucleic acid
molecule having at least one nucleoside modification and,
optionally, a translatable region. The composition may also
generally contain a transfection reagent or other compound that may
increases the efficiency of modified nucleic acid molecule uptake
into the host cells. The modified nucleic acid molecule may exhibit
enhanced retention in the cell population, relative to a
corresponding unmodified nucleic acid molecule. The retention of
the modified nucleic acid molecule may greater than the retention
of the unmodified nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, it is
at least about 50%, 75%, 90%, 95%, 100%, 150%, 200% or more than
200% greater than the retention of the unmodified nucleic acid
molecule. Such retention advantage may be achieved by one round of
transfection with the modified nucleic acid molecule, or may be
obtained following repeated rounds of transfection.
[0633] In some embodiments, the modified nucleic acid molecule may
be delivered to a target cell population with one or more
additional nucleic acids. Such delivery may be at the same time, or
the modified nucleic acid molecule is delivered prior to delivery
of the one or more additional nucleic acids. The additional one or
more nucleic acids may be modified nucleic acid molecules or
unmodified nucleic acid molecules. It is understood that the
initial presence of the modified nucleic acid molecules may not
substantially induce an innate immune response of the cell
population and, moreover, that the innate immune response may not
be activated by the later presence of the unmodified nucleic acid
molecules. In this regard, the enhanced nucleic acid may not itself
contain a translatable region, if the protein desired to be present
in the target cell population is translated from the unmodified
nucleic acid molecules.
Targeting Moieties
[0634] In some embodiments, modified nucleic acid molecules are
provided to express a protein-binding partner or a receptor on the
surface of the cell, which may function to target the cell to a
specific tissue space or to interact with a specific moiety, either
in vivo or in vitro. Suitable protein-binding partners include, but
are not limited to, antibodies and functional fragments thereof,
scaffold proteins, or peptides. Additionally, modified nucleic acid
molecules may be employed to direct the synthesis and extracellular
localization of lipids, carbohydrates, or other biological
moieties.
Permanent Gene Expression Silencing
[0635] A method for epigenetically silencing gene expression in a
mammalian subject, comprising a nucleic acid where the translatable
region encodes a polypeptide or polypeptides capable of directing
sequence-specific histone H3 methylation to initiate
heterochromatin formation and reduce gene transcription around
specific genes for the purpose of silencing the gene. For example,
a gain-of-function mutation in the Janus Kinase 2 gene is
responsible for the family of Myeloproliferative Diseases.
Expression of Ligand or Receptor on Cell Surface
[0636] In some aspects and embodiments of the aspects described
herein, the modified RNA can be used to express a ligand or ligand
receptor on the surface of a cell (e.g., a homing moiety). A ligand
or ligand receptor moiety attached to a cell surface can permit the
cell to have a desired biological interaction with a tissue or an
agent in vivo. A ligand can be an antibody, an antibody fragment,
an aptamer, a peptide, a vitamin, a carbohydrate, a protein or
polypeptide, a receptor, e.g., cell-surface receptor, an adhesion
molecule, a glycoprotein, a sugar residue, a therapeutic agent, a
drug, a glycosaminoglycan, or any combination thereof. For example,
a ligand can be an antibody that recognizes a cancer-cell specific
antigen, rendering the cell capable of preferentially interacting
with tumor cells to permit tumor-specific localization of a
modified cell. A ligand can confer the ability of a cell
composition to accumulate in a tissue to be treated, since a
preferred ligand may be capable of interacting with a target
molecule on the external face of a tissue to be treated. Ligands
having limited cross-reactivity to other tissues are generally
preferred.
[0637] In some cases, a ligand can act as a homing moiety which
permits the cell to target to a specific tissue or interact with a
specific ligand. Such homing moieties can include, but are not
limited to, any member of a specific binding pair, antibodies,
monoclonal antibodies, or derivatives or analogs thereof, including
without limitation: Fv fragments, single chain Fv (scFv) fragments,
Fab' fragments, F(ab')2 fragments, single domain antibodies,
camelized antibodies and antibody fragments, humanized antibodies
and antibody fragments, and multivalent versions of the foregoing;
multivalent binding reagents including without limitation:
monospecific or bispecific antibodies, such as disulfide stabilized
Fv fragments, scFv tandems ((SCFV)2 fragments), diabodies,
tribodies or tetrabodies, which typically are covalently linked or
otherwise stabilized (i.e., leucine zipper or helix stabilized)
scFv fragments; and other homing moieties include for example,
aptamers, receptors, and fusion proteins.
[0638] In some embodiments, the homing moiety may be a
surface-bound antibody, which can permit tuning of cell targeting
specificity. This is especially useful since highly specific
antibodies can be raised against an epitope of interest for the
desired targeting site. In one embodiment, multiple antibodies are
expressed on the surface of a cell, and each antibody can have a
different specificity for a desired target. Such approaches can
increase the avidity and specificity of homing interactions.
[0639] A skilled artisan can select any homing moiety based on the
desired localization or function of the cell, for example an
estrogen receptor ligand, such as tamoxifen, can target cells to
estrogen-dependent breast cancer cells that have an increased
number of estrogen receptors on the cell surface. Other
non-limiting examples of ligand/receptor interactions include CCRI
(e.g., for treatment of inflamed joint tissues or brain in
rheumatoid arthritis, and/or multiple sclerosis), CCR7, CCR8 (e.g.,
targeting to lymph node tissue), CCR6, CCR9, CCR10 (e.g., to target
to intestinal tissue), CCR4, CCR10 (e.g., for targeting to skin),
CXCR4 (e.g., for general enhanced transmigration), HCELL (e.g., for
treatment of inflammation and inflammatory disorders, bone marrow),
Alpha4beta7 (e.g., for intestinal mucosa targeting), VLA-4NCAM-1
(e.g., targeting to endothelium). In general, any receptor involved
in targeting (e.g., cancer metastasis) can be harnessed for use in
the methods and compositions described herein.
Mediators of Cell Death
[0640] In one embodiment, a modified nucleic acid molecule
composition can be used to induce apoptosis in a cell (e.g., a
cancer cell) by increasing the expression of a death receptor, a
death receptor ligand or a combination thereof. This method can be
used to induce cell death in any desired cell and has particular
usefulness in the treatment of cancer where cells escape natural
apoptotic signals.
[0641] Apoptosis can be induced by multiple independent signaling
pathways that converge upon a final effector mechanism consisting
of multiple interactions between several "death receptors" and
their ligands, which belong to the tumor necrosis factor (TNF)
receptor/ligand superfamily. The best-characterized death receptors
are CD95 ("Fas"), TNFRI (p55), death receptor 3 (DR3 or
Apo3/TRAMO), DR4 and DR5 (apo2-TRAIL-R2). The final effector
mechanism of apoptosis may be the activation of a series of
proteinases designated as caspases. The activation of these
caspases results in the cleavage of a series of vital cellular
proteins and cell death. The molecular mechanism of death
receptors/ligands-induced apoptosis is well known in the art. For
example, Fas/FasL-mediated apoptosis is induced by binding of three
FasL molecules which induces trimerization of Fas receptor via
C-terminus death domains (DDs), which in turn recruits an adapter
protein FADD (Fas-associated protein with death domain) and
Caspase-8. The oligomerization of this trimolecular complex,
Fas/FAIDD/caspase-8, results in proteolytic cleavage of proenzyme
caspase-8 into active caspase-8 that, in turn, initiates the
apoptosis process by activating other downstream caspases through
proteolysis, including caspase-3. Death ligands in general are
apoptotic when formed into trimers or higher order of structures.
As monomers, they may serve as antiapoptotic agents by competing
with the trimers for binding to the death receptors.
[0642] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecule
composition encodes for a death receptor (e.g., Fas, TRAIL, TRAMO,
TNFR, TLR etc). Cells made to express a death receptor by
transfection of modified RNA become susceptible to death induced by
the ligand that activates that receptor. Similarly, cells made to
express a death ligand, e.g., on their surface, will induce death
of cells with the receptor when the transfected cell contacts the
target cell. In another embodiment, the modified RNA composition
encodes for a death receptor ligand (e.g., FasL, TNF, etc). In
another embodiment, the modified RNA composition encodes a caspase
(e.g., caspase 3, caspase 8, caspase 9 etc). Where cancer cells
often exhibit a failure to properly differentiate to a
non-proliferative or controlled proliferative form, in another
embodiment, the synthetic, modified RNA composition encodes for
both a death receptor and its appropriate activating ligand. In
another embodiment, the synthetic, modified RNA composition encodes
for a differentiation factor that when expressed in the cancer
cell, such as a cancer stem cell, will induce the cell to
differentiate to a non-pathogenic or nonself-renewing phenotype
(e.g., reduced cell growth rate, reduced cell division etc) or to
induce the cell to enter a dormant cell phase (e.g., G.sub.0
resting phase).
[0643] One of skill in the art will appreciate that the use of
apoptosis-inducing techniques may require that the modified nucleic
acid molecules are appropriately targeted to e.g., tumor cells to
prevent unwanted wide-spread cell death. Thus, one can use a
delivery mechanism (e.g., attached ligand or antibody, targeted
liposome etc) that recognizes a cancer antigen such that the
modified nucleic acid molecules are expressed only in cancer
cells.
Kits and Devices
Kits
[0644] The invention provides a variety of kits for conveniently
and/or effectively carrying out methods of the present invention.
Typically kits will comprise sufficient amounts and/or numbers of
components to allow a user to perform multiple treatments of a
subject(s) and/or to perform multiple experiments.
[0645] In one aspect, the present invention provides kits for
protein production, comprising a first modified nucleic acid
molecule or mmRNA comprising a translatable region. The kit may
further comprise packaging and instructions and/or a delivery agent
to form a formulation composition. The delivery agent may comprise
a saline, a buffered solution, a lipidoid or any delivery agent
disclosed herein.
[0646] In one embodiment, the buffer solution may include sodium
chloride, calcium chloride, phosphate and/or EDTA. In another
embodiment, the buffer solution may include, but is not limited to,
saline, saline with 2 mM calcium, 5% sucrose, 5% sucrose with 2 mM
calcium, 5% Mannitol, 5% Mannitol with 2 mM calcium, Ringer's
lactate, sodium chloride, sodium chloride with 2 mM calcium and
mannose (See e.g., U.S. Pub. No. 20120258046; herein incorporated
by reference in its entirety). In a further embodiment, the buffer
solutions may be precipitated or it may be lyophilized. The amount
of each component may be varied to enable consistent, reproducible
higher concentration saline or simple buffer formulations. The
components may also be varied in order to increase the stability of
modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA in the buffer solution
over a period of time and/or under a variety of conditions.
[0647] In one aspect, the present invention provides kits for
protein production, comprising: a modified nucleic acid molecule or
mmRNA comprising a translatable region, provided in an amount
effective to produce a desired amount of a protein encoded by the
translatable region when introduced into a target cell; a second
modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA comprising an inhibitory
nucleic acid, provided in an amount effective to substantially
inhibit the innate immune response of the cell; and packaging and
instructions.
[0648] In one aspect, the present invention provides kits for
protein production, comprising a modified nucleic acid molecule or
mmRNA comprising a translatable region, wherein the nucleic acid
exhibits reduced degradation by a cellular nuclease, and packaging
and instructions.
[0649] In one aspect, the present invention provides kits for
protein production, comprising a modified nucleic acid molecule or
mmRNA comprising a translatable region, wherein the nucleic acid
exhibits reduced degradation by a cellular nuclease, and a
mammalian cell suitable for translation of the translatable region
of the first nucleic acid.
Devices
[0650] The present invention provides for devices which may
incorporate modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA that encode
polypeptides of interest. These devices contain in a stable
formulation the reagents to synthesize a nucleic acid in a
formulation available to be immediately delivered to a subject in
need thereof, such as a human patient. Non-limiting examples of
such a polypeptide of interest include a growth factor and/or
angiogenesis stimulator for wound healing, a peptide antibiotic to
facilitate infection control, and an antigen to rapidly stimulate
an immune response to a newly identified virus.
[0651] In some embodiments the device is self-contained, and is
optionally capable of wireless remote access to obtain instructions
for synthesis and/or analysis of the generated modified nucleic
acid molecule or mmRNA. The device is capable of mobile synthesis
of at least one modified nucleic acid molecule or mmRNA and
preferably an unlimited number of different modified nucleic acid
molecules or mmRNA. In certain embodiments, the device is capable
of being transported by one or a small number of individuals. In
other embodiments, the device is scaled to fit on a benchtop or
desk. In other embodiments, the device is scaled to fit into a
suitcase, backpack or similarly sized object.
[0652] In another embodiment, the device may be a point of care or
handheld device. In further embodiments, the device is scaled to
fit into a vehicle, such as a car, truck or ambulance, or a
military vehicle such as a tank or personnel carrier. The
information necessary to generate a modified mRNA encoding
polypeptide of interest is present within a computer readable
medium present in the device.
[0653] In one embodiment, a device may be used to assess levels of
a protein which has been administered in the form of a modified
nucleic acid or mmRNA. The device may comprise a blood, urine or
other biofluidic test.
[0654] In some embodiments, the device is capable of communication
(e.g., wireless communication) with a database of nucleic acid and
polypeptide sequences. The device contains at least one sample
block for insertion of one or more sample vessels. Such sample
vessels are capable of accepting in liquid or other form any number
of materials such as template DNA, nucleotides, enzymes, buffers,
and other reagents. The sample vessels are also capable of being
heated and cooled by contact with the sample block. The sample
block is generally in communication with a device base with one or
more electronic control units for the at least one sample block.
The sample block preferably contains a heating module, such heating
molecule capable of heating and/or cooling the sample vessels and
contents thereof to temperatures between about -20 C. and above
+100 C. The device base is in communication with a voltage supply
such as a battery or external voltage supply. The device also
contains means for storing and distributing the materials for RNA
synthesis.
[0655] Optionally, the sample block contains a module for
separating the synthesized nucleic acids. Alternatively, the device
contains a separation module operably linked to the sample block.
Preferably the device contains a means for analysis of the
synthesized nucleic acid. Such analysis includes sequence identity
(demonstrated such as by hybridization), absence of non-desired
sequences, measurement of integrity of synthesized mRNA (such has
by microfluidic viscometry combined with spectrophotometry), and
concentration and/or potency of modified RNA (such as by
spectrophotometry).
[0656] In certain embodiments, the device is combined with a means
for detection of pathogens present in a biological material
obtained from a subject, e.g., the IBIS PLEX-ID system (Abbott,
Abbott Park, Ill.) for microbial identification.
[0657] Suitable devices for use in delivering intradermal
pharmaceutical compositions described herein include short needle
devices such as those described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,886,499;
5,190,521; 5,328,483; 5,527,288; 4,270,537; 5,015,235; 5,141,496;
and 5,417,662; each of which is herein incorporated by reference in
their entirety. Intradermal compositions may be administered by
devices which limit the effective penetration length of a needle
into the skin, such as those described in PCT publication WO
99/34850 (herein incorporated by reference in its entirety) and
functional equivalents thereof. Jet injection devices which deliver
liquid compositions to the dermis via a liquid jet injector and/or
via a needle which pierces the stratum corneum and produces a jet
which reaches the dermis are suitable. Jet injection devices are
described, for example, in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,480,381; 5,599,302;
5,334,144; 5,993,412; 5,649,912; 5,569,189; 5,704,911; 5,383,851;
5,893,397; 5,466,220; 5,339,163; 5,312,335; 5,503,627; 5,064,413;
5,520,639; 4,596,556; 4,790,824; 4,941,880; 4,940,460; and PCT
publications WO 97/37705 and WO 97/13537; each of which are herein
incorporated by reference in their entirety. Ballistic
powder/particle delivery devices which use compressed gas to
accelerate vaccine in powder form through the outer layers of the
skin to the dermis are suitable. Alternatively or additionally,
conventional syringes may be used in the classical mantoux method
of intradermal administration.
[0658] In some embodiments, the device may be a pump or comprise a
catheter for administration of compounds or compositions of the
invention across the blood brain barrier. Such devices include but
are not limited to a pressurized olfactory delivery device,
iontophoresis devices, multi-layered microfluidic devices, and the
like. Such devices may be portable or stationary. They may be
implantable or externally tethered to the body or combinations
thereof.
[0659] Devices for administration may be employed to deliver the
modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA of the present invention
according to single, multi- or split-dosing regimens taught herein.
Such devices are described below.
[0660] Method and devices known in the art for multi-administration
to cells, organs and tissues are contemplated for use in
conjunction with the methods and compositions disclosed herein as
embodiments of the present invention. These include, for example,
those methods and devices having multiple needles, hybrid devices
employing for example lumens or catheters as well as devices
utilizing heat, electric current or radiation driven
mechanisms.
[0661] According to the present invention, these
multi-administration devices may be utilized to deliver the single,
multi- or split doses contemplated herein.
[0662] A method for delivering therapeutic agents to a solid tissue
has been described by Bahrami et al. and is taught for example in
US Patent Publication 20110230839, the contents of which are
incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. According to
Bahrami, an array of needles is incorporated into a device which
delivers a substantially equal amount of fluid at any location in
said solid tissue along each needle's length.
[0663] A device for delivery of biological material across the
biological tissue has been described by Kodgule et al. and is
taught for example in US Patent Publication 20110172610, the
contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety. According to Kodgule, multiple hollow micro-needles made
of one or more metals and having outer diameters from about 200
microns to about 350 microns and lengths of at least 100 microns
are incorporated into the device which delivers peptides, proteins,
carbohydrates, nucleic acid molecules, lipids and other
pharmaceutically active ingredients or combinations thereof.
[0664] A delivery probe for delivering a therapeutic agent to a
tissue has been described by Gunday et al. and is taught for
example in US Patent Publication 20110270184, the contents of each
of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
According to Gunday, multiple needles are incorporated into the
device which moves the attached capsules between an activated
position and an inactivated position to force the agent out of the
capsules through the needles.
[0665] A multiple-injection medical apparatus has been described by
Assaf and is taught for example in US Patent Publication
20110218497, the contents of which are incorporated herein by
reference in their entirety. According to Assaf, multiple needles
are incorporated into the device which has a chamber connected to
one or more of said needles and a means for continuously refilling
the chamber with the medical fluid after each injection.
[0666] In one embodiment, the modified nucleic acid molecule or
mmRNA is administered subcutaneously or intramuscularly via at
least 3 needles to three different, optionally adjacent, sites
simultaneously, or within a 60 minutes period (e.g., administration
to 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, or 10 sites simultaneously or within a 60
minute period). The split doses can be administered simultaneously
to adjacent tissue using the devices described in U.S. Patent
Publication Nos. 20110230839 and 20110218497, each of which is
incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
[0667] An at least partially implantable system for injecting a
substance into a patient's body, in particular a penis erection
stimulation system has been described by Forsell and is taught for
example in US Patent Publication 20110196198, the contents of which
are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. According
to Forsell, multiple needles are incorporated into the device which
is implanted along with one or more housings adjacent the patient's
left and right corpora cavernosa. A reservoir and a pump are also
implanted to supply drugs through the needles.
[0668] A method for the transdermal delivery of a therapeutic
effective amount of iron has been described by Berenson and is
taught for example in US Patent Publication 20100130910, the
contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety. According to Berenson, multiple needles may be used to
create multiple micro channels in stratum corneum to enhance
transdermal delivery of the ionic iron on an iontophoretic
patch.
[0669] A method for delivery of biological material across the
biological tissue has been described by Kodgule et al and is taught
for example in US Patent Publication 20110196308, the contents of
which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
According to Kodgule, multiple biodegradable microneedles
containing a therapeutic active ingredient are incorporated in a
device which delivers proteins, carbohydrates, nucleic acid
molecules, lipids and other pharmaceutically active ingredients or
combinations thereof.
[0670] A transdermal patch comprising a botulinum toxin composition
has been described by Donovan and is taught for example in US
Patent Publication 20080220020, the contents of which are
incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. According to
Donovan, multiple needles are incorporated into the patch which
delivers botulinum toxin under stratum corneum through said needles
which project through the stratum corneum of the skin without
rupturing a blood vessel.
[0671] A small, disposable drug reservoir, or patch pump, which can
hold approximately 0.2 to 15 mL of liquid formulations can be
placed on the skin and deliver the formulation continuously
subcutaneously using a small bore needed (e.g., 26 to 34 gauge). As
non-limiting examples, the patch pump may be 50 mm by 76 mm by 20
mm spring loaded having a 30 to 34 gauge needle (BD.TM.
Microinfuser, Franklin Lakes N.J.), 41 mm by 62 mm by 17 mm with a
2 mL reservoir used for drug delivery such as insulin
(OMNIPOD.RTM., Insulet Corporation Bedford, Mass.), or 43-60 mm
diameter, 10 mm thick with a 0.5 to 10 mL reservoir
(PATCHPUMP.RTM., SteadyMed Therapeutics, San Francisco, Calif.).
Further, the patch pump may be battery powered and/or
rechargeable.
[0672] A cryoprobe for administration of an active agent to a
location of cryogenic treatment has been described by Toubia and is
taught for example in US Patent Publication 20080140061, the
contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety. According to Toubia, multiple needles are incorporated
into the probe which receives the active agent into a chamber and
administers the agent to the tissue.
[0673] A method for treating or preventing inflammation or
promoting healthy joints has been described by Stock et al and is
taught for example in US Patent Publication 20090155186, the
contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety. According to Stock, multiple needles are incorporated in
a device which administers compositions containing signal
transduction modulator compounds.
[0674] A multi-site injection system has been described by Kimmell
et al. and is taught for example in US Patent Publication
20100256594, the contents of which are incorporated herein by
reference in their entirety. According to Kimmell, multiple needles
are incorporated into a device which delivers a medication into a
stratum corneum through the needles.
[0675] A method for delivering interferons to the intradermal
compartment has been described by Dekker et al. and is taught for
example in US Patent Publication 20050181033, the contents of which
are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. According
to Dekker, multiple needles having an outlet with an exposed height
between 0 and 1 mm are incorporated into a device which improves
pharmacokinetics and bioavailability by delivering the substance at
a depth between 0.3 mm and 2 mm.
[0676] A method for delivering genes, enzymes and biological agents
to tissue cells has described by Desai and is taught for example in
US Patent Publication 20030073908, the contents of which are
incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. According to
Desai, multiple needles are incorporated into a device which is
inserted into a body and delivers a medication fluid through said
needles.
[0677] A method for treating cardiac arrhythmias with fibroblast
cells has been described by Lee et al and is taught for example in
US Patent Publication 20040005295, the contents of which are
incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. According to
Lee, multiple needles are incorporated into the device which
delivers fibroblast cells into the local region of the tissue.
[0678] A method using a magnetically controlled pump for treating a
brain tumor has been described by Shachar et al. and is taught for
example in U.S. Pat. No. 7,799,012 (method) and 7,799,016 (device),
the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety. According Shachar, multiple needles were incorporated
into the pump which pushes a medicating agent through the needles
at a controlled rate.
[0679] Methods of treating functional disorders of the bladder in
mammalian females have been described by Versi et al. and are
taught for example in U.S. Pat. No. 8,029,496, the contents of
which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
According to Versi, an array of micro-needles is incorporated into
a device which delivers a therapeutic agent through the needles
directly into the trigone of the bladder.
[0680] A micro-needle transdermal transport device has been
described by Angel et al and is taught for example in U.S. Pat. No.
7,364,568, the contents of which are incorporated herein by
reference in their entirety. According to Angel, multiple needles
are incorporated into the device which transports a substance into
a body surface through the needles which are inserted into the
surface from different directions. The micro-needle transdermal
transport device may be a solid micro-needle system or a hollow
micro-needle system. As a non-limiting example, the solid
micro-needle system may have up to a 0.5 mg capacity, with 300-1500
solid micro-needles per cm.sup.2 about 150-700 .mu.m tall coated
with a drug. The micro-needles penetrate the stratum corneum and
remain in the skin for short duration (e.g., 20 seconds to 15
minutes). In another example, the hollow micro-needle system has up
to a 3 mL capacity to deliver liquid formulations using 15-20
microneedles per cm2 being approximately 950 .mu.m tall. The
micro-needles penetrate the skin to allow the liquid formulations
to flow from the device into the skin. The hollow micro-needle
system may be worn from 1 to 30 minutes depending on the
formulation volume and viscocity.
[0681] A device for subcutaneous infusion has been described by
Dalton et al and is taught for example in U.S. Pat. No. 7,150,726,
the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety. According to Dalton, multiple needles are incorporated
into the device which delivers fluid through the needles into a
subcutaneous tissue.
[0682] A device and a method for intradermal delivery of vaccines
and gene therapeutic agents through microcannula have been
described by Mikszta et al. and are taught for example in U.S. Pat.
No. 7,473,247, the contents of which are incorporated herein by
reference in their entirety. According to Mitszta, at least one
hollow micro-needle is incorporated into the device which delivers
the vaccines to the subject's skin to a depth of between 0.025 mm
and 2 mm.
[0683] A method of delivering insulin has been described by Pettis
et al and is taught for example in U.S. Pat. No. 7,722,595, the
contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety. According to Pettis, two needles are incorporated into a
device wherein both needles insert essentially simultaneously into
the skin with the first at a depth of less than 2.5 mm to deliver
insulin to intradermal compartment and the second at a depth of
greater than 2.5 mm and less than 5.0 mm to deliver insulin to
subcutaneous compartment.
[0684] Cutaneous injection delivery under suction has been
described by Kochamba et al. and is taught for example in U.S. Pat.
No. 6,896,666, the contents of which are incorporated herein by
reference in their entirety. According to Kochamba, multiple
needles in relative adjacency with each other are incorporated into
a device which injects a fluid below the cutaneous layer.
[0685] A device for withdrawing or delivering a substance through
the skin has been described by Down et al and is taught for example
in U.S. Pat. No. 6,607,513, the contents of which are incorporated
herein by reference in their entirety. According to Down, multiple
skin penetrating members which are incorporated into the device
have lengths of about 100 microns to about 2000 microns and are
about 30 to 50 gauge.
[0686] A device for delivering a substance to the skin has been
described by Palmer et al and is taught for example in U.S. Pat.
No. 6,537,242, the contents of which are incorporated herein by
reference in their entirety. According to Palmer, an array of
micro-needles is incorporated into the device which uses a
stretching assembly to enhance the contact of the needles with the
skin and provides a more uniform delivery of the substance.
[0687] A perfusion device for localized drug delivery has been
described by Zamoyski and is taught for example in U.S. Pat. No.
6,468,247, the contents of which are incorporated herein by
reference in their entirety. According to Zamoyski, multiple
hypodermic needles are incorporated into the device which injects
the contents of the hypodermics into a tissue as said hypodermics
are being retracted.
[0688] A method for enhanced transport of drugs and biological
molecules across tissue by improving the interaction between
micro-needles and human skin has been described by Prausnitz et al.
and is taught for example in U.S. Pat. No. 6,743,211, the contents
of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
According to Prausnitz, multiple micro-needles are incorporated
into a device which is able to present a more rigid and less
deformable surface to which the micro-needles are applied.
[0689] A device for intraorgan administration of medicinal agents
has been described by Ting et al and is taught for example in U.S.
Pat. No. 6,077,251, the contents of which are incorporated herein
by reference in their entirety. According to Ting, multiple needles
having side openings for enhanced administration are incorporated
into a device which by extending and retracting said needles from
and into the needle chamber forces a medicinal agent from a
reservoir into said needles and injects said medicinal agent into a
target organ.
[0690] A multiple needle holder and a subcutaneous multiple channel
infusion port has been described by Brown and is taught for example
in U.S. Pat. No. 4,695,273, the contents of which are incorporated
herein by reference in their entirety. According to Brown, multiple
needles on the needle holder are inserted through the septum of the
infusion port and communicate with isolated chambers in said
infusion port.
[0691] A dual hypodermic syringe has been described by Horn and is
taught for example in U.S. Pat. No. 3,552,394, the contents of
which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
According to Horn, two needles incorporated into the device are
spaced apart less than 68 mm and may be of different styles and
lengths, thus enabling injections to be made to different
depths.
[0692] A syringe with multiple needles and multiple fluid
compartments has been described by Hershberg and is taught for
example in U.S. Pat. No. 3,572,336, the contents of which are
incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. According to
Hershberg, multiple needles are incorporated into the syringe which
has multiple fluid compartments and is capable of simultaneously
administering incompatible drugs which are not able to be mixed for
one injection.
[0693] A surgical instrument for intradermal injection of fluids
has been described by Eliscu et al. and is taught for example in
U.S. Pat. No. 2,588,623, the contents of which are incorporated
herein by reference in their entirety. According to Eliscu,
multiple needles are incorporated into the instrument which injects
fluids intradermally with a wider disperse.
[0694] An apparatus for simultaneous delivery of a substance to
multiple breast milk ducts has been described by Hung and is taught
for example in EP 1818017, the contents of which are incorporated
herein by reference in their entirety. According to Hung, multiple
lumens are incorporated into the device which inserts though the
orifices of the ductal networks and delivers a fluid to the ductal
networks.
[0695] A catheter for introduction of medications to the tissue of
a heart or other organs has been described by Tkebuchava and is
taught for example in WO2006138109, the contents of which are
incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. According to
Tkebuchava, two curved needles are incorporated which enter the
organ wall in a flattened trajectory.
[0696] Devices for delivering medical agents have been described by
Mckay et al. and are taught for example in WO2006118804, the
content of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety. According to Mckay, multiple needles with multiple
orifices on each needle are incorporated into the devices to
facilitate regional delivery to a tissue, such as the interior disc
space of a spinal disc.
[0697] A method for directly delivering an immunomodulatory
substance into an intradermal space within a mammalian skin has
been described by Pettis and is taught for example in WO2004020014,
the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety. According to Pettis, multiple needles are incorporated
into a device which delivers the substance through the needles to a
depth between 0.3 mm and 2 mm.
[0698] Methods and devices for administration of substances into at
least two compartments in skin for systemic absorption and improved
pharmacokinetics have been described by Pettis et al. and are
taught for example in WO2003094995, the contents of which are
incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. According to
Pettis, multiple needles having lengths between about 300 .mu.m and
about 5 mm are incorporated into a device which delivers to
intradermal and subcutaneous tissue compartments
simultaneously.
[0699] A drug delivery device with needles and a roller has been
described by Zimmerman et al. and is taught for example in
WO2012006259, the contents of which are incorporated herein by
reference in their entirety. According to Zimmerman, multiple
hollow needles positioned in a roller are incorporated into the
device which delivers the content in a reservoir through the
needles as the roller rotates.
[0700] A drug delivery device such as a stent is known in the art
and is taught for example in U.S. Pub. Nos. US20060020329,
US20040172127 and US20100161032; the contents of which are herein
incorporated by reference in their entirety. Formulations of the
modified nucleic acid molecules and mmRNA described herein may be
delivered using stents. Additionally, stents used herein may be
able to deliver multiple modified nucleic acid molecules and/or
formulations at the same or varied rates of delivery. Non-limiting
examples of manufacturers of stents include CORDIS.RTM. (Miami,
Fla.) (CYPHER.RTM.), Boston Scientific Corporation (Natick, Mass.)
(TAXUS.RTM.), Medtronic (Minneapolis, Minn.) (ENDEAVOUR.RTM.) and
Abbott (Abbott Park, Ill.) (XIENCE V.RTM.).
Methods and Devices Utilizing Catheters and/or Lumens
[0701] Methods and devices using catheters and lumens may be
employed to administer the mmRNA of the present invention on a
single, multi- or split dosing schedule. Such methods and devices
are described below.
[0702] A catheter-based delivery of skeletal myoblasts to the
myocardium of damaged hearts has been described by Jacoby et al and
is taught for example in US Patent Publication 20060263338, the
contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety. According to Jacoby, multiple needles are incorporated
into the device at least part of which is inserted into a blood
vessel and delivers the cell composition through the needles into
the localized region of the subject's heart.
[0703] An apparatus for treating asthma using neurotoxin has been
described by Deem et al and is taught for example in US Patent
Publication 20060225742, the contents of which are incorporated
herein by reference in their entirety. According to Deem, multiple
needles are incorporated into the device which delivers neurotoxin
through the needles into the bronchial tissue.
[0704] A method for administering multiple-component therapies has
been described by Nayak and is taught for example in U.S. Pat. No.
7,699,803, the contents of which are incorporated herein by
reference in their entirety. According to Nayak, multiple injection
cannulas may be incorporated into a device wherein depth slots may
be included for controlling the depth at which the therapeutic
substance is delivered within the tissue.
[0705] A surgical device for ablating a channel and delivering at
least one therapeutic agent into a desired region of the tissue has
been described by McIntyre et al and is taught for example in U.S.
Pat. No. 8,012,096, the contents of which are incorporated herein
by reference in their entirety. According to McIntyre, multiple
needles are incorporated into the device which dispenses a
therapeutic agent into a region of tissue surrounding the channel
and is particularly well suited for transmyocardial
revascularization operations.
[0706] Methods of treating functional disorders of the bladder in
mammalian females have been described by Versi et al and are taught
for example in U.S. Pat. No. 8,029,496, the contents of which are
incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. According to
Versi, an array of micro-needles is incorporated into a device
which delivers a therapeutic agent through the needles directly
into the trigone of the bladder.
[0707] A device and a method for delivering fluid into a flexible
biological barrier have been described by Yeshurun et al. and are
taught for example in U.S. Pat. No. 7,998,119 (device) and
8,007,466 (method), the contents of which are incorporated herein
by reference in their entirety. According to Yeshurun, the
micro-needles on the device penetrate and extend into the flexible
biological barrier and fluid is injected through the bore of the
hollow micro-needles.
[0708] A method for epicardially injecting a substance into an area
of tissue of a heart having an epicardial surface and disposed
within a torso has been described by Bonner et al and is taught for
example in U.S. Pat. No. 7,628,780, the contents of which are
incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. According to
Bonner, the devices have elongate shafts and distal injection heads
for driving needles into tissue and injecting medical agents into
the tissue through the needles.
[0709] A device for sealing a puncture has been described by
Nielsen et al and is taught for example in U.S. Pat. No. 7,972,358,
the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety. According to Nielsen, multiple needles are incorporated
into the device which delivers a closure agent into the tissue
surrounding the puncture tract.
[0710] A method for myogenesis and angiogenesis has been described
by Chiu et al. and is taught for example in U.S. Pat. No.
6,551,338, the contents of which are incorporated herein by
reference in their entirety. According to Chiu, 5 to 15 needles
having a maximum diameter of at least 1.25 mm and a length
effective to provide a puncture depth of 6 to 20 mm are
incorporated into a device which inserts into proximity with a
myocardium and supplies an exogeneous angiogenic or myogenic factor
to said myocardium through the conduits which are in at least some
of said needles.
[0711] A method for the treatment of prostate tissue has been
described by Bolmsj et al. and is taught for example in U.S. Pat.
No. 6,524,270, the contents of which are incorporated herein by
reference in their entirety. According to Bolmsj, a device
comprising a catheter which is inserted through the urethra has at
least one hollow tip extendible into the surrounding prostate
tissue. An astringent and analgesic medicine is administered
through said tip into said prostate tissue.
[0712] A method for infusing fluids to an intraosseous site has
been described by Findlay et al. and is taught for example in U.S.
Pat. No. 6,761,726, the contents of which are incorporated herein
by reference in their entirety. According to Findlay, multiple
needles are incorporated into a device which is capable of
penetrating a hard shell of material covered by a layer of soft
material and delivers a fluid at a predetermined distance below
said hard shell of material.
[0713] A device for injecting medications into a vessel wall has
been described by Vigil et al. and is taught for example in U.S.
Pat. No. 5,713,863, the contents of which are incorporated herein
by reference in their entirety. According to Vigil, multiple
injectors are mounted on each of the flexible tubes in the device
which introduces a medication fluid through a multi-lumen catheter,
into said flexible tubes and out of said injectors for infusion
into the vessel wall.
[0714] A catheter for delivering therapeutic and/or diagnostic
agents to the tissue surrounding a bodily passageway has been
described by Faxon et al. and is taught for example in U.S. Pat.
No. 5,464,395, the contents of which are incorporated herein by
reference in their entirety. According to Faxon, at least one
needle cannula is incorporated into the catheter which delivers the
desired agents to the tissue through said needles which project
outboard of the catheter.
[0715] Balloon catheters for delivering therapeutic agents have
been described by Orr and are taught for example in WO2010024871,
the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety. According to Orr, multiple needles are incorporated into
the devices which deliver the therapeutic agents to different
depths within the tissue. In another aspect, drug-eluting balloons
may be used to deliver the formulations described herein. The
drug-eluting balloons may be used in target lesion applications
such as, but are not limited to, in-stent restenosis, treating
lesion in tortuous vessels, bifurcation lesions, femoral/popliteal
lesions and below the knee lesions.
[0716] A device for deliverying therapeutic agents (e.g., modified
nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA) to tissue disposed about a lumin
has been described by Perry et al. and is taught for example in
U.S. Pat. Pub. US20100125239, the contents of which are herein
incorporated by reference in their entirety. According to Perry,
the catheter has a balloon which may be coated with a therapeutic
agent by methods known in the art and described in Perry. When the
balloon expands, the therapeutic agent will contact the surrounding
tissue. The device may additionally have a heat source to change
the temperature of the coating on the balloon to release the
thereapeutic agent to the tissue.
Methods and Devices Utilizing Electrical Current
[0717] Methods and devices utilizing electric current may be
employed to deliver the mmRNA of the present invention according to
the single, multi- or split dosing regimens taught herein. Such
methods and devices are described below.
[0718] An electro collagen induction therapy device has been
described by Marquez and is taught for example in US Patent
Publication 20090137945, the contents of which are incorporated
herein by reference in their entirety. According to Marquez,
multiple needles are incorporated into the device which repeatedly
pierce the skin and draw in the skin a portion of the substance
which is applied to the skin first.
[0719] An electrokinetic system has been described by Etheredge et
al. and is taught for example in US Patent Publication 20070185432,
the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety. According to Etheredge, micro-needles are incorporated
into a device which drives by an electrical current the medication
through the needles into the targeted treatment site.
[0720] An iontophoresis device has been described by Matsumura et
al. and is taught for example in U.S. Pat. No. 7,437,189, the
contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety. According to Matsumura, multiple needles are incorporated
into the device which is capable of delivering ionizable drug into
a living body at higher speed or with higher efficiency.
[0721] Intradermal delivery of biologically active agents by
needle-free injection and electroporation has been described by
Hoffmann et al and is taught for example in U.S. Pat. No.
7,171,264, the contents of which are incorporated herein by
reference in their entirety. According to Hoffmann, one or more
needle-free injectors are incorporated into an electroporation
device and the combination of needle-free injection and
electroporation is sufficient to introduce the agent into cells in
skin, muscle or mucosa.
[0722] A method for electropermeabilization-mediated intracellular
delivery has been described by Lundkvist et al. and is taught for
example in U.S. Pat. No. 6,625,486, the contents of which are
incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. According to
Lundkvist, a pair of needle electrodes is incorporated into a
catheter. Said catheter is positioned into a body lumen followed by
extending said needle electrodes to penetrate into the tissue
surrounding said lumen. Then the device introduces an agent through
at least one of said needle electrodes and applies electric field
by said pair of needle electrodes to allow said agent pass through
the cell membranes into the cells at the treatment site.
[0723] A delivery system for transdermal immunization has been
described by Levin et al. and is taught for example in
WO2006003659, the contents of which are incorporated herein by
reference in their entirety. According to Levin, multiple
electrodes are incorporated into the device which applies
electrical energy between the electrodes to generate micro channels
in the skin to facilitate transdermal delivery.
[0724] A method for delivering RF energy into skin has been
described by Schomacker and is taught for example in WO2011163264,
the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their
entirety. According to Schomacker, multiple needles are
incorporated into a device which applies vacuum to draw skin into
contact with a plate so that needles insert into skin through the
holes on the plate and deliver RF energy.
DEFINITIONS
[0725] At various places in the present specification, substituents
of compounds of the present disclosure are disclosed in groups or
in ranges. It is specifically intended that the present disclosure
include each and every individual subcombination of the members of
such groups and ranges. For example, the term "C.sub.1-6 alkyl" is
specifically intended to individually disclose methyl, ethyl,
C.sub.3 alkyl, C.sub.4 alkyl, C.sub.5 alkyl, and C.sub.6 alkyl.
[0726] About: As used herein, the term "about" means +/-10% of the
recited value.
[0727] Administered in combination: As used herein, the term
"administered in combination" or "combined administration" means
that two or more agents (e.g., a modified nucleic acid or mRNA
encoding an anti-microbial polypeptide (e.g., an anti-bacterial
polypeptide), e.g., an anti-microbial polypeptide described herein
and an anti-microbial agent (e.g., an anti-microbial polypeptide or
a small molecule anti-microbial compound described herein)) are
administered to a subject at the same time or within an interval
such that there may be an overlap of an effect of each agent on the
patient. In some embodiments, they are administered within about
60, 30, 15, 10, 5, or 1 minute of one another. In some embodiments,
the administrations of the agents are spaced sufficiently close
together such that a combinatorial (e.g., a synergistic) effect is
achieved.
[0728] Animal: As used herein, the term "animal" refers to any
member of the animal kingdom. In some embodiments, "animal" refers
to humans at any stage of development. In some embodiments,
"animal" refers to non-human animals at any stage of development.
In certain embodiments, the non-human animal is a mammal (e.g., a
rodent, a mouse, a rat, a rabbit, a monkey, a dog, a cat, a sheep,
cattle, a primate, or a pig). In some embodiments, animals include,
but are not limited to, mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, fish,
and worms. In some embodiments, the animal is a transgenic animal,
genetically-engineered animal, or a clone.
[0729] Antigens of interest or desired antigens: As used herein,
the terms "antigens of interest" or "desired antigens" include
those proteins and other biomolecules provided herein that are
immunospecifically bound by the antibodies and fragments, mutants,
variants, and alterations thereof described herein. Examples of
antigens of interest include, but are not limited to, insulin,
insulin-like growth factor, hGH, tPA, cytokines, such as
interleukins (IL), e.g., IL-1, IL-2, IL-3, IL-4, IL-5, IL-6, IL-7,
IL-8, IL-9, IL-10, IL-11, IL-12, IL-13, IL-14, IL-15, IL-16, IL-17,
IL-18, interferon (IFN) alpha, IFN beta, IFN gamma, IFN omega or
IFN tau, tumor necrosis factor (TNF), such as TNF alpha and TNF
beta, TNF gamma, TRAIL; G-CSF, GM-CSF, M-CSF, MCP-1 and VEGF.
[0730] Approximately: As used herein, the term "approximately" or
"about," as applied to one or more values of interest, refers to a
value that is similar to a stated reference value. In certain
embodiments, the term "approximately" or "about" refers to a range
of values that fall within 25%, 20%, 19%, 18%, 17%, 16%, 15%, 14%,
13%, 12%, 11%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, or less in
either direction (greater than or less than) of the stated
reference value unless otherwise stated or otherwise evident from
the context (except where such number would exceed 100% of a
possible value).
[0731] Associated with: As used herein, the terms "associated
with," "conjugated," "linked," "attached," and "tethered," when
used with respect to two or more moieties, means that the moieties
are physically associated or connected with one another, either
directly or via one or more additional moieties that serves as a
linking agent, to form a structure that is sufficiently stable so
that the moieties remain physically associated under the conditions
in which the structure is used, e.g., physiological conditions. An
"association" need not be strictly through direct covalent chemical
bonding. It may also suggest ionic or hydrogen bonding or a
hybridization based connectivity sufficiently stable such that the
"associated" entities remain physically associated.
[0732] Bifunctional: As used herein, the term "bifunctional" refers
to any substance, molecule or moiety which is capable of or
maintains at least two functions. The functions may effect the same
outcome or a different outcome. The structure that produces the
function may be the same or different. For example, bifunctional
modified RNA of the present invention may encode a cytotoxic
peptide (a first function) while those nucleosides which comprise
the encoding RNA are, in and of themselves, cytotoxic (second
function). In this example, delivery of the bifunctional modified
RNA to a cancer cell would produce not only a peptide or protein
molecule which may ameliorate or treat the cancer but would also
deliver a cytotoxic payload of nucleosides to the cell should
degradation, instead of translation of the modified RNA, occur.
[0733] Biocompatible: As used herein, the term "biocompatible"
means compatible with living cells, tissues, organs or systems
posing little to no risk of injury, toxicity or rejection by the
immune system.
[0734] Biodegradable: As used herein, the term "biodegradable"
means capable of being broken down into innocuous products by the
action of living things.
[0735] Biologically active: As used herein, the phrase
"biologically active" refers to a characteristic of any substance
that has activity in a biological system and/or organism. For
instance, a substance that, when administered to an organism, has a
biological affect on that organism, is considered to be
biologically active. In particular embodiments, the modified
nucleic acid or mmRNA of the present invention may be considered
biologically active if even a portion of the modified nucleic acid
or mmRNA is biologically active or mimics an activity considered
biologically relevant.
[0736] Chemical terms: The following provides the definition of
various chemical terms from "acyl" to "thiol."
[0737] The term "acyl," as used herein, represents a hydrogen or an
alkyl group (e.g., a haloalkyl group), as defined herein, that is
attached to the parent molecular group through a carbonyl group, as
defined herein, and is exemplified by formyl (i.e., a
carboxyaldehyde group), acetyl, propionyl, butanoyl and the like.
Exemplary unsubstituted acyl groups include from 1 to 7, from 1 to
11, or from 1 to 21 carbons. In some embodiments, the alkyl group
is further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents as described
herein.
[0738] The term "acylamino," as used herein, represents an acyl
group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group
though an amino group, as defined herein (i.e.,
--N(R.sup.N1)--C(O)--R, where R is H or an optionally substituted
C.sub.1-6, C.sub.1-10, or C.sub.1-20 alkyl group and R.sup.N1 is as
defined herein). Exemplary unsubstituted acylamino groups include
from 1 to 41 carbons (e.g., from 1 to 7, from 1 to 13, from 1 to
21, from 2 to 7, from 2 to 13, from 2 to 21, or from 2 to 41
carbons). In some embodiments, the alkyl group is further
substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents as described herein,
and/or the amino group is --NH.sub.2 or --NHR.sup.N1, wherein
R.sup.N1 is, independently, OH, NO.sub.2, NH.sub.2,
NR.sup.N2.sub.2, SO.sub.2OR.sup.N2, SOR.sup.N2, SOR.sup.N2, alkyl,
or aryl, and each R.sup.N2 can be H, alkyl, or aryl.
[0739] The term "acyloxy," as used herein, represents an acyl
group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group
though an oxygen atom (i.e., --O--C(O)--R, where R is H or an
optionally substituted C.sub.1-6, C.sub.1-10, or C.sub.1-20 alkyl
group). Exemplary unsubstituted acyloxy groups include from 1 to 21
carbons (e.g., from 1 to 7 or from 1 to 11 carbons). In some
embodiments, the alkyl group is further substituted with 1, 2, 3,
or 4 substituents as described herein, and/or the amino group is
--NH.sub.2 or --NHR.sup.N1, wherein R.sup.N1 is, independently, OH,
NO.sub.2, NH.sub.2, NR.sup.N2.sub.2, SO.sub.2OR.sup.N2,
SO.sub.2R.sup.N2, SOR.sup.N2, alkyl, or aryl, and each R.sup.N2 can
be H, alkyl, or aryl.
[0740] The term "alkaryl," as used herein, represents an aryl
group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group
through an alkylene group, as defined herein. Exemplary
unsubstituted alkaryl groups are from 7 to 30 carbons (e.g., from 7
to 16 or from 7 to 20 carbons, such as C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10
aryl, C.sub.1-10 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl, or C.sub.1-20 alk-C.sub.6-10
aryl). In some embodiments, the alkylene and the aryl each can be
further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as
defined herein for the respective groups. Other groups preceded by
the prefix "alk-" are defined in the same manner, where "alk"
refers to a C.sub.1-6 alkylene, unless otherwise noted, and the
attached chemical structure is as defined herein.
[0741] The term "alkcycloalkyl" represents a cycloalkyl group, as
defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an
alkylene group, as defined herein (e.g., an alkylene group of from
1 to 4, from 1 to 6, from 1 to 10, or form 1 to 20 carbons). In
some embodiments, the alkylene and the cycloalkyl each can be
further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as
defined herein for the respective group.
[0742] The term "alkenyl," as used herein, represents monovalent
straight or branched chain groups of, unless otherwise specified,
from 2 to 20 carbons (e.g., from 2 to 6 or from 2 to 10 carbons)
containing one or more carbon-carbon double bonds and is
exemplified by ethenyl, 1-propenyl, 2-propenyl,
2-methyl-1-propenyl, 1-butenyl, 2-butenyl, and the like. Alkenyls
include both cis and trans isomers. Alkenyl groups may be
optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups that
are selected, independently, from amino, aryl, cycloalkyl, or
heterocyclyl (e.g., heteroaryl), as defined herein, or any of the
exemplary alkyl substituent groups described herein.
[0743] The term "alkenyloxy" represents a chemical substituent of
formula --OR, where R is a C.sub.2-20 alkenyl group (e.g.,
C.sub.2-6 or C.sub.2-10 alkenyl), unless otherwise specified.
Exemplary alkenyloxy groups include ethenyloxy, propenyloxy, and
the like. In some embodiments, the alkenyl group can be further
substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein
(e.g., a hydroxy group).
[0744] The term "alkheteroaryl" refers to a heteroaryl group, as
defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through an
alkylene group, as defined herein. Exemplary unsubstituted
alkheteroaryl groups are from 2 to 32 carbons (e.g., from 2 to 22,
from 2 to 18, from 2 to 17, from 2 to 16, from 3 to 15, from 2 to
14, from 2 to 13, or from 2 to 12 carbons, such as C.sub.1-6
alk-C.sub.1-12 heteroaryl, C.sub.1-10 alk-C.sub.1-12 heteroaryl, or
C.sub.1-20 alk-C.sub.1-12 heteroaryl). In some embodiments, the
alkylene and the heteroaryl each can be further substituted with 1,
2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein for the respective
group. Alkheteroaryl groups are a subset of alkheterocyclyl
groups.
[0745] The term "alkheterocyclyl" represents a heterocyclyl group,
as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group through
an alkylene group, as defined herein. Exemplary unsubstituted
alkheterocyclyl groups are from 2 to 32 carbons (e.g., from 2 to
22, from 2 to 18, from 2 to 17, from 2 to 16, from 3 to 15, from 2
to 14, from 2 to 13, or from 2 to 12 carbons, such as C.sub.1-6
alk-C.sub.1-12 heterocyclyl, C.sub.1-10 alk-C.sub.1-12
heterocyclyl, or C.sub.1-20 alk-C.sub.1-12 heterocyclyl). In some
embodiments, the alkylene and the heterocyclyl each can be further
substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein
for the respective group.
[0746] The term "alkoxy" represents a chemical substituent of
formula --OR, where R is a C.sub.1-20 alkyl group (e.g., C.sub.1-6
or C.sub.1-10 alkyl), unless otherwise specified. Exemplary alkoxy
groups include methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy (e.g., n-propoxy and
isopropoxy), t-butoxy, and the like. In some embodiments, the alkyl
group can be further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent
groups as defined herein (e.g., hydroxy or alkoxy).
[0747] The term "alkoxyalkoxy" represents an alkoxy group that is
substituted with an alkoxy group. Exemplary unsubstituted
alkoxyalkoxy groups include between 2 to 40 carbons (e.g., from 2
to 12 or from 2 to 20 carbons, such as C.sub.1-6 alkoxy-C.sub.1-6
alkoxy, C.sub.1-10 alkoxy-C.sub.1-10 alkoxy, or C.sub.1-20
alkoxy-C.sub.1-20 alkoxy). In some embodiments, the each alkoxy
group can be further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent
groups as defined herein.
[0748] The term "alkoxyalkyl" represents an alkyl group that is
substituted with an alkoxy group. Exemplary unsubstituted
alkoxyalkyl groups include between 2 to 40 carbons (e.g., from 2 to
12 or from 2 to 20 carbons, such as C.sub.1-6 alkoxy-C.sub.1-6
alkyl, C.sub.1-10 alkoxy-C.sub.1-10 alkyl, or C.sub.1-20
alkoxy-C.sub.1-20 alkyl). In some embodiments, the alkyl and the
alkoxy each can be further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4
substituent groups as defined herein for the respective group.
[0749] The term "alkoxycarbonyl," as used herein, represents an
alkoxy, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group
through a carbonyl atom (e.g., --C(O)--OR, where R is H or an
optionally substituted C.sub.1-6, C.sub.1-10, or C.sub.1-20 alkyl
group). Exemplary unsubstituted alkoxycarbonyl include from 1 to 21
carbons (e.g., from 1 to 11 or from 1 to 7 carbons). In some
embodiments, the alkoxy group is further substituted with 1, 2, 3,
or 4 substituents as described herein.
[0750] The term "alkoxycarbonylalkoxy," as used herein, represents
an alkoxy group, as defined herein, that is substituted with an
alkoxycarbonyl group, as defined herein (e.g., --O-alkyl-C(O)--OR,
where R is an optionally substituted C.sub.1-6, C.sub.1-10, or
C.sub.1-20 alkyl group). Exemplary unsubstituted
alkoxycarbonylalkoxy include from 3 to 41 carbons (e.g., from 3 to
10, from 3 to 13, from 3 to 17, from 3 to 21, or from 3 to 31
carbons, such as C.sub.1-6 alkoxycarbonyl-C.sub.1-6 alkoxy,
C.sub.1-10 alkoxycarbonyl-C.sub.1-10 alkoxy, or C.sub.1-20
alkoxycarbonyl-C.sub.1-20 alkoxy). In some embodiments, each alkoxy
group is further independently substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4
substituents, as described herein (e.g., a hydroxy group).
[0751] The term "alkoxycarbonylalkyl," as used herein, represents
an alkyl group, as defined herein, that is substituted with an
alkoxycarbonyl group, as defined herein (e.g., -alkyl-C(O)--OR,
where R is an optionally substituted C.sub.1-20, C.sub.1-10, or
C.sub.1-6 alkyl group). Exemplary unsubstituted alkoxycarbonylalkyl
include from 3 to 41 carbons (e.g., from 3 to 10, from 3 to 13,
from 3 to 17, from 3 to 21, or from 3 to 31 carbons, such as
C.sub.1-6 alkoxycarbonyl-C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-10
alkoxycarbonyl-C.sub.1-10 alkyl, or C.sub.1-20
alkoxycarbonyl-C.sub.1-20 alkyl). In some embodiments, each alkyl
and alkoxy group is further independently substituted with 1, 2, 3,
or 4 substituents as described herein (e.g., a hydroxy group).
[0752] The term "alkyl," as used herein, is inclusive of both
straight chain and branched chain saturated groups from 1 to 20
carbons (e.g., from 1 to 10 or from 1 to 6), unless otherwise
specified. Alkyl groups are exemplified by methyl, ethyl, n- and
iso-propyl, n-, sec-, iso- and tert-butyl, neopentyl, and the like,
and may be optionally substituted with one, two, three, or, in the
case of alkyl groups of two carbons or more, four substituents
independently selected from the group consisting of: (1) C.sub.1-6
alkoxy; (2) C.sub.1-6 alkylsulfinyl; (3) amino, as defined herein
(e.g., unsubstituted amino (i.e., --NH.sub.2) or a substituted
amino (i.e., --N(R.sup.N1).sub.2, where R.sup.N1 is as defined for
amino); (4) C.sub.6-10 aryl-C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; (5) azido; (6) halo;
(7) (C.sub.2-9heterocyclyl)oxy; (8) hydroxy; (9) nitro; (10) oxo
(e.g., carboxyaldehyde or acyl); (11) C.sub.1-7 spirocyclyl; (12)
thioalkoxy; (13) thiol; (14) --CO.sub.2R.sup.A', where R.sup.A' is
selected from the group consisting of (a) C.sub.1-20 alkyl (e.g.,
C.sub.1-6 alkyl), (b) C.sub.2-20 alkenyl (e.g., C.sub.2-6 alkenyl),
(c) C.sub.6-10 aryl, (d) hydrogen, (e) C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10
aryl, (f) amino-C.sub.1-20 alkyl, (g) polyethylene glycol of
--(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3OR',
wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1
to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from
1 to 10), and R' is H or C.sub.1-20 alkyl, and (h)
amino-polyethylene glycol of
--NR.sup.N1(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3NR-
.sup.N1, wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6
or from 1 to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer
from 0 to 10 (e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1
to 6, or from 1 to 10), and each R.sup.N1 is, independently,
hydrogen or optionally substituted C.sub.1-6 alkyl; (15)
--C(O)NR.sup.B'R.sup.C', where each of R.sup.B' and R.sup.G' is,
independently, selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen,
(b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (c) C.sub.6-10 aryl, and (d) C.sub.1-6
alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl; (16) --SO.sub.2R.sup.D', where R.sup.D' is
selected from the group consisting of (a) C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (b)
C.sub.6-10 aryl, (c) C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl, and (d)
hydroxy; (17) --SO.sub.2NR.sup.E'R.sup.F', where each of R.sup.E'
and R.sup.F' is, independently, selected from the group consisting
of (a) hydrogen, (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (c) C.sub.6-10 aryl and (d)
C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl; (18) --C(O)R.sup.G', where R.sup.G'
is selected from the group consisting of (a) C.sub.1-20 alkyl
(e.g., C.sub.1-6 alkyl), (b) C.sub.2-20 alkenyl (e.g., C.sub.2-6
alkenyl), (c) C.sub.6-10 aryl, (d) hydrogen, (e) C.sub.1-6
alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl, (f) amino-C.sub.1-20 alkyl, (g) polyethylene
glycol of
--(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3OR',
wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1
to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from
1 to 10), and R' is H or C.sub.1-20 alkyl, and (h)
amino-polyethylene glycol of
--NR.sup.N1(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3NR-
.sup.N1, wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6
or from 1 to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer
from 0 to 10 (e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1
to 6, or from 1 to 10), and each R.sup.N1 is, independently,
hydrogen or optionally substituted C.sub.1-6 alkyl; (19)
--NR.sup.H'C(O)R.sup.I', wherein R.sup.H' is selected from the
group consisting of (a1) hydrogen and (b1) C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and
R.sup.I' is selected from the group consisting of (a2) C.sub.1-20
alkyl (e.g., C.sub.1-6 alkyl), (b2) C.sub.2-20 alkenyl (e.g.,
C.sub.2-6 alkenyl), (c2) C.sub.6-10 aryl, (d2) hydrogen, (e2)
C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl, (f2) amino-C.sub.1-20 alkyl, (g2)
polyethylene glycol of
--(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3OR',
wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1
to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from
1 to 10), and R' is H or C.sub.1-20 alkyl, and (h2)
amino-polyethylene glycol of
--NR.sup.N1(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3NR-
.sup.N1, wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6
or from 1 to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer
from 0 to 10 (e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1
to 6, or from 1 to 10), and each R.sup.N1 is, independently,
hydrogen or optionally substituted C.sub.1-6 alkyl; (20)
--NR.sup.J'C(O)OR.sup.K', wherein R.sup.J' is selected from the
group consisting of (a1) hydrogen and (b1) C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and
R.sup.K' is selected from the group consisting of (a2) C.sub.1-20
alkyl (e.g., C.sub.1-6 alkyl), (b2) C.sub.2-20 alkenyl (e.g.,
C.sub.2-6 alkenyl), (c2) C.sub.6-10 aryl, (d2) hydrogen, (e2)
C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl, (f2) amino-C.sub.1-20 alkyl, (g2)
polyethylene glycol of
--(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3OR',
wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1
to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from
1 to 10), and R' is H or C.sub.1-20 alkyl, and (h2)
amino-polyethylene glycol of
--NR.sup.N1(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O).sub.si(CH.sub.2).sub.s3NR-
.sup.N1, wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6
or from 1 to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer
from 0 to 10 (e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1
to 6, or from 1 to 10), and each R.sup.N1 is, independently,
hydrogen or optionally substituted C.sub.1-6 alkyl; and (21)
amidine. In some embodiments, each of these groups can be further
substituted as described herein. For example, the alkylene group of
a C.sub.1-alkaryl can be further substituted with an oxo group to
afford the respective aryloyl substituent.
[0753] The term "alkylene" and the prefix "alk-," as used herein,
represent a saturated divalent hydrocarbon group derived from a
straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon by the removal of
two hydrogen atoms, and is exemplified by methylene, ethylene,
isopropylene, and the like. The term "C.sub.x-y alkylene" and the
prefix "C.sub.x-y alk-" represent alkylene groups having between x
and y carbons. Exemplary values for x are 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6, and
exemplary values for y are 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 12, 14, 16,
18, or 20 (e.g., C.sub.1-6, C.sub.1-10, C.sub.2-20, C.sub.2-6,
C.sub.2-10, or C.sub.2-20 alkylene). In some embodiments, the
alkylene can be further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent
groups as defined herein for an alkyl group.
[0754] The term "alkylsulfinyl," as used herein, represents an
alkyl group attached to the parent molecular group through an
--S(O)-- group. Exemplary unsubstituted alkylsulfinyl groups are
from 1 to 6, from 1 to 10, or from 1 to 20 carbons. In some
embodiments, the alkyl group can be further substituted with 1, 2,
3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein.
[0755] The term "alkylsulfinylalkyl," as used herein, represents an
alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by an alkylsulfinyl
group. Exemplary unsubstituted alkylsulfinylalkyl groups are from 2
to 12, from 2 to 20, or from 2 to 40 carbons. In some embodiments,
each alkyl group can be further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4
substituent groups as defined herein.
[0756] The term "alkynyl," as used herein, represents monovalent
straight or branched chain groups from 2 to 20 carbon atoms (e.g.,
from 2 to 4, from 2 to 6, or from 2 to 10 carbons) containing a
carbon-carbon triple bond and is exemplified by ethynyl,
1-propynyl, and the like. Alkynyl groups may be optionally
substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups that are
selected, independently, from aryl, cycloalkyl, or heterocyclyl
(e.g., heteroaryl), as defined herein, or any of the exemplary
alkyl substituent groups described herein.
[0757] The term "alkynyloxy" represents a chemical substituent of
formula --OR, where R is a C.sub.2-20 alkynyl group (e.g.,
C.sub.2-6 or C.sub.2-10 alkynyl), unless otherwise specified.
Exemplary alkynyloxy groups include ethynyloxy, propynyloxy, and
the like. In some embodiments, the alkynyl group can be further
substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as defined herein
(e.g., a hydroxy group).
[0758] The term "amidine," as used herein, represents a
--C(.dbd.NH)NH.sub.2 group.
[0759] The term "amino," as used herein, represents
--N(R.sup.N1).sub.2, wherein each R.sup.N1 is, independently, H,
OH, NO.sub.2, N(R.sup.N2).sub.2, SO.sub.2OR.sup.N2,
SO.sub.2R.sup.N2, SOR.sup.N2, an N-protecting group, alkyl,
alkenyl, alkynyl, alkoxy, aryl, alkaryl, cycloalkyl, alkcycloalkyl,
carboxyalkyl, sulfoalkyl, heterocyclyl (e.g., heteroaryl), or
alkheterocyclyl (e.g., alkheteroaryl), wherein each of these
recited R.sup.N1 groups can be optionally substituted, as defined
herein for each group; or two R.sup.N1 combine to form a
heterocyclyl or an N-protecting group, and wherein each R.sup.N2
is, independently, H, alkyl, or aryl. The amino groups of the
invention can be an unsubstituted amino (i.e., --NH.sub.2) or a
substituted amino (i.e., --N(R.sup.N1).sub.2). In a preferred
embodiment, amino is --NH.sub.2 or --NHR.sup.N1, wherein R.sup.N1
is, independently, OH, NO.sub.2, NH.sub.2, NR.sup.N2.sub.2,
SO.sub.2OR.sup.N2, SO.sub.2R.sub.N2, SOR.sup.N2, alkyl,
carboxyalkyl, sulfoalkyl, or aryl, and each R.sup.N2 can be H,
C.sub.1-20 alkyl (e.g., C.sub.1-6 alkyl), or C.sub.6-10 aryl.
[0760] The term "amino acid," as described herein, refers to a
molecule having a side chain, an amino group, and an acid group
(e.g., a carboxy group of --CO.sub.2H or a sulfo group of
--SO.sub.3H), wherein the amino acid is attached to the parent
molecular group by the side chain, amino group, or acid group
(e.g., the side chain). In some embodiments, the amino acid is
attached to the parent molecular group by a carbonyl group, where
the side chain or amino group is attached to the carbonyl group.
Exemplary side chains include an optionally substituted alkyl,
aryl, heterocyclyl, alkaryl, alkheterocyclyl, aminoalkyl,
carbamoylalkyl, and carboxyalkyl. Exemplary amino acids include
alanine, arginine, asparagine, aspartic acid, cysteine, glutamic
acid, glutamine, glycine, histidine, hydroxynorvaline, isoleucine,
leucine, lysine, methionine, norvaline, ornithine, phenylalanine,
proline, pyrrolysine, selenocysteine, serine, taurine, threonine,
tryptophan, tyrosine, and valine. Amino acid groups may be
optionally substituted with one, two, three, or, in the case of
amino acid groups of two carbons or more, four substituents
independently selected from the group consisting of: (1) C.sub.1-6
alkoxy; (2) C.sub.1-6 alkylsulfinyl; (3) amino, as defined herein
(e.g., unsubstituted amino (i.e., --NH.sub.2) or a substituted
amino (i.e., --N(R.sup.N1).sub.2, where R.sup.N1 is as defined for
amino); (4) C.sub.6-10 aryl-C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; (5) azido; (6) halo;
(7) (C.sub.2-9 heterocyclyl)oxy; (8) hydroxy; (9) nitro; (10) oxo
(e.g., carboxyaldehyde or acyl); (11) C.sub.1-7 spirocyclyl; (12)
thioalkoxy; (13) thiol; (14) --CO.sub.2R.sup.A', where R.sup.A' is
selected from the group consisting of (a) C.sub.1-20 alkyl (e.g.,
C.sub.1-6 alkyl), (b) C.sub.2-20 alkenyl (e.g., C.sub.2-6 alkenyl),
(c) C.sub.6-10 aryl, (d) hydrogen, (e) C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10
aryl, (f) amino-C.sub.1-20 alkyl, (g) polyethylene glycol of
--(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3OR',
wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1
to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from
1 to 10), and R' is H or C.sub.1-20 alkyl, and (h)
amino-polyethylene glycol of
--NR.sup.N1(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3NR-
.sup.N1, wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6
or from 1 to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer
from 0 to 10 (e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1
to 6, or from 1 to 10), and each R.sup.N1 is, independently,
hydrogen or optionally substituted C.sub.1-6 alkyl; (15)
--C(O)NR.sup.B'R.sup.C', where each of R.sup.B' and R.sup.C' is,
independently, selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen,
(b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (c) C.sub.6-10 aryl, and (d) C.sub.1-6
alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl; (16) --SO.sub.2R.sup.D', where R.sup.D' is
selected from the group consisting of (a) C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (b)
C.sub.6-10 aryl, (c) C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl, and (d)
hydroxy; (17) --SO.sub.2NR.sup.E'R.sup.F', where each of R.sup.E'
and R.sup.F' is, independently, selected from the group consisting
of (a) hydrogen, (b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (c) C.sub.6-10 aryl and (d)
C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl; (18) --C(O)R.sup.G', where R.sup.G'
is selected from the group consisting of (a) C.sub.1-20 alkyl
(e.g., C.sub.1-6 alkyl), (b) C.sub.2-20 alkenyl (e.g., C.sub.2-6
alkenyl), (c) C.sub.6-10 aryl, (d) hydrogen, (e) C.sub.1-6
alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl, (f) amino-C.sub.1-20 alkyl, (g) polyethylene
glycol of
--(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3OR',
wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1
to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from
1 to 10), and R' is H or C.sub.1-20 alkyl, and (h)
amino-polyethylene glycol of
--NR.sup.N1(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3NR-
.sup.N1, wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6
or from 1 to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer
from 0 to 10 (e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1
to 6, or from 1 to 10), and each R.sup.N1 is, independently,
hydrogen or optionally substituted C.sub.1-6 alkyl; (19)
--NR.sup.H'C(O)R.sup.I', wherein R.sup.H' is selected from the
group consisting of (a1) hydrogen and (b1) C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and
R.sup.I' is selected from the group consisting of (a2) C.sub.1-20
alkyl (e.g., C.sub.1-6 alkyl), (b2) C.sub.2-20 alkenyl (e.g.,
C.sub.2-6 alkenyl), (c2) C.sub.6-10 aryl, (d2) hydrogen, (e2)
C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl, (f2) amino-C.sub.1-20 alkyl, (g2)
polyethylene glycol of
--(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3OR',
wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1
to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from
1 to 10), and R' is H or C.sub.1-20 alkyl, and (h2)
amino-polyethylene glycol of
--NR.sup.N1(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3NR-
.sup.N1, wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6
or from 1 to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer
from 0 to 10 (e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1
to 6, or from 1 to 10), and each R.sup.N1 is, independently,
hydrogen or optionally substituted C.sub.1-6 alkyl; (20)
--NR.sup.J'C(O)OR.sup.K', wherein R.sup.J' is selected from the
group consisting of (a1) hydrogen and (b1) C.sub.1-6 alkyl, and
R.sup.K' is selected from the group consisting of (a2) C.sub.1-20
alkyl (e.g., C.sub.1-6 alkyl), (b2) C.sub.2-20 alkenyl (e.g.,
C.sub.2-6 alkenyl), (c2) C.sub.6-10 aryl, (d2) hydrogen, (e2)
C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl, (f2) amino-C.sub.1-20 alkyl, (g2)
polyethylene glycol of
--(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3OR',
wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6 or from 1
to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer from 0 to 10
(e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 6, or from
1 to 10), and R' is H or C.sub.1-20 alkyl, and (h2)
amino-polyethylene glycol of
--NR.sup.N1(CH.sub.2).sub.s2(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2O).sub.s1(CH.sub.2).sub.s3NR-
.sup.N1, wherein s1 is an integer from 1 to 10 (e.g., from 1 to 6
or from 1 to 4), each of s2 and s3, independently, is an integer
from 0 to 10 (e.g., from 0 to 4, from 0 to 6, from 1 to 4, from 1
to 6, or from 1 to 10), and each R.sup.N1 is, independently,
hydrogen or optionally substituted C.sub.1-6 alkyl; and (21)
amidine. In some embodiments, each of these groups can be further
substituted as described herein.
[0761] The term "aminoalkoxy," as used herein, represents an alkoxy
group, as defined herein, substituted by an amino group, as defined
herein. The alkyl and amino each can be further substituted with 1,
2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as described herein for the
respective group (e.g., CO.sub.2R.sup.A', where R.sup.A' is
selected from the group consisting of (a) C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (b)
C.sub.6-10 aryl, (c) hydrogen, and (d) C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10
aryl, e.g., carboxy).
[0762] The term "aminoalkyl," as used herein, represents an alkyl
group, as defined herein, substituted by an amino group, as defined
herein. The alkyl and amino each can be further substituted with 1,
2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as described herein for the
respective group (e.g., CO.sub.2R.sup.A', where R.sup.A' is
selected from the group consisting of (a) C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (b)
C.sub.6-10 aryl, (c) hydrogen, and (d) C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10
aryl, e.g., carboxy).
[0763] The term "aryl," as used herein, represents a mono-,
bicyclic, or multicyclic carbocyclic ring system having one or two
aromatic rings and is exemplified by phenyl, naphthyl,
1,2-dihydronaphthyl, 1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyl, anthracenyl,
phenanthrenyl, fluorenyl, indanyl, indenyl, and the like, and may
be optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 substituents
independently selected from the group consisting of: (1) C.sub.1-7
acyl (e.g., carboxyaldehyde); (2) C.sub.1-20 alkyl (e.g., C.sub.1-6
alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy-C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6
alkylsulfinyl-C.sub.1-6 alkyl, amino-C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
azido-C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (carboxyaldehyde)-C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
halo-C.sub.1-6 alkyl (e.g., perfluoroalkyl), hydroxy-C.sub.1-6
alkyl, nitro-C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 thioalkoxy-C.sub.1-6
alkyl); (3) C.sub.1-20 alkoxy (e.g., C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, such as
perfluoroalkoxy); (4) C.sub.1-6 alkylsulfinyl; (5) C.sub.6-10 aryl;
(6) amino; (7) C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl; (8) azido; (9)
C.sub.3-8 cycloalkyl; (10) C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.3-8 cycloalkyl; (11)
halo; (12) C.sub.1-12 heterocyclyl (e.g., C.sub.1-12 heteroaryl);
(13) (C.sub.1-12 heterocyclyl)oxy; (14) hydroxy; (15) nitro; (16)
C.sub.1-20 thioalkoxy (e.g., C.sub.1-6 thioalkoxy); (17)
--(CH.sub.2).sub.qCO.sub.2R.sup.A', where q is an integer from zero
to four, and R.sup.A' is selected from the group consisting of (a)
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (b) C.sub.6-10 aryl, (c) hydrogen, and (d)
C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl; (18)
--(CH.sub.2).sub.qCONR.sup.B'R.sup.C', where q is an integer from
zero to four and where R.sup.B' and R.sup.C' are independently
selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C.sub.1-6
alkyl, (c) C.sub.6-10 aryl, and (d) C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl;
(19) --(CH.sub.2).sub.qSO.sub.2R.sup.D', where q is an integer from
zero to four and where R.sup.D' is selected from the group
consisting of (a) alkyl, (b) C.sub.6-10 aryl, and (c)
alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl; (20)
--(CH.sub.2).sub.qSO.sub.2NR.sup.E'R.sup.F', where q is an integer
from zero to four and where each of R.sup.E' and R.sup.F' is,
independently, selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen,
(b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (c) C.sub.6-10 aryl, and (d) C.sub.1-6
alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl; (21) thiol; (22) C.sub.6-10 aryloxy; (23)
C.sub.3-8 cycloalkoxy; (24) C.sub.6-10 aryl-C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; (25)
C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.1-12 heterocyclyl (e.g., C.sub.1-6
alk-C.sub.1-12 heteroaryl); (26) C.sub.2-20 alkenyl; and (27)
C.sub.2-20 alkynyl. In some embodiments, each of these groups can
be further substituted as described herein. For example, the
alkylene group of a C.sub.1-alkaryl or a C.sub.1-alkheterocyclyl
can be further substituted with an oxo group to afford the
respective aryloyl and (heterocyclyl)oyl substituent group.
[0764] The term "arylalkoxy," as used herein, represents an alkaryl
group, as defined herein, attached to the parent molecular group
through an oxygen atom. Exemplary unsubstituted alkoxyalkyl groups
include from 7 to 30 carbons (e.g., from 7 to 16 or from 7 to 20
carbons, such as C.sub.6-10 aryl-C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, C.sub.6-10
aryl-C.sub.1-10 alkoxy, or C.sub.6-10 aryl-C.sub.1-20 alkoxy). In
some embodiments, the arylalkoxy group can be substituted with 1,
2, 3, or 4 substituents as defined herein
[0765] The term "aryloxy" represents a chemical substituent of
formula --OR', where R' is an aryl group of 6 to 18 carbons, unless
otherwise specified. In some embodiments, the aryl group can be
substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents as defined herein.
[0766] The term "aryloyl," as used herein, represents an aryl
group, as defined herein, that is attached to the parent molecular
group through a carbonyl group. Exemplary unsubstituted aryloyl
groups are of 7 to 11 carbons. In some embodiments, the aryl group
can be substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents as defined
herein.
[0767] The term "azido" represents an --N.sub.3 group, which can
also be represented as --N.dbd.N.dbd.N.
[0768] The term "bicyclic," as used herein, refer to a structure
having two rings, which may be aromatic or non-aromatic. Bicyclic
structures include spirocyclyl groups, as defined herein, and two
rings that share one or more bridges, where such bridges can
include one atom or a chain including two, three, or more atoms.
Exemplary bicyclic groups include a bicyclic carbocyclyl group,
where the first and second rings are carbocyclyl groups, as defined
herein; a bicyclic aryl groups, where the first and second rings
are aryl groups, as defined herein; bicyclic heterocyclyl groups,
where the first ring is a heterocyclyl group and the second ring is
a carbocyclyl (e.g., aryl) or heterocyclyl (e.g., heteroaryl)
group; and bicyclic heteroaryl groups, where the first ring is a
heteroaryl group and the second ring is a carbocyclyl (e.g., aryl)
or heterocyclyl (e.g., heteroaryl) group. In some embodiments, the
bicyclic group can be substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents
as defined herein for cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, and aryl
groups.
[0769] The terms "carbocyclic" and "carbocyclyl," as used herein,
refer to an optionally substituted C.sub.3-12 monocyclic, bicyclic,
or tricyclic structure in which the rings, which may be aromatic or
non-aromatic, are formed by carbon atoms. Carbocyclic structures
include cycloalkyl, cycloalkenyl, and aryl groups.
[0770] The term "carbamoyl," as used herein, represents
--C(O)--N(R.sup.N1).sub.2, where the meaning of each R.sup.N1 is
found in the definition of "amino" provided herein.
[0771] The term "carbamoylalkyl," as used herein, represents an
alkyl group, as defined herein, substituted by a carbamoyl group,
as defined herein. The alkyl group can be further substituted with
1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as described herein.
[0772] The term "carbamyl," as used herein, refers to a carbamate
group having the structure --NR.sup.N1C(.dbd.O)OR or
--OC(.dbd.O)N(R.sup.N1).sub.2, where the meaning of each R.sup.N1
is found in the definition of "amino" provided herein, and R is
alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkcycloalkyl, aryl, alkaryl, heterocyclyl
(e.g., heteroaryl), or alkheterocyclyl (e.g., alkheteroaryl), as
defined herein.
[0773] The term "carbonyl," as used herein, represents a C(O)
group, which can also be represented as C.dbd.O.
[0774] The term "carboxyaldehyde" represents an acyl group having
the structure --CHO.
[0775] The term "carboxy," as used herein, means --CO.sub.2H.
[0776] The term "carboxyalkoxy," as used herein, represents an
alkoxy group, as defined herein, substituted by a carboxy group, as
defined herein. The alkoxy group can be further substituted with 1,
2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as described herein for the alkyl
group.
[0777] The term "carboxyalkyl," as used herein, represents an alkyl
group, as defined herein, substituted by a carboxy group, as
defined herein. The alkyl group can be further substituted with 1,
2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as described herein.
[0778] The term "cyano," as used herein, represents an --CN
group.
[0779] The term "cycloalkoxy" represents a chemical substituent of
formula --OR, where R is a C.sub.3-8 cycloalkyl group, as defined
herein, unless otherwise specified. The cycloalkyl group can be
further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as
described herein. Exemplary unsubstituted cycloalkoxy groups are
from 3 to 8 carbons.
[0780] The term "cycloalkyl," as used herein represents a
monovalent saturated or unsaturated non-aromatic cyclic hydrocarbon
group from three to eight carbons, unless otherwise specified, and
is exemplified by cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl,
cycloheptyl, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptyl, and the like. When the
cycloalkyl group includes one carbon-carbon double bond, the
cycloalkyl group can be referred to as a "cycloalkenyl" group.
Exemplary cycloalkenyl groups include cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl,
and the like. The cycloalkyl groups of this invention can be
optionally substituted with: (1) C.sub.1-7 acyl (e.g.,
carboxyaldehyde); (2) C.sub.1-20 alkyl (e.g., C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
C.sub.1-6 alkoxy-C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkylsulfinyl-C.sub.1-6
alkyl, amino-C.sub.1-6 alkyl, azido-C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
(carboxyaldehyde)-C.sub.1-6 alkyl, halo-C.sub.1-6 alkyl (e.g.,
perfluoroalkyl), hydroxy-C.sub.1-6 alkyl, nitro-C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or
C.sub.1-6thioalkoxy-C.sub.1-6 alkyl); (3) C.sub.1-20 alkoxy (e.g.,
C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, such as perfluoroalkoxy); (4) C.sub.1-6
alkylsulfinyl; (5) C.sub.6-10 aryl; (6) amino; (7) C.sub.1-6
alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl; (8) azido; (9) C.sub.3-8 cycloalkyl; (10)
C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.3-8 cycloalkyl; (11) halo; (12) C.sub.1-12
heterocyclyl (e.g., C.sub.1-12 heteroaryl); (13) (C.sub.1-12
heterocyclyl)oxy; (14) hydroxy; (15) nitro; (16) C.sub.1-20
thioalkoxy (e.g., C.sub.1-6 thioalkoxy); (17)
--(CH.sub.2).sub.qCO.sub.2R.sup.A', where q is an integer from zero
to four, and R.sup.A' is selected from the group consisting of (a)
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (b) C.sub.6-10 aryl, (c) hydrogen, and (d)
C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl; (18)
--(CH.sub.2).sub.qCONR.sup.B'R.sup.C', where q is an integer from
zero to four and where R.sup.B' and R.sup.C' are independently
selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C.sub.6-10
alkyl, (c) C.sub.6-10 aryl, and (d) C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl;
(19) --(CH.sub.2).sub.qSO.sub.2R.sup.D', where q is an integer from
zero to four and where R.sup.D' is selected from the group
consisting of (a) C.sub.6-10 alkyl, (b) C.sub.6-10 aryl, and (c)
C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl; (20)
--(CH.sub.2).sub.qSO.sub.2NR.sup.E'R.sup.F', where q is an integer
from zero to four and where each of R.sup.E' and R.sup.F' is,
independently, selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen,
(b) C.sub.6-10 alkyl, (c) C.sub.6-10 aryl, and (d) C.sub.1-6
alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl; (21) thiol; (22) C.sub.6-10 aryloxy; (23)
C.sub.3-8 cycloalkoxy; (24) C.sub.6-10 aryl-C.sub.1-6 alkoxy; (25)
C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.1-12 heterocyclyl (e.g., C.sub.1-6
alk-C.sub.1-12 heteroaryl); (26) oxo; (27) C.sub.2-20 alkenyl; and
(28) C.sub.2-20 alkynyl. In some embodiments, each of these groups
can be further substituted as described herein. For example, the
alkylene group of a C.sub.1-alkaryl or a C.sub.1-alkheterocyclyl
can be further substituted with an oxo group to afford the
respective aryloyl and (heterocyclyl)oyl substituent group.
[0781] The term "diasteromer" means stereoisomers that are not
mirror images of one another and are non-superimposable.
[0782] The term "effective amount" of an agent, as used herein, is
that amount sufficient to effect beneficial or desired results, for
example, clinical results, and, as such, an "effective amount"
depends upon the context in which it is being applied. For example,
in the context of administering an agent that treats cancer, an
effective amount of an agent is, for example, an amount sufficient
to achieve treatment, as defined herein, of cancer, as compared to
the response obtained without administration of the agent.
[0783] The term "enantiomer," as used herein, means each individual
optically active form of a compound of the invention, having an
optical purity or enantiomeric excess (as determined by methods
standard in the art) of at least 80% (i.e., at least 90% of one
enantiomer and at most 10% of the other enantiomer), preferably at
least 90% and more preferably at least 98%.
[0784] The term "halo," as used herein, represents a halogen
selected from bromine, chlorine, iodine, or fluorine.
[0785] The term "haloalkoxy," as used herein, represents an alkoxy
group, as defined herein, substituted by a halogen group (i.e., F,
Cl, Br, or I). A haloalkoxy may be substituted with one, two,
three, or, in the case of alkyl groups of two carbons or more, four
halogens. Haloalkoxy groups include perfluoroalkoxys (e.g.,
--OCF.sub.3), --OCHF.sub.2, --OCH.sub.2F, --OCCl.sub.3,
--OCH.sub.2CH.sub.2Br, --OCH.sub.2CH(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2Br)CH.sub.3,
and --OCHICH.sub.3. In some embodiments, the haloalkoxy group can
be further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as
described herein for alkyl groups.
[0786] The term "haloalkyl," as used herein, represents an alkyl
group, as defined herein, substituted by a halogen group (i.e., F,
Cl, Br, or I). A haloalkyl may be substituted with one, two, three,
or, in the case of alkyl groups of two carbons or more, four
halogens. Haloalkyl groups include perfluoroalkyls (e.g.,
--CF.sub.3), --CHF.sub.2, --CH.sub.2F, --CCl.sub.3,
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2Br, --CH.sub.2CH(CH.sub.2CH.sub.2Br)CH.sub.3, and
--CHICH.sub.3. In some embodiments, the haloalkyl group can be
further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as
described herein for alkyl groups.
[0787] The term "heteroalkylene," as used herein, refers to an
alkylene group, as defined herein, in which one or two of the
constituent carbon atoms have each been replaced by nitrogen,
oxygen, or sulfur. In some embodiments, the heteroalkylene group
can be further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as
described herein for alkylene groups.
[0788] The term "heteroaryl," as used herein, represents that
subset of heterocyclyls, as defined herein, which are aromatic:
i.e., they contain 4n+2 pi electrons within the mono- or
multicyclic ring system. Exemplary unsubstituted heteroaryl groups
are of 1 to 12 (e.g., 1 to 11, 1 to 10, 1 to 9, 2 to 12, 2 to 11, 2
to 10, or 2 to 9) carbons. In some embodiment, the heteroaryl is
substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituents groups as defined for a
heterocyclyl group.
[0789] The term "heterocyclyl," as used herein represents a 5-, 6-
or 7-membered ring, unless otherwise specified, containing one,
two, three, or four heteroatoms independently selected from the
group consisting of nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. The 5-membered
ring has zero to two double bonds, and the 6- and 7-membered rings
have zero to three double bonds. Exemplary unsubstituted
heterocyclyl groups are of 1 to 12 (e.g., 1 to 11, 1 to 10, 1 to 9,
2 to 12, 2 to 11, 2 to 10, or 2 to 9) carbons. The term
"heterocyclyl" also represents a heterocyclic compound having a
bridged multicyclic structure in which one or more carbons and/or
heteroatoms bridges two non-adjacent members of a monocyclic ring,
e.g., a quinuclidinyl group. The term "heterocyclyl" includes
bicyclic, tricyclic, and tetracyclic groups in which any of the
above heterocyclic rings is fused to one, two, or three carbocyclic
rings, e.g., an aryl ring, a cyclohexane ring, a cyclohexene ring,
a cyclopentane ring, a cyclopentene ring, or another monocyclic
heterocyclic ring, such as indolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl,
tetrahydroquinolyl, benzofuryl, benzothienyl and the like. Examples
of fused heterocyclyls include tropanes and
1,2,3,5,8,8a-hexahydroindolizine. Heterocyclics include pyrrolyl,
pyrrolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyrazolinyl, pyrazolidinyl,
imidazolyl, imidazolinyl, imidazolidinyl, pyridyl, piperidinyl,
homopiperidinyl, pyrazinyl, piperazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl,
oxazolyl, oxazolidinyl, isoxazolyl, isoxazolidiniyl, morpholinyl,
thiomorpholinyl, thiazolyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl,
isothiazolidinyl, indolyl, indazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl,
quinoxalinyl, dihydroquinoxalinyl, quinazolinyl, cinnolinyl,
phthalazinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, benzoxazolyl,
benzothiadiazolyl, furyl, thienyl, thiazolidinyl, isothiazolyl,
triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl (e.g., 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl),
purinyl, thiadiazolyl (e.g., 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl),
tetrahydrofuranyl, dihydrofuranyl, tetrahydrothienyl,
dihydrothienyl, dihydroindolyl, dihydroquinolyl,
tetrahydroquinolyl, tetrahydroisoquinolyl, dihydroisoquinolyl,
pyranyl, dihydropyranyl, dithiazolyl, benzofuranyl,
isobenzofuranyl, benzothienyl, and the like, including dihydro and
tetrahydro forms thereof, where one or more double bonds are
reduced and replaced with hydrogens. Still other exemplary
heterocyclyls include: 2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-oxo-oxazolyl;
2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-1H-imidazolyl;
2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-5-oxo-1H-pyrazolyl (e.g.,
2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2-phenyl-5-oxo-1H-pyrazolyl);
2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,4-dioxo-1H-imidazolyl (e.g.,
2,3,4,5-tetrahydro-2,4-dioxo-5-methyl-5-phenyl-1H-imidazolyl);
2,3-dihydro-2-thioxo-1,3,4-oxadiazolyl (e.g.,
2,3-dihydro-2-thioxo-5-phenyl-1,3,4-oxadiazolyl);
4,5-dihydro-5-oxo-1H-triazolyl (e.g., 4,5-dihydro-3-methyl-4-amino
5-oxo-1H-triazolyl); 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,4-dioxopyridinyl (e.g.,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,4-dioxo-3,3-diethylpyridinyl);
2,6-dioxo-piperidinyl (e.g.,
2,6-dioxo-3-ethyl-3-phenylpiperidinyl);
1,6-dihydro-6-oxopyridiminyl; 1,6-dihydro-4-oxopyrimidinyl (e.g.,
2-(methylthio)-1,6-dihydro-4-oxo-5-methylpyrimidin-1-yl);
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,4-dioxopyrimidinyl (e.g.,
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,4-dioxo-3-ethylpyrimidinyl);
1,6-dihydro-6-oxo-pyridazinyl (e.g.,
1,6-dihydro-6-oxo-3-ethylpyridazinyl);
1,6-dihydro-6-oxo-1,2,4-triazinyl (e.g.,
1,6-dihydro-5-isopropyl-6-oxo-1,2,4-triazinyl);
2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-1H-indolyl (e.g.,
3,3-dimethyl-2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-1H-indolyl and
2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-3,3'-spiropropane-1H-indol-1-yl);
1,3-dihydro-1-oxo-2H-iso-indolyl;
1,3-dihydro-1,3-dioxo-2H-iso-indolyl; 1H-benzopyrazolyl (e.g.,
1-(ethoxycarbonyl)-1H-benzopyrazolyl);
2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-1H-benzimidazolyl (e.g.,
3-ethyl-2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-1H-benzimidazolyl);
2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-benzoxazolyl (e.g.,
5-chloro-2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-benzoxazolyl);
2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-benzoxazolyl; 2-oxo-2H-benzopyranyl;
1,4-benzodioxanyl; 1,3-benzodioxanyl; 2,3-dihydro-3-oxo,
4H-1,3-benzothiazinyl; 3,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3H-quinazolinyl (e.g.,
2-methyl-3,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3H-quinazolinyl);
1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,4-dioxo-3H-quinazolyl (e.g.,
1-ethyl-1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-2,4-dioxo-3H-quinazolyl);
1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-2,6-dioxo-7H-purinyl (e.g.,
1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-1,3-dimethyl-2,6-dioxo-7 H-purinyl);
1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-2,6-dioxo-1H-purinyl (e.g.,
1,2,3,6-tetrahydro-3,7-dimethyl-2,6-dioxo-1H-purinyl);
2-oxobenz[c,d]indolyl; 1,1-dioxo-2H-naphth[1,8-c,d]isothiazolyl;
and 1,8-naphthylenedicarboxamido. Additional heterocyclics include
3,3a,4,5,6,6a-hexahydro-pyrrolo[3,4-b]pyrrol-(2H)-yl, and
2,5-diazabicyclo[2.2.1]heptan-2-yl, homopiperazinyl (or
diazepanyl), tetrahydropyranyl, dithiazolyl, benzofuranyl,
benzothienyl, oxepanyl, thiepanyl, azocanyl, oxecanyl, and
thiocanyl. Heterocyclic groups also include groups of the
formula
##STR00131##
where E' is selected from the group consisting of --N-- and --CH--;
F' is selected from the group consisting of --N.dbd.CH--,
--NH--CH.sub.2--, --NH--C(O)--, --NH--, --CH.dbd.N--,
--CH.sub.2--NH--, --C(O)--NH--, --CH.dbd.CH--, --CH.sub.2--,
--CH.sub.2CH.sub.2--, --CH.sub.2O--, --OCH.sub.2--, --O--, and
--S--; and G' is selected from the group consisting of --CH-- and
--N--. Any of the heterocyclyl groups mentioned herein may be
optionally substituted with one, two, three, four or five
substituents independently selected from the group consisting of:
(1) C.sub.1-7 acyl (e.g., carboxyaldehyde); (2) C.sub.1-20 alkyl
(e.g., C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6 alkoxy-C.sub.1-6 alkyl, C.sub.1-6
alkylsulfinyl-C.sub.1-6 alkyl, amino-C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
azido-C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (carboxyaldehyde)-C.sub.1-6 alkyl,
halo-C.sub.1-6 alkyl (e.g., perfluoroalkyl), hydroxy-C.sub.1-6
alkyl, nitro-C.sub.1-6 alkyl, or C.sub.1-6 thioalkoxy-C.sub.1-6
alkyl); (3) C.sub.1-20 alkoxy (e.g., C.sub.1-6 alkoxy, such as
perfluoroalkoxy); (4) C.sub.1-6 alkylsulfinyl; (5) C.sub.6-10 aryl;
(6) amino; (7) C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl; (8) azido; (9)
C.sub.3-8 cycloalkyl; (10) C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.3-8 cycloalkyl; (11)
halo; (12) C.sub.1-12 heterocyclyl (e.g., C.sub.2-12 heteroaryl);
(13) (C.sub.1-12 heterocyclyl)oxy; (14) hydroxy; (15) nitro; (16)
C.sub.1-20 thioalkoxy (e.g., C.sub.1-6 thioalkoxy); (17)
--(CH.sub.2).sub.qCO.sub.2R.sup.A', where q is an integer from zero
to four, and R.sup.A' is selected from the group consisting of (a)
C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (b) C.sub.6-10 aryl, (c) hydrogen, and (d)
C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl; (18)
--(CH.sub.2).sub.qCONR.sup.B'R.sup.C', where q is an integer from
zero to four and where R.sup.B' and R.sup.C' are independently
selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen, (b) C.sub.1-6
alkyl, (c) C.sub.6-10 aryl, and (d) C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl;
(19) --(CH.sub.2).sub.qSO.sub.2R.sup.D', where q is an integer from
zero to four and where R.sup.D' is selected from the group
consisting of (a) C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (b) C.sub.6-10 aryl, and (c)
C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl; (20)
--(CH.sub.2).sub.qSO.sub.2NR.sup.E'R.sup.F', where q is an integer
from zero to four and where each of R.sup.E' and R.sup.P' is,
independently, selected from the group consisting of (a) hydrogen,
(b) C.sub.1-6 alkyl, (c) C.sub.6-10 aryl, and (d) C.sub.1-6
alk-C.sub.6-10 aryl; (21) thiol; (22) C.sub.6-10 aryloxy; (23)
C.sub.3-8 cycloalkoxy; (24) arylalkoxy; (25) C.sub.1-6
alk-C.sub.1-12 heterocyclyl (e.g., C.sub.1-6 alk-C.sub.1-12
heteroaryl); (26) oxo; (27) (C.sub.1-12 heterocyclyl)imino; (28)
C.sub.2-20 alkenyl; and (29) C.sub.2-20 alkynyl. In some
embodiments, each of these groups can be further substituted as
described herein. For example, the alkylene group of a
C.sub.1-alkaryl or a C.sub.1-alkheterocyclyl can be further
substituted with an oxo group to afford the respective aryloyl and
(heterocyclyl)oyl substituent group.
[0790] The term "(heterocyclyl)imino," as used herein, represents a
heterocyclyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent
molecular group through an imino group. In some embodiments, the
heterocyclyl group can be substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4
substituent groups as defined herein.
[0791] The term "(heterocyclyl)oxy," as used herein, represents a
heterocyclyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent
molecular group through an oxygen atom. In some embodiments, the
heterocyclyl group can be substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4
substituent groups as defined herein.
[0792] The term "(heterocyclyl)oyl," as used herein, represents a
heterocyclyl group, as defined herein, attached to the parent
molecular group through a carbonyl group. In some embodiments, the
heterocyclyl group can be substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4
substituent groups as defined herein.
[0793] The term "hydrocarbon," as used herein, represents a group
consisting only of carbon and hydrogen atoms.
[0794] The term "hydroxy," as used herein, represents an --OH
group.
[0795] The term "hydroxyalkenyl," as used herein, represents an
alkenyl group, as defined herein, substituted by one to three
hydroxy groups, with the proviso that no more than one hydroxy
group may be attached to a single carbon atom of the alkyl group,
and is exemplified by dihydroxypropenyl, hydroxyisopentenyl, and
the like.
[0796] The term "hydroxyalkyl," as used herein, represents an alkyl
group, as defined herein, substituted by one to three hydroxy
groups, with the proviso that no more than one hydroxy group may be
attached to a single carbon atom of the alkyl group, and is
exemplified by hydroxymethyl, dihydroxypropyl, and the like.
[0797] The term "isomer," as used herein, means any tautomer,
stereoisomer, enantiomer, or diastereomer of any compound of the
invention. It is recognized that the compounds of the invention can
have one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and, therefore,
exist as stereoisomers, such as double-bond isomers (i.e.,
geometric E/Z isomers) or diastereomers (e.g., enantiomers (i.e.,
(+) or (-)) or cis/trans isomers). According to the invention, the
chemical structures depicted herein, and therefore the compounds of
the invention, encompass all of the corresponding stereoisomers,
that is, both the stereomerically pure form (e.g., geometrically
pure, enantiomerically pure, or diastereomerically pure) and
enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures, e.g., racemates.
Enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures of compounds of the
invention can typically be resolved into their component
enantiomers or stereoisomers by well-known methods, such as
chiral-phase gas chromatography, chiral-phase high performance
liquid chromatography, crystallizing the compound as a chiral salt
complex, or crystallizing the compound in a chiral solvent.
Enantiomers and stereoisomers can also be obtained from
stereomerically or enantiomerically pure intermediates, reagents,
and catalysts by well-known asymmetric synthetic methods.
[0798] The term "N-protected amino," as used herein, refers to an
amino group, as defined herein, to which is attached one or two
N-protecting groups, as defined herein.
[0799] The term "N-protecting group," as used herein, represents
those groups intended to protect an amino group against undesirable
reactions during synthetic procedures. Commonly used N-protecting
groups are disclosed in Greene, "Protective Groups in Organic
Synthesis," 3.sup.rd Edition (John Wiley & Sons, New York,
1999), which is incorporated herein by reference. N-protecting
groups include acyl, aryloyl, or carbamyl groups such as formyl,
acetyl, propionyl, pivaloyl, t-butylacetyl, 2-chloroacetyl,
2-bromoacetyl, trifluoroacetyl, trichloroacetyl, phthalyl,
o-nitrophenoxyacetyl, .alpha.-chlorobutyryl, benzoyl,
4-chlorobenzoyl, 4-bromobenzoyl, 4-nitrobenzoyl, and chiral
auxiliaries such as protected or unprotected D, L or D, L-amino
acids such as alanine, leucine, phenylalanine, and the like;
sulfonyl-containing groups such as benzenesulfonyl,
p-toluenesulfonyl, and the like; carbamate forming groups such as
benzyloxycarbonyl, p-chlorobenzyloxycarbonyl,
p-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, p-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl,
2-nitrobenzyloxycarbonyl, p-bromobenzyloxycarbonyl,
3,4-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 3,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl,
2,4-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl, 4-methoxybenzyloxycarbonyl,
2-nitro-4,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl,
3,4,5-trimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl,
1-(p-biphenylyl)-1-methylethoxycarbonyl,
.alpha.,.alpha.-dimethyl-3,5-dimethoxybenzyloxycarbonyl,
benzhydryloxy carbonyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl,
diisopropylmethoxycarbonyl, isopropyloxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl,
methoxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, 2,2,2,-trichloroethoxycarbonyl,
phenoxycarbonyl, 4-nitrophenoxy carbonyl,
fluorenyl-9-methoxycarbonyl, cyclopentyloxycarbonyl,
adamantyloxycarbonyl, cyclohexyloxycarbonyl, phenylthiocarbonyl,
and the like, alkaryl groups such as benzyl, triphenylmethyl,
benzyloxymethyl, and the like and silyl groups, such as
trimethylsilyl, and the like. Preferred N-protecting groups are
formyl, acetyl, benzoyl, pivaloyl, t-butylacetyl, alanyl,
phenylsulfonyl, benzyl, t-butyloxycarbonyl (Boc), and
benzyloxycarbonyl (Cbz).
[0800] The term "nitro," as used herein, represents an --NO.sub.2
group.
[0801] The term "oxo" as used herein, represents=O.
[0802] The term "perfluoroalkyl," as used herein, represents an
alkyl group, as defined herein, where each hydrogen radical bound
to the alkyl group has been replaced by a fluoride radical.
Perfluoroalkyl groups are exemplified by trifluoromethyl,
pentafluoroethyl, and the like.
[0803] The term "perfluoroalkoxy," as used herein, represents an
alkoxy group, as defined herein, where each hydrogen radical bound
to the alkoxy group has been replaced by a fluoride radical.
Perfluoroalkoxy groups are exemplified by trifluoromethoxy,
pentafluoroethoxy, and the like.
[0804] The term "spirocyclyl," as used herein, represents a
C.sub.2-7 alkylene diradical, both ends of which are bonded to the
same carbon atom of the parent group to form a spirocyclic group,
and also a C.sub.1-6 heteroalkylene diradical, both ends of which
are bonded to the same atom. The heteroalkylene radical forming the
spirocyclyl group can containing one, two, three, or four
heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of
nitrogen, oxygen, and sulfur. In some embodiments, the spirocyclyl
group includes one to seven carbons, excluding the carbon atom to
which the diradical is attached. The spirocyclyl groups of the
invention may be optionally substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4
substituents provided herein as optional substituents for
cycloalkyl and/or heterocyclyl groups.
[0805] The term "stereoisomer," as used herein, refers to all
possible different isomeric as well as conformational forms which a
compound may possess (e.g., a compound of any formula described
herein), in particular all possible stereochemically and
conformationally isomeric forms, all diastereomers, enantiomers
and/or conformers of the basic molecular structure. Some compounds
of the present invention may exist in different tautomeric forms,
all of the latter being included within the scope of the present
invention.
[0806] The term "sulfoalkyl," as used herein, represents an alkyl
group, as defined herein, substituted by a sulfo group of
--SO.sub.3H. In some embodiments, the alkyl group can be further
substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as described
herein.
[0807] The term "sulfonyl," as used herein, represents an
--S(O).sub.2-- group.
[0808] The term "thioalkaryl," as used herein, represents a
chemical substituent of formula --SR, where R is an alkaryl group.
In some embodiments, the alkaryl group can be further substituted
with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as described herein.
[0809] The term "thioalkheterocyclyl," as used herein, represents a
chemical substituent of formula --SR, where R is an alkheterocyclyl
group. In some embodiments, the alkheterocyclyl group can be
further substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as
described herein.
[0810] The term "thioalkoxy," as used herein, represents a chemical
substituent of formula --SR, where R is an alkyl group, as defined
herein. In some embodiments, the alkyl group can be further
substituted with 1, 2, 3, or 4 substituent groups as described
herein.
[0811] The term "thiol" represents an --SH group.
[0812] Compound: As used herein, the term "compound," is meant to
include all stereoisomers, geometric isomers, tautomers, and
isotopes of the structures depicted.
[0813] The compounds described herein can be asymmetric (e.g.,
having one or more stereocenters). All stereoisomers, such as
enantiomers and diastereomers, are intended unless otherwise
indicated. Compounds of the present disclosure that contain
asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms can be isolated in
optically active or racemic forms. Methods on how to prepare
optically active forms from optically active starting materials are
known in the art, such as by resolution of racemic mixtures or by
stereoselective synthesis. Many geometric isomers of olefins,
C.dbd.N double bonds, and the like can also be present in the
compounds described herein, and all such stable isomers are
contemplated in the present disclosure. Cis and trans geometric
isomers of the compounds of the present disclosure are described
and may be isolated as a mixture of isomers or as separated
isomeric forms.
[0814] Compounds of the present disclosure also include tautomeric
forms. Tautomeric forms result from the swapping of a single bond
with an adjacent double bond and the concomitant migration of a
proton. Tautomeric forms include prototropic tautomers which are
isomeric protonation states having the same empirical formula and
total charge. Examples prototropic tautomers include ketone--enol
pairs, amide--imidic acid pairs, lactam--lactim pairs,
amide--imidic acid pairs, enamine--imine pairs, and annular forms
where a proton can occupy two or more positions of a heterocyclic
system, such as, 1H- and 3H-imidazole, 1H-, 2H- and
4H-1,2,4-triazole, 1H- and 2H-isoindole, and 1H- and 2H-pyrazole.
Tautomeric forms can be in equilibrium or sterically locked into
one form by appropriate substitution.
[0815] Compounds of the present disclosure also include all of the
isotopes of the atoms occurring in the intermediate or final
compounds. "Isotopes" refers to atoms having the same atomic number
but different mass numbers resulting from a different number of
neutrons in the nuclei. For example, isotopes of hydrogen include
tritium and deuterium.
[0816] The compounds and salts of the present disclosure can be
prepared in combination with solvent or water molecules to form
solvates and hydrates by routine methods.
[0817] Conserved: As used herein, the term "conserved" refers to
nucleotides or amino acid residues of a polynucleotide sequence or
polypeptide sequence, respectively, that are those that occur
unaltered in the same position of two or more sequences being
compared. Nucleotides or amino acids that are relatively conserved
are those that are conserved amongst more related sequences than
nucleotides or amino acids appearing elsewhere in the
sequences.
[0818] In some embodiments, two or more sequences are said to be
"completely conserved" if they are 100% identical to one another.
In some embodiments, two or more sequences are said to be "highly
conserved" if they are at least 70% identical, at least 80%
identical, at least 90% identical, or at least 95% identical to one
another. In some embodiments, two or more sequences are said to be
"highly conserved" if they are about 70% identical, about 80%
identical, about 90% identical, about 95%, about 98%, or about 99%
identical to one another. In some embodiments, two or more
sequences are said to be "conserved" if they are at least 30%
identical, at least 40% identical, at least 50% identical, at least
60% identical, at least 70% identical, at least 80% identical, at
least 90% identical, or at least 95% identical to one another. In
some embodiments, two or more sequences are said to be "conserved"
if they are about 30% identical, about 40% identical, about 50%
identical, about 60% identical, about 70% identical, about 80%
identical, about 90% identical, about 95% identical, about 98%
identical, or about 99% identical to one another. Conservation of
sequence may apply to the entire length of an oligonucleotide or
polypeptide or may apply to a portion, region or feature
thereof.
[0819] Controlled Release: As used herein, the term "controlled
release" refers to a pharmaceutical composition or compound release
profile that conforms to a particular pattern of release to effect
a therapeutic outcome.
[0820] Cyclic or Cyclized: As used herein, the term "cyclic" refers
to the presence of a continuous loop. Cyclic molecules need not be
circular, only joined to form an unbroken chain of subunits. Cyclic
molecules such as the engineered RNA or mRNA of the present
invention may be single units or multimers or comprise one or more
components of a complex or higher order structure.
[0821] Cytostatic: As used herein, "cytostatic" refers to
inhibiting, reducing, suppressing the growth, division, or
multiplication of a cell (e.g., a mammalian cell (e.g., a human
cell)), bacterium, virus, fungus, protozoan, parasite, prion, or a
combination thereof.
[0822] Cytotoxic: As used herein, "cytotoxic" refers to killing or
causing injurious, toxic, or deadly effect on a cell (e.g., a
mammalian cell (e.g., a human cell)), bacterium, virus, fungus,
protozoan, parasite, prion, or a combination thereof.
[0823] Delivery: As used herein, "delivery" refers to the act or
manner of delivering a compound, substance, entity, moiety, cargo
or payload.
[0824] Delivery Agent: As used herein, "delivery agent" refers to
any substance which facilitates, at least in part, the in vivo
delivery of a modified nucleic acid or mmRNA to targeted cells.
[0825] Destabilized: As used herein, the term "destable,"
"destabilize," or "destabilizing region" means a region or molecule
that is less stable than a starting, wild-type or native form of
the same region or molecule.
[0826] Detectable label: As used herein, "detectable label" refers
to one or more markers, signals, or moieties which are attached,
incorporated or associated with another entity that is readily
detected by methods known in the art including radiography,
fluorescence, chemiluminescence, enzymatic activity, absorbance and
the like. Detectable labels include radioisotopes, fluorophores,
chromophores, enzymes, dyes, metal ions, ligands such as biotin,
avidin, streptavidin and haptens, quantum dots, and the like.
Detectable labels may be located at any position in the peptides or
proteins disclosed herein. They may be within the amino acids, the
peptides, or proteins, or located at the N- or C-termini.
[0827] Digest: As used herein, the term "digest" means to break
apart into smaller pieces or components. When referring to
polypeptides or proteins, digestion results in the production of
peptides.
[0828] Distal: As used herein, the term "distal" means situated
away from the center or away from a point or region of
interest.
[0829] Dose splitting factor (DSF)-ratio of PUD of dose split
treatment divided by PUD of total daily dose or single unit dose.
The value is derived from comparison of dosing regimens groups.
[0830] Encapsulate: As used herein, the term "encapsulate" means to
enclose, surround or encase.
[0831] Engineered: As used herein, embodiments of the invention are
"engineered" when they are designed to have a feature or property,
whether structural or chemical, that varies from a starting point,
wild type or native molecule.
[0832] Exosome: As used herein, "exosome" is a vesicle secreted by
mammalian cells. Expression: As used herein, "expression" of a
nucleic acid sequence refers to one or more of the following
events: (1) production of an RNA template from a DNA sequence
(e.g., by transcription); (2) processing of an RNA transcript
(e.g., by splicing, editing, 5' cap formation, and/or 3' end
processing); (3) translation of an RNA into a polypeptide or
protein; and (4) post-translational modification of a polypeptide
or protein.
[0833] Feature: As used herein, a "feature" refers to a
characteristic, a property, or a distinctive element.
[0834] Formulation: As used herein, a "formulation" includes at
least a modified nucleic acid or mmRNA and a delivery agent.
[0835] Fragment: A "fragment," as used herein, refers to a portion.
For example, fragments of proteins may comprise polypeptides
obtained by digesting full-length protein isolated from cultured
cells.
[0836] Functional: As used herein, a "functional" biological
molecule is a biological molecule in a form in which it exhibits a
property and/or activity by which it is characterized.
[0837] Homology: As used herein, the term "homology" refers to the
overall relatedness between polymeric molecules, e.g. between
nucleic acid molecules (e.g. DNA molecules and/or RNA molecules)
and/or between polypeptide molecules. In some embodiments,
polymeric molecules are considered to be "homologous" to one
another if their sequences are at least 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%,
50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% identical
or similar. The term "homologous" necessarily refers to a
comparison between at least two sequences (polynucleotide or
polypeptide sequences). In accordance with the invention, two
polynucleotide sequences are considered to be homologous if the
polypeptides they encode are at least about 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%,
90%, 95%, or even 99% for at least one stretch of at least about 20
amino acids. In some embodiments, homologous polynucleotide
sequences are characterized by the ability to encode a stretch of
at least 4-5 uniquely specified amino acids. For polynucleotide
sequences less than 60 nucleotides in length, homology is
determined by the ability to encode a stretch of at least 4-5
uniquely specified amino acids. In accordance with the invention,
two protein sequences are considered to be homologous if the
proteins are at least about 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% identical
for at least one stretch of at least about 20 amino acids.
[0838] Identity: As used herein, the term "identity" refers to the
overall relatedness between polymeric molecules, e.g., between
oligonucleotide molecules (e.g. DNA molecules and/or RNA molecules)
and/or between polypeptide molecules. Calculation of the percent
identity of two polynucleotide sequences, for example, can be
performed by aligning the two sequences for optimal comparison
purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in one or both of a first
and a second nucleic acid sequences for optimal alignment and
non-identical sequences can be disregarded for comparison
purposes). In certain embodiments, the length of a sequence aligned
for comparison purposes is at least 30%, at least 40%, at least
50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at
least 95%, or 100% of the length of the reference sequence. The
nucleotides at corresponding nucleotide positions are then
compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the
same nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second
sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position. The
percent identity between the two sequences is a function of the
number of identical positions shared by the sequences, taking into
account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap, which needs
to be introduced for optimal alignment of the two sequences. The
comparison of sequences and determination of percent identity
between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical
algorithm. For example, the percent identity between two nucleotide
sequences can be determined using methods such as those described
in Computational Molecular Biology, Lesk, A. M., ed., Oxford
University Press, New York, 1988; Biocomputing: Informatics and
Genome Projects, Smith, D. W., ed., Academic Press, New York, 1993;
Sequence Analysis in Molecular Biology, von Heinje, G., Academic
Press, 1987; Computer Analysis of Sequence Data, Part I, Griffin,
A. M., and Griffin, H. G., eds., Humana Press, New Jersey, 1994;
and Sequence Analysis Primer, Gribskov, M. and Devereux, J., eds.,
M Stockton Press, New York, 1991; each of which is incorporated
herein by reference. For example, the percent identity between two
nucleotide sequences can be determined using the algorithm of
Meyers and Miller (CABIOS, 1989, 4:11-17), which has been
incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0) using a PAM120
weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty
of 4. The percent identity between two nucleotide sequences can,
alternatively, be determined using the GAP program in the GCG
software package using an NWSgapdna.CMP matrix. Methods commonly
employed to determine percent identity between sequences include,
but are not limited to those disclosed in Carillo, H., and Lipman,
D., SIAM J Applied Math., 48:1073 (1988); incorporated herein by
reference. Techniques for determining identity are codified in
publicly available computer programs. Exemplary computer software
to determine homology between two sequences include, but are not
limited to, GCG program package, Devereux, J., et al., Nucleic
Acids Research, 12(1), 387 (1984)), BLASTP, BLASTN, and FASTA
Altschul, S. F. et al., J. Molec. Biol., 215, 403 (1990)).
[0839] Inhibit expression of a gene: As used herein, the phrase
"inhibit expression of a gene" means to cause a reduction in the
amount of an expression product of the gene. The expression product
can be an RNA transcribed from the gene (e.g., an mRNA) or a
polypeptide translated from an mRNA transcribed from the gene.
Typically a reduction in the level of an mRNA results in a
reduction in the level of a polypeptide translated therefrom. The
level of expression may be determined using standard techniques for
measuring mRNA or protein.
[0840] In vitro: As used herein, the term "in vitro" refers to
events that occur in an artificial environment, e.g., in a test
tube or reaction vessel, in cell culture, in a Petri dish, etc.,
rather than within an organism (e.g., animal, plant, or
microbe).
[0841] In vivo: As used herein, the term "in vivo" refers to events
that occur within an organism (e.g., animal, plant, or microbe or
cell or tissue thereof).
[0842] Isolated: As used herein, the term "isolated" refers to a
substance or entity that has been separated from at least some of
the components with which it was associated (whether in nature or
in an experimental setting). Isolated substances may have varying
levels of purity in reference to the substances from which they
have been associated. Isolated substances and/or entities may be
separated from at least about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about 40%,
about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, or more of
the other components with which they were initially associated. In
some embodiments, isolated agents are more than about 80%, about
85%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about
95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or more than about
99% pure. As used herein, a substance is "pure" if it is
substantially free of other components. Substantially isolated: By
"substantially isolated" is meant that the compound is
substantially separated from the environment in which it was formed
or detected. Partial separation can include, for example, a
composition enriched in the compound of the present disclosure.
Substantial separation can include compositions containing at least
about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about
80%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 97%, or
at least about 99% by weight of the compound of the present
disclosure, or salt thereof. Methods for isolating compounds and
their salts are routine in the art.
[0843] Linker: As used herein, a linker refers to a group of atoms,
e.g., 10-1,000 atoms, and can be comprised of the atoms or groups
such as, but not limited to, carbon, amino, alkylamino, oxygen,
sulfur, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, carbonyl, and imine. The linker can be
attached to a modified nucleoside or nucleotide on the nucleobase
or sugar moiety at a first end, and to a payload, e.g., a
detectable or therapeutic agent, at a second end. The linker may be
of sufficient length as to not interfere with incorporation into a
nucleic acid sequence. The linker can be used for any useful
purpose, such as to form mmRNA multimers (e.g., through linkage of
two or more modified nucleic acid molecules or mmRNA molecules) or
mmRNA conjugates, as well as to administer a payload, as described
herein. Examples of chemical groups that can be incorporated into
the linker include, but are not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl,
alkynyl, amido, amino, ether, thioether, ester, alkylene,
heteroalkylene, aryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which can be
optionally substituted, as described herein. Examples of linkers
include, but are not limited to, unsaturated alkanes, polyethylene
glycols (e.g., ethylene or propylene glycol monomeric units, e.g.,
diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol,
tripropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, or tetraethylene
glycol), and dextran polymers and derivatives thereof. Other
examples include, but are not limited to, cleavable moieties within
the linker, such as, for example, a disulfide bond (--S--S--) or an
azo bond (--N.dbd.N--), which can be cleaved using a reducing agent
or photolysis. Non-limiting examples of a selectively cleavable
bond include an amido bond can be cleaved for example by the use of
tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine (TCEP), or other reducing agents,
and/or photolysis, as well as an ester bond can be cleaved for
example by acidic or basic hydrolysis.
[0844] MicroRNA (miRNA) binding site: As used herein, a microRNA
(miRNA) binding site represents a nucleotide location or region of
a nucleic acid transcript to which at least the "seed" region of a
miRNA binds.
[0845] Modified: As used herein "modified" refers to a changed
state or structure of a molecule of the invention. Molecules may be
modified in many ways including chemically, structurally, and
functionally. In one embodiment, the mRNA molecules of the present
invention are modified by the introduction of non-natural
nucleosides and/or nucleotides.
[0846] Mucus: As used herein, "mucus" refers to a natural substance
that is viscous and comprises mucin glycoproteins.
[0847] Naturally occurring: As used herein, "naturally occurring"
means existing in nature without artificial aid.
[0848] Non-human vertebrate: As used herein, a "non human
vertebrate" includes all vertebrates except Homo sapiens, including
wild and domesticated species. Examples of non-human vertebrates
include, but are not limited to, mammals, such as alpaca, banteng,
bison, camel, cat, cattle, deer, dog, donkey, gayal, goat, guinea
pig, horse, llama, mule, pig, rabbit, reindeer, sheep water
buffalo, and yak.
[0849] Off-target: As used herein, "off target" refers to any
unintended effect on any one or more target, gene, or cellular
transcript.
[0850] Open reading frame: As used herein, "open reading frame" or
"ORF" refers to a sequence which does not contain a stop codon in a
given reading frame.
[0851] Operably linked: As used herein, the phrase "operably
linked" refers to a functional connection between two or more
molecules, constructs, transcripts, entities, moieties or the
like.
[0852] Paratope: As used herein, a "paratope" refers to the
antigen-binding site of an antibody.
[0853] Patient: As used herein, "patient" refers to a subject who
may seek or be in need of treatment, requires treatment, is
receiving treatment, will receive treatment, or a subject who is
under care by a trained professional for a particular disease or
condition.
[0854] Peptide: As used herein, "peptide" is less than or equal to
50 amino acids long, e.g., about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45,
or 50 amino acids long.
[0855] Pharmaceutically acceptable: The phrase "pharmaceutically
acceptable" is employed herein to refer to those compounds,
materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the
scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with
the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity,
irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication,
commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
[0856] Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients: The phrase
"pharmaceutically acceptable excipient," as used herein, refers any
ingredient other than the compounds described herein (for example,
a vehicle capable of suspending or dissolving the active compound)
and having the properties of being substantially nontoxic and
non-inflammatory in a patient. Excipients may include, for example:
antiadherents, antioxidants, binders, coatings, compression aids,
disintegrants, dyes (colors), emollients, emulsifiers, fillers
(diluents), film formers or coatings, flavors, fragrances, glidants
(flow enhancers), lubricants, preservatives, printing inks,
sorbents, suspensing or dispersing agents, sweeteners, and waters
of hydration. Exemplary excipients include, but are not limited to:
butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), calcium carbonate, calcium
phosphate (dibasic), calcium stearate, croscarmellose, crosslinked
polyvinyl pyrrolidone, citric acid, crospovidone, cysteine,
ethylcellulose, gelatin, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl
methylcellulose, lactose, magnesium stearate, maltitol, mannitol,
methionine, methylcellulose, methyl paraben, microcrystalline
cellulose, polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, povidone,
pregelatinized starch, propyl paraben, retinyl palmitate, shellac,
silicon dioxide, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium citrate,
sodium starch glycolate, sorbitol, starch (corn), stearic acid,
sucrose, talc, titanium dioxide, vitamin A, vitamin E, vitamin C,
and xylitol.
[0857] Pharmaceutically acceptable salts: The present disclosure
also includes pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds
described herein. As used herein, "pharmaceutically acceptable
salts" refers to derivatives of the disclosed compounds wherein the
parent compound is modified by converting an existing acid or base
moiety to its salt form (e.g., by reacting the free base group with
a suitable organic acid). Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable
salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid
salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of
acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like.
Representative acid addition salts include acetate, adipate,
alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate,
bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate,
cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate,
ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate,
hemisulfate, heptonate, hexanoate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride,
hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate,
laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate,
methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate,
oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate,
3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate,
stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate,
toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like.
Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium,
lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like, as well as
nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations,
including, but not limited to ammonium, tetramethylammonium,
tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine,
triethylamine, ethylamine, and the like. The pharmaceutically
acceptable salts of the present disclosure include the conventional
non-toxic salts of the parent compound formed, for example, from
non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. The pharmaceutically
acceptable salts of the present disclosure can be synthesized from
the parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by
conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be
prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds
with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in
water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two;
generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol,
isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts
are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17.sup.th ed.,
Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1985, p. 1418, Pharmaceutical
Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use, P. H. Stahl and C. G.
Wermuth (eds.), Wiley-VCH, 2008, and Berge et al., Journal of
Pharmaceutical Science, 66, 1-19 (1977), each of which is
incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.
[0858] Pharmaceutically acceptable solvate: The term
"pharmaceutically acceptable solvate," as used herein, means a
compound of the invention wherein molecules of a suitable solvent
are incorporated in the crystal lattice. A suitable solvent is
physiologically tolerable at the dosage administered. For example,
solvates may be prepared by crystallization, recrystallization, or
precipitation from a solution that includes organic solvents,
water, or a mixture thereof. Examples of suitable solvents are
ethanol, water (for example, mono-, di-, and tri-hydrates),
N-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO),
N,N'-dimethylformamide (DMF), N,N'-dimethylacetamide (DMAC),
1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone (DMEU),
1,3-dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-(1H)-pyrimidinone (DMPU),
acetonitrile (ACN), propylene glycol, ethyl acetate, benzyl
alcohol, 2-pyrrolidone, benzyl benzoate, and the like. When water
is the solvent, the solvate is referred to as a "hydrate."
[0859] Pharmacokinetic: As used herein, "pharmacokinetic" refers to
any one or more properties of a molecule or compound as it relates
to the determination of the fate of substances administered to a
living organism. Pharmacokinetics is divided into several areas
including the extent and rate of absorption, distribution,
metabolism and excretion. This is commonly referred to as ADME
where: (A) Absorption is the process of a substance entering the
blood circulation; (D) Distribution is the dispersion or
dissemination of substances throughout the fluids and tissues of
the body; (M) Metabolism (or Biotransformation) is the irreversible
transformation of parent compounds into daughter metabolites; and
(E) Excretion (or Elimination) refers to the elimination of the
substances from the body. In rare cases, some drugs irreversibly
accumulate in body tissue.
[0860] Pharmacologic effect: As used herein, a "pharmacologic
effect" is a measurable biologic phenomenon in an organism or
system which occurs after the organism or system has been contacted
with or exposed to an exogenous agent. Pharmacologic effects may
result in therapeutically effective outcomes such as the treatment,
improvement of one or more symptoms, diagnosis, prevention, and
delay of onset of disease, disorder, condition or infection.
Measurement of such biologic phenomena may be quantitative,
qualitative or relative to another biologic phenomenon.
Quantitative measurements may be statistically significant.
Qualitative measurements may be by degree or kind and may be at
least 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more
different. They may be observable as present or absent, better or
worse, greater or less. Exogenous agents, when referring to
pharmacologic effects are those agents which are, in whole or in
part, foreign to the organism or system. For example, modifications
to a wild type biomolecule, whether structural or chemical, would
produce an exogenous agent. Likewise, incorporation or combination
of a wild type molecule into or with a compound, molecule or
substance not found naturally in the organism or system would also
produce an exogenous agent. The modified mRNA of the present
invention, comprise exogenous agents. Examples of pharmacologic
effects include, but are not limited to, alteration in cell count
such as an increase or decrease in neutrophils, reticulocytes,
granulocytes, erythrocytes (red blood cells), megakaryocytes,
platelets, monocytes, connective tissue macrophages, epidermal
langerhans cells, osteoclasts, dendritic cells, microglial cells,
neutrophils, eosinophils, basophils, mast cells, helper T cells,
suppressor T cells, cytotoxic T cells, natural killer T cells, B
cells, natural killer cells, or reticulocytes. Pharmacologic
effects also include alterations in blood chemistry, pH,
hemoglobin, hematocrit, changes in levels of enzymes such as, but
not limited to, liver enzymes AST and ALT, changes in lipid
profiles, electrolytes, metabolic markers, hormones or other marker
or profile known to those of skill in the art.
[0861] Physicochemical: As used herein, "physicochemical" means of
or relating to a physical and/or chemical property.
[0862] Preventing: As used herein, the term "preventing" refers to
partially or completely delaying onset of an infection, disease,
disorder and/or condition; partially or completely delaying onset
of one or more symptoms, features, or clinical manifestations of a
particular infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition;
partially or completely delaying onset of one or more symptoms,
features, or manifestations of a particular infection, disease,
disorder, and/or condition; partially or completely delaying
progression from an infection, a particular disease, disorder
and/or condition; and/or decreasing the risk of developing
pathology associated with the infection, the disease, disorder,
and/or condition.
[0863] Prodrug: The present disclosure also includes prodrugs of
the compounds described herein. As used herein, "prodrugs" refer to
any substance, molecule or entity which is in a form predicate for
that substance, molecule or entity to act as a therapeutic upon
chemical or physical alteration. Prodrugs may by covalently bonded
or sequestered in some way and which release or are converted into
the active drug moiety prior to, upon or after administered to a
mammalian subject. Prodrugs can be prepared by modifying functional
groups present in the compounds in such a way that the
modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in
vivo, to the parent compounds. Prodrugs include compounds wherein
hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl groups are bonded to any
group that, when administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to
form a free hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl group
respectively. Preparation and use of prodrugs is discussed in T.
Higuchi and V. Stella, "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," Vol.
14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in
Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical
Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are hereby
incorporated by reference in their entirety.
[0864] Proliferate: As used herein, the term "proliferate" means to
grow, expand or increase or cause to grow, expand or increase
rapidly. "Proliferative" means having the ability to proliferate.
"Anti-proliferative" means having properties counter to or
inapposite to proliferative properties.
[0865] Protein of interest: As used herein, the terms "proteins of
interest" or "desired proteins" include those provided herein and
fragments, mutants, variants, and alterations thereof.
[0866] Proximal: As used herein, the term "proximal" means situated
nearer to the center or to a point or region of interest.
[0867] Pseudouridine: As used herein, pseudouridine refers to the
C-glycoside isomer of the nucleoside uridine. A "pseudouridine
analog" is any modification, variant, isoform or derivative of
pseudouridine. For example, pseudouridine analogs include but are
not limited to 1-carboxymethyl-pseudouridine,
1-propynyl-pseudouridine, 1-taurinomethyl-pseudouridine,
1-taurinomethyl-4-thio-pseudouridine, 1-methyl-pseudouridine
(m.sup.1.psi.), 1-methyl-4-thio-pseudouridine
(m.sup.1s.sup.4.psi.).sup., 4-thio-1-methyl-pseudouridine,
3-methyl-pseudouridine (m.sup.3.psi.),
2-thio-1-methyl-pseudouridine, 1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudouridine,
2-thio-1-methyl-1-deaza-pseudouridine, dihydropseudouridine,
2-thio-dihydropseudouridine, 2-methoxyuridine,
2-methoxy-4-thio-uridine, 4-methoxy-pseudouridine,
4-methoxy-2-thio-pseudouridine, N1-methyl-pseudouridine,
1-methyl-3-(3-amino-3-carboxypropyl)pseudouridine (acp.sup.3.psi.),
and 2'-O-methyl-pseudouridine (.psi.m).
[0868] Purified: As used herein, "purify," "purified,"
"purification" means to make substantially pure or clear from
unwanted components, material defilement, admixture or
imperfection.
[0869] Sample: As used herein, the term "sample" or "biological
sample" refers to a subset of its tissues, cells or component parts
(e.g. body fluids, including but not limited to blood, mucus,
lymphatic fluid, synovial fluid, cerebrospinal fluid, saliva,
amniotic fluid, amniotic cord blood, urine, vaginal fluid and
semen). A sample further may include a homogenate, lysate or
extract prepared from a whole organism or a subset of its tissues,
cells or component parts, or a fraction or portion thereof,
including but not limited to, for example, plasma, serum, spinal
fluid, lymph fluid, the external sections of the skin, respiratory,
intestinal, and genitourinary tracts, tears, saliva, milk, blood
cells, tumors, organs. A sample further refers to a medium, such as
a nutrient broth or gel, which may contain cellular components,
such as proteins or nucleic acid molecule.
[0870] Signal Sequences: As used herein, the phrase "signal
sequences" refers to a sequence which can direct the transport or
localization of a protein.
[0871] Single unit dose: As used herein, a "single unit dose" is a
dose of any therapeutic administed in one dose/at one time/single
route/single point of contact, i.e., single administration
event.
[0872] Similarity: As used herein, the term "similarity" refers to
the overall relatedness between polymeric molecules, e.g. between
polynucleotide molecules (e.g. DNA molecules and/or RNA molecules)
and/or between polypeptide molecules. Calculation of percent
similarity of polymeric molecules to one another can be performed
in the same manner as a calculation of percent identity, except
that calculation of percent similarity takes into account
conservative substitutions as is understood in the art.
[0873] Split dose: As used herein, a "split dose" is the division
of single unit dose or total daily dose into two or more doses.
[0874] Stable: As used herein "stable" refers to a compound that is
sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of
purity from a reaction mixture, and preferably capable of
formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
[0875] Stabilized: As used herein, the term "stabilize",
"stabilized," "stabilized region" means to make or become
stable.
[0876] Subject: As used herein, the term "subject" or "patient"
refers to any organism to which a composition in accordance with
the invention may be administered, e.g., for experimental,
diagnostic, prophylactic, and/or therapeutic purposes. Typical
subjects include animals (e.g., mammals such as mice, rats,
rabbits, non-human primates, and humans) and/or plants.
[0877] Substantially: As used herein, the term "substantially"
refers to the qualitative condition of exhibiting total or
near-total extent or degree of a characteristic or property of
interest. One of ordinary skill in the biological arts will
understand that biological and chemical phenomena rarely, if ever,
go to completion and/or proceed to completeness or achieve or avoid
an absolute result. The term "substantially" is therefore used
herein to capture the potential lack of completeness inherent in
many biological and chemical phenomena.
[0878] Substantially equal: As used herein as it relates to time
differences between doses, the term means plus/minus 2%.
[0879] Substantially simultaneously: As used herein and as it
relates to plurality of doses, the term means within 2 seconds.
[0880] Suffering from: An individual who is "suffering from" a
disease, disorder, and/or condition has been diagnosed with or
displays one or more symptoms of a disease, disorder, and/or
condition.
[0881] Susceptible to: An individual who is "susceptible to" a
disease, disorder, and/or condition has not been diagnosed with
and/or may not exhibit symptoms of the disease, disorder, and/or
condition but harbors a propensity to develop a disease or its
symptoms. In some embodiments, an individual who is susceptible to
a disease, disorder, and/or condition (for example, cancer) may be
characterized by one or more of the following: (1) a genetic
mutation associated with development of the disease, disorder,
and/or condition; (2) a genetic polymorphism associated with
development of the disease, disorder, and/or condition; (3)
increased and/or decreased expression and/or activity of a protein
and/or nucleic acid associated with the disease, disorder, and/or
condition; (4) habits and/or lifestyles associated with development
of the disease, disorder, and/or condition; (5) a family history of
the disease, disorder, and/or condition; and (6) exposure to and/or
infection with a microbe associated with development of the
disease, disorder, and/or condition. In some embodiments, an
individual who is susceptible to a disease, disorder, and/or
condition will develop the disease, disorder, and/or condition. In
some embodiments, an individual who is susceptible to a disease,
disorder, and/or condition will not develop the disease, disorder,
and/or condition.
[0882] Sustained release: As used herein, the term "sustained
release" refers to a pharmaceutical composition or compound release
profile that conforms to a release rate over a specific period of
time.
[0883] Synthetic: The term "synthetic" means produced, prepared,
and/or manufactured by the hand of man. Synthesis of
polynucleotides or polypeptides or other molecules of the present
invention may be chemical or enzymatic.
[0884] Targeted Cells: As used herein, "targeted cells" refers to
any one or more cells of interest. The cells may be found in vitro,
in vivo, in situ or in the tissue or organ of an organism. The
organism may be an animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a
human and most preferably a patient.
[0885] Therapeutic Agent: The term "therapeutic agent" refers to
any agent that, when administered to a subject, has a therapeutic,
diagnostic, and/or prophylactic effect and/or elicits a desired
biological and/or pharmacological effect.
[0886] Therapeutically effective amount: As used herein, the term
"therapeutically effective amount" means an amount of an agent to
be delivered (e.g., nucleic acid, drug, therapeutic agent,
diagnostic agent, prophylactic agent, etc.) that is sufficient,
when administered to a subject suffering from or susceptible to an
infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition, to treat, improve
symptoms of, diagnose, prevent, and/or delay the onset of the
infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition.
[0887] Therapeutically effective outcome: As used herein, the term
"therapeutically effective outcome" means an outcome that is
sufficient in a subject suffering from or susceptible to an
infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition, to treat, improve
symptoms of, diagnose, prevent, and/or delay the onset of the
infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition.
[0888] Total daily dose: As used herein, a "total daily dose" is an
amount given or prescribed in 24 hr period. It may be administered
as a single unit dose.
[0889] Transcription factor: As used herein, the term
"transcription factor" refers to a DNA-binding protein that
regulates transcription of DNA into RNA, for example, by activation
or repression of transcription. Some transcription factors effect
regulation of transcription alone, while others act in concert with
other proteins. Some transcription factor can both activate and
repress transcription under certain conditions. In general,
transcription factors bind a specific target sequence or sequences
highly similar to a specific consensus sequence in a regulatory
region of a target gene. Transcription factors may regulate
transcription of a target gene alone or in a complex with other
molecules.
[0890] Treating: As used herein, the term "treating" refers to
partially or completely alleviating, ameliorating, improving,
relieving, delaying onset of, inhibiting progression of, reducing
severity of, and/or reducing incidence of one or more symptoms or
features of a particular infection, disease, disorder, and/or
condition. For example, "treating" cancer may refer to inhibiting
survival, growth, and/or spread of a tumor. Treatment may be
administered to a subject who does not exhibit signs of a disease,
disorder, and/or condition and/or to a subject who exhibits only
early signs of a disease, disorder, and/or condition for the
purpose of decreasing the risk of developing pathology associated
with the disease, disorder, and/or condition.
[0891] Unmodified: As used herein, "unmodified" refers to any
substance, compound or molecule prior to being changed in any way.
Unmodified may, but does not always, refer to the wild type or
native form of a biomolecule. Molecules may undergo a series of
modifications whereby each modified molecule may serve as the
"unmodified" starting molecule for a subsequent modification.
EQUIVALENTS AND SCOPE
[0892] Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to
ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many
equivalents to the specific embodiments in accordance with the
invention described herein. The scope of the present invention is
not intended to be limited to the above Description, but rather is
as set forth in the appended claims.
[0893] In the claims, articles such as "a," "an," and "the" may
mean one or more than one unless indicated to the contrary or
otherwise evident from the context. Claims or descriptions that
include "or" between one or more members of a group are considered
satisfied if one, more than one, or all of the group members are
present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product
or process unless indicated to the contrary or otherwise evident
from the context. The invention includes embodiments in which
exactly one member of the group is present in, employed in, or
otherwise relevant to a given product or process. The invention
includes embodiments in which more than one, or all of the group
members are present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a
given product or process.
[0894] It is also noted that the term "comprising" is intended to
be open and permits the inclusion of additional elements or
steps.
[0895] Where ranges are given, endpoints are included. Furthermore,
it is to be understood that unless otherwise indicated or otherwise
evident from the context and understanding of one of ordinary skill
in the art, values that are expressed as ranges can assume any
specific value or subrange within the stated ranges in different
embodiments of the invention, to the tenth of the unit of the lower
limit of the range, unless the context clearly dictates
otherwise.
[0896] In addition, it is to be understood that any particular
embodiment of the present invention that falls within the prior art
may be explicitly excluded from any one or more of the claims.
Since such embodiments are deemed to be known to one of ordinary
skill in the art, they may be excluded even if the exclusion is not
set forth explicitly herein. Any particular embodiment of the
compositions of the invention (e.g., any nucleic acid or protein
encoded thereby; any method of production; any method of use; etc.)
can be excluded from any one or more claims, for any reason,
whether or not related to the existence of prior art.
[0897] All cited sources, for example, references, publications,
databases, database entries, and art cited herein, are incorporated
into this application by reference, even if not expressly stated in
the citation. In case of conflicting statements of a cited source
and the instant application, the statement in the instant
application shall control.
[0898] Section and table headings are not intended to be
limiting.
EXAMPLES
[0899] The invention is further described in the following
examples, which do not limit the scope of the invention described
in the claims.
Example 1
Modified mRNA Production
[0900] Modified mRNAs (mmRNA) according to the invention may be
made using standard laboratory methods and materials. The open
reading frame (ORF) of the gene of interest may be flanked by a 5'
untranslated region (UTR) which may contain a strong Kozak
translational initiation signal and/or an alpha-globin 3' UTR which
may include an oligo(dT) sequence for templated addition of a
poly-A tail. The modified mRNAs may be modified to reduce the
cellular innate immune response. The modifications to reduce the
cellular response may include pseudouridine (.psi.) and
5-methyl-cytidine (5meC or m.sup.5C). (see, Kariko K et al.
Immunity 23:165-75 (2005), Kariko K et al. Mol Ther 16:1833-40
(2008), Anderson B R et al. NAR (2010); each of which are herein
incorporated by reference in their entireties).
[0901] The ORF may also include various upstream or downstream
additions (such as, but not limited to, .beta.-globin, tags, etc.)
may be ordered from an optimization service such as, but limited
to, DNA2.0 (Menlo Park, Calif.) and may contain multiple cloning
sites which may have XbaI recognition. Upon receipt of the plasmid
DNA, it may be reconstituted and transformed into chemically
competent E. coli.
[0902] For the present invention, NEB DH5-alpha Competent E. coli
are used. Transformations are performed according to NEB
instructions using 100 ng of plasmid. The protocol is as follows:
[0903] 1. Thaw a tube of NEB 5-alpha Competent E. coli cells on ice
for 10 minutes. [0904] 2. Add 1-5 .mu.A containing 1 pg-100 ng of
plasmid DNA to the cell mixture. Carefully flick the tube 4-5 times
to mix cells and DNA. Do not vortex. [0905] 3. Place the mixture on
ice for 30 minutes. Do not mix. [0906] 4. Heat shock at 42.degree.
C. for exactly 30 seconds. Do not mix. [0907] 5. Place on ice for 5
minutes. Do not mix. [0908] 6. Pipette 950 .mu.l of room
temperature SOC into the mixture. [0909] 7. Place at 37.degree. C.
for 60 minutes. Shake vigorously (250 rpm) or rotate. [0910] 8.
Warm selection plates to 37.degree. C. [0911] 9. Mix the cells
thoroughly by flicking the tube and inverting.
[0912] Spread 50-100 .mu.l of each dilution onto a selection plate
and incubate overnight at 37.degree. C. Alternatively, incubate at
30.degree. C. for 24-36 hours or 25.degree. C. for 48 hours.
[0913] A single colony is then used to inoculate 5 ml of LB growth
media using the appropriate antibiotic and then allowed to grow
(250 RPM, 37.degree. C.) for 5 hours. This is then used to
inoculate a 200 ml culture medium and allowed to grow overnight
under the same conditions.
[0914] To isolate the plasmid (up to 850 .mu.g), a maxi prep is
performed using the Invitrogen PURELINK.TM. HiPure Maxiprep Kit
(Carlsbad, Calif.), following the manufacturer's instructions.
[0915] In order to generate cDNA for In Vitro Transcription (IVT),
the plasmid (an Example of which is shown in FIG. 2) is first
linearized using a restriction enzyme such as XbaI. A typical
restriction digest with XbaI will comprise the following: Plasmid
1.0 .mu.g; 10.times. Buffer 1.0 .mu.l; XbaI 1.5 .mu.l; dH.sub.20 up
to 10 .mu.l; incubated at 37.degree. C. for 1 hr. If performing at
lab scale (<5 .mu.g), the reaction is cleaned up using
Invitrogen's PURELINK.TM. PCR Micro Kit (Carlsbad, Calif.) per
manufacturer's instructions. Larger scale purifications may need to
be done with a product that has a larger load capacity such as
Invitrogen's standard PURELINK.TM. PCR Kit (Carlsbad, Calif.).
Following the cleanup, the linearized vector is quantified using
the NanoDrop and analyzed to confirm linearization using agarose
gel electrophoresis.
[0916] The methods described herein to make modified mRNA may be
used to produce molecules of all sizes including long molecules.
Modified mRNA using the described methods has been made for
different sized molecules including glucosidase, alpha; acid (GAA)
(3.2 kb), cystic fibrosis transmembrane conductance regulator
(CFTR) (4.7 kb), Factor VII (7.3 kb), lysosomal acid lipase (45.4
kDa), glucocerebrosidase (59.7 kDa) and iduronate 2-sulfatase (76
kDa).
[0917] As a non-limiting example, G-CSF may represent the
polypeptide of interest. Sequences used in the steps outlined in
Examples 1-5 are shown in Table 4. It should be noted that the
start codon (ATG) has been underlined in each sequence of Table
4.
TABLE-US-00004 TABLE 4 G-CSF Sequences SEQ ID NO Description 3 cDNA
sequence: ATGGCTGGACCTGCCACCCAGAGCCCCATGAAGCTGATGGCCCTGCAG
CTGCTGCTGTGGCACAGTGCACTCTGGACAGTGCAGGAAGCCACCCCC
CTGGGCCCTGCCAGCTCCCTGCCCCAGAGCTTCCTGCTCAAGTGCTTAG
AGCAAGTGAGGAAGATCCAGGGCGATGGCGCAGCGCTCCAGGAGAAG
CTGTGTGCCACCTACAAGCTGTGCCACCCCGAGGAGCTGGTGCTGCTC
GGACACTCTCTGGGCATCCCCTGGGCTCCCCTGAGCAGCTGCCCCAGCC
AGGCCCTGCAGCTGGCAGGCTGCTTGAGCCAACTCCATAGCGGCCTTTT
CCTCTACCAGGGGCTCCTGCAGGCCCTGGAAGGGATCTCCCCCGAGTT
GGGTCCCACCTTGGACACACTGCAGCTGGACGTCGCCGACTTTGCCAC
CACCATCTGGCAGCAGATGGAAGAACTGGGAATGGCCCCTGCCCTGCA
GCCCACCCAGGGTGCCATGCCGGCCTTCGCCTCTGCTTTCCAGCGCCGG
GCAGGAGGGGTCCTGGTTGCCTCCCATCTGCAGAGCTTCCTGGAGGTG
TCGTACCGCGTTCTACGCCACCTTGCCCAGCCCTGA 4 cDNA having T7 polymerase
site, AfeI and Xba restriction site: TAATACGACTCACTATA
GGGAAATAAGAGAGAAAAGAAGAGTAAGAAGAAATATAAGAGCCACC
ATGGCTGGACCTGCCACCCAGAGCCCCATGAAGCTGATGGCCCTGCAG
CTGCTGCTGTGGCACAGTGCACTCTGGACAGTGCAGGAAGCCACCCCC
CTGGGCCCTGCCAGCTCCCTGCCCCAGAGCTTCCTGCTCAAGTGCTTAG
AGCAAGTGAGGAAGATCCAGGGCGATGGCGCAGCGCTCCAGGAGAAG
CTGTGTGCCACCTACAAGCTGTGCCACCCCGAGGAGCTGGTGCTGCTC
GGACACTCTCTGGGCATCCCCTGGGCTCCCCTGAGCAGCTGCCCCAGCC
AGGCCCTGCAGCTGGCAGGCTGCTTGAGCCAACTCCATAGCGGCCTTTT
CCTCTACCAGGGGCTCCTGCAGGCCCTGGAAGGGATCTCCCCCGAGTT
GGGTCCCACCTTGGACACACTGCAGCTGGACGTCGCCGACTTTGCCAC
CACCATCTGGCAGCAGATGGAAGAACTGGGAATGGCCCCTGCCCTGCA
GCCCACCCAGGGTGCCATGCCGGCCTTCGCCTCTGCTTTCCAGCGCCGG
GCAGGAGGGGTCCTGGTTGCCTCCCATCTGCAGAGCTTCCTGGAGGTG
TCGTACCGCGTTCTACGCCACCTTGCCCAGCCCTGA
AGCGCTGCCTTCTGCGGGGCTTGCCTTCTGGCCATGCCCTTCTTCTCTCC
CTTGCACCTGTACCTCTTGGTCTTTGAATAAAGCCTGAGTAGGAAGGCG
GCCGCTCGAGCATGCATCTAGA 5 Optimized sequence; containing T7
polymerase site, AfeI and Xba restriction site TAATACGACTCACTATA
GGGAAATAAGAGAGAAAAGAAGAGTAAGAAGAAATATAAGAGCCACC
ATGGCCGGTCCCGCGACCCAAAGCCCCATGAAACTTATGGCCCTGCAG
TTGCTGCTTTGGCACTCGGCCCTCTGGACAGTCCAAGAAGCGACTCCTC
TCGGACCTGCCTCATCGTTGCCGCAGTCATTCCTTTTGAAGTGTCTGGA
GCAGGTGCGAAAGATTCAGGGCGATGGAGCCGCACTCCAAGAGAAGC
TCTGCGCGACATACAAACTTTGCCATCCCGAGGAGCTCGTACTGCTCGG
GCACAGCTTGGGGATTCCCTGGGCTCCTCTCTCGTCCTGTCCGTCGCAG
GCTTTGCAGTTGGCAGGGTGCCTTTCCCAGCTCCACTCCGGTTTGTTCTT
GTATCAGGGACTGCTGCAAGCCCTTGAGGGAATCTCGCCAGAATTGGG
CCCGACGCTGGACACGTTGCAGCTCGACGTGGCGGATTTCGCAACAAC
CATCTGGCAGCAGATGGAGGAACTGGGGATGGCACCCGCGCTGCAGCC
CACGCAGGGGGCAATGCCGGCCTTTGCGTCCGCGTTTCAGCGCAGGGC
GGGTGGAGTCCTCGTAGCGAGCCACCTTCAATCATTTTTGGAAGTCTCG
TACCGGGTGCTGAGACATCTTGCGCAGCCGTGA
AGCGCTGCCTTCTGCGGGGCTTGCCTTCTGGCCATGCCCTTCTTCTCTCC
CTTGCACCTGTACCTCTTGGTCTTTGAATAAAGCCTGAGTAGGAAGGCG
GCCGCTCGAGCATGCATCTAGA 6 mRNA sequence (transcribed)
GGGAAAUAAGAGAGAAAAGAAGAGUAAGAAGAAAUAUAAGAGCCAC C
AUGGCCGGUCCCGCGACCCAAAGCCCCAUGAAACUUAUGGCCCUGCA
GUUGCUGCUUUGGCACUCGGCCCUCUGGACAGUCCAAGAAGCGACUC
CUCUCGGACCUGCCUCAUCGUUGCCGCAGUCAUUCCUUUUGAAGUGU
CUGGAGCAGGUGCGAAAGAUUCAGGGCGAUGGAGCCGCACUCCAAG
AGAAGCUCUGCGCGACAUACAAACUUUGCCAUCCCGAGGAGCUCGUA
CUGCUCGGGCACAGCUUGGGGAUUCCCUGGGCUCCUCUCUCGUCCUG
UCCGUCGCAGGCUUUGCAGUUGGCAGGGUGCCUUUCCCAGCUCCACU
CCGGUUUGUUCUUGUAUCAGGGACUGCUGCAAGCCCUUGAGGGAAU
CUCGCCAGAAUUGGGCCCGACGCUGGACACGUUGCAGCUCGACGUGG
CGGAUUUCGCAACAACCAUCUGGCAGCAGAUGGAGGAACUGGGGAU
GGCACCCGCGCUGCAGCCCACGCAGGGGGCAAUGCCGGCCUUUGCGU
CCGCGUUUCAGCGCAGGGCGGGUGGAGUCCUCGUAGCGAGCCACCUU
CAAUCAUUUUUGGAAGUCUCGUACCGGGUGCUGAGACAUCUUGCGC AGCCGUGA
AGCGCUGCCUUCUGCGGGGCUUGCCUUCUGGCCAUGCCCUUCUUCUC
UCCCUUGCACCUGUACCUCUUGGUCUUUGAAUAAAGCCUGAGUAGGA AG
Example 2
PCR for cDNA Production
[0918] PCR procedures for the preparation of cDNA are performed
using 2.times.KAPA HIFI.TM. HotStart ReadyMix by Kapa Biosystems
(Woburn, Mass.). This system includes 2.times. KAPA ReadyMix 12.5
.mu.l; Forward Primer (10 uM) 0.75 .mu.l; Reverse Primer (10 uM)
0.75 .mu.l; Template cDNA 100 ng; and dH.sub.20 diluted to 25.0
.mu.l. The reaction conditions are at 95.degree. C. for 5 min. and
25 cycles of 98.degree. C. for 20 sec, then 58.degree. C. for 15
sec, then 72.degree. C. for 45 sec, then 72.degree. C. for 5 min.
then 4.degree. C. to termination.
[0919] The reverse primer of the instant invention incorporates a
poly-T.sub.120 for a poly-A.sub.120 in the mRNA. Other reverse
primers with longer or shorter poly(T) tracts can be used to adjust
the length of the poly(A) tail in the mRNA.
[0920] The reaction is cleaned up using Invitrogen's PURELINK.TM.
PCR Micro Kit (Carlsbad, Calif.) per manufacturer's instructions
(up to 5 .mu.g). Larger reactions will require a cleanup using a
product with a larger capacity. Following the cleanup, the cDNA is
quantified using the NANODROP.TM. and analyzed by agarose gel
electrophoresis to confirm the cDNA is the expected size. The cDNA
is then submitted for sequencing analysis before proceeding to the
in vitro transcription reaction.
Example 3
In Vitro Transcription
[0921] The in vitro transcription reaction generates mRNA
containing modified nucleotides or modified RNA. The input
nucleotide triphosphate (NTP) mix is made in-house using natural
and un-natural NTPs.
[0922] A typical in vitro transcription reaction includes the
following:
TABLE-US-00005 1. Template cDNA 1.0 .mu.g 2. 10x transcription
buffer (400 mM Tris- 2.0 .mu.l HCl pH 8.0, 190 mM MgCl.sub.2, 50 mM
DTT, 10 mM Spermidine) 3. Custom NTPs (25 mM each) 7.2 .mu.l 4.
RNase Inhibitor 20 U 5. T7 RNA polymerase 3000 U 6. dH.sub.20 Up to
20.0 .mu.l. and 7. Incubation at 37.degree. C. for 3 hr-5 hrs.
[0923] The crude IVT mix may be stored at 4.degree. C. overnight
for cleanup the next day. 1 U of RNase-free DNase is then used to
digest the original template. After 15 minutes of incubation at
37.degree. C., the mRNA is purified using Ambion's MEGACLEAR.TM.
Kit (Austin, Tex.) following the manufacturer's instructions. This
kit can purify up to 500 .mu.g of RNA. Following the cleanup, the
RNA is quantified using the NanoDrop and analyzed by agarose gel
electrophoresis to confirm the RNA is the proper size and that no
degradation of the RNA has occurred.
Example 4
Enzymatic Capping of mRNA
[0924] Capping of the mRNA is performed as follows where the
mixture includes: IVT RNA 60 .mu.g-180 .mu.g and dH.sub.20 up to 72
.mu.l. The mixture is incubated at 65.degree. C. for 5 minutes to
denature RNA, and then is transferred immediately to ice.
[0925] The protocol then involves the mixing of 10.times. Capping
Buffer (0.5 M Tris-HCl (pH 8.0), 60 mM KCl, 12.5 mM MgCl.sub.2)
(10.0 .mu.l); 20 mM GTP (5.0 .mu.l); 20 mM S-Adenosyl Methionine
(2.5 .mu.l); RNase Inhibitor (100 U); 2'-O-Methyltransferase
(400U); Vaccinia capping enzyme (Guanylyl transferase) (40 U);
dH.sub.20 (Up to 28 .mu.l); and incubation at 37.degree. C. for 30
minutes for 60 .mu.g RNA or up to 2 hours for 180 .mu.g of RNA.
[0926] The mRNA is then purified using Ambion's MEGACLEAR.TM. Kit
(Austin, Tex.) following the manufacturer's instructions. Following
the cleanup, the RNA is quantified using the NANODROP.TM.
(ThermoFisher, Waltham, Mass.) and analyzed by agarose gel
electrophoresis to confirm the RNA is the proper size and that no
degradation of the RNA has occurred. The RNA product may also be
sequenced by running a reverse-transcription-PCR to generate the
cDNA for sequencing.
Example 5
PolyA Tailing Reaction
[0927] Without a poly-T in the cDNA, a poly-A tailing reaction must
be performed before cleaning the final product. This is done by
mixing Capped IVT RNA (100 .mu.l); RNase Inhibitor (20 U);
10.times. Tailing Buffer (0.5 M Tris-HCl (pH 8.0), 2.5 M NaCl, 100
mM MgCl.sub.2)(12.0 .mu.l); 20 mM ATP (6.0 .mu.l); Poly-A
Polymerase (20 U); dH.sub.20 up to 123.5 .mu.l and incubation at
37.degree. C. for 30 min. If the poly-A tail is already in the
transcript, then the tailing reaction may be skipped and proceed
directly to cleanup with Ambion's MEGACLEAR.TM. kit (Austin, Tex.)
(up to 500 .mu.g). Poly-A Polymerase is preferably a recombinant
enzyme expressed in yeast.
[0928] For studies performed and described herein, the poly-A tail
is encoded in the IVT template to comprise 160 nucleotides in
length. However, it should be understood that the processivity or
integrity of the polyA tailing reaction may not always result in
exactly 160 nucleotides. Hence polyA tails of approximately 160
nucleotides, e.g, about 150-165, 155, 156, 157, 158, 159, 160, 161,
162, 163, 164 or 165 are within the scope of the invention.
Example 6
Natural 5' Caps and 5' Cap Analogues
[0929] 5'-capping of modified RNA may be completed concomitantly
during the in vitro-transcription reaction using the following
chemical RNA cap analogs to generate the 5'-guanosine cap structure
according to manufacturer protocols: 3'-O-Me-m7G(5')ppp(5') G [the
ARCA cap]; G(5)ppp(5')A; G(5')ppp(5')G; m7G(5')ppp(5')A;
m7G(5')ppp(5')G (New England BioLabs, Ipswich, Mass.). 5'-capping
of modified RNA may be completed post-transcriptionally using a
Vaccinia Virus Capping Enzyme to generate the "Cap 0" structure:
m7G(5')ppp(5')G (New England BioLabs, Ipswich, Mass.). Cap 1
structure may be generated using both Vaccinia Virus Capping Enzyme
and a 2'-O methyl-transferase to generate:
m7G(5')ppp(5')G-2'-O-methyl. Cap 2 structure may be generated from
the Cap 1 structure followed by the 2'-O-methylation of the
5'-antepenultimate nucleotide using a 2'-O methyl-transferase. Cap
3 structure may be generated from the Cap 2 structure followed by
the 2'-O-methylation of the 5'-preantepenultimate nucleotide using
a 2'-O methyl-transferase. Enzymes are preferably derived from a
recombinant source.
[0930] When transfected into mammalian cells, the modified mRNAs
have a stability of between 12-18 hours or more than 18 hours,
e.g., 24, 36, 48, 60, 72 or greater than 72 hours.
Example 7
Capping
[0931] A. Protein Expression Assay
[0932] Synthetic mRNAs encoding human G-CSF (cDNA shown in SEQ ID
NO: 5; mRNA sequence fully modified with 5-methylcytosine at each
cytosine and pseudouridine replacement at each uridine site shown
in SEQ ID NO: 6 with a polyA tail approximately 160 nucletodies in
length not shown in sequence) containing the ARCA (3'
O-Me-m7G(5')ppp(5')G) cap analog or the Cap1 structure can be
transfected into human primary keratinocytes at equal
concentrations. 6, 12, 24 and 36 hours post-transfection the amount
of G-CSF secreted into the culture medium can be assayed by ELISA.
Synthetic mRNAs that secrete higher levels of G-CSF into the medium
would correspond to a synthetic mRNA with a higher
translationally-competent Cap structure.
[0933] B. Purity Analysis Synthesis
[0934] Synthetic mRNAs encoding human G-CSF (cDNA shown in SEQ ID
NO: 5; mRNA sequence fully modified with 5-methylcytosine at each
cytosine and pseudouridine replacement at each uridine site shown
in SEQ ID NO: 6 with a polyA tail approximately 160 nucletodies in
length not shown in sequence) containing the ARCA cap analog or the
Cap1 structure crude synthesis products can be compared for purity
using denaturing Agarose-Urea gel electrophoresis or HPLC analysis.
Synthetic mRNAs with a single, consolidated band by electrophoresis
correspond to the higher purity product compared to a synthetic
mRNA with multiple bands or streaking bands. Synthetic mRNAs with a
single HPLC peak would also correspond to a higher purity product.
The capping reaction with a higher efficiency would provide a more
pure mRNA population.
[0935] C. Cytokine Analysis
[0936] Synthetic mRNAs encoding human G-CSF (cDNA shown in SEQ ID
NO: 5; mRNA sequence fully modified with 5-methylcytosine at each
cytosine and pseudouridine replacement at each uridine site shown
in SEQ ID NO: 6 with a polyA tail approximately 160 nucletodies in
length not shown in sequence) containing the ARCA cap analog or the
Cap1 structure can be transfected into human primary keratinocytes
at multiple concentrations. 6, 12, 24 and 36 hours
post-transfection the amount of pro-inflammatory cytokines such as
TNF-alpha and IFN-beta secreted into the culture medium can be
assayed by ELISA. Synthetic mRNAs that secrete higher levels of
pro-inflammatory cytokines into the medium would correspond to a
synthetic mRNA containing an immune-activating cap structure.
[0937] D. Capping Reaction Efficiency
[0938] Synthetic mRNAs encoding human G-CSF (cDNA shown in SEQ ID
NO: 5; mRNA sequence fully modified with 5-methylcytosine at each
cytosine and pseudouridine replacement at each uridine site shown
in SEQ ID NO: 6 with a polyA tail approximately 160 nucletodies in
length not shown in sequence) containing the ARCA cap analog or the
Cap1 structure can be analyzed for capping reaction efficiency by
LC-MS after capped mRNA nuclease treatment. Nuclease treatment of
capped mRNAs would yield a mixture of free nucleotides and the
capped 5'-5-triphosphate cap structure detectable by LC-MS. The
amount of capped product on the LC-MS spectra can be expressed as a
percent of total mRNA from the reaction and would correspond to
capping reaction efficiency. The cap structure with higher capping
reaction efficiency would have a higher amount of capped product by
LC-MS.
Example 8
Agarose Gel Electrophoresis of Modified RNA or RT PCR Products
[0939] Individual modified RNAs (200-400 ng in a 20 .mu.l volume)
or reverse transcribed PCR products (200-400 ng) are loaded into a
well on a non-denaturing 1.2% Agarose E-Gel (Invitrogen, Carlsbad,
Calif.) and run for 12-15 minutes according to the manufacturer
protocol.
Example 9
Formulation of Modified mRNA Using Lipidoids
[0940] Modified mRNAs (mRNA) are formulated for in vitro
experiments by mixing the mmRNA with the lipidoid at a set ratio
prior to addition to cells. In vivo formulation may require the
addition of extra ingredients to facilitate circulation throughout
the body. To test the ability of these lipidoids to form particles
suitable for in vivo work, a standard formulation process used for
siRNA-lipidoid formulations was used as a starting point. Initial
mmRNA-lipidoid formulations may consist of particles composed of
42% lipidoid, 48% cholesterol and 10% PEG, with further
optimization of ratios possible. After formation of the particle,
mmRNA is added and allowed to integrate with the complex. The
encapsulation efficiency is determined using a standard dye
exclusion assays.
Materials and Methods for Examples 10-14
[0941] A. Lipid Synthesis
[0942] Six lipids, DLin-DMA, DLin-K-DMA, DLin-KC2-DMA, 98N12-5,
C12-200 and DLin-MC3-DMA, were synthesized by methods outlined in
the art in order to be formulated with modified RNA. DLin-DMA and
precursors were synthesized as described in Heyes et. al, J.
Control Release, 2005, 107, 276-287. DLin-K-DMA and DLin-KC2-DMA
and precursors were synthesized as described in Semple et. al,
Nature Biotechnology, 2010, 28, 172-176. 98N12-5 and precursor were
synthesized as described in Akinc et. al, Nature Biotechnology,
2008, 26, 561-569.
[0943] C12-200 and precursors were synthesized according to the
method outlined in Love et. al, PNAS, 2010, 107, 1864-1869.
2-epoxydodecane (5.10 g, 27.7 mmol, 8.2 eq) was added to a vial
containing Amine 200 (0.723 g, 3.36 mmol, 1 eq) and a stirring bar.
The vial was sealed and warmed to 80.degree. C. The reaction was
stirred for 4 days at 80.degree. C. Then the mixture was purified
by silica gel chromatography using a gradient from pure
dichloromethane (DCM) to DCM:MeOH 98:2. The target compound was
further purified by RP-HPLC to afford the desired compound.
[0944] DLin-MC3-DMA and precursors were synthesized according to
procedures described in WO 2010054401 herein incorporated by
reference in its entirety. A mixture of dilinoleyl methanol (1.5 g,
2.8 mmol, 1 eq), N,N-dimethylaminobutyric acid (1.5 g, 2.8 mmol, 1
eq), DIPEA (0.73 mL, 4.2 mmol, 1.5 eq) and TBTU (1.35 g, 4.2 mmol,
1.5 eq) in 10 mL of DMF was stirred for 10 h at room temperature.
Then the reaction mixture was diluted in ether and washed with
water. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate,
filtrated and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude
product was purified by silica gel chromatography using a gradient
DCM to DCM:MeOH 98:2. Subsequently the target compound was
subjected to an additional RP-HPLC purification which was done
using a YMC--Pack C4 column to afford the target compound.
[0945] B. Formulation of Modified RNA Nanoparticles
[0946] Solutions of synthesized lipid,
1,2-distearoyl-3-phosphatidylcholine (DSPC) (Avanti Polar Lipids,
Alabaster, Ala.), cholesterol (Sigma-Aldrich, Taufkirchen,
Germany), and
.alpha.-[3'-(1,2-dimyristoyl-3-propanoxy)-carboxamide-propyl]-.omega.-met-
hoxy-polyoxyethylene (PEG-c-DOMG) (NOF, Bouwelven, Belgium) were
prepared at concentrations of 50 mM in ethanol and stored at
-20.degree. C. The lipids were combined to yield molar ratio of
50:10:38.5:1.5 (Lipid: DSPC: Cholesterol: PEG-c-DOMG) and diluted
with ethanol to a final lipid concentration of 25 mM. Solutions of
modified mRNA at a concentration of 1-2 mg/mL in water were diluted
in 50 mM sodium citrate buffer at a pH of 3 to form a stock
modified mRNA solution. Formulations of the lipid and modified mRNA
were prepared by combining the synthesized lipid solution with the
modified mRNA solution at total lipid to modified mRNA weight ratio
of 10:1, 15:1, 20:1 and 30:1. The lipid ethanolic solution was
rapidly injected into aqueous modified mRNA solution to afford a
suspension containing 33% ethanol. The solutions were injected
either manually (MI) or by the aid of a syringe pump (SP) (Harvard
Pump 33 Dual Syringe Pump Harvard Apparatus Holliston, Mass.).
[0947] To remove the ethanol and to achieve the buffer exhange, the
formulations were dialyzed twice against phosphate buffered saline
(PBS), pH 7.4 at volumes 200-times of the primary product using a
Slide-A-Lyzer cassettes (Thermo Fisher Scientific Inc. Rockford,
Ill.) with a molecular weight cutoff (MWCO) of 10 kD. The first
dialysis was carried at room temperature for 3 hours and then the
formulations were dialyzed overnight at 4.degree. C. The resulting
nanoparticle suspension was filtered through 0.2 .mu.m sterile
filter (Sarstedt, Numbrecht, Germany) into glass vials and sealed
with a crimp closure.
[0948] C. Characterization of Formulations
[0949] A Zetasizer Nano ZS (Malvern Instruments Ltd, Malvern,
Worcestershire, UK) was used to determine the particle size, the
polydispersity index (PDI) and the zeta potential of the modified
mRNA nanoparticles in 1.times.PBS in determining particle size and
15 mM PBS in determining zeta potential.
[0950] Ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy was used to determine the
concentration of modified mRNA nanoparticle formulation. 100 .mu.L
of the diluted formulation in 1.times.PBS was added to 900 .mu.L of
a 4:1 (v/v) mixture of methanol and chloroform. After mixing, the
absorbance spectrum of the solution was recorded between 230 nm and
330 nm on a DU 800 spectrophotometer (Beckman Coulter, Beckman
Coulter, Inc., Brea, Calif.). The modified RNA concentration in the
nanoparticle formulation was calculated based on the extinction
coefficient of the modified RNA used in the formulation and on the
difference between the absorbance at a wavelength of 260 nm and the
baseline value at a wavelength of 330 nm.
[0951] QUANT-IT.TM. RIBOGREEN.RTM. RNA assay (Invitrogen
Corporation Carlsbad, Calif.) was used to evaluate the
encapsulation of modified RNA by the nanoparticle. The samples were
diluted to a concentration of approximately 5 .mu.g/mL in TE buffer
(10 mM Tris-HCl, 1 mM EDTA, pH 7.5). 50 .mu.L of the diluted
samples were transferred to a polystyrene 96 well plate, then
either 50 .mu.L of TE buffer or 50 .mu.L of a 2% Triton X-100
solution was added. The plate was incubated at a temperature of
37.degree. C. for 15 minutes. The RIBOGREEN.RTM. reagent was
diluted 1:100 in TE buffer, 100 .mu.L of this solution was added to
each well. The fluorescence intensity was measured using a
fluorescence plate reader (Wallac Victor 1420 Multilablel Counter;
Perkin Elmer, Waltham, Mass.) at an excitation wavelength of
.about.480 nm and an emission wavelength of .about.520 nm. The
fluorescence values of the reagent blank were subtracted from that
of each of the samples and the percentage of free modified RNA was
determined by dividing the fluorescence intensity of the intact
sample (without addition of Triton X-100) by the fluorescence value
of the disrupted sample (caused by the addition of Triton
X-100).
[0952] D. In Vitro Incubation
[0953] Human embryonic kidney epithelial (HEK293) and
hepatocellular carcinoma epithelial (HepG2) cells (LGC standards
GmbH, Wesel, Germany) were seeded on 96-well plates (Greiner
Bio-one GmbH, Frickenhausen, Germany) and plates for HEK293 cells
were precoated with collagen type x1. HEK293 were seeded at a
density of 30,000 and HepG2 were seeded at a density of 35,000
cells per well in 100 .mu.A cell culture medium. For HEK293 the
cell culture medium was DMEM, 10% FCS, adding 2 mM L-Glutamine, 1
mM Sodium pyruvate and 1.times. non-essential amino acids (Biochrom
AG, Berlin, Germany) and 1.2 mg/ml Sodium bicarbonate
(Sigma-Aldrich, Munich, Germany) and for HepG2 the culture medium
was MEM (Gibco Life Technologies, Darmstadt, Germany), 10% FCS
adding 2 mM L-Glutamine, 1 mM Sodium pyruvate and 1.times.
non-essential amino acids (Biochrom AG, Berlin, Germany.
Formulations containing mCherry mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID
NO: 7; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1); were added in quadruplicates directly
after seeding the cells and incubated. The mCherry cDNA with the T7
promoter, 5' untranslated region (UTR) and 3' UTR used in in vitro
transcription (IVT) is given in SEQ ID NO: 8. The mCherry mRNA was
modified with 5meC at each cytosine and pseudouridine replacement
at each uridine site.
[0954] Cells were harvested by transferring the culture media
supernatants to a 96-well Pro-Bind U-bottom plate (Beckton
Dickinson GmbH, Heidelberg, Germany). Cells were trypsinized with
1/2 volume Trypsin/EDTA (Biochrom AG, Berlin, Germany), pooled with
respective supernatants and fixed by adding one volume PBS/2% FCS
(both Biochrom AG, Berlin, Germany)/0.5% formaldehyde (Merck,
Darmstadt, Germany). Samples then were submitted to a flow
cytometer measurement with a 532 nm excitation laser and the 610/20
filter for PE-Texas Red in a LSRII cytometer (Beckton Dickinson
GmbH, Heidelberg, Germany). The mean fluorescence intensity (MFI)
of all events and the standard deviation of four independent wells
are presented in for samples analyzed.
Example 10
Purification of Nanoparticle Formulations
[0955] Nanoparticle formulations of DLin-KC2-DMA and 98N12-5 in
HEK293 and HepG2 were tested to determine if the mean fluorescent
intensity (MFI) was dependent on the lipid to modified RNA ratio
and/or purification. Three formulations of DLin-KC2-DMA and two
formulations of 98N12-5 were produced using a syringe pump to the
specifications described in Table 5. Purified samples were purified
by SEPHADEX.TM. G-25 DNA grade (GE Healthcare, Sweden). Each
formulation before and after purification (aP) was tested at
concentration of 250 ng modified RNA per well in a 24 well plate.
The percentage of cells that are positive for the marker for FL4
channel (% FL4-positive) when analyzed by the flow cytometer for
each formulation and the background sample and the MFI of the
marker for the FL4 channel for each formulation and the background
sample are shown in Table 6. The formulations which had been
purified had a slightly higher MFI than those formulations tested
before purification.
TABLE-US-00006 TABLE 5 Formulations Formulation # Lipid Lipid/RNA
wt/wt Mean size (nm) NPA-001-1 DLin-KC2-DMA 10 155 nm PDI: 0.08
NPA-001-1 aP DLin-KC2-DMA 10 141 nm PDI: 0.14 NPA-002-1
DLin-KC2-DMA 15 140 nm PDI: 0.11 NPA-002-1 aP DLin-KC2-DMA 15 125
nm PDI: 0.12 NPA-003-1 DLin-KC2-DMA 20 114 nm PDI: 0.08 NPA-003-1
aP DLin-KC2-DMA 20 104 nm PDI: 0.06 NPA-005-1 98N12-5 15 127 nm
PDI: 0.12 NPA-005-1 aP 98N12-5 15 134 nm PDI: 0.17 NPA-006-1 98N12
20 126 nm PDI: 0.08 NPA-006-1 aP 98N12 20 118 nm PDI: 0.13
TABLE-US-00007 TABLE 6 HEK293 and HepG2, 24-well, 250 ng Modified
RNA/well % FL4-positive FL4 MFI Formulation HEK293 HepG2 HEK293
HepG2 Untreated 0.33 0.40 0.25 0.30 NPA-001-1 62.42 5.68 1.49 0.41
NPA-001-ap 87.32 9.02 3.23 0.53 NPA-002-1 91.28 9.90 4.43 0.59
NPA-002-ap 92.68 14.02 5.07 0.90 NPA-003-1 87.70 11.76 6.83 0.88
NPA-003-ap 88.88 15.46 8.73 1.06 NPA-005-1 50.60 4.75 1.83 0.46
NPA-005-ap 38.64 5.16 1.32 0.46 NPA-006-1 54.19 13.16 1.30 0.60
NPA-006-ap 49.97 13.74 1.27 0.61
Example 11
Concentration Response Curve
[0956] Nanoparticle formulations of 98N12-5 (NPA-005) and
DLin-KC2-DMA (NPA-003) were tested at varying concentrations to
determine the MFI of FL4 or mCherry (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID
NO: 7; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5'cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine) over a range of doses. The formulations tested are
outlined in Table 7. To determine the optimal concentration of
nanoparticle formulations of 98N12-5, varying concentrations of
formulated modified RNA (100 ng, 10 ng, 1.0 ng, 0.1 ng and 0.01 ng
per well) were tested in a 24-well plate of HEK293, and the results
of the FL4 MFI of each dose are shown in Table 8. Likewise, to
determine the optimal concentration of nanoparticle formulations of
DLin-KC2-DMA, varying concentrations of formulated modified RNA
(250 ng 100 ng, 10 ng, 1.0 ng, 0.1 ng and 0.01 ng per well) were
tested in a 24-well plate of HEK293, and the results of the FL4 MFI
of each dose are shown in Table 9. Nanoparticle formulations of
DLin-KC2-DMA were also tested at varying concentrations of
formulated modified RNA (250 ng, 100 ng and 30 ng per well) in a 24
well plate of HEK293, and the results of the FL4 MFI of each dose
are shown in Table 10. A dose of 1 ng/well for 98N12-5 and a dose
of 10 ng/well for DLin-KC2-DMA were found to resemble the FL4 MFI
of the background.
[0957] To determine how close the concentrations resembled the
background, we utilized a flow cytometer with optimized filter sets
for detection of mCherry expression, and were able to obtain
results with increased sensitivity relative to background levels.
Doses of 25 ng/well, 0.25 ng/well, 0.025 ng/well and 0.0025 ng/well
were analyzed for 98N12-5 (NPA-005) and DLin-KC2-DMA (NPA-003) to
determine the MFI of mCherry. As shown in Table 11, the
concentration of 0.025 ng/well and lesser concentrations are
similar to the background MFI level of mCherry which is about
386.125.
TABLE-US-00008 TABLE 7 Formulations Formulation # NPA-003 NPA-005
Lipid DLin-KC2-DMA 98N12-5 Lipid/RNA 20 15 wt/wt Mean size 114 nm
106 nm PDI: 0.08 PDI: 0.12
TABLE-US-00009 TABLE 8 HEK293, NPA-005, 24-well, n = 4 Formulation
FL4 MFI Untreated control 0.246 NPA-005 100 ng 2.2175 NPA-005 10 ng
0.651 NPA-005 1.0 ng 0.28425 NPA-005 0.1 ng 0.27675 NPA-005 0.01 ng
0.2865
TABLE-US-00010 TABLE 9 HEK293, NPA-003, 24-well, n = 4 Formulation
FL4 MFI Untreated control 0.3225 NPA-003 250 ng 2.9575 NPA-003 100
ng 1.255 NPA-003 10 ng 0.40025 NPA-003 1 ng 0.33025 NPA-003 0.1 ng
0.34625 NPA-003 0.01 ng 0.3475
TABLE-US-00011 TABLE 10 HEK293, NPA-003, 24-well, n = 4 Formulation
FL4 MFI Untreated control 0.27425 NPA-003 250 ng 5.6075 NPA-003 100
ng 3.7825 NPA-003 30 ng 1.5525
TABLE-US-00012 TABLE 11 Concentration and MFI MFI mCherry
Formulation NPA-003 NPA-005 25 ng/well 11963.25 12256.75 0.25
ng/well 1349.75 2572.75 0.025 ng/well 459.50 534.75 0.0025 ng/well
310.75 471.75
Example 12
Manual Injection and Syringe Pump Formulations
[0958] Two formulations of DLin-KC2-DMA and 98N12-5 were prepared
by manual injection (MI) and syringe pump injection (SP) and
analyzed along with a background sample to compare the MFI of
mCherry (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 7; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1;
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) of the
different formulations. Table 12 shows that the syringe pump
formulations had a higher MFI as compared to the manual injection
formulations of the same lipid and lipid/RNA ratio.
TABLE-US-00013 TABLE 12 Formulations and MFI Formulation Lipid/RNA
Mean size Method of # Lipid wt/wt (nm) formulation MFI Untreated
N/A N/A N/A N/A 674.67 Control NPA-002 DLin-KC2- 15 140 nm MI
10318.25 DMA PDI: 0.11 NPA-002-2 DLin-KC2- 15 105 nm SP 37054.75
DMA PDI: 0.04 NPA-003 DLin-KC2- 20 114 nm MI 22037.5 DMA PDI: 0.08
NPA-003-2 DLin-KC2- 20 95 nm SP 37868.75 DMA PDI: 0.02 NPA-005
98N12-5 15 127 nm MI 11504.75 PDI: 0.12 NPA-005-2 98N12-5 15 106 nm
SP 9343.75 PDI: 0.07 NPA-006 98N12-5 20 126 nm MI 11182.25 PDI:
0.08 NPA-006-2 98N12-5 20 93 nm SP 5167 PDI: 0.08
Example 13
LNP Formulations
[0959] Formulations of DLin-DMA, DLin-K-DMA, DLin-KC2-DMA, 98N12-5,
C12-200 and DLin-MC3-DMA were incubated at a concentration of 60
ng/well or 62.5 ng/well in a plate of HEK293 and 62.5 ng/well in a
plate of HepG2 cells for 24 hours to determine the MFI of mCherry
(mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 7; polyA tail of approximately
160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified
with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) for each formulation. The
formulations tested are outlined in Table 13 below. As shown in
Table 14 for the 60 ng/well and Tables 15, 16, 17 and 18 for the
62.5 ng/well, the formulation of NPA-003 and NPA-018 have the
highest mCherry MFI and the formulations of NPA-008, NPA-010 and
NPA-013 are most the similar to the background sample mCherry MFI
value.
TABLE-US-00014 TABLE 13 Formulations Formulation Lipid/RNA # Lipid
wt/wt Mean size (nm) NPA-001 DLin-KC2-DMA 10 155 nm PDI: 0.08
NPA-002 DLin-KC2-DMA 15 140 nm PDI: 0.11 NPA-002-2 DLin-KC2-DMA 15
105 nm PDI: 0.04 NPA-003 DLin-KC2-DMA 20 114 nm PDI: 0.08 NPA-003-2
DLin-KC2-DMA 20 95 nm PDI: 0.02 NPA-005 98N12-5 15 127 nm PDI: 0.12
NPA-006 98N12-5 20 126 nm PDI: 0.08 NPA-007 DLin-DMA 15 148 nm PDI:
0.09 NPA-008 DLin-K-DMA 15 121 nm PDI: 0.08 NPA-009 C12-200 15 138
nm PDI: 0.15 NPA-010 DLin-MC3-DMA 15 126 nm PDI: 0.09 NPA-012
DLin-DMA 20 86 nm PDI: 0.08 NPA-013 DLin-K-DMA 20 104 nm PDI: 0.03
NPA-014 C12-200 20 101 nm PDI: 0.06 NPA-015 DLin-MC3-DMA 20 109 nm
PDI: 0.07
TABLE-US-00015 TABLE 14 HEK293, 96-well, 60 ng Modified RNA/well
Formulation MFI mCherry Untreated 871.81 NPA-001 6407.25 NPA-002
14995 NPA-003 29499.5 NPA-005 3762 NPA-006 2676 NPA-007 9905.5
NPA-008 1648.75 NPA-009 2348.25 NPA-010 4426.75 NPA-012 11466
NPA-013 2098.25 NPA-014 3194.25 NPA-015 14524
TABLE-US-00016 TABLE 15 HEK293, 62.5 ng/well Formulation MFI
mCherry Untreated 871.81 NPA-001 6407.25 NPA-002 14995 NPA-003
29499.5 NPA-005 3762 NPA-006 2676 NPA-007 9905.5 NPA-008 1648.75
NPA-009 2348.25 NPA-010 4426.75 NPA-012 11466 NPA-013 2098.25
NPA-014 3194.25 NPA-015 14524
TABLE-US-00017 TABLE 16 HEK293, 62.5 ng/well Formulation MFI
mCherry Untreated 295 NPA-007 3504 NPA-012 8286 NPA-017 6128
NPA-003-2 17528 NPA-018 34142 NPA-010 1095 NPA-015 5859 NPA-019
3229
TABLE-US-00018 TABLE 17 HepG2, 62.5 ng/well Formulation MFI mCherry
Untreated 649.94 NPA-001 6006.25 NPA-002 8705 NPA-002-2 15860.25
NPA-003 15059.25 NPA-003-2 28881 NPA-005 1676 NPA-006 1473 NPA-007
15678 NPA-008 2976.25 NPA-009 961.75 NPA-010 3301.75 NPA-012
18333.25 NPA-013 5853 NPA-014 2257 NPA-015 16225.75
TABLE-US-00019 TABLE 18 HepG2, 62.5 ng/well Formulation MFI mCherry
Untreated control 656 NPA-007 16798 NPA-012 21993 NPA-017 20377
NPA-003-2 35651 NPA-018 40154 NPA-010 2496 NPA-015 19741 NPA-019
16373
Example 14
In Vivo Formulation Studies
[0960] Rodents (n=5) are administered intravenously, subcutaneously
or intramuscularly a single dose of a formulation containing at
least one modified mRNA and a lipid. The modified mRNA administered
to the rodents is selected from G-CSF (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ
ID NO: 6; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1), erythropoietin (EPO) (mRNA sequence shown
in SEQ ID NO: 9; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not
shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1), Factor IX (mRNA shown in SEQ ID
NO: 10; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) or mCherry (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID
NO: 7; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1). The erythropoietin cDNA with the T7
promoter, 5' untranslated region (UTR) and 3' UTR used in in vitro
transcription (IVT) is given in SEQ ID NO: 11 and SEQ ID NO:
12.
[0961] Each formulation also contains a lipid which is selected
from one of DLin-DMA, DLin-K-DMA, DLin-KC2-DMA, 98N12-5, C12-200,
DLin-MC3-DMA, reLNP, ATUPLEX.RTM., DACC, and DBTC. The rodents are
injected with 100 ug, 10 ug or 1 ug of the formulated modified mRNA
and samples are collected at specified time intervals.
[0962] Serum from the rodents administered formulations containing
human G-CSF modified mRNA are measured by specific G-CSF ELISA and
serum from mice administered human factor IX modified RNA is
analyzed by specific factor IX ELISA or chromogenic assay. The
liver and spleen from the mice administered with mCherry modified
mRNA are analyzed by immunohistochemistry (IHC) or
fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS). As a control, a group
of mice are not injected with any formulation and their serum and
tissue are collected analyzed by ELISA, FACS and/or IHC.
[0963] A. Time Course
[0964] The rodents are administered formulations containing at
least one modified mRNA to study the time course of protein
expression for the administered formulation. The rodents are bled
at specified time intervals prior to and after administration of
the modified mRNA formulations to determine protein expression and
complete blood count. Samples are also collected from the site of
administration of rodents administered modified mRNA formulations
subcutaneously and intramuscularly to determine the protein
expression in the tissue.
[0965] B. Dose Response
[0966] The rodents are administered formulations containing at
least one modified mRNA to determine dose response of each
formulation. The rodents are bled at specified time intervals prior
to and after administration of the modified mRNA formulations to
determine protein expression and complete blood count. The rodents
are also sacrificed to analyze the effect of the modified mRNA
formulation on the internal tissue. Samples are also collected from
the site of administration of rodents administered modified mRNA
formulations subcutaneously and intramuscularly to determine the
protein expression in the tissue.
[0967] C. Toxicity
[0968] The rodents are administered formulations containing at
least one modified mRNA to study toxicity of each formulation. The
rodents are bled at specified time intervals prior to and after
administration of the modified mRNA formulations to determine
protein expression and complete blood count. The rodents are also
sacrificed to analyze the effect of the modified mRNA formulation
on the internal tissue. Samples are also collected from the site of
administration of rodents administered modified mRNA formulations
subcutaneously and intramuscularly to determine the protein
expression in the tissue.
Example 15
PLGA Microsphere Formulations
[0969] Optimization of parameters used in the formulation of PLGA
microspheres may allow for tunable release rates and high
encapsulation efficiencies while maintaining the integrity of the
modified RNA encapsulated in the microspheres. Parameters such as,
but not limited to, particle size, recovery rates and encapsulation
efficiency may be optimized to achieve the optimal formulation.
[0970] A. Synthesis of PLGA Microspheres
[0971] Polylacticglycolic acid (PLGA) microspheres were synthesized
using the water/oil/water double emulsification methods known in
the art using PLGA (Lactel, Cat# B6010-2, inherent viscosity
0.55-0.75, 50:50 LA:GA), polyvinylalcohol (PVA) (Sigma,
Cat#348406-25G, MW 13-23k) dichloromethane and water. Briefly, 0.1
ml of water (W1) was added to 2 ml of PLGA dissolved in
dichloromethane (DCM) (O1) at concentrations ranging from 50-200
mg/ml of PLGA. The W1/O1 emulsion was homogenized (IKA Ultra-Turrax
Homogenizer, T18) for 30 seconds at speed 4 (15,000 rpm). The W1/O1
emulsion was then added to 100 to 200 ml of 0.3 to 1% PVA (W2) and
homogenized for 1 minute at varied speeds. Formulations were left
to stir for 3 hours and then washed by centrifugation (20-25 min,
4,000 rpm, 4.degree. C.). The supernatant was discarded and the
PLGA pellets were resuspended in 5-10 ml of water, which was
repeated 2.times.. Average particle size (represents 20-30
particles) for each formulation was determined by microscopy after
washing. Table 19 shows that an increase in the PLGA concentration
led to larger sized microspheres. A PLGA concentration of 200 mg/mL
gave an average particle size of 14.8 .mu.m, 100 mg/mL was 8.7
.mu.m, and 50 mg/mL of PLGA gave an average particle size of 4.0
.mu.m.
TABLE-US-00020 TABLE 19 Varied PLGA Concentration PLGA PVA O1
Concen- W2 Concen- Average Volume tration Volume tration Size
Sample ID (mL) (mg/mL) (mL) (%) Speed (.mu.m) 1 2 200 100 0.3 5
14.8 2 2 100 100 0.3 5 8.7 3 2 50 100 0.3 5 4.0
[0972] Table 20 shows that decreasing the homogenization speed from
5 (.about.20,000 rpm) to speed 4 (.about.15,000 rpm) led to an
increase in particle size from 14.8 .mu.m to 29.7 .mu.m.
TABLE-US-00021 TABLE 20 Varied Homogenization Speed PLGA PVA O1
Concen- W2 Concen- Average Volume tration Volume tration Size
Sample ID (mL) (mg/mL) (mL) (%) Speed (.mu.m) 1 2 200 100 0.3 5
14.8 4 2 200 100 0.3 4 29.7
[0973] Table 21 shows that increasing the W2 volume (i.e.
increasing the ratio of W2:O1 from 50:1 to 100:1), decreased
average particle size slightly. Altering the PVA concentration from
0.3 to 1 wt % had little impact on PLGA microsphere size.
TABLE-US-00022 TABLE 21 Varied W2 Volume and Concentration PLGA PVA
O1 Concen- W2 Concen- Average Volume tration Volume tration Size
Sample ID (mL) (mg/mL) (mL) (%) Speed (.mu.m) 1 2 200 100 0.3 5
14.8 5 2 200 200 0.3 5 11.7 6 2 200 190 0.3 5 11.4 7 2 200 190 1.0
5 12.3
[0974] B. Encapsulation of Modified mRNA
[0975] Modified G-CSF mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 6; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1;
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) was
dissolved in water at a concentration of 2 mg/ml (W3). Three
batches of PLGA microsphere formulations were made as described
above with the following parameters: 0.1 ml of W3 at 2 mg/ml, 1.6
ml of O1 at 200 mg/ml, 160 ml of W2 at 1%, and homogenized at a
speed of 4 for the first emulsion (W3/O1) and homogenized at a
speed of 5 for the second emulsion (W3/O1/W2). After washing by
centrifugation, the formulations were frozen in liquid nitrogen and
then lyophilized for 3 days. To test the encapsulation efficiency
of the formulations, the lyophilized material was deformulated in
DCM for 6 hours followed by an overnight extraction in water. The
modified RNA concentration in the samples was then determined by
OD260. Encapsulation efficiency was calculated by taking the actual
amount of modified RNA and dividing by the starting amount of
modified RNA. In the three batches tested, there was an
encapsulation efficiency of 59.2, 49.8 and 61.3.
[0976] C. Integrity of Modified mRNA Encapsulated in PLGA
Microspheres
[0977] Modified Factor IX mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 10; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1;
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) was
dissolved in water at varied concentrations (W4) to vary the weight
percent loading in the formulation (mg modified RNA/mg PLGA * 100)
and to determine encapsulation efficiency. The parameters in Table
22 were used to make four different batches of PLGA microsphere
formulations with a homogenization speed of 4 for the first
emulsion (W4/O1) and a homogenization speed of 5 for the second
emulsion (W4/O1/W2).
TABLE-US-00023 TABLE 22 Factor IX PLGA Microsphere Formulation
Parameters W4 Factor IX Factor IX O1 PLGA W2 PVA Weight % Volume
Concentration Amount Volume Concentration Volume Concentration (wt
%) ID (uL) (mg/ml) (ug) (ml) (mg/ml) (ml) (%) Loading A 100 2.0
200.0 2.0 200 200 1.0 0.05 B 100 4.0 400.0 2.0 200 200 1.0 0.10 C
400 2.0 800.0 2.0 200 200 1.0 0.20 D 400 4.0 1600.0 2.0 200 200 1.0
0.40
[0978] After lyophilization, PLGA microspheres were weighed out in
2 ml eppendorf tubes to correspond to .about.10 ug of modified RNA.
Lyophilization was found to not destroy the overall structure of
the PLGA microspheres. To increase weight percent loading (wt %)
for the PLGA microspheres, increasing amounts of modified RNA were
added to the samples. PLGA microspheres were deformulated by adding
1.0 ml of DCM to each tube and then shaking the samples for 6
hours. For modified RNA extraction, 0.5 ml of water was added to
each sample and the samples were shaken overnight before the
concentration of modified RNA in the samples was determined by
OD260. To determine the recovery of the extraction process,
unformulated Factor IX modified RNA (SEQ ID NO: 10; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1;
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine)
(deformulation control) was spiked into DCM and was subjected to
the deformulation process. Table 23 shows the loading and
encapsulation efficiency for the samples. All encapsulation
efficiency samples were normalized to the deformulation
control.
TABLE-US-00024 TABLE 23 Weight Percent Loading and Encapsulation
Efficiency Theoretical Actual modified RNA modified RNA
Encapsulation ID loading (wt %) loading (wt %) Efficiency (%) A
0.05 0.06 97.1 B 0.10 0.10 85.7 C 0.20 0.18 77.6 D 0.40 0.31 68.1
Control -- -- 100.0
[0979] D. Release Study of Modified mRNA Encapsulated in PLGA
Microspheres
[0980] PLGA microspheres formulated with Factor IX modified RNA
(SEQ ID NO: 10) were deformulated as described above and the
integrity of the extracted modified RNA was determined by automated
electrophoresis (Bio-Rad Experion). The extracted modified mRNA was
compared against unformulated modified mRNA and the deformulation
control in order to test the integrity of the encapsulated modified
mRNA. As shown in FIG. 3, the majority of modRNA was intact for
batch ID A, B, C and D, for the deformulated control (Deform
control) and the unformulated control (Unform control).
[0981] E. Protein Expression of Modified mRNA Encapsulated in PLGA
Microspheres
[0982] PLGA microspheres formulated with Factor IX modified RNA
(SEQ ID NO: 10; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not
shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) were deformulated as described
above and the protein expression of the extracted modified RNA was
determined by an in vitro transfection assay. HEK293 cells were
reverse transfected with 250 ng of Factor IX modified RNA complexed
with RNAiMAX (Invitrogen) in triplicate.
[0983] Factor IX modified RNA was diluted in nuclease-free water to
a concentration of 25 ng/.mu.l and RNAiMAX was diluted 13.3.times.
in serum-free EMEM. Equal volumes of diluted modified RNA and
diluted RNAiMAX were mixed together and were allowed to stand for
20 to 30 minutes at room temperature. Subsequently, 20 .mu.l of the
transfection mix containing 250 ng of Factor IX modified RNA was
added to 80 .mu.l of a cell suspension containing 30,000 cells.
Cells were then incubated for 16 h in a humidified 37.degree. C./5%
CO2 cell culture incubator before harvesting the cell culture
supernatant. Factor 1.times. protein expression in the cell
supernatant was analyzed by an ELISA kit specific for Factor IX
(Molecular Innovations, Cat # HFIXKT-TOT) and the protein
expression is shown in Table 24. In all PLGA microsphere batches
tested, Factor IX modified RNA remained active and expressed Factor
IX protein after formulation in PLGA microspheres and subsequent
deformulation.
TABLE-US-00025 TABLE 24 Protein Expression Factor IX Protein Sample
Expression (ng/ml) Batch A 0.83 Batch B 1.83 Batch C 1.54 Batch D
2.52 Deformulated Control 4.34 Unformulated Control 3.35
[0984] F. Release Study of Modified mRNA Encapsulated in PLGA
Microspheres
[0985] PLGA micropsheres formulated with Factor IX modified RNA
(SEQ ID NO: 10; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not
shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) were resuspended in water to a
PLGA microsphere concentration of 24 mg/ml. After resuspension, 150
ul of the PLGA microsphere suspension was aliquoted into eppendorf
tubes. Samples were kept incubating and shaking at 37.degree. C.
during the course of the study. Triplicate samples were pulled at
0.2, 1, 2, 8, 14, and 21 days. To determine the amount of modified
RNA released from the PLGA microspheres, samples were centrifuged,
the supernatant was removed, and the modified RNA concentration in
the supernatant was determined by OD 260. The percent release,
shown in Table 25, was calculated based on the total amount of
modified RNA in each sample. After 31 days, 96% of the Factor IX
modified RNA was released from the PLGA microsphere
formulations.
TABLE-US-00026 TABLE 25 Percent Release Time (days) % Release 0 0.0
0.2 27.0 1 37.7 2 45.3 4 50.9 8 57.0 14 61.8 21 75.5 31 96.4
[0986] G. Particle Size Reproducibility of PLGA Microspheres
[0987] Three batches of Factor IX modified RNA (SEQ ID NO: 10 polyA
tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5'
cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine)
PLGA microspheres were made using the same conditions described for
Batch D, shown in Table 22, (0.4 ml of W4 at 4 mg/ml, 2.0 ml of O1
at 200 mg/ml, 200 ml of W2 at 1%, and homogenized at a speed of 5
for the W4/O1/W2 emulsion). To improve the homogeneity of the PLGA
microsphere suspension, filtration was incorporated prior to
centrifugation. After stirring for 3 hours and before centrifuging,
all formulated material was passed through a 100 .mu.m nylon mesh
strainer (Fisherbrand Cell Strainer, Cat #22-363-549) to remove
larger aggregates. After washing and resuspension with water,
100-200 .mu.l of a PLGA microspheres sample was used to measure
particle size of the formulations by laser diffraction (Malvern
Mastersizer2000). The particle size of the samples is shown in
Table 26.
TABLE-US-00027 TABLE 26 Particle Size Summary Volume Weighted ID
D10 (.mu.m) D50 (.mu.m) D90 (.mu.m) Mean (um) Filtration Control
19.2 62.5 722.4 223.1 No A 9.8 31.6 65.5 35.2 Yes B 10.5 32.3 66.9
36.1 Yes C 10.8 35.7 79.8 41.4 Yes
[0988] Results of the 3 PLGA microsphere batches using filtration
were compared to a PLGA microsphere batch made under the same
conditions without filtration. The inclusion of a filtration step
before washing reduced the mean particle size and demonstrated a
consistent particle size distribution between 3 PLGA microsphere
batches.
[0989] H. Serum Stability Of Factor IX PLGA Microspheres
[0990] Factor IX mRNA RNA (SEQ ID NO: 10 polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1;
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) in buffer
(TE) or 90% serum (Se), or Factor IX mRNA in PLGA in buffer, 90%
serum or 1% serum was incubated in buffer, 90% serum or 1% serum at
an mRNA concentration of 50 ng/ul in a total volume of 70 ul. The
samples were removed at 0, 30, 60 or 120 minutes. RNases were
inactivated with proteinase K digestion for 20 minutes at
55.degree. C. by adding 25 ul of 4.times. proteinase K buffer (0.4
ml 1M TRIS-HCl pH 7.5, 0.1 ml 0.5M EDTA, 0.12 ml 5M NaCl, and 0.4
ml 10% SDS) and 8 ul of proteinase K at 20 mg/ml. The Factor IX
mRNA was precipitated (add 250 ul 95% ethanol for 1 hour,
centrifuge for 10 min at 13 k rpm and remove supernatant, add 200
ul 70% ethanol to the pellet, centrifuge again for 5 min at 13 k
rpm and remove supernatant and resuspend the pellet in 70 ul water)
or extracted from PLGA microspheres (centrifuge 5 min at 13k rpm
and remove supernatant, wash pellet with 1 ml water, centrifuge 5
min at 13k rpm and remove supernatant, add 280 ul dichloromethane
to the pellet and shake for 15 minutes, add 70 ul water and then
shake for 2 hours and remove the aqueous phase) before being
analyzed by bioanalyzer. PLGA microspheres protect Factor IX
modified mRNA from degradation in 90% and 1% serum over 2 hours.
Factor IX modified mRNA completely degrades in 90% serum at the
initial time point.
Example 16
Lipid Nanoparticle In Vivo Studies
[0991] G-CSF (cDNA with the T7 promoter, 5' Untranslated region
(UTR) and 3'UTR used in in vitro transcription is given in SEQ ID
NO: 5. mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 6; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap 1;
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) and Factor
IX (cDNA with the T7 promoter, 5' UTR and 3'UTR used in in vitro
transcription is given in SEQ ID NO: 13. mRNA sequence shown in SEQ
ID NO:10; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap 1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine) modified mRNA were formulated as lipid nanoparticles
(LNPs) using the syringe pump method. The LNPs were formulated at a
20:1 weight ratio of total lipid to modified mRNA with a final
lipid molar ratio of 50:10:38.5:1.5 (DLin-KC2-DMA: DSPC:
Cholesterol: PEG-c-DOMG). Formulations, listed in Table 27, were
characterized by particle size, zeta potential, and
encapsulation.
TABLE-US-00028 TABLE 27 Formulations Formulation # NPA-029-1
NPA-030-1 Modified mRNA Factor IX G-CSF Mean size 91 nm 106 nm PDI:
0.04 PDI: 0.06 Zeta at pH 7.4 1.8 mV 0.9 mV Encaps. 92% 100%
(RiboGr)
[0992] LNP formulations were administered to mice (n=5)
intravenously at a modified mRNA dose of 100, 10, or 1 ug. Mice
were sacrificed at 8 hrs after dosing. Serum was collected by
cardiac puncture from mice that were administered with G-CSF or
Factor IX modified mRNA formulations. Protein expression was
determined by ELISA.
[0993] There was no significant body weight loss (<5%) in the
G-CSF or Factor IX dose groups. Protein expression for G-CSF or
Factor IX dose groups was determined by ELISA from a standard
curve. Serum samples were diluted (about 20-2500.times. for G-CSF
and about 10-250.times. for Factor IX) to ensure samples were
within the linear range of the standard curve. As shown in Table
28, G-CSF protein expression determined by ELISA was approximately
17, 1200, and 4700 ng/ml for the 1, 10, and 100 ug dose groups,
respectively. As shown in Table 29, Factor IX protein expression
determined by ELISA was approximately 36, 380, and 3000-11000 ng/ml
for the 1, 10, and 100 ug dose groups, respectively.
TABLE-US-00029 TABLE 28 G-CSF Protein Expression Dose (ug) Conc
(ng/ml) Dilution Factor Sample Volume 1 17.73 20x 5 ul 10 1204.82
2500x 0.04 ul 100 4722.20 2500x 0.04 ul
TABLE-US-00030 TABLE 29 Factor IX Protein Expression Dose (ug) Conc
(ng/ml) Dilution Factor Sample Volume 1 36.05 10x 5 ul 10 383.04
10x 5 ul 100* 3247.75 50x 1 ul 100* 11177.20 250x 0.2 ul
[0994] As shown in Table 30, the LNP formulations described above
have about a 10,000-100,000-fold increase in protein production
compared to an administration of an intravenous (IV)-lipoplex
formulation for the same dosage of modified mRNA and intramuscular
(IM) or subcutaneous (SC) administration of the same dose of
modified mRNA in saline. As used in Table 30, the symbol ".about."
means about.
TABLE-US-00031 TABLE 30 Protein Production Serum Concentration
(pg/ml) G-CSF Dose (ug) 8-12 hours after administration IM 100
~20-80 SC 100 ~10-40 IV (Lipoplex) 100 ~30 IV (LNP) 100 ~5,000,000
IV (LNP) 10 ~1,000,000 IV (LNP) 1 ~20,000 Serum Concentration
(ng/ml) Factor IX Dose (ug) 8-12 hours after administration IM 2 x
100 ~1.6 ng/ml IV (LNP) 100 ~3,000-10,000 ng/ml IV (LNP) 10 ~400
ng/ml IV (LNP) 1 ~40 ng/ml
Materials and Methods for Examples 17-22
[0995] G-CSF (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 6; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap 1;
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) and EPO
(mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 9; polyA tail of approximately
160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap 1; fully
modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) modified mRNA
were formulated as lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) using the syringe
pump method. The LNPs were formulated at a 20:1 weight ratio of
total lipid to modified mRNA with a final lipid molar ratio of
50:10:38.5:1.5 (DLin-KC2-DMA: DSPC: Cholesterol: PEG-c-DOMG).
Formulations, listed in Table 31, were characterized by particle
size, zeta potential, and encapsulation.
TABLE-US-00032 TABLE 31 Formulations Formulation # NPA-030-2
NPA-060-1 Modified mRNA G-CSF EPO Mean size 84 nm 85 nm PDI: 0.04
PDI: 0.03 Zeta at pH 7.4 0.8 mV 1.5 mV Encapsulation 95% 98%
(RiboGreen)
Example 17
Lipid Nanoparticle In Vivo Studies with Modified mRNA
[0996] LNP formulations, shown in Table 31 (above), were
administered to rats (n=5) intravenously (IV), intramuscularly (IM)
or subcutaneously (SC) at a single modified mRNA dose of 0.05
mg/kg. A control group of rats (n=4) was untreated. The rats were
bled at 2 hours, 8 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours and 96 hours and after
they were administered with G-CSF or EPO modified mRNA formulations
to determine protein expression using ELISA. The rats administered
EPO modified mRNA intravenously were also bled at 7 days.
[0997] As shown in Table 32, EPO protein expression in the rats
intravenously administered modified EPO mRNA was detectable out to
5 days. G-CSF in the rats intravenously administered modified G-CSF
mRNA was detectable to 7 days. Subcutaneous and intramuscular
administration of EPO modified mRNA was detectable to at least 24
hours and G-CSF modified mRNA was detectable to at least 8 hours.
In Table 32, "OSC" refers to values that were outside the standard
curve and "NT" means not tested.
TABLE-US-00033 TABLE 32 G-CSF and EPO Protein Expression EPO Serum
G-CSF Serum Route Time Concentration (pg/ml) Concentration (pg/ml)
IV 2 hours 36,981.0 31,331.9 IV 8 hours 62,053.3 70,532.4 IV 24
hours 42,077.0 5,738.6 IV 48 hours 5,561.5 233.8 IV 5 days 0.0 60.4
IV 7 days 0.0 NT IM 2 hours 1395.4 1620.4 IM 8 hours 8974.6 7910.4
IM 24 hours 4678.3 893.3 IM 48 hours NT OSC IM 5 days NT OSC SC 2
hours 386.2 80.3 SC 8 hours 985.6 164.2 SC 24 hours 544.2 OSC SC 48
hours NT OSC SC 5 days NT OSC Untreated All bleeds 0 0
Example 18
Time Course In Vivo Study
[0998] LNP formulations, shown in Table 31 (above), were
administered to mice (n=5) intravenously (IV) at a single modified
mRNA dose of 0.5, 0.05 or 0.005 mg/kg. The mice were bled at 8
hours, 24 hours, 72 hours and 6 days after they were administered
with G-CSF or EPO modified mRNA formulations to determine protein
expression using ELISA.
[0999] As shown in Table 33, EPO and G-CSF protein expression in
the mice administered with the modified mRNA intravenously was
detectable out to 72 hours for the mice dosed with 0.005 mg/kg and
0.05 mg/kg of modified mRNA and out to 6 days for the mice
administered the EPO modified mRNA. In Table 33, ">" means
greater than and "ND" means not detected.
TABLE-US-00034 TABLE 33 Protein Expression EPO Serum G-CSF Serum
Concentration Concentration Dose (mg/kg) Time (pg/ml) (pg/ml) 0.005
8 hours 12,508.3 11,550.6 0.005 24 hours 6,803.0 5,068.9 0.005 72
hours ND ND 0.005 6 days ND ND 0.05 8 hours 92,139.9 462,312.5 0.05
24 hours 54,389.4 80,903.8 0.05 72 hours ND ND 0.05 6 days ND ND
0.5 8 hours 498,515.3 >1,250,000 0.5 24 hours 160,566.3
495,812.5 0.5 72 hours 3,492.5 1,325.6 0.5 6 days 21.2 ND
Example 19
LNP Formulations In Vivo Study in Rodents
[1000] A. LNP Formulations in Mice
[1001] LNP formulations, shown in Table 31 (above), were
administered to mice (n=4) intravenously (IV) at a single modified
mRNA dose 0.05 mg/kg or 0.005 mg/kg. There was also 3 control
groups of mice (n=4) that were untreated. The mice were bled at 2
hours, 8 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours and 72 hours after they were
administered with G-CSF or EPO modified mRNA formulations to
determine the protein expression. Protein expression of G-CSF and
EPO were determined using ELISA.
[1002] As shown in Table 34, EPO and G-CSF protein expression in
the mice was detectable at least out to 48 hours for the mice that
received a dose of 0.005 mg/kg modified RNA and 72 hours for the
mice that received a dose of 0.05 mg/kg modified RNA. In Table 34,
"OSC" refers to values that were outside the standard curve and
"NT" means not tested.
TABLE-US-00035 TABLE 34 Protein Expression in Mice EPO Serum G-CSF
Serum Concentration Concentration Dose (mg/kg) Time (pg/ml) (pg/ml)
0.005 2 hours OSC 3,447.8 0.005 8 hours 1,632.8 11,454.0 0.005 24
hours 1,141.0 4,960.2 0.005 48 hours 137.4 686.4 0.005 72 hours 0
NT 0.05 2 hours 10,027.3 20,951.4 0.05 8 hours 56,547.2 70,012.8
0.05 24 hours 25,027.3 19,356.2 0.05 48 hours 1,432.3 1,963.0 0.05
72 hours 82.2 47.3
[1003] B. LNP Formulations in Rats
[1004] LNP formulations, shown in Table 31 (above), are
administered to rats (n=4) intravenously (IV) at a single modified
mRNA dose 0.05 mg/kg. There is also a control group of rats (n=4)
that are untreated. The rats are bled at 2 hours, 8 hours, 24
hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 7 days and 14 days after they were
administered with G-CSF or EPO modified mRNA formulations to
determine the protein expression. Protein expression of G-CSF and
EPO are determined using ELISA.
Example 20
Early Time Course Study of LNPs
[1005] LNP formulations, shown in Table 31 (above), are
administered to mammals intravenously (IV), intramuscularly (IM) or
subcutaneously (SC) at a single modified mRNA dose of 0.5 mg/kg,
0.05 mg/kg or 0.005 mg/kg. A control group of mammals are not
treated. The mammals are bled at 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 20 minutes,
30 minutes, 45 minutes, 1 hour, 1.5 hours and/or 2 hours after they
are administered with the modified mRNA LNP formulations to
determine protein expression using ELISA. The mammals are also bled
to determine the complete blood count such as the granulocyte
levels and red blood cell count.
Example 21
Non-Human Primate In Vivo Study
[1006] LNP formulations, shown in Table 31 (above), were
administered to non-human primates (NHP) (cynomolgus monkey) (n=2)
as a bolus intravenous injection (IV) over approximately 30 seconds
using a hypodermic needle, which may be attached to a
syringe/abbocath or butterfly if needed. The NHP were administered
a single modified mRNA IV dose of 0.05 mg/kg of EPO or G-CSF or
0.005 mg/kg of EPO in a dose volume of 0.5 mL/kg. The NHPs were
bled 5-6 days before dosing with the modified mRNA LNP formulations
to determine protein expression in the serum and a baseline
complete blood count. After administration with the modified mRNA
formulation the NHP were bled at 8, 24, 48 and 72 hours to
determined protein expression. At 24 and 72 hours after
administration the complete blood count of the NHP was also
determined. Protein expression of G-CSF and EPO was determined by
ELISA. Urine from the NHPs was collected over the course of the
entire experiment and analyzed to evaluate clinical safety. Samples
were collected from the NHPs after they were administered with
G-CSF or EPO modified mRNA formulations to determine protein
expression using ELISA. Clinical chemistry, hematology, urinalysis
and cytokines of the non-human primates were also analyzed.
[1007] As shown in Table 35, EPO protein expression in the NHPs
administered 0.05 mg/kg is detectable out to 72 hours and the 0.005
mg/kg dosing of the EPO formulation is detectable out to 48 hours.
In Table 35, the "<" means less than a given value. G-CSF
protein expression was seen out to 24 hours after administration
with the modified mRNA formulation. Preliminarily, there was an
increase in granulocytes and reticulocytes levels seen in the NHP
after administration with the modified mRNA formulations.
TABLE-US-00036 TABLE 35 Protein Expression in Non-Human Primates
Female NHP Male NHP Average Serum Serum Serum Concen- Concen-
Conen- Modified Dose tration tration tration mRNA (mg/kg) Time
(pg/ml) (pg/ml) (pg/ml) G-CSF 0.05 Pre-bleed 0 0 0 8 hours 3289
1722 2,506 24 hours 722 307 515 48 hours 0 0 0 72 hours 0 0 0 EPO
0.05 Pre-bleed 0 0 0 8 hours 19,858 7,072 13,465 24 hours 18,178
4,913 11,546 48 hours 5,291 498 2,895 72 hours 744 60 402 EPO 0.005
Pre-bleed 0 0 0 8 hours 523 250 387 24 hours 302 113 208 48 hours
<7.8 <7.8 <7.8 72 hours 0 0 0
Example 22
Non-Human Primate In Vivo Study for G-CSF and EPO
[1008] LNP formulations, shown in Table 31 (above), were
administered to non-human primates (NHP) (cynomolgus monkey) (n=2)
as intravenous injection (IV). The NHP were administered a single
modified mRNA IV dose of 0.5 mg/kg, 0.05 mg/kg or 0.005 mg/kg of
G-CSF or EPO in a dose volume of 0.5 mL/kg. The NHPs were bled
before dosing with the modified mRNA LNP formulations to determine
protein expression in the serum and a baseline complete blood
count. After administration with the G-CSF modified mRNA
formulation the NHP were bled at 8, 24, 48 and 72 hours to
determined protein expression. After administration with the EPO
modified mRNA formulation the NHP were bled at 8, 24, 48, 72 hours
and 7 days to determined protein expression.
[1009] Samples collected from the NHPs after they were administered
with G-CSF or EPO modified mRNA formulations were analyzed by ELISA
to determine protein expression. Neutrophil and reticulocyte count
was also determined pre-dose, 24 hours, 3 days, 7 days, 14 days and
18 days after administration of the modified G-CSF or EPO
formulation.
[1010] As shown in Table 36, G-CSF protein expression was not
detected beyond 72 hours. In Table 36, "<39" refers to a value
below the lower limit of detection of 39 pg/ml.
TABLE-US-00037 TABLE 36 G-CSF Protein Expression Female NHP Male
NHP Serum G-CSF Serum G-CSF Modified Dose Concentration
Concentration mRNA (mg/kg) Time (pg/ml) (pg/ml) G-CSF 0.5 Pre-bleed
<39 <39 8 hours 43,525 43,594 24 hours 11,374 3,628 48 hours
1,100 833 72 hours <39 306 G-CSF 0.05 Pre-bleed <39 <39 8
hours 3,289 1,722 24 hours 722 307 48 hours <39 <39 72 hours
<39 <39 G-CSF 0.005 Pre-bleed <39 <39 8 hours 559 700
24 hours 155 <39 48 hours <39 <39 72 hours <39
<39
[1011] As shown in Table 37, EPO protein expression was not
detected beyond 7 days. In Table 37, "<7.8" refers to a value
below the lower limit of detection of 7.8 pg/ml.
TABLE-US-00038 TABLE 37 EPO Protein Expression Female NHP Male NHP
Serum EPO Serum EPO Modified Dose Concentration Concentration mRNA
(mg/kg) Time (pg/ml) (pg/ml) EPO 0.5 Pre-bleed <7.8 <7.8 8
hours 158,771 119,086 24 hours 133,978 85,825 48 hours 45,250
64,793 72 hours 15,097 20,407 7 days <7.8 <7.8 EPO 0.05
Pre-bleed <7.8 <7.8 8 hours 19,858 7,072 24 hours 18,187
4,913 48 hours 5,291 498 72 hours 744 60 7 days <7.8 <7.8 EPO
0.005 Pre-bleed <7.8 <7.8 8 hours 523 250 24 hours 302 113 48
hours 11 29 72 hours <7.8 <7.8 7 days <7.8 <7.8
[1012] As shown in Table 38, there was an increase in neutrophils
in all G-CSF groups relative to pre-dose levels.
TABLE-US-00039 TABLE 38 Pharmacologic Effect of G-CSF mRNA in NHP
Male NHP Female NHP Male NHP Female NHP (G-CSF) (G-CSF) (EPO) (EPO)
Dose Neutrophils Neutrophils Neutrophils Neutrophils (mg/kg) Time
(10.sup.9/L) (10.sup.9/L) (10.sup.9/L) (10.sup.9/L) 0.5 Pre-dose
1.53 1.27 9.72 1.82 24 hours 14.92 13.96 7.5 11.85 3 days 9.76 13.7
11.07 5.22 7 days 2.74 3.81 11.8 2.85 14/18 days 2.58 1.98 7.16
2.36 0.05 Pre-dose 13.74 3.05 0.97 2.15 24 hours 19.92 29.91 2.51
2.63 3 days 7.49 10.77 1.73 4.08 7 days 4.13 3.8 1.23 2.77 14/18
days 3.59 1.82 1.53 1.27 0.005 Pre-dose 1.52 2.54 5.46 5.96 24
hours 16.44 8.6 5.37 2.59 3 days 3.74 1.78 6.08 2.83 7 days 7.28
2.27 3.51 2.23 14/18 days 4.31 2.28 1.52 2.54
[1013] As shown in Table 39, there was an increase in reticulocytes
in all EPO groups 3 days to 14/18 days after dosing relative to
reticulocyte levels 24 hours after dosing.
TABLE-US-00040 TABLE 39 Pharmacologic Effect of EPO mRNA on
Neutrophil Count Male NHP Female NHP Male NHP Female NHP (G-CSF)
(G-CSF) (EPO) (EPO) Dose Neutrophils Neutrophils Neutrophils
Neutrophils (mg/kg) Time (10.sup.12/L) (10.sup.12/L) (10.sup.12/L)
(10.sup.12/L) 0.5 Pre-dose 0.067 0.055 0.107 0.06 24 hours 0.032
0.046 0.049 0.045 3 days 0.041 0.017 0.09 0.064 7 days 0.009 0.021
0.35 0.367 14/18 days 0.029 0.071 0.066 0.071 0.05 Pre-dose 0.055
0.049 0.054 0.032 24 hours 0.048 0.046 0.071 0.04 3 days 0.101
0.061 0.102 0.105 7 days 0.157 0.094 0.15 0.241 14/18 days 0.107
0.06 0.067 0.055 0.005 Pre-dose 0.037 0.06 0.036 0.052 24 hours
0.037 0.07 0.034 0.061 3 days 0.037 0.054 0.079 0.118 7 days 0.046
0.066 0.049 0.087 14/18 days 0.069 0.057 0.037 0.06
[1014] As shown in Tables 40-42, the administration of EPO modified
RNA had an effect on other erythropoetic parameters including
hemoglobin (HGB), hematocrit (HCT) and red blood cell (RBC)
count.
TABLE-US-00041 TABLE 40 Pharmacologic Effect of EPO mRNA on
Hemoglobin Dose Male NHP (G- Female NHP (G- Male NHP (EPO) Female
NHP (EPO) (mg/kg) Time CSF) HGB (g/L) CSF) HGB (g/L) HGB (g/L) HGB
(g/L) 0.5 Pre-dose 133 129 134 123 24 hours 113 112 127 108 3 days
118 114 126 120 7 days 115 116 140 134 14/18 days 98 113 146 133
0.05 Pre-dose 137 129 133 133 24 hours 122 117 123 116 3 days 126
115 116 120 7 days 126 116 126 121 14/18 days 134 123 133 129 0.005
Pre-dose 128 129 132 136 24 hours 117 127 122 128 3 days 116 127
125 130 7 days 116 129 119 127 14/18 days 118 129 128 129
TABLE-US-00042 TABLE 41 Pharmacologic Effect of EPO mRNA on
Hematocrit Dose Male NHP (G- Female NHP (G- Male NHP (EPO) Female
NHP (EPO) (mg/kg) Time CSF) HCT (L/L) CSF) HCT (L/L) HCT (L/L) HCT
(L/L) 0.5 Pre-dose 0.46 0.43 0.44 0.4 24 hours 0.37 0.38 0.4 0.36 3
days 0.39 0.38 0.41 0.39 7 days 0.39 0.38 0.45 0.45 14/18 days 0.34
0.37 0.48 0.46 0.05 Pre-dose 0.44 0.44 0.45 0.43 24 hours 0.39 0.4
0.43 0.39 3 days 0.41 0.39 0.38 0.4 7 days 0.42 0.4 0.45 0.41 14/18
days 0.44 0.4 0.46 0.43 0.005 Pre-dose 0.42 0.42 0.48 0.45 24 hours
0.4 0.42 0.42 0.43 3 days 0.4 0.41 0.44 0.42 7 days 0.39 0.42 0.41
0.42 14/18 days 0.41 0.42 0.42 0.42
TABLE-US-00043 TABLE 42 Pharmacologic Effect of EPO mRNA on Red
Blood Cells Male NHP (G- Female NHP (G- Dose CSF) RBC CSF) RBC Male
NHP (EPO) Female NHP (EPO) (mg/kg) Time (10.sup.12/L) (10.sup.12/L)
RBC (10.sup.12/L) RBC (10.sup.12/L) 0.5 Pre-dose 5.57 5.57 5.43
5.26 24 hours 4.66 4.96 5.12 4.69 3 days 4.91 4.97 5.13 5.15 7 days
4.8 5.04 5.55 5.68 14/18 days 4.21 4.92 5.83 5.72 0.05 Pre-dose
5.68 5.64 5.57 5.84 24 hours 4.96 5.08 5.25 5.18 3 days 5.13 5.04
4.81 5.16 7 days 5.17 5.05 5.37 5.31 14/18 days 5.43 5.26 5.57 5.57
0.005 Pre-dose 5.67 5.36 6.15 5.72 24 hours 5.34 5.35 5.63 5.35 3
days 5.32 5.24 5.77 5.42 7 days 5.25 5.34 5.49 5.35 14/18 days 5.37
5.34 5.67 5.36
[1015] As shown in Tables 43 and 44, the administration of modified
RNA had an effect on serum chemistry parameters including alanine
transaminase (ALT) and aspartate transaminase (AST).
TABLE-US-00044 TABLE 43 Pharmacologic Effect of EPO mRNA on Alanine
Transaminase Dose Male NHP (G- Female NHP (G- Male NHP (EPO) Female
NHP (EPO) (mg/kg) Time CSF) ALT (U/L) CSF) ALT (U/L) ALT (U/L) ALT
(U/L) 0.5 Pre-dose 29 216 50 31 2 days 63 209 98 77 4 days 70 98 94
87 7 days 41 149 60 59 14 days 43 145 88 44 0.05 Pre-dose 58 53 56
160 2 days 82 39 95 254 4 days 88 56 70 200 7 days 73 73 64 187 14
days 50 31 29 216 0.005 Pre-dose 43 51 45 45 2 days 39 32 62 48 4
days 48 58 48 50 7 days 29 55 21 48 14 days 44 46 43 51
TABLE-US-00045 TABLE 44 Pharmacologic Effect of EPO mRNA on
Aspartate Transaminase Dose Male NHP (G- Female NHP (G- Male NHP
(EPO) Female NHP (EPO) (mg/kg) Time CSF) AST (U/L) CSF) AST (U/L)
AST (U/L) AST (U/L) 0.5 Pre-dose 32 47 59 20 2 days 196 294 125 141
4 days 67 63 71 60 7 days 53 68 56 47 14 days 47 67 82 44 0.05
Pre-dose 99 33 74 58 2 days 95 34 61 80 4 days 69 42 48 94 7 days
62 52 53 78 14 days 59 20 32 47 0.005 Pre-dose 35 54 39 40 2 days
70 34 29 25 4 days 39 36 43 55 7 days 28 31 55 31 14 days 39 20 35
54
[1016] As shown in Table 45, the administration of modified RNA
cause an increase in cytokines, interferon-alpha (IFN-alpha) after
administration of modified mRNA.
TABLE-US-00046 TABLE 45 Pharmacologic Effect of EPO mRNA on Alanine
Transaminase Male NHP (G- Female NHP (G- Male NHP (EPO) Female NHP
(EPO) Dose CSF) IFN-alpha CSF) IFN-alpha IFN-alpha IFN-alpha
(mg/kg) Time (pg/mL) (pg/mL) (pg/mL) (pg/mL) 0.5 Pre-dose 0 0 0 0
Day 1 + 8 hr 503.8 529.2 16.79 217.5 4 days 0 0 0 0 0.05 Pre-dose 0
0 0 0 Day 1 + 8 hr 0 0 0 0 4 days 0 0 0 0 0.005 Pre-dose 0 0 0 0
Day 1 + 8 hr 0 0 0 0 4 days 0 0 0 0
Example 23
Study of Intramuscular and/or Subcutaneous Administration in
Non-Human Primates
[1017] Formulations containing modified EPO mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 9;
polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence;
5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine) or G-CSF mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 6; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1;
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) in saline
were administered to non-human primates (Cynomolgus monkey) (NHP)
intramuscularly (IM) or subcutaneously (SC). The single modified
mRNA dose of 0.05 mg/kg or 0.005 mg/kg was in a dose volume of 0.5
mL/kg. The non-human primates are bled 5-6 days prior to dosing to
determine serum protein concentration and a baseline complete blood
count. After administration with the modified mRNA formulation the
NHP are bled at 8 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours, 7 days and
14 days to determined protein expression. Protein expression of
G-CSF and EPO is determined by ELISA. At 24 hours, 72 hours, 7 days
and 14 days after administration the complete blood count of the
NHP is also determined. Urine from the NHPs is collected over the
course of the entire experiment and analyzed to evaluate clinical
safety. Tissue near the injection site is also collected and
analyzed to determine protein expression.
Example 24
Modified mRNA Trafficking
[1018] In order to determine localization and/or trafficking of the
modified mRNA, studies may be performed as follows.
[1019] LNP formulations of siRNA and modified mRNA are formulated
according to methods known in the art and/or described herein. The
LNP formulations may include at least one modified mRNA which may
encode a protein such as G-CSF, EPO, Factor VII, and/or any protein
described herein. The formulations may be administered locally into
muscle of mammals using intramuscular or subcutaneous injection.
The dose of modified mRNA and the size of the LNP may be varied to
determine the effect on trafficking in the body of the mammal
and/or to assess the impact on a biologic reaction such as, but not
limited to, inflammation. The mammal may be bled at different time
points to determine the expression of protein encoded by the
modified mRNA administered present in the serum and/or to determine
the complete blood count in the mammal.
[1020] For example, modified mRNA encoding Factor VII, expressed in
the liver and secreted into the serum, may be administered
intramuscularly and/or subcutaneously. Coincident or prior to
modified mRNA administration, siRNA is administered to knock out
endogenous Factor VII. Factor VII arising from the intramuscular
and/or subcutaneous injection of modified mRNA is administered is
measured in the blood. Also, the levels of Factor VII is measured
in the tissues near the injection site. If Factor VII is expressed
in blood then there is trafficking of the modified mRNA. If Factor
VII is expressed in tissue and not in the blood than there is only
local expression of Factor VII.
Example 25
Formulations of Multiple Modified mRNA
[1021] LNP formulations of modified mRNA are formulated according
to methods known in the art and/or described herein. The LNP
formulations may include at least one modified mRNA which may
encode a protein such as G-CSF, EPO, thrombopoietin and/or any
protein described herein or known in the art. The at least one
modified mRNA may include 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 modified mRNA molecules.
The formulations containing at least one modified mRNA may be
administered intravenously, intramuscularly or subcutaneously in a
single or multiple dosing regimens. Biological samples such as, but
not limited to, blood and/or serum may be collected and analyzed at
different time points before and/or after administration of the at
least one modified mRNA formulation. An expression of a protein in
a biological sample of 50-200 pg/ml after the mammal has been
administered a formulation containing at least one modified mRNA
encoding said protein would be considered biologically
effective.
Example 26
Polyethylene Glycol Ratio Studies
[1022] A. Formulation and Characterization of PEG LNPs
[1023] Lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) were formulated using the syringe
pump method. The LNPs were formulated at a 20:1 weight ratio of
total lipid to modified G-CSF mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 6; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1;
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine). The molar
ratio ranges of the formulations are shown in Table 46.
TABLE-US-00047 TABLE 46 Molar Ratios DLin-KC2-DMA DSPC Cholesterol
PEG-c-DOMG Mole Percent 50.0 10.0 37-38.5 1.5-3 (mol %)
[1024] Two types of PEG lipid, 1,2-Dimyristoyl-sn-glycerol,
methoxypolyethylene Glycol (PEG-DMG, NOF Cat # SUNBRIGHT.RTM.
GM-020) and 1,2-Distearoyl-sn-glycerol, methoxypolyethylene Glycol
(PEG-DSG, NOF Cat # SUNBRIGHT.RTM. GS-020), were tested at 1.5 or
3.0 mol %. After the formation of the LNPs and the encapsulation of
the modified G-CSF mRNA, the LNP formulations were characterized by
particle size, zeta potential and encapsulation percentage and the
results are shown in Table 47.
TABLE-US-00048 TABLE 47 Characterization of LNP Formulations
Formulation No. NPA-071-1 NPA-072-1 NPA-073-1 NPA-074-1 Lipid
PEG-DMG PEG-DMG PEG-DSA PEG-DSA 1.5% 3% 1.5% 3% Mean Size 95 nm 85
nm 95 nm 75 nm PDI: 0.01 PDI: 0.06 PDI: 0.08 PDI: 0.08 Zeta at pH
7.4 -1.1 mV -2.6 mV 1.7 mV 0.7 mV Encapsulation 88% 89% 98% 95%
(RiboGreen)
[1025] B. In Vivo Screening of PEG LNPs
[1026] Formulations of the PEG LNPs described in Table 40 were
administered to mice (n=5) intravenously at a dose of 0.5 mg/kg.
Serum was collected from the mice at 2 hours, 8 hours, 24 hours, 48
hours, 72 hours and 8 days after administration of the formulation.
The serum was analyzed by ELISA to determine the protein expression
of G-CSF and the expression levels are shown in Table 48. LNP
formulations using PEG-DMG gave substantially higher levels of
protein expression than LNP formulations with PEG-DSA.
TABLE-US-00049 TABLE 48 Protein Expression Protein Formulation
Expression Lipid No. Time (pg/ml) PEG-DMG, NPA-071-1 2 hours
114,102 1.5% 8 hours 357,944 24 hours 104,832 48 hours 6,697 72
hours 980 8 days 0 PEG-DMG, NPA-072-1 2 hours 154,079 3% 8 hours
354,994 24 hours 164,311 48 hours 13,048 72 hours 1,182 8 days 13
PEG-DSA, NPA-073-1 2 hours 3,193 1.5% 8 hours 6,162 24 hours 446 48
hours 197 72 hours 124 8 days 5 PEG-DSA, NPA-074-1 2 hours 259 3% 8
hours 567 24 hours 258 48 hours 160 72 hours 328 8 days 33
Example 27
Cationic Lipid Formulation Studies
[1027] A. Formulation and Characterization of Cationic Lipid
Nanoparticles
[1028] Lipid nanoparticles (LNPs) were formulated using the syringe
pump method. The LNPs were formulated at a 20:1 weight ratio of
total lipid to modified mRNA. The final lipid molar ratio ranges of
cationic lipid, DSPC, cholesterol and PEG-c-DOMG are outlined in
Table 49.
TABLE-US-00050 TABLE 49 Molar Ratios Cationic Lipid DSPC
Cholesterol PEG-c-DOMG Mole Percent 50.0 10.0 38.5 1.5 (mol %)
[1029] A 25 mM lipid solution in ethanol and modified RNA in 50 mM
citrate at a pH of 3 were mixed to create spontaneous vesicle
formation. The vesicles were stabilized in ethanol before the
ethanol was removed and there was a buffer exchange by dialysis.
The LNPs were then characterized by particle size, zeta potential,
and encapsulation percentage. Table 50 describes the
characterization of LNPs encapsulating EPO modified mRNA (SEQ ID
NO: 9 polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine) or G-CSF modified mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 6; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1;
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) using
DLin-MC3-DMA, DLin-DMA or C12-200 as the cationic lipid.
TABLE-US-00051 TABLE 50 Characterization of Cationic Lipid
Formulations Formulation No. NPA- NPA- NPA- NPA- NPA- NPA- 071-1
072-1 073-1 074-1 075-1 076-1 Lipid DLin- DLin- DLin- DLin- C12-
C12- MC3- MC3- DMA DMA 200 200 DMA DMA Modified EPO G-CSF EPO G-CSF
EPO G-CSF RNA Mean Size 89 nm 96 nm 70 nm 73 nm 97 nm 103 nm PDI:
PDI: PDI: PDI: PDI: PDI: 0.07 0.08 0.04 0.06 0.05 0.09 Zeta at -1.1
-1.4 -1.6 -0.4 1.4 0.9 pH 7.4 mV mV mV mV mV mV Encap- 100% 100%
99% 100% 88% 98% sulation (RiboGreen)
[1030] B. In Vivo Screening of Cationic LNP Formulations
[1031] Formulations of the cationic lipid formulations described in
Table 42 were administered to mice (n=5) intravenously at a dose of
0.5 mg/kg. Serum was collected from the mice at 2 hours, 24 hours,
72 hours and/or 7 days after administration of the formulation. The
serum was analyzed by ELISA to determine the protein expression of
EPO or G-CSF and the expression levels are shown in Table 51.
TABLE-US-00052 TABLE 51 Protein Expression Protein Modified
Formulation Expression mRNA No. Time (pg/ml) EPO NPA-071-1 2 hours
304,190.0 24 hours 166,811.5 72 hours 1,356.1 7 days 20.3 EPO
NPA-073-1 2 hours 73,852.0 24 hours 75,559.7 72 hours 130.8 EPO
NPA-075-1 2 hours 413,010.2 24 hours 56,463.8 G-CSF NPA-072-1 2
hours 62,113.1 24 hours 53,206.6 G-CSF NPA-074-1 24 hours 25,059.3
G-CSF NPA-076-1 2 hours 219,198.1 24 hours 8,470.0
[1032] Toxicity was seen in the mice administered the LNPs
formulations with the cationic lipid C12-200 (NPA-075-1 and
NPA-076-1) and they were sacrificed at 24 hours because they showed
symptoms such as scrubby fur, cowering behavior and weight loss of
greater than 10%. C12-200 was expected to be more toxic but also
had a high level of expression over a short period. The cationic
lipid DLin-DMA (NPA-073-1 and NPA-074-1) had the lowest expression
out of the three cationic lipids tested. DLin-MC3-DMA (NPA-071-1
and NPA-072-1) showed good expression up to day three and was above
the background sample out to day 7 for EPO formulations.
Example 28
Method of Screening for Protein Expression
[1033] A. Electrospray Ionization
[1034] A biological sample which may contain proteins encoded by
modified RNA administered to the subject is prepared and analyzed
according to the manufacturer protocol for electrospray ionization
(ESI) using 1, 2, 3 or 4 mass analyzers. A biologic sample may also
be analyzed using a tandem ESI mass spectrometry system.
[1035] Patterns of protein fragments, or whole proteins, are
compared to known controls for a given protein and identity is
determined by comparison.
[1036] B. Matrix-Assisted Laser Desorption/Ionization
[1037] A biological sample which may contain proteins encoded by
modified RNA administered to the subject is prepared and analyzed
according to the manufacturer protocol for matrix-assisted laser
desorption/ionization (MALDI).
[1038] Patterns of protein fragments, or whole proteins, are
compared to known controls for a given protein and identity is
determined by comparison.
[1039] C. Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry-Mass
Spectrometry
[1040] A biological sample, which may contain proteins encoded by
modified RNA, may be treated with a trypsin enzyme to digest the
proteins contained within. The resulting peptides are analyzed by
liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry-mass spectrometry
(LC/MS/MS). The peptides are fragmented in the mass spectrometer to
yield diagnostic patterns that can be matched to protein sequence
databases via computer algorithms. The digested sample may be
diluted to achieve 1 ng or less starting material for a given
protein. Biological samples containing a simple buffer background
(e.g. water or volatile salts) are amenable to direct in-solution
digest; more complex backgrounds (e.g. detergent, non-volatile
salts, glycerol) require an additional clean-up step to facilitate
the sample analysis.
[1041] Patterns of protein fragments, or whole proteins, are
compared to known controls for a given protein and identity is
determined by comparison.
Example 29
LNP In Vivo Studies
[1042] mCherry mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 14; polyA tail of approximately 160
nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified
with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) was formulated as a lipid
nanoparticle (LNP) using the syringe pump method. The LNP was
formulated at a 20:1 weight ratio of total lipid to modified mRNA
with a final lipid molar ratio of 50:10:38.5:1.5 (DLin-KC2-DMA:
DSPC: Cholesterol: PEG-c-DOMG). The mCherry formulation, listed in
Table 52, was characterized by particle size, zeta potential, and
encapsulation.
TABLE-US-00053 TABLE 52 mCherry Formulation Formulation # NPA-003-5
Modified mRNA mCherry Mean size 105 nm PDI: 0.09 Zeta at pH 7.4 1.8
mV Encaps. 100% (RiboGr)
[1043] The LNP formulation was administered to mice (n=5)
intravenously at a modified mRNA dose of 100 ug. Mice were
sacrificed at 24 hrs after dosing. The liver and spleen from the
mice administered with mCherry modified mRNA formulations were
analyzed by immunohistochemistry (IHC), western blot, or
fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS).
[1044] Histology of the liver showed uniform mCherry expression
throughout the section, while untreated animals did not express
mCherry. Western blots were also used to confirm mCherry expression
in the treated animals, whereas mCherry was not detected in the
untreated animals. Tubulin was used as a control marker and was
detected in both treated and untreated mice, indicating that normal
protein expression in hepatocytes was unaffected.
[1045] FACS and IHC were also performed on the spleens of mCherry
and untreated mice. All leukocyte cell populations were negative
for mCherry expression by FACS analysis. By IHC, there were also no
observable differences in the spleen in the spleen between mCherry
treated and untreated mice.
Example 30
Syringe Pump In Vivo Studies
[1046] mCherry modified mRNA is formulated as a lipid nanoparticle
(LNP) using the syringe pump method. The LNP is formulated at a
20:1 weight ratio of total lipid to modified mRNA with a final
lipid molar ratio of 50:10:38.5:1.5 (DLin-KC2-DMA: DSPC:
Cholesterol: PEG-c-DOMG). The mCherry formulation is characterized
by particle size, zeta potential, and encapsulation.
[1047] The LNP formulation is administered to mice (n=5)
intravenously at a modified mRNA dose of 10 or 100 ug. Mice are
sacrificed at 24 hrs after dosing. The liver and spleen from the
mice administered with mCherry modified mRNA formulations are
analyzed by immunohistochemistry (IHC), western blot, and/or
fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS).
Example 31
In Vitro and In Vivo Expression
[1048] A. In Vitro Expression in Human Cells Using Lipidoid
Formulations
[1049] The ratio of mmRNA to lipidoid used to test for in vitro
transfection is tested empirically at different lipidoid:mmRNA
ratios. Previous work using siRNA and lipidoids have utilized
2.5:1, 5:1, 10:1, and 15:1 lipidoid:siRNA wt:wt ratios. Given the
longer length of mmRNA relative to siRNA, a lower wt:wt ratio of
lipidoid to mmRNA may be effective. In addition, for comparison
mmRNA were also formulated using RNAIMAX.TM. (Invitrogen, Carlsbad,
Calif.) or TRANSIT-mRNA (Mims Bio, Madison, Wis.) cationic lipid
delivery vehicles. The ability of lipidoid-formulated Luciferase
(IVT cDNA sequence as shown in SEQ ID NO: 15; mRNA sequence shown
in SEQ ID NO: 16, polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not
shown in sequence, 5' cap, Cap1, fully modified with
5-methylcytosine at each cytosine and pseudouridine replacement at
each uridine site), green fluorescent protein (GFP) (IVT cDNA
wild-type sequence is shown in SEQ ID NO: 17; mRNA sequence shown
in SEQ ID NO: 18, polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not
shown in sequence, 5' cap, Cap1), G-CSF (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ
ID NO: 6; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1), and EPO mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ
ID NO: 9; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) to express the desired protein product can
be confirmed by luminescence for luciferase expression, flow
cytometry for GFP expression, and by ELISA for G-CSF and
Erythropoietin (EPO) secretion.
[1050] B. In Vivo Expression Following Intravenous Injection
[1051] Systemic intravenous administration of the formulations are
created using various different lipidoids including, but not
limited to, 98N12-5, C12-200, and MD1.
[1052] Lipidoid formulations containing mmRNA are injected
intravenously into animals. The expression of the modified mRNA
(mmRNA)-encoded proteins are assessed in blood and/or other organs
samples such as, but not limited to, the liver and spleen collected
from the animal. Conducting single dose intravenous studies will
also allow an assessment of the magnitude, dose responsiveness, and
longevity of expression of the desired product.
[1053] In one embodiment, lipidoid based formulations of 98N12-5,
C12-200, MD1 and other lipidoids, are used to deliver luciferase,
green fluorescent protein (GFP), mCherry fluorescent protein,
secreted alkaline phosphatase (sAP), human G-CSF, human Factor IX,
or human Erythropoietin (EPO) mmRNA into the animal. After
formulating mmRNA with a lipid, as described previously, animals
are divided into groups to receive either a saline formulation, or
a lipidoid-formulation which contains one of a different mmRNA
selected from luciferase, GFP, mCherry, sAP, human G-CSF, human
Factor IX, and human EPO. Prior to injection into the animal,
mmRNA-containing lipidoid formulations are diluted in PBS. Animals
are then administered a single dose of formulated mmRNA ranging
from a dose of 10 mg/kg to doses as low as 1 ng/kg, with a
preferred range to be 10 mg/kg to 100 ng/kg, where the dose of
mmRNA depends on the animal body weight such as a 20 gram mouse
receiving a maximum formulation of 0.2 ml (dosing is based no mmRNA
per kg body weight). After the administration of the mmRNA-lipidoid
formulation, serum, tissues, and/or tissue lysates are obtained and
the level of the mmRNA-encoded product is determined at a single
and/or a range of time intervals. The ability of
lipidoid-formulated Luciferase, GFP, mCherry, sAP, G-CSF, Factor
IX, and EPO mmRNA to express the desired protein product is
confirmed by luminescence for the expression of Luciferase, flow
cytometry for the expression of GFP and mCherry expression, by
enzymatic activity for sAP, or by ELISA for the section of G-CSF,
Factor IX and/or EPO.
[1054] Further studies for a multi-dose regimen are also performed
to determine the maximal expression of mmRNA, to evaluate the
saturability of the mmRNA-driven expression (by giving a control
and active mmRNA formulation in parallel or in sequence), and to
determine the feasibility of repeat drug administration (by giving
mmRNA in doses separated by weeks or months and then determining
whether expression level is affected by factors such as
immunogenicity). An assessment of the physiological function of
proteins such as G-CSF and EPO are also determined through
analyzing samples from the animal tested and detecting increases in
granulocyte and red blood cell counts, respectively. Activity of an
expressed protein product such as Factor IX, in animals can also be
assessed through analysis of Factor IX enzymatic activity (such as
an activated partial thromboplastin time assay) and effect of
clotting times.
[1055] C. In Vitro Expression Following Intramuscular and/or
Subcutaneous Injection
[1056] The use of lipidoid formulations to deliver
oligonucleotides, including mRNA, via an intramuscular route or a
subcutaneous route of injection needs to be evaluated as it has not
been previously reported. Intramuscular and/or subcutaneous
injection of mmRNA are evaluated to determine if mmRNA-containing
lipidoid formulations are capable to produce both localized and
systemic expression of a desired proteins.
[1057] Lipidoid formulations of 98N12-5, C12-200, and MD1
containing mmRNA selected from luciferase, green fluorescent
protein (GFP), mCherry fluorescent protein, secreted alkaline
phosphatase (sAP), human G-CSF, human factor IX, or human
Erythropoietin (EPO) mmRNA are injected intramuscularly and/or
subcutaneously into animals. The expression of mmRNA-encoded
proteins are assessed both within the muscle or subcutaneous tissue
and systemically in blood and other organs such as the liver and
spleen. Single dose studies allow an assessment of the magnitude,
dose responsiveness, and longevity of expression of the desired
product.
[1058] Animals are divided into groups to receive either a saline
formulation or a formulation containing modified mRNA. Prior to
injection mmRNA-containing lipidoid formulations are diluted in
PBS. Animals are administered a single intramuscular dose of
formulated mmRNA ranging from 50 mg/kg to doses as low as 1 ng/kg
with a preferred range to be 10 mg/kg to 100 ng/kg. A maximum dose
for intramuscular administration, for a mouse, is roughly 1 mg
mmRNA or as low as 0.02 ng mmRNA for an intramuscular injection
into the hind limb of the mouse. For subcutaneous administration,
the animals are administered a single subcutaneous dose of
formulated mmRNA ranging from 400 mg/kg to doses as low as 1 ng/kg
with a preferred range to be 80 mg/kg to 100 ng/kg. A maximum dose
for subcutaneous administration, for a mouse, is roughly 8 mg mmRNA
or as low as 0.02 ng mmRNA.
[1059] For a 20 gram mouse the volume of a single intramuscular
injection is maximally 0.025 ml and a single subcutaneous injection
is maximally 0.2 ml. The optimal dose of mmRNA administered is
calculated from the body weight of the animal. At various points in
time points following the administration of the mmRNA-lipidoid,
serum, tissues, and tissue lysates is obtained and the level of the
mmRNA-encoded product is determined. The ability of
lipidoid-formulated luciferase, green fluorescent protein (GFP),
mCherry fluorescent protein, secreted alkaline phosphatase (sAP),
human G-CSF, human factor IX, or human Erythropoietin (EPO) mRNA to
express the desired protein product is confirmed by luminescence
for luciferase expression, flow cytometry for GFP and mCherry
expression, by enzymatic activity for sAP, and by ELISA for G-CSF,
Factor IX and Erythropoietin (EPO) secretion.
[1060] Additional studies for a multi-dose regimen are also
performed to determine the maximal expression using mmRNA, to
evaluate the saturability of the mmRNA-driven expression (achieved
by giving a control and active mmRNA formulation in parallel or in
sequence), and to determine the feasibility of repeat drug
administration (by giving mmRNA in doses separated by weeks or
months and then determining whether expression level is affected by
factors such as immunogenicity). Studies utilizing multiple
subcutaneous or intramuscular injection sites at one time point,
are also utilized to further increase mmRNA drug exposure and
improve protein production. An assessment of the physiological
function of proteins, such as GFP, mCherry, sAP, human G-CSF, human
factor IX, and human EPO, are determined through analyzing samples
from the tested animals and detecting a change in granulocyte
and/or red blood cell counts. Activity of an expressed protein
product such as Factor IX, in animals can also be assessed through
analysis of Factor IX enzymatic activity (such as an activated
partial thromboplastin time assay) and effect of clotting
times.
Example 32
In Vivo Delivery Using Lipoplexes
[1061] A. Human EPO Modified RNA Lipoplex
[1062] A formulation containing 100 .mu.g of modified human
erythropoietin (EPO) mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 9;
polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence;
5' cap, Cap1) (EPO; fully modified 5-methylcytosine;
N1-methylpseudouridine) was lipoplexed with 30% by volume of
RNAIMAX.TM. (Lipoplex-h-Epo-46; Generation 2 or Gen2) in 50-70 uL
delivered intramuscularly to four C57/BL6 mice. Other groups
consisted of mice receiving an injection of the lipoplexed modified
luciferase mRNA (Lipoplex-luc) (IVT cDNA sequence shown in SEQ ID
NO: 15; mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16, polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence, 5' cap, Cap1,
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine at each cytosine and
pseudouridine replacement at each uridine site) which served as a
control containing 100 .mu.g of modified luciferase mRNA was
lipoplexed with 30% by volume of RNAiMAX.TM. or mice receiving an
injection of the formulation buffer as negative control at a dose
volume of 65 ul. 13 hours after the intramuscular injection, serum
was collected from each mouse to measure the amount of human EPO
protein in the mouse serum by human EPO ELISA and the results are
shown in Table 53.
TABLE-US-00054 TABLE 53 Human EPO Production (IM Injection Route)
Mouse Mouse Mouse Mouse Formualtion #1 #2 #3 #4 Average
Lipoplex-h-Epo-46 189.8 92.55 409.5 315.95 251.95 Lipoplex-Luc 0 0
0 0 0 Formulation Buffer 0 0 0 0 0
[1063] B. Human G-CSF Modified RNA Lipoplex
[1064] A formulation containing 100 .mu.g of one of two versions of
modified human G-CSF mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 6;
polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence;
5' cap, Cap1) (G-CSF fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine (G-CSF) or G-CSF fully modified with 5-methylcytosine
and N1-methyl-pseudouridine (G-CSF-N1) lipoplexed with 30% by
volume of RNAIMAX.TM. and delivered in 150 uL intramuscularly
(I.M), in 150 uL subcutaneously (S.C) and in 225 uL intravenously
(I.V) to C57/BL6 mice.
[1065] Three control groups were administered either 100 .mu.g of
modified luciferase mRNA (IVT cDNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 15;
mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16, polyA tail of approximately
160 nucleotides not shown in sequence, 5' cap, Cap1, fully modified
with 5-methylcytosine at each cytosine and pseudouridine
replacement at each uridine site) intramuscularly (Luc-unsp I.M.)
or 150 .mu.g of modified luciferase mRNA intravenously (Luc-unsp
I.V.) or 150 uL of the formulation buffer intramuscularly (Buffer
I.M.). 6 hours after administration of a formulation, serum was
collected from each mouse to measure the amount of human G-CSF
protein in the mouse serum by human G-CSF ELISA and the results are
shown in Table 54.
[1066] These results demonstrate that both
5-methylcytosine/pseudouridine and
5-methylcytosine/N1-methylpseudouridine modified human G-CSF mRNA
can result in specific human G-CSF protein expression in serum when
delivered via I.V. or I.M. route of administration in a lipoplex
formulation.
TABLE-US-00055 TABLE 54 Human G-CSF in Serum (I.M., I.V., S.C.
Injection Route) Formulation Route G-CSF (pg/ml) G-CSF I.M. 85.6
G-CSF N1 I.M. 40.1 G-CSF S.C. 3.9 G-CSF N1 S.C. 0.0 G-CSF I.V. 31.0
G-CSF N1 I.V. 6.1 Luc-unsp I.M. 0.0 Luc-unsp I.V. 0.0 Buffer I.M.
0.0
[1067] C. Human G-CSF Modified RNA Lipoplex Comparison
[1068] A formulation containing 100 .mu.g of either modified human
G-CSF mRNA lipoplexed with 30% by volume of RNAIMAX.TM. with a
5-methylcytosine (5mc) and a pseudouridine (.psi.) modification
(G-CSF-Gen1-Lipoplex), modified human G-CSF mRNA with a 5mc and
.psi. modification in saline (G-CSF-Gen1-Saline), modified human
G-CSF mRNA with a N1-5-methylcytosine (N-1-5mc) and a .psi.
modification lipoplexed with 30% by volume of RNAIMAX.TM.
(G-CSF-Gen2-Lipoplex), modified human G-CSF mRNA with a N1-5mc and
.psi. modification in saline (G-CSF-Gen2-Saline), modified
luciferase with a 5mc and .psi. modification lipoplexed with 30% by
volume of RNAIMAX.TM. (Luc-Lipoplex), or modified luciferase mRNA
with a a 5mc and .psi. modification in saline (Luc-Saline) was
delivered intramuscularly (I.M.) or subcutaneously (S.C.) and a
control group for each method of administration was giving a dose
of 80 uL of the formulation buffer (F. Buffer) to C57/BL6 mice. 13
hours post injection serum and tissue from the site of injection
were collected from each mouse and analyzed by G-CSF ELISA to
compare human G-CSF protein levels. The results of the human G-CSF
protein in mouse serum from the intramuscular administration and
the subcutaneous administration results are shown in Table 55.
[1069] These results demonstrate that
5-methylcytosine/pseudouridine and
5-methylcytosine/N1-methylpseudouridine modified human G-CSF mRNA
can result in specific human G-CSF protein expression in serum when
delivered via I.M. or S.C. route of administration whether in a
saline formulation or in a lipoplex formulation. As shown in Table
55, 5-methylcytosine/N1-methylpseudouridine modified human G-CSF
mRNA generally demonstrates increased human G-CSF protein
production relative to 5-methylcytosine/pseudouridine modified
human G-CSF mRNA.
TABLE-US-00056 TABLE 55 Human G-CSF Protein in Mouse Serum G-CSF
(pg/ml) Formulation I.M. Injection Route S.C. Injenction Route
G-CSF-Gen1-Lipoplex 13.988 42.855 GCSF-Gen1-saline 9.375 4.614
GCSF-Gen2-lipoplex 75.572 32.107 GCSF-Gen2-saline 20.190 45.024 Luc
lipoplex 0 3.754 Luc saline 0.0748 0 F. Buffer 4.977 2.156
[1070] D. mCherry Modified RNA Lipoplex Comparison
[1071] Intramuscular and Subcutaneous Administration
[1072] A formulation containing 100 .mu.g of either modified
mCherry mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 7; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1)
lipoplexed with 30% by volume of RNAIMAX.TM. or modified mCherry
mRNA in saline is delivered intramuscularly and subcutaneously to
mice. A formulation buffer is also administered to a control group
of mice either intramuscularly or subcutaneously. The site of
injection on the mice may be collected 17 hours post injection for
sectioning to determine the cell type(s) responsible for producing
protein.
[1073] Intravitreal Administration
[1074] A formulation containing 10 .mu.g of either modified mCherry
mRNA lipoplexed with RNAIMAX.TM., modified mCherry mRNA in a
formulation buffer, modified luciferase mRNA lipoplexed with
RNAMAX.TM., modified luciferase mRNA in a formulation buffer can be
administered by intravitreal injection (IVT) in rats in a dose
volume of 5 .mu.l/eye. A formulation buffer is also administered by
IVT to a control group of rats in a dose volume of 5 .mu.l/eye.
Eyes from treated rats can be collected after 18 hours post
injection for sectioning and lysating to determine whether mmRNA
can be effectively delivered in vivo to the eye and result in
protein production, and to also determine the cell type(s)
responsible for producing protein in vivo.
[1075] Intranasal Administration
[1076] A formulation containing 100 .mu.g of either modified
mCherry mRNA lipoplexed with 30% by volume of RNAIMAX.TM., modified
mCherry mRNA in saline, modified luciferase mRNA lipoplexed with
30% by volume of RNAIMAX.TM. or modified luciferase mRNA in saline
is delivered intranasally. A formulation buffer is also
administered to a control group intranasally. Lungs may be
collected about 13 hours post instillation for sectioning (for
those receiving mCherry mRNA) or homogenization (for those
receiving luciferase mRNA). These samples will be used to determine
whether mRNA can be effectively delivered in vivo to the lungs and
result in protein production, and to also determine the cell
type(s) responsible for producing protein in vivo.
Example 33
In Vivo Delivery Using Varying Lipid Ratios
[1077] Modified mRNA was delivered to C57/BL6 mice to evaluate
varying lipid ratios and the resulting protein expression.
Formulations of 100 .mu.g modified human EPO mRNA (mRNA sequence
shown in SEQ ID NO: 9; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides
not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) lipoplexed with 10%, 30% or 50%
RNAIMAX.TM., 100 .mu.g modified luciferase mRNA (IVT cDNA sequence
shown in SEQ ID NO: 15; mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16, polyA
tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence, 5'
cap, Cap1, fully modified with 5-methylcytosine at each cytosine
and pseudouridine replacement at each uridine site) lipoplexed with
10%, 30% or 50% RNAIMAX.TM. or a formulation buffer were
administered intramuscularly to mice in a single 70 .mu.l dose.
Serum was collected 13 hours post injection to undergo a human EPO
ELISA to determine the human EPO protein level in each mouse. The
results of the human EPO ELISA, shown in Table 56, show that
modified human EPO expressed in the muscle is secreted into the
serum for each of the different percentage of RNAIMAX.TM..
TABLE-US-00057 TABLE 56 Human EPO Protein in Mouse Serum (IM
Injection Route) Formulation EPO (pg/ml) Epo + 10% RNAiMAX 11.4 Luc
+ 10% RNAiMAX 0 Epo + 30% RNAiMAX 27.1 Luc + 30% RNAiMAX 0 Epo +
50% RNAiMAX 19.7 Luc + 50% RNAiMAX 0 F. Buffer 0
Example 34
Intramuscular and Subcutaneous In Vivo Delivery in Mammals
[1078] Modified human EPO mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:
9; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine) formulated in formulation buffer was delivered to
either C57/BL6 mice or Sprague-Dawley rats to evaluate the dose
dependency on human EPO production. Rats were intramuscularly
injected with 50 .mu.l of the modified human EPO mRNA (h-EPO),
modified luciferase mRNA (Luc) (IVT cDNA sequence shown in SEQ ID
NO: 15; mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16, polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence, 5' cap, Cap1,
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine at each cytosine and
pseudouridine replacement at each uridine site) or the formulation
buffer (F. Buffer) as described in the dosing chart Table 57.
[1079] Mice were intramuscularly or subcutaneously injected with 50
.mu.L of the modified human EPO mRNA (h-EPO), modified luciferase
mRNA (Luc) or the formulation buffer (F. Buffer) as described in
the dosing chart Table 58. 13 hours post injection blood was
collected and serum was analyzed to determine the amount human EPO
for each mouse or rat. The average and geometric mean in pg/ml for
the rat study are also shown in Table 57.
TABLE-US-00058 TABLE 57 Rat Study Avg. Geometric- Group Dose pg/ml
mean pg/ml h-EPO G#1 150 .mu.g 67.7 67.1 h-EPO G#2 100 .mu.g 79.4
66.9 h-EPO G#3 50 .mu.g 101.5 85.4 h-EPO G#4 10 .mu.g 46.3 31.2
h-EPO G#5 1 .mu.g 28.7 25.4 Luc G#6 100 .mu.g 24.5 22.4 F. Buffer
G#7 -- 18.7 18.5
TABLE-US-00059 TABLE 58 Mouse Study Average Level Route Treatment
Group Dose in serum pg/ml IM h-EPO 1 100 .mu.g 96.2 IM h-EPO 2 50
.mu.g 63.5 IM h-EPO 3 25 .mu.g 18.7 IM h-EPO 4 10 .mu.g 25.9 IM
h-EPO 5 1 .mu.g 2.6 IM Luc 6 100 .mu.g 0 IM F. Buffer 7 -- 1.0 SC
h-EPO 1 100 .mu.g 72.0 SC Luc 2 100 .mu.g 26.7 SC F. Buffer 3 --
17.4
Example 35
Duration of Activity after Intramuscular In Vivo Delivery
[1080] Modified human EPO mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:
9; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine) formulated in formulation buffer was delivered to
Sprague-Dawley rats to determine the duration of the dose response.
Rats were intramuscularly injected with 50 .mu.l of the modified
human EPO mRNA (h-EPO), modified luciferase mRNA (IVT cDNA sequence
shown in SEQ ID NO: 15; mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16, polyA
tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence, 5'
cap, Cap1, fully modified with 5-methylcytosine at each cytosine
and pseudouridine replacement at each uridine site) (Luc) or the
formulation buffer (F. Buffer) as described in the dosing chart
Table 59. The rats were bled 2, 6, 12, 24, 48 and 72 hours after
the intramuscular injection to determine the concentration of human
EPO in serum at a given time. The average and geometric mean in
pg/ml for this study are also shown in Table 59.
TABLE-US-00060 TABLE 59 Dosing Chart Avg. Geometric- Group Dose
pg/ml mean pg/ml h-EPO 2 hour 100 .mu.g 59.6 58.2 h-EPO 6 hour 100
.mu.g 68.6 55.8 h-EPO 12 hour 100 .mu.g 87.4 84.5 h-EPO 24 hour 100
.mu.g 108.6 95.3 h-EPO 48 hour 100 .mu.g 77.9 77.0 h-EPO 72 hour
100 .mu.g 80.1 75.8 Luc 24, 48 100 .mu.g 37.2 29.2 and 72 hour F.
Buffer 24, 48 -- 48.9 10.4 and 72 hour
Example 36
Routes of Administration
[1081] Studies were performed to investigate split dosing using
different routes of administration. Studies utilizing multiple
subcutaneous or intramuscular injection sites at one time point
were designed and performed to investigate ways to increase mmRNA
drug exposure and improve protein production. In addition to
detection of the expressed protein product, an assessment of the
physiological function of proteins was also determined through
analyzing samples from the animal tested.
[1082] Surprisingly, it has been determined that split dosing of
mmRNA produces greater protein production and phenotypic responses
than those produced by single unit dosing or multi-dosing
schemes.
[1083] The design of a split dose experiment involved using human
erythropoietin (EPO) mmRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 9;
polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence;
5' cap, Cap1) or luciferase mmRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID
NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) administered in buffer alone or formulated
with 30% lipoplex (RNAIMAX.TM.). The dosing vehicle (formulation
buffer) consisted of 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM CaCl.sub.2, 2 mM
Na.sup.+-phosphate (1.4 mM monobasic sodium phosphate; 0.6 mM
dibasic sodium phosphate), and 0.5 mM EDTA, pH 6.5. The pH was
adjusted using sodium hydroxide and the final solution was filter
sterilized. The mmRNA was modified with 5meC at each cytosine and
pseudouridine replacement at each uridine site.
[1084] mice per group were dosed intramuscularly (I.M.),
intravenously (I.V.) or subcutaneously (S.C.) by the dosing chart
outlined in Table 60. Serum was collected 13 hours post injection
from all mice, tissue was collected from the site of injection from
the intramuscular and subcutaneous group and the spleen, liver and
kidneys were collected from the intravenous group. The results from
the intramuscular group and the subcutaneous group results are
shown in Table 61.
TABLE-US-00061 TABLE 60 Dosing Chart Total Dosing Group Treatment
Route Dose of mmRNA Dose Vehicle 1 Lipoplex-human EPO mmRNA I.M. 4
x 100 ug + 30% 4x70 ul Lipoplex Lipoplex 2 Lipoplex-human EPO mmRNA
I.M. 4 x 100 ug 4x70 ul Buffer 3 Lipoplex-human EPO mmRNA S.C. 4 x
100 ug + 30% 4x70 ul Lipoplex Lipoplex 4 Lipoplex-human EPO mmRNA
S.C. 4 x 100 ug 4x70 ul Buffer 5 Lipoplex-human EPO mmRNA I.V. 200
ug + 30% Lipoplex 140 ul Lipoplex 6 Lipoplexed-Luciferase mmRNA
I.M. 100 ug + 30% Lipoplex 4x70 ul Lipoplex 7 Lipoplexed-Luciferase
mmRNA I.M. 100 ug 4x70 ul Buffer 8 Lipoplexed-Luciferase mmRNA S.C.
100 ug + 30% Lipoplex 4x70 ul Lipoplex 9 Lipoplexed-Luciferase
mmRNA S.C. 100 ug 4x70 ul Buffer 10 Lipoplexed-human EPO mmRNA I.V.
200 ug + 30% Lipoplex 140 ul Lipoplex 11 Formulation Buffer I.M. 4x
multi dosing 4x70 ul Buffer
TABLE-US-00062 TABLE 61 Human EPO Protein in Mouse Serum (I.M.
Injection Route) EPO (pg/ml) Formulation I.M. Injection Route S.C.
Injection Route Epo-Lipoplex 67.115 2.154 Luc-Lipoplex 0 0
Epo-Saline 100.891 11.37 Luc-Saline 0 0 Formulation Buffer 0 0
Example 37
Rapidly Eliminated Lipid Nanoparticle (reLNP) Studies
[1085] A. Formulation of Modified RNA reLNPs
[1086] Solutions of synthesized lipid,
1,2-distearoyl-3-phosphatidylcholine (DSPC) (Avanti Polar Lipids,
Alabaster, Ala.), cholesterol (Sigma-Aldrich, Taufkirchen,
Germany), and
.alpha.-[3'-(1,2-dimyristoyl-3-propanoxy)-carboxamide-propyl]-.omega.-met-
hoxy-polyoxyethylene (PEG-c-DOMG) (NOF, Bouwelven, Belgium) are
prepared and stored at -20.degree. C. The synthesized lipid is
selected from DLin-DMA with an internal ester, DLin-DMA with a
terminal ester, DLin-MC3-DMA-internal ester, and DLin-MC3-DMA with
a terminal ester. The reLNPs are combined to yield a molar ratio of
50:10:38.5:1.5 (reLNP: DSPC: Cholesterol: PEG-c-DOMG). Formulations
of the reLNPs and modified mRNA are prepared by combining the lipid
solution with the modified mRNA solution at total lipid to modified
mRNA weight ratio of 10:1, 15:1, 20:1 and 30:1.
[1087] B. Characterization of Formulations
[1088] A Zetasizer Nano ZS (Malvern Instruments Ltd, Malvern,
Worcestershire, UK) is used to determine the particle size, the
polydispersity index (PDI) and the zeta potential of the modified
mRNA nanoparticles in 1.times.PBS in determining particle size and
15 mM PBS in determining zeta potential.
[1089] Ultraviolet-visible spectroscopy is used to determine the
concentration of modified mRNA nanoparticle formulation. After
mixing, the absorbance spectrum of the solution is recorded between
230 nm and 330 nm on a DU 800 spectrophotometer (Beckman Coulter,
Beckman Coulter, Inc., Brea, Calif.). The modified RNA
concentration in the nanoparticle formulation is calculated based
on the extinction coefficient of the modified RNA used in the
formulation and on the difference between the absorbance at a
wavelength of 260 nm and the baseline value at a wavelength of 330
nm.
[1090] QUANT-IT.TM. RIBOGREEN.RTM. RNA assay (Invitrogen
Corporation Carlsbad, Calif.) is used to evaluate the encapsulation
of modified RNA by the nanoparticle. The samples are diluted,
transferred to a polystyrene 96 well plate, then either a TE buffer
or a 2% Triton X-100 solution is added. The plate is incubated and
the RIBOGREEN.RTM. reagent is diluted in TE buffer, and of this
solution is added to each well. The fluorescence intensity is
measured using a fluorescence plate reader (Wallac Victor 1420
Multilablel Counter; Perkin Elmer, Waltham, Mass.) The fluorescence
values of the reagent blank are subtracted from each of the samples
and the percentage of free modified RNA is determined by dividing
the fluorescence intensity of the intact sample by the fluorescence
value of the disrupted sample.
[1091] C. In Vitro Incubation
[1092] Human embryonic kidney epithelial (HEK293) and
hepatocellular carcinoma epithelial (HepG2) cells (LGC standards
GmbH, Wesel, Germany) are seeded on 96-well plates (Greiner Bio-one
GmbH, Frickenhausen, Germany) and plates for HEK293 cells are
precoated with collagen type 1. HEK293 are seeded at a density of
about 30,000 and HepG2 are seeded at a density of about 35,000
cells per well in 100 .mu.l cell culture medium. Formulations
containing mCherry mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 7; polyA
tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5'
cap, Cap1) are added directly after seeding the cells and
incubated. The mCherry cDNA with the T7 promoter, 5' untranslated
region (UTR) and 3' UTR used in in vitro transcription (IVT) is
given in SEQ ID NO: 8.
[1093] Cells are harvested by transferring the culture media
supernatants to a 96-well Pro-Bind U-bottom plate (Beckton
Dickinson GmbH, Heidelberg, Germany). Cells are trypsinized with
1/2 volume Trypsin/EDTA (Biochrom AG, Berlin, Germany), pooled with
respective supernatants and fixed by adding one volume PBS/2% FCS
(both Biochrom AG, Berlin, Germany)/0.5% formaldehyde (Merck,
Darmstadt, Germany). Samples are then submitted to a flow cytometer
measurement with an excitation laser and a filter for PE-Texas Red
in a LSRII cytometer (Beckton Dickinson GmbH, Heidelberg, Germany).
The mean fluorescence intensity (MFI) of all events and the
standard deviation of four independent wells are presented in for
samples analyzed.
[1094] D. In Vivo Formulation Studies
[1095] Mice are administered intravenously a single dose of a
formulation containing a modified mRNA and a reLNP. The modified
mRNA administered to the mice is selected from G-CSF (mRNA sequence
shown in SEQ ID NO: 6; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides
not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1), Factor IX (mRNA shown in SEQ
ID NO: 10; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) or mCherry (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID
NO: 7; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1).
[1096] The mice are injected with 100 ug, 10 ug or 1 ug of the
formulated modified mRNA and are sacrificed 8 hours after they are
administered the formulation. Serum from the mice administered
formulations containing human G-CSF modified mRNA are measured by
specific G-CSF ELISA and serum from mice administered human Factor
IX modified RNA is analyzed by specific factor IX ELISA or
chromogenic assay. The liver and spleen from the mice administered
with mCherry modified mRNA are analyzed by immunohistochemistry
(IHC) or fluorescence-activated cell sorting (FACS). As a control,
a group of mice are not injected with any formulation and their
serum and tissue are collected analyzed by ELISA, FACS and/or
IHC.
Example 38
In Vitro Transfection of VEGF-A
[1097] Human vascular endothelial growth factor-isoform A (VEGF-A)
modified mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 19; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1)
was transfected via reverse transfection in Human Keratinocyte
cells in 24 multi-well plates. The VEGF-A cDNA with the T7
promoter, 5' untranslated region (UTR) and 3' UTR used in in vitro
transcription (IVT) is given in SEQ ID NO: 20. Human Keratinocytes
cells were grown in EPILIFE.RTM. medium with Supplement S7 from
Invitrogen (Carlsbad, Calif.) until they reached a confluence of
50-70%. The cells were transfected with 0, 46.875, 93.75, 187.5,
375, 750, and 1500 ng of modified mRNA (mmRNA) encoding VEGF-A
which had been complexed with RNAIMAX.TM. from Invitrogen
(Carlsbad, Calif.). The RNA:RNAIMAX.TM. complex was formed by first
incubating the RNA with Supplement-free EPILIFE.RTM. media in a
5.times. volumetric dilution for 10 minutes at room temperature. In
a second vial, RNAIMAX.TM. reagent was incubated with
Supplement-free EPILIFE.RTM. Media in a 10.times. volumetric
dilution for 10 minutes at room temperature. The RNA vial was then
mixed with the RNAIMAX.TM. vial and incubated for 20-30 minutes at
room temperature before being added to the cells in a drop-wise
fashion.
[1098] The fully optimized mRNA encoding VEGF-A (mRNA sequence
shown in SEQ ID NO: 19; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides
not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) transfected with the Human
Keratinocyte cells included modifications during translation such
as natural nucleoside triphosphates (NTP), pseudouridine at each
uridine site and 5-methylcytosine at each cytosine site
(pseudo-U/5mC), and N1-methyl-pseudouridine at each uridine site
and 5-methylcytosine at each cytosine site
(N-1-methyl-Pseudo-U/5mC). Cells were transfected with the mmRNA
encoding VEGF-A and secreted VEGF-A concentration (.rho.g/ml) in
the culture medium was measured at 6, 12, 24, and 48 hours
post-transfection for each of the concentrations using an ELISA kit
from Invitrogen (Carlsbad, Calif.) following the manufacturers
recommended instructions. These data, shown in Table 62, show that
modified mRNA encoding VEGF-A is capable of being translated in
Human Keratinocyte cells and that VEGF-A is transported out of the
cells and released into the extracellular environment.
TABLE-US-00063 TABLE 62 VEGF-A Dosing and Protein Secretion 6 hours
12 hours 24 hours 48 hours Dose (ng) (pg/ml) (pg/ml) (pg/ml)
(pg/ml) VEGF-A Dose Containing Natural NTPs 46.875 10.37 18.07
33.90 67.02 93.75 9.79 20.54 41.95 65.75 187.5 14.07 24.56 45.25
64.39 375 19.16 37.53 53.61 88.28 750 21.51 38.90 51.44 61.79 1500
36.11 61.90 76.70 86.54 VEGF-A Dose Containing Pseudo-U/5mC 46.875
10.13 16.67 33.99 72.88 93.75 11.00 20.00 46.47 145.61 187.5 16.04
34.07 83.00 120.77 375 69.15 188.10 448.50 392.44 750 133.95 304.30
524.02 526.58 1500 198.96 345.65 426.97 505.41 VEGF-A Dose
Containing N1-methyl-Pseudo-U/5mC 46.875 0.03 6.02 27.65 100.42
93.75 12.37 46.38 121.23 167.56 187.5 104.55 365.71 1025.41 1056.91
375 605.89 1201.23 1653.63 1889.23 750 445.41 1036.45 1522.86
1954.81 1500 261.61 714.68 1053.12 1513.39
Example 39
In Vivo Studies of Factor IX
[1099] Human Factor IX mmRNA (Gen1; fully modified 5-methycytosine
and pseudouridine) formulated in formulation buffer was delivered
to mice via intramuscular injection. The results demonstrate that
Factor IX protein was elevated in serum as measured 13 hours after
administration.
[1100] In this study, mice (N=5 for Factor IX, N=3 for Luciferase
or Buffer controls) were intramuscularly injected with 50 .mu.l of
the Factor IX mmRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 10; polyA
tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5'
cap, Cap1), Luciferase (cDNA sequence for IVT shown in SEQ ID NO:
15; mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16, polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence, 5' cap, Cap1,
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine at each cytosine and
pseudouridine replacement at each uridine site) or the formulation
buffer (F. Buffer) at 2.times.100 ug/mouse. The mice were bled at
13 hours after the intramuscular injection to determine the
concentration of human the polypeptide in serum in pg/mL. The
results revealed that administration of Factor IX mmRNA resulted in
levels of 1600 pg/mL at 13 hours as compared to less than 100 pg/mL
of Factor IX for either Luciferase or buffer control
administration.
Example 40
Multi-Site Administration: Intramuscular and Subcutaneous
[1101] Human G-CSF modified mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:
6; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) modified as either Gen1 or Gen2
(5-methylcytosine (5mc) and a pseudouridine (.psi.) modification,
G-CSF-Gen1; or N1-5-methylcytosine (N1-5mc) and a .psi.
modification, G-CSF-Gen2) and formulated in formulation buffer were
delivered to mice via intramuscular (IM) or subcutaneous (SC)
injection. Injection of four doses or 2.times.50 ug (two sites)
daily for three days (24 hrs interval) was performed. The fourth
dose was administered 6 hrs before blood collection and CBC
analysis. Controls included Luciferase (cDNA sequence for IVT shown
in SEQ ID NO: 15; mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16, polyA tail
of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence, 5' cap,
Cap1, fully modified with 5-methylcytosine at each cytosine and
pseudouridine replacement at each uridine site) or the formulation
buffer (F. Buffer). The mice were bled at 72 hours after the first
mRNA injection (6 hours after the last mRNA dose) to determine the
effect of mRNA-encoded human G-CSF on the neutrophil count. The
dosing regimen is shown in Table 63 as are the resulting neutrophil
counts (thousands/uL). In Table 63, an asterisks (*) indicate
statistical significance at p<0.05.
[1102] For intramuscular administration, the data reveal a four
fold increase in neutrophil count above control at day 3 for the
Gen1 G-CSF mRNA and a two fold increase for the Gen2 G-CSF mmRNA.
For subcutaneous administration, the data reveal a two fold
increase in neutrophil count above control at day 3 for the Gen2
G-CSF mRNA.
[1103] These data demonstrate that both
5-methylcytidine/pseudouridine and
5-methylcytidine/N1-methylpseudouridine-modified mRNA can be
biologically active, as evidenced by specific increases in blood
neutrophil counts.
TABLE-US-00064 TABLE 63 Dosing Regimen Dose Vol. Dosing Neutrophil
Gr. Treatment Route N= Dose (.mu.g/mouse) (.mu.l/mouse) Vehicle
Thous/uL 1 G-CSF (Gen1) I.M 5 2x50 ug (four doses) 50 F. buffer
840* 2 G-CSF (Gen1) S.C 5 2x50 ug (four doses) 50 F. buffer 430 3
G-CSF (Gen2) I.M 5 2x50 ug (four doses) 50 F. buffer 746* 4 G-CSF
(Gen2) S.C 5 2x50 ug (four doses) 50 F. buffer 683 5 Luc (Gen1)
I.M. 5 2x50 ug (four doses) 50 F. buffer 201 6 Luc (Gen1) S.C. 5
2x50 ug (four doses) 50 F. buffer 307 7 Luc (Gen2) I.M 5 2x50 ug
(four doses) 50 F. buffer 336 8 Luc (Gen2) S.C 5 2x50 ug (four
doses) 50 F. buffer 357 9 F. Buffer I.M 4 0 (four doses) 50 F.
buffer 245 10 F. Buffer S.C. 4 0 (four doses) 50 F. buffer 509 11
Untreated -- 4 -- 312
Example 41
Intravenous Administration
[1104] Human G-CSF modified mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:
6; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) modified with 5-methylcytosine (5mc) and a
pseudouridine (.psi.) modification (Gen1); or having no
modifications and formulated in 10% lipoplex (RNAiMax) were
delivered to mice at a dose of 50 ug RNA and in a volume of 100 ul
via intravenous (IV) injection at days 0, 2 and 4. Neutrophils were
measured at days 1, 5 and 8. Controls included non-specific
mammalian RNA or the formulation buffer alone (F. Buffer). The mice
were bled at days 1, 5 and 8 to determine the effect of
mRNA-encoded human G-CSF to increase neutrophil count. The dosing
regimen is shown in Table 64 as are the resulting neutrophil counts
(thousands/uL; K/uL).
[1105] For intravenous administration, the data reveal a four to
five fold increase in neutrophil count above control at day 5 with
G-CSF modified mRNA but not with unmodified G-CSF mRNA or
non-specific controls. Blood count returned to baseline four days
after the final injection. No other changes in leukocyte
populations were observed.
[1106] In Table 64, an asterisk (*) indicates statistical
significance at p<0.001 compared to buffer.
[1107] These data demonstrate that lipoplex-formulated
5-methylcytidine/pseudouridine-modified mRNA can be biologically
active, when delivered through an I.V. route of administration as
evidenced by specific increases in blood neutrophil counts. No
other cell subsets were significantly altered. Unmodified G-CSF
mRNA similarly administered showed no pharmacologic effect on
neutrophil counts.
TABLE-US-00065 TABLE 64 Dosing Regimen Dose Vol. Dosing Neutrophil
Gr. Treatment N= (.mu.l/mouse) Vehicle K/uL 1 G-CSF (Gen1) Day 1 5
100 10% lipoplex 2.91 2 G-CSF (Gen1) Day 5 5 100 10% lipoplex 5.32*
3 G-CSF (Gen1) Day 8 5 100 10% lipoplex 2.06 4 G-CSF (no
modification) 5 100 10% lipoplex 1.88 Day 1 5 G-CSF (no
modification) 5 100 10% lipoplex 1.95 Day 5 6 G-CSF (no
modification) 5 100 10% lipoplex 2.09 Day 8 7 RNA control Day 1 5
100 10% lipoplex 2.90 8 RNA control Day 5 5 100 10% lipoplex 1.68 9
RNA control Day 8 4 100 10% lipoplex 1.72 10 F. Buffer Day 1 4 100
10% lipoplex 2.51 11 F. Buffer Day 5 4 100 10% lipoplex 1.31 12 F.
Buffer Day 8 4 100 10% lipoplex 1.92
Example 42
Saline Formulation: Intramuscular Administration
[1108] A. Protein Expression
[1109] Human G-CSF modified mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:
6; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) and human EPO mmRNA (mRNA sequence shown in
SEQ ID NO: 9; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown
in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1); G-CSF modified mRNA (modified with
5-methylcytosine (5mc) and pseudouridine (.psi.)) and EPO modified
mRNA (modified with N1-5-methylcytosine (N1-5mc) and .psi.
modification), were formulated in formulation buffer (150 mM sodium
chloride, 2 mM calcium chloride, 2 mM phosphate, 0.5 mM EDTA at a
pH of 6.5) and delivered to mice via intramuscular (IM) injection
at a dose of 100 ug.
[1110] Controls included Luciferase (cDNA sequence for IVT, SEQ ID
NO: 15; mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16, polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence, 5' cap, Cap1,
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine at each cytosine and
pseudouridine replacement at each uridine site) or the formulation
buffer (F. Buffer). The mice were bled at 13 hours after the
injection to determine the concentration of the human polypeptide
in serum in pg/mL (G-CSF groups measured human G-CSF in mouse serum
and EPO groups measured human EPO in mouse serum). The data are
shown in Table 65.
TABLE-US-00066 TABLE 65 Dosing Regimen Dose Average Vol. Dosing
Protein Product Group Treatment N= (.mu.l/mouse) Vehicle Pg/mL,
serum G-CSF G-CSF 5 50 Saline 19.8 G-CSF Luciferase 5 50 Saline 0.5
G-CSF F. buffer 5 50 F. buffer 0.5 EPO EPO 5 50 Saline 191.5 EPO
Luciferase 5 50 Saline 15.0 EPO F. buffer F. buffer 4.8
[1111] B. Dose Response
[1112] Human EPO modified mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:
9; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine) were formulated in formulation buffer and delivered
to mice via intramuscular (IM) injection.
[1113] Controls included Luciferase (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID
NO: 16, polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence, 5' cap, Cap1, fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine) or the formulation buffer (F. Buffer). The mice were
bled at 13 hours after the injection to determine the concentration
of the human polypeptide in serum in pg/mL.
The dose and expression are shown in Table 66.
TABLE-US-00067 TABLE 66 Dosing Regimen and Expression Average Dose
Vol. Protein Product Treatment (.mu.l/mouse) pg/mL, serum EPO 100
96.2 EPO 50 63.5 EPO 25 18.7 EPO 10 25.9 EPO 1 2.6 Luciferase 100
0.0 F. buffer 100 1.0
Example 43
Multi-Dose/Multi-Administration
[1114] Studies utilizing multiple intramuscular injection sites at
one time point were designed and performed.
[1115] The design of a single multi-dose experiment involved using
human erythropoietin (EPO) mmRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:
9; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) or G-CSF (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:
6; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) administered in formulation buffer. The
dosing vehicle (F. buffer) was used as a control. The EPO and G-CSF
mmRNA were modified with 5-methylcytosine at each cytosine and
pseudouridine replacement at each uridine site.
[1116] Animals (n=5), Sprague-Dawley rats, were injected IM
(intramuscular) for the single unit dose of 100 ug (delivered to
one thigh). For multi-dosing 6 doses of 100 ug (delivered to two
thighs) were used for both EPO and G-CSF mmRNA. Control dosing
involved use of buffer at a single dose. Human EPO blood levels
were evaluated 13 hrs post injection.
[1117] Human EPO protein was measured in rat serum 13h post I.M.
Five groups of rats were treated and evaluated. The results are
shown in Table 67.
TABLE-US-00068 TABLE 67 Multi-dose study Dose of Total Avg. pg/mL
Group Treatment mmRNA Dose human EPO 1 Human EPO 1 x 100 ug 100 ug
143 mmRNA 2 Human EPO 6 x 100 ug 600 ug 256 mmRNA 3 G-CSF mmRNA 1 x
100 ug 100 ug 43 4 G-CSF mmRNA 6 x 100 ug 600 ug 58 5 Buffer Alone
-- -- 20
Example 44
Signal Sequence Exchange Study
[1118] Several variants of mmRNAs encoding human Granulocyte colony
stimulating factor (G-CSF) (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 6;
polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence;
5' cap, Cap1) were synthesized using modified nucleotides
pseudouridine and 5-methylcytosine (pseudo-U/5mC). These variants
included the G-CSF constructs encoding either the wild-type N
terminal secretory signal peptide sequence
(MAGPATQSPMKLMALQLLLWHSALWTVQEA; SEQ ID NO: 21), no secretory
signal peptide sequence, or secretory signal peptide sequences
taken from other mRNAs. These included sequences where the wild
type GCSF signal peptide sequence was replaced with the signal
peptide sequence of either: human .alpha.-1-anti trypsin (AAT)
(MMPSSVSWGILLLAGLCCLVPVSLA; SEQ ID NO: 22), human Factor IX (FIX)
(MQRVNMIMAESPSLITICLLGYLLSAECTVFLDHENANKILNRPKR; SEQ ID NO: 23),
human Prolactin (Prolac) (MKGSLLLLLVSNLLLCQSVAP; SEQ ID NO: 24), or
human Albumin (Alb) (MKWVTFISLLFLFSSAYSRGVFRR; SEQ ID NO: 25).
[1119] 250 ng of modified mRNA encoding each G-CSF variant was
transfected into HEK293A (293A in the table), mouse myoblast (MM in
the table) (C2C12, CRL-1772, ATCC) and rat myoblast (RM in the
table) (L6 line, CRL-1458, ATCC) cell lines in a 24 well plate
using 1 ul of Lipofectamine 2000 (Life Technologies), each well
containing 300,000 cells. The supernatants were harvested after 24
hrs and the secreted G-CSF protein was analyzed by ELISA using the
Human G-CSF ELISA kit (Life Technologies). The data shown in Table
68 reveal that cells transfected with G-CSF mmRNA encoding the
Albumin signal peptide secrete at least 12 fold more G-CSF protein
than its wild type counterpart.
TABLE-US-00069 TABLE 68 Signal Peptide Exchange 293A MM RM Signal
peptides (pg/ml) (pg/ml) (pg/ml) G-CSF Natural 9650 3450 6050
.alpha.-1-anti trypsin 9950 5000 8475 Factor IX 11675 6175 11675
Prolactin 7875 1525 9800 Albumin 122050 81050 173300 No Signal
peptide 0 0 0
Example 45
Cytokine Study: PBMC
[1120] PBMC Isolation and Culture:
[1121] 50 mL of human blood from two donors was received from
Research Blood Components (lots KP30928 and KP30931) in sodium
heparin tubes. For each donor, the blood was pooled and diluted to
70 mL with DPBS (SAFC Bioscience 59331C, lot 071M8408) and split
evenly between two 50 mL conical tubes. 10 mL of Ficoll Paque (GE
Healthcare 17-5442-03, lot 10074400) was gently dispensed below the
blood layer. The tubes were centrifuged at 2000 rpm for 30 minutes
with low acceleration and braking. The tubes were removed and the
buffy coat PBMC layers were gently transferred to a fresh 50 mL
conical and washed with DPBS. The tubes were centrifuged at 1450
rpm for 10 minutes.
[1122] The supernatant was aspirated and the PBMC pellets were
resuspended and washed in 50 mL of DPBS. The tubes were centrifuged
at 1250 rpm for 10 minutes. This wash step was repeated, and the
PBMC pellets were resuspended in 19 mL of Optimem I (Gibco 11058,
lot 1072088) and counted. The cell suspensions were adjusted to a
concentration of 3.0.times.10 6 cells/mL live cells.
[1123] These cells were then plated on five 96 well tissue culture
treated round bottom plates (Costar 3799) per donor at 50 uL per
well. Within 30 minutes, transfection mixtures were added to each
well at a volume of 50 uL per well. After 4 hours post
transfection, the media was supplemented with 10 uL of Fetal Bovine
Serum (Gibco 10082, lot 1012368)
[1124] Transfection Preparation:
[1125] mmRNA encoding human G-CSF (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID
NO: 6; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) (containing either (1) natural NTPs, (2)
100% substitution with 5-methyl cytidine and pseudouridine, or (3)
100% substitution with 5-methyl cytidine and N1-methyl
pseudouridine; mmRNA encoding luciferase (IVT cDNA sequence shown
in SEQ ID NO: 15; mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16, polyA tail
of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence, 5' cap,
Cap1, fully modified with 5-methylcytosine at each cytosine and
pseudouridine replacement at each uridine site) (containing either
(1) natural NTPs or (2) 100% substitution with 5-methyl cytidine
and pseudouridine) and TLR agonist R848 (Invivogen tlrl-r848) were
diluted to 38.4 ng/uL in a final volume of 2500 uL Optimem I.
[1126] Separately, 432 uL of Lipofectamine 2000 (Invitrogen
11668-027, lot 1070962) was diluted with 13.1 mL Optimem I. In a 96
well plate nine aliquots of 135 uL of each mmRNA, positive control
(R-848) or negative control (Optimem I) was added to 135 uL of the
diluted Lipofectamine 2000. The plate containing the material to be
transfected was incubated for 20 minutes. The transfection mixtures
were then transferred to each of the human PBMC plates at 50 uL per
well. The plates were then incubated at 37 C. At 2, 4, 8, 20, and
44 hours each plate was removed from the incubator, and the
supernatants were frozen.
[1127] After the last plate was removed, the supernatants were
assayed using a human G-CSF ELISA kit (Invitrogen KHC2032) and
human IFN-alpha ELISA kit (Thermo Scientific 41105-2). Each
condition was done in duplicate.
[1128] Results:
[1129] The ability of unmodified and modified mRNA (mmRNAs) to
produce the encoded protein was assessed (G-CSF production) over
time as was the ability of the mRNA to trigger innate immune
recognition as measured by interferon-alpha production. Use of in
vitro PBMC cultures is an accepted way to measure the
immunostimulatory potential of oligonucleotides (Robbins et al.,
Oligonucleotides 2009 19:89-102).
[1130] Results were interpolated against the standard curve of each
ELISA plate using a four parameter logistic curve fit. Shown in
Tables 69 and 70 are the average from 2 separate PBMC donors of the
G-CSF and IFN-alpha production over time as measured by specific
ELISA.
[1131] In the G-CSF ELISA, background signal from the Lipofectamine
2000 untreated condition was subtracted at each timepoint. The data
demonstrated specific production of human G-CSF protein by human
peripheral blood mononuclear is seen with G-CSF mRNA containing
natural NTPs, 100% substitution with 5-methyl cytidine and
pseudouridine, or 100% substitution with 5-methyl cytidine and
N1-methyl pseudouridine. Production of G-CSF was significantly
increased through the use of modified mRNA relative to unmodified
mRNA, with the 5-methyl cytidine and N1-methyl pseudouridine
containing G-CSF mmRNA showing the highest level of G-CSF
production. With regards to innate immune recognition, unmodified
mRNA resulted in substantial IFN-alpha production, while the
modified mRNA largely prevented interferon-alpha production. G-CSF
mRNA fully modified with 5-methyl cytidine and
N1-methylpseudouridine did not significantly increase cytokines
whereas G-CSF mRNA fully modified with 5-methyl cytidine and
pseudouridine induced IFN-alpha, TNF-alpha and IP10. Many other
cytokines were not affected by either modification.
TABLE-US-00070 TABLE 69 G-CSF Signal G-CSF signal - 2 Donor Average
pg/mL 2 Hr 4 Hr 8 Hr 20 Hr 44 Hr G-CSF (5mC/pseudouridine) 120.3
136.8 421.0 346.1 431.8 G-CSF (5mC/N1-methyl 256.3 273.7 919.3
1603.3 1843.3 pseudouridine) GCSF(Natural-no modification) 63.5
92.6 129.6 258.3 242.4 Luciferase (5mC/pseudouridine) 4.5 153.7
33.0 186.5 58.0
TABLE-US-00071 TABLE 70 IFN-alpha signal IFN-alpha signal - 2 donor
average pg/mL 2 Hr 4 Hr 8 Hr 20 Hr 44 Hr G-CSF (5mC/pseudouridine)
21.1 2.9 3.7 22.7 4.3 G-CSF (5mC/N1-methyl 0.5 0.4 3.0 2.3 2.1
pseudouridine) G-CSF(Natural) 0.0 2.1 23.3 74.9 119.7 Luciferase
(5mC/pseudouridine) 0.4 0.4 4.7 1.0 2.4 R-848 39.1 151.3 278.4
362.2 208.1 Lpf. 2000 control 0.8 17.2 16.5 0.7 3.1
Example 46
Chemical Modification Ranges of Modified mRNA
[1132] Modified nucleotides such as, but not limited to, the
chemical modifications 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine have been
shown to lower the innate immune response and increase expression
of RNA in mammalian cells. Surprisingly, and not previously known,
the effects manifested by the chemical modifications can be
titrated when the amount of chemical modification is less than
100%. Previously, it was believed that full modification was
necessary and sufficient to elicit the beneficial effects of the
chemical modifications and that less than 100% modification of an
mRNA had little effect. However, it has now been shown that the
benefits of chemical modification can be derived using less than
complete modification and that the effects are target,
concentration and modification dependent.
[1133] A. Modified RNA Transfected in PBMC
[1134] 960 ng of G-CSF mRNA modified with 5-methylcytosine (5mC)
and pseudouridine (pseudoU) or unmodified G-CSF mRNA was
transfected with 0.8 uL of Lipofectamine 2000 into peripheral blood
mononuclear cells (PBMC) from three normal blood donors (D1, D2,
D3). The G-CSF mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 6; polyA tail of approximately 160
nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) was completely
modified with 5mC and pseudoU (100% modification), not modified
with 5mC and pseudoU (0% modification) or was partially modified
with 5mC and pseudoU so the mRNA would contain 50% modification,
25% modification, 10% modification, %5 modification, 1%
modification or 0.1% modification. A control sample of Luciferase
(mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately
160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified
5meC and pseudoU) was also analyzed for G-CSF expression. For
TNF-alpha and IFN-alpha control samples of Lipofectamine2000, LPS,
R-848, Luciferase (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail
of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap,
Cap1; fully modified 5mC and pseudo), and P(I)P(C) were also
analyzed. The supernatant was harvested and run by ELISA 22 hours
after transfection to determine the protein expression. The
expression of G-CSF is shown in Table 71 and the expression of
IFN-alpha and TNF-alpha is shown in Table 72. The expression of
IFN-alpha and TNF-alpha may be a secondary effect from the
transfection of the G-CSF mRNA. Tables and shows that the amount of
chemical modification of G-CSF, IFN-alpha and TNF-alpha is
titratable when the mRNA is not fully modified and the titratable
trend is not the same for each target.
TABLE-US-00072 TABLE 71 G-CSF Expression G-CSF Expression (pg/ml)
D1 D2 D3 100% modification 270.3 151.6 162.2 50% modification 45.6
19.8 26.3 25% modification 23.6 10.8 8.9 10% modification 39.4 12.9
12.9 5% modification 70.9 26.8 26.3 1% modification 70.3 26.9 66.9
0.1% modification 67.5 25.2 28.7 Luciferase 14.5 3.1 10.0
TABLE-US-00073 TABLE 72 IFN-alpha and TNF-alpha Expression
IFN-alpha Expression TNF-alpha Expression (pg/ml) (pg/ml) D1 D2 D3
D1 D2 D3 100% modification 76.8 6.8 15.1 5.6 1.4 21.4 50%
modification 22.0 5.5 257.3 4.7 1.7 12.1 25% modification 64.1 14.9
549.7 3.9 0.7 10.1 10% modification 150.2 18.8 787.8 6.6 0.9 13.4
5% modification 143.9 41.3 1009.6 2.5 1.8 12.0 1% modification
189.1 40.5 375.2 9.1 1.2 25.7 0.1% modification 261.2 37.8 392.8
9.0 2. 13.7 0% modification 230.3 45.1 558.3 10.9 1.4 10.9 LF 200 0
0 1.5 45.8 2.8 53.6 LPS 0 0 1.0 114.5 70.0 227.0 R-848 39.5 11.9
183.5 389.3 256.6 410.6 Luciferase 9.1 0 3.9 4.5 2.7 13.6 P(I)P(C)
1498.1 216.8 238.8 61.2 4.4 69.1
[1135] B. Modified RNA Transfected in HEK293
[1136] Human embryonic kidney epithelial (HEK293) cells were seeded
on 96-well plates at a density of 30,000 cells per well in 100 ul
cell culture medium. 250 ng of modified G-CSF mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 6;
polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence;
5' cap, Cap1) formulated with RNAiMAX.TM. (Invitrogen, Carlsbad,
Calif.) was added to a well. The G-CSF was completely modified with
5mC and pseudoU (100% modification), not modified with 5mC and
pseudoU (0% modification) or was partially modified with 5mC and
pseudoU so the mRNA would contain 75% modification, 50%
modification or 25% modification. Control samples (AK 5/2, mCherry
(SEQ ID NO: 7; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not
shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified 5mC and pseudoU)
and untreated) were also analyzed. The half-life of G-CSF mRNA
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine is
approximately 8-10 hours. The supernatants were harvested after 16
hours and the secreted G-CSF protein was analyzed by ELISA. Table
73 shows that the amount of chemical modification of G-CSF is
titratable when the mRNA is not fully modified.
TABLE-US-00074 TABLE 73 G-CSF Expression G-CSF Expression (ng/ml)
100% modification 118.4 75% modification 101.9 50% modification
105.7 25% modification 231.1 0% modification 270.9 AK 5/2 166.8
mCherry 0 Untreated 0
Example 47
In Vivo Delivery of Modified mRNA (mmRNA)
[1137] Modified RNA was delivered to C57/BL6 mice intramuscularly,
subcutaneously, or intravenously to evaluate the bio-distribution
of modified RNA using luciferase. A formulation buffer used with
all delivery methods contained 150 mM sodium chloride, 2 mM calcium
chloride, 2 mM Na.sup.+-phosphate which included 1.4 mM monobasic
sodium phosphate and 0.6 mM of dibasic sodium phosphate, and 0.5 mM
ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA) was adjusted using sodium
hydroxide to reach a final pH of 6.5 before being filtered and
sterilized. A 1.times. concentration was used as the delivery
buffer. To create the lipoplexed solution delivered to the mice, in
one vial 50 .mu.g of RNA was equilibrated for 10 minutes at room
temperature in the delivery buffer and in a second vial 10 .mu.l
RNAiMAX.TM. was equilibrated for 10 minutes at room temperature in
the delivery buffer. After equilibrium, the vials were combined and
delivery buffer was added to reach a final volume of 100 .mu.l
which was then incubated for 20 minutes at room temperature.
Luciferin was administered by intraperitoneal injection (IP) at 150
mg/kg to each mouse prior to imaging during the plateau phase of
the luciferin exposure curve which was between 15 and 30 minutes.
To create luciferin, 1 g of D-luciferin potassium or sodium salt
was dissolved in 66.6 ml of distilled phosphate buffer solution
(DPBS), not containing Mg2+ or Ca2+, to make a 15 mg/ml solution.
The solution was gently mixed and passed through a 0.2 .mu.m
syringe filter, before being purged with nitrogen, aliquoted and
frozen at -80.degree. C. while being protected from light as much
as possible. The solution was thawed using a waterbath if luciferin
was not dissolved, gently mixed and kept on ice on the day of
dosing.
[1138] Whole body images were taken of each mouse 2, 8 and 24 hours
after dosing. Tissue images and serum was collected from each mouse
24 hours after dosing. Mice administered doses intravenously had
their liver, spleen, kidneys, lungs, heart, peri-renal adipose
tissue and thymus imaged. Mice administered doses intramuscularly
or subcutaneously had their liver, spleen, kidneys, lungs,
peri-renal adipose tissue, and muscle at the injection site. From
the whole body images the bioluminescence was measured in photon
per second for each route of administration and dosing regimen.
[1139] A. Intramuscular Administration
[1140] Mice were intramuscularly (I.M.) administered either
modified luciferase mRNA fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine (Naked-Luc), lipoplexed modified luciferase mRNA
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine
(Lipoplex-luc) (IVT cDNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 15; mRNA
sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16, polyA tail of approximately 160
nucleotides not shown in sequence, 5' cap, Cap1, fully modified
with 5-methylcytosine at each cytosine and pseudouridine
replacement at each uridine site), lipoplexed modified granulocyte
colony-stimulating factor (G-CSF) mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ
ID NO: 6; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine) (Lipoplex-Cytokine) or the formation buffer at a
single dose of 50 .mu.g of modified RNA in an injection volume of
50 .mu.l for each formulation in the right hind limb and a single
dose of 5 .mu.g of modified RNA in an injection volume of 50 .mu.l
in the left hind limb. The bioluminescence average for the
luciferase expression signals for each group at 2, 8 and 24 hours
after dosing are shown in Table 74. The bioluminescence showed a
positive signal at the injection site of the 5 .mu.g and 50 .mu.g
modified RNA formulations containing and not containing
lipoplex.
TABLE-US-00075 TABLE 74 In vivo Biophotoic Imaging (I.M. Injection
Route) Dose Bioluminescence (photon/sec) Formulation (ug) 2 hours 8
hours 24 hours Naked-Luc 5 224,000 683,000 927,000 Lipolplex-Luc 5
579,000 639,000 186,000 Lipoplex-G-CSF 5 64,600 85,600 75,100
Formulation Buffer 5 102,000 86,000 90,700 Naked-Luc 50 446,000
766,000 509,000 Lipolplex-Luc 50 374,000 501,000 332,000
Lipoplex-G-CSF 50 49,400 74,800 74,200 Formulation Buffer 50 59,300
69,200 63,600
[1141] B. Subcutaneous Administration
[1142] Mice were subcutaneously (S.C.) administered either modified
luciferase mRNA (Naked-Luc), lipoplexed modified luciferase mRNA
(Lipoplex-luc), lipoplexed modified G-CSF mRNA (Lipoplex-G-CSF) or
the formation buffer at a single dose of 50 .mu.g of modified mRNA
in an injection volume of 100 .mu.l for each formulation. The
bioluminescence average for the luciferase expression signals for
each group at 2, 8 and 24 hours after dosing are shown in Table 75.
The bioluminescence showed a positive signal at the injection site
of the 50 .mu.g modified mRNA formulations containing and not
containing lipoplex.
TABLE-US-00076 TABLE 75 In vivo Biophotoic Imaging (S.C. Injection
Route) Bioluminescence (photon/sec) Formulation 2 hours 8 hours 24
hours Naked-Luc 3,700,000 8,060,000 2,080,000 Lipolplex-Luc
3,960,000 1,700,000 1,290,000 Lipoplex-G-CSF 123,000 121,000
117,000 Formulation Buffer 116,000 127,000 123,000
[1143] C. Intravenous Administration
[1144] Mice were intravenously (I.V.) administered either modified
luciferase mRNA (Naked-Luc), lipoplexed modified luciferase mRNA
(Lipoplex-luc), lipoplexed modified G-CSF mRNA (Lipoplex-G-CSF) or
the formation buffer at a single dose of 50 .mu.g of modified mRNA
in an injection volume of 100 .mu.l for each formulation. The
bioluminescence average for the luciferase expression signal in the
spleen from each group at 2 hours after dosing is shown in Table
76. The bioluminescence showed a positive signal in the spleen of
the 50 .mu.g modified mRNA formulations containing lipoplex.
TABLE-US-00077 TABLE 76 In vivo Biophotoic Imaging (I.V. Injection
Route) Bioluminescence (photon/sec) Formulation of the Spleen
Naked-Luc 58,400 Lipolplex-Luc 65,000 Lipoplex-G-CSF 57,100
Formulation Buffer 58,300
Example 48
Split Dose Studies
[1145] Studies utilizing multiple subcutaneous or intramuscular
injection sites at one time point were designed and performed to
investigate ways to increase mmRNA drug exposure and improve
protein production. In addition to detection of the expressed
protein product, an assessment of the physiological function of
proteins was also determined through analyzing samples from the
animal tested.
[1146] Surprisingly, it has been determined that split dosing of
mmRNA produces greater protein production and phenotypic responses
than those produced by single unit dosing or multi-dosing
schemes.
[1147] The design of a single unit dose, multi-dose and split dose
experiment involved using human erythropoietin (EPO) modified mRNA
(mRNA shown in SEQ ID NO: 9; polyA tail of approximately 160
nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) administered in
buffer alone. The dosing vehicle (F. buffer) consisted of 150 mM
NaCl, 2 mM CaCl.sub.2, 2 mM Na.sup.+-phosphate (1.4 mM monobasic
sodium phosphate; 0.6 mM dibasic sodium phosphate), and 0.5 mM
EDTA, pH 6.5. The pH was adjusted using sodium hydroxide and the
final solution was filter sterilized. The mmRNA was modified with
5meC at each cytosine and pseudouridine replacement at each uridine
site.
[1148] Animals (n=5) were injected IM (intramuscular) for the
single unit dose of 100 ug. For multi-dosing, two schedules were
used, 3 doses of 100 ug and 6 doses of 100 ug. For the split dosing
scheme, two schedules were used, 3 doses at 33.3 ug and 6 doses of
16.5 ug mmRNA. Control dosing involved use of buffer only at 6
doses. Control mmRNA involved the use of luciferase mmRNA (IVT cDNA
sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 15; mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:
16; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified 5meC at each cytosine and
pseudouridine replacement at each uridine site) dosed 6 times at
100 ug. Blood and muscle tissue were evaluated 13 hrs post
injection.
[1149] Human EPO protein was measured in mouse serum 13h post I.M.
single, multi- or split dosing of the EPO mmRNA in buffer. Seven
groups of mice (n=5 mice per group) were treated and evaluated. The
results are shown in Table 77.
TABLE-US-00078 TABLE 77 Split dose study Avg. Polypeptide Dose Dose
of Total pmol/mL per unit drug Splitting Group Treatment mmRNA Dose
human EPO (pmol/ug) Factor 1 Human EPO mmRNA 1 x 100 ug 100 ug 14.3
0.14 1 2 Human EPO mmRNA 3 x 100 ug 300 ug 82.5 0.28 2 3 Human EPO
mmRNA 6 x 100 ug 600 ug 273.0 0.46 3.3 4 Human EPO mmRNA 3 x 33.3
ug 100 ug 104.7 1.1 7.9 5 Human EPO mmRNA 6 x 16.5 ug 100 ug 127.9
1.3 9.3 6 Luciferase mmRNA 6 x 100 ug 600 ug 0 -- -- 7 Buffer Alone
-- -- 0 -- --
[1150] The splitting factor is defined as the product per unit drug
divided by the single dose product per unit drug (PUD). For example
for treatment group 2 the value 0.28 or product (EPO) per unit drug
(mmRNA) is divided by the single dose product per unit drug of
0.14. The result is 2. Likewise, for treatment group 4, the value
1.1 or product (EPO) per unit drug (mmRNA) is divided by the single
dose product per unit drug of 0.14. The result is 7.9.
Consequently, the dose splitting factor (DSF) may be used as an
indicator of the efficacy of a split dose regimen. For any single
administration of a total daily dose, the DSF should be equal to 1.
Therefore any DSF greater than this value in a split dose regimen
is an indication of increased efficacy.
[1151] To determine the dose response trends, impact of injection
site and impact of injection timing, studies are performed. In
these studies, varied doses of 1 ug, 5 ug, 10 ug, 25 ug, 50 ug, and
values in between are used to determine dose response outcomes.
Split dosing for a 100 ug total dose includes three or six doses of
1.6 ug, 4.2 ug, 8.3 ug, 16.6 ug, or values and total doses equal to
administration of the total dose selected.
[1152] Injection sites are chosen from the limbs or any body
surface presenting enough area suitable for injection. This may
also include a selection of injection depth to target the dermis
(Intradermal), epidermis (Epidermal), subcutaneous tissue (SC) or
muscle (IM). Injection angle will vary based on targeted delivery
site with injections targeting the intradermal site to be 10-15
degree angles from the plane of the surface of the skin, between
20-45 degrees from the plane of the surface of the skin for
subcutaneous injections and angles of between 60-90 degrees for
injections substantially into the muscle.
Example 49
Quantification in Exosomes
[1153] The quantity and localization of the mmRNA of the present
invention can be determined by measuring the amounts (initial,
timecourse, or residual basis) in isolated exosomes. In this study,
since the mmRNA are typically codon-optimized and distinct in
sequence from endogenous mRNA, the levels of mmRNA are quantitated
as compared to endogenous levels of native or wild type mRNA by
using the methods of Gibbings, PCT/IB2009/005878, the contents of
which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
[1154] In these studies, the method is performed by first isolating
exosomes or vesicles preferably from a bodily fluid of a patient
previously treated with a modified mmRNA of the invention, then
measuring, in said exosomes, the modified mmRNA levels by one of
mRNA microarray, qRT-PCR, or other means for measuring RNA in the
art including by suitable antibody or immunohistochemical
methods.
Example 50
Modified mRNA Transfection
[1155] A. Reverse Transfection
[1156] For experiments performed in a 24-well collagen-coated
tissue culture plate, Keratinocytes are seeded at a cell density of
1.times.10.sup.5, For experiments performed in a 96-well
collagen-coated tissue culture plate, Keratinocytes are seeded at a
cell density of 0.5.times.10.sup.5. For each modified mRNA (mmRNA)
to be transfected, modified mRNA: RNAIMAX.TM. is prepared as
described and mixed with the cells in the multi-well plate within a
period of time, e.g., 6 hours, of cell seeding before cells had
adhered to the tissue culture plate.
[1157] B. Forward Transfection
[1158] In a 24-well collagen-coated tissue culture plate,
Keratinocytes are seeded at a cell density of 0.7.times.10.sup.5.
For experiments performed in a 96-well collagen-coated tissue
culture plate, Keratinocytes are seeded at a cell density of
0.3.times.10.sup.5. Keratinocytes are grown to a confluency of
>70% for over 24 hours. For each modified mRNA (mmRNA) to be
transfected, modified mRNA: RNAIMAX.TM. is prepared as described
and transfected onto the cells in the multi-well plate over 24
hours after cell seeding and adherence to the tissue culture
plate.
[1159] C. Modified mRNA Translation Screen: G-CSF ELISA
[1160] Keratinocytes are grown in EPILIFE medium with Supplement S7
from Invitrogen (Carlsbad, Calif.) at a confluence of >70%. One
set of keratinocytes were reverse transfected with 300 ng of the
chemically modified mRNA (mmRNA) complexed with RNAIMAX.TM. from
Invitrogen. Another set of keratinocytes are forward transfected
with 300 ng modified mRNA complexed with RNAIMAX.TM. from
Invitrogen. The modified mRNA: RNAIMAX.TM. complex is formed by
first incubating the RNA with Supplement-free EPILIFE.RTM. media in
a 5.times. volumetric dilution for 10 minutes at room
temperature.
[1161] In a second vial, RNAIMAX.TM. reagent was incubated with
Supplement-free EPILIFE.RTM. Media in 10.times. volumetric dilution
for 10 minutes at room temperature. The RNA vial was then mixed
with the RNAIMAX.TM. vial and incubated for 20-30 minutes at room
temperature before being added to the cells in a drop-wise fashion.
Secreted human Granulocyte-Colony Stimulating Factor (G-CSF)
concentration in the culture medium is measured at 18 hours
post-transfection for each of the chemically modified mRNA in
triplicate.
[1162] Secretion of Human G-CSF from transfected human
keratinocytes is quantified using an ELISA kit from Invitrogen or
R&D Systems (Minneapolis, Minn.) following the manufacturers
recommended instructions.
[1163] D. Modified mRNA Dose and Duration: G-CSF ELISA
[1164] Keratinocytes are grown in EPILIFE.RTM. medium with
Supplement S7 from Invitrogen at a confluence of >70%.
Keratinocytes are reverse transfected with either 0 ng, 46.875 ng,
93.75 ng, 187.5 ng, 375 ng, 750 ng, or 1500 ng modified mRNA
complexed with the RNAIMAX.TM. from Invitrogen (Carlsbad, Calif.).
The modified mRNA:RNAIMAX.TM. complex is formed as described.
Secreted human G-CSF concentration in the culture medium is
measured at 0, 6, 12, 24, and 48 hours post-transfection for each
concentration of each modified mRNA in triplicate. Secretion of
human G-CSF from transfected human keratinocytes is quantified
using an ELISA kit from Invitrogen or R&D Systems following the
manufacturers recommended instructions.
Example 51
Detection of a Cellular Innate Immune Response to Modified mRNA
Using an ELISA Assay
[1165] An enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) for Human Tumor
Necrosis Factor-.alpha. (TNF-.alpha.), Human Interferon-.beta.
(IFN-.beta.) and Human Granulocyte-Colony Stimulating Factor
(G-CSF) secreted from in vitro-transfected Human Keratinocyte cells
is tested for the detection of a cellular innate immune response.
Keratinocytes are grown in EPILIFE.RTM. medium with Human
Keratinocyte Growth Supplement in the absence of hydrocortisone
from Invitrogen (Carlsbad, Calif.) at a confluence of >70%.
Secreted TNF-.alpha. keratinocytes are reverse transfected with 0
ng, 93.75 ng, 187.5 ng, 375 ng, 750 ng, 1500 ng or 3000 ng of the
chemically modified mRNA (mmRNA) complexed with RNAIMAX.TM. from
Invitrogen as described in triplicate. Secreted TNF-.alpha. in the
culture medium is measured 24 hours post-transfection for each of
the chemically modified mRNA using an ELISA kit from Invitrogen
according to the manufacturer protocols.
[1166] Secreted IFN-.beta. in the same culture medium is measured
24 hours post-transfection for each of the chemically modified mRNA
using an ELISA kit from Invitrogen according to the manufacturer
protocols. Secreted human G-CSF concentration in the same culture
medium is measured at 24 hours post-transfection for each of the
chemically modified mRNA. Secretion of human G-CSF from transfected
human keratinocytes is quantified using an ELISA kit from
Invitrogen or R&D Systems (Minneapolis, Minn.) following the
manufacturers recommended instructions. These data indicate which
modified mRNA (mmRNA) are capable eliciting a reduced cellular
innate immune response in comparison to natural and other
chemically modified polynucleotides or reference compounds by
measuring exemplary type 1 cytokines TNF-.alpha. and
IFN-.beta..
Example 52
Human Granulocyte --Colony Stimulating Factor (G-CSF) Modified
mRNA-Induced Cell Proliferation Assay
[1167] Human keratinocytes are grown in EPILIFE.RTM. medium with
Supplement S7 from Invitrogen at a confluence of >70% in a
24-well collagen-coated TRANSWELL.RTM. (Coming, Lowell, Mass.)
co-culture tissue culture plate. Keratinocytes are reverse
transfected with 750 ng of the indicated chemically modified mRNA
(mmRNA) complexed with RNAIMAX from Invitrogen as described in
triplicate. The modified mRNA:RNAIMAX complex is formed as
described. Keratinocyte media is exchanged 6-8 hours
post-transfection. 42-hours post-transfection, the 24-well
TRANSWELL.RTM. plate insert with a 0.4 .mu.m-pore semi-permeable
polyester membrane is placed into the human GCSF modified
mRNA-transfected keratinocyte containing culture plate
[1168] Human myeloblast cells, Kasumi-1 cells or KG-1
(0.2.times.10.sup.5 cells), are seeded into the insert well and
cell proliferation is quantified 42 hours post-co-culture
initiation using the CyQuant Direct Cell Proliferation Assay
(Invitrogen, Carlsbad, Calif.) in a 100-120 .mu.l volume in a
96-well plate. Modified mRNA-encoding human G-CSF-induced
myeloblast cell proliferation is expressed as a percent cell
proliferation normalized to untransfected keratinocyte/myeloblast
co-culture control wells. Secreted human G-CSF concentration in
both the keratinocyte and myeloblast insert co-culture wells is
measured at 42 hours post-co-culture initiation for each modified
mRNA in duplicate. Secretion of human G-CSF is quantified using an
ELISA kit from Invitrogen following the manufacturer recommended
instructions.
[1169] Transfected human G-CSF modified mRNA in human keratinocyte
feeder cells and untransfected human myeloblast cells are detected
by RT-PCR. Total RNA from sample cells is extracted and lysed using
RNEASY.RTM. kit (Qiagen, Valencia, Calif.) according to the
manufacturer instructions. Extracted total RNA is submitted to
RT-PCR for specific amplification of modified mRNA-G-CSF using
PROTOSCRIPT.RTM. M-MuLV Taq RT-PCR kit (New England BioLabs,
Ipswich, Mass.) according to the manufacturer instructions with
human G-CSF-specific primers. RT-PCR products are visualized by
1.2% agarose gel electrophoresis.
Example 53
Buffer Formulation Studies
[1170] G-CSF modified mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 6; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1;
fully modified with N1-pseudouridine and 5-methylcytosine) or
Factor IX modified mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 10; polyA tail of approximately
160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified
with N1-pseudouridine and 5-methylcytosine) in a buffer solution is
administered intramuscularly to rats in an injection volume of 50
.mu.l (n=5) at a modified mRNA dose of 200 ug per rat as described
in Table 78. The modified mRNA is lyophilized in water for 1-2
days. It is then reconstituted in the buffers listed below to a
target concentration of 6 mg/ml. Concentration is determined by OD
260. Samples are diluted to 4 mg/ml in the appropriate buffer
before dosing.
[1171] To precipitate the modified mRNA, 3M sodium acetate, pH 5.5
and pure ethanol are added at 1/10.sup.th the total volume and 4
times the total volume of modified mRNA, respectively. The material
is placed at -80 C. for a minimum of 1 hour. The material is then
centrifuged for 30 minutes at 4000 rpm, 4C. The supernatant is
removed and the pellet is centrifuged and washed 3.times. with 75%
ethanol. Finally, the pellet is reconstituted with buffer to a
target concentration of 6 mg/ml. Concentration is determined by OD
260. Samples are diluted to 4 mg/ml in the appropriate buffer
before dosing. All samples are prepared by lyophilization unless
noted below.
TABLE-US-00079 TABLE 78 Buffer Dosing Groups Group Treatment Buffer
Dose (ug/rat) 1 G-CSF 0.9% Saline 200 Factor IX 0.9% Saline 200 2
G-CSF 0.9% Saline + 2 mM Calcium 200 Factor IX 0.9% Saline + 2 mM
Calcium 200 3 G-CSF Lactated Ringer's 200 Factor IX Lactated
Ringer's 200 4 G-CSF 5% Sucrose 200 Factor IX 5% Sucrose 200 5
G-CSF 5% Sucrose + 2 mM Calcium 200 Factor IX 5% Sucrose + 2 mM
Calcium 200 6 G-CSF 5% Mannitol 200 Factor IX 5% Mannitol 200 7
G-CSF 5% Mannitol + 2 mM Calcium 200 Factor IX 5% Mannitol + 2 mM
Calcium 200 8 G-CSF 0.9% saline (precipitation) 200 Factor IX 0.9%
saline (precipitation) 200
[1172] Serum samples are collected from the rats at various time
intervals and analyzed for G-CSF or Factor IX protein expression
using G-CSF or Factor IX ELISA.
Example 54
Multi-Dose Study
[1173] Sprague-Dawley rats (n=8; 4 female, 4 male) are injected
intravenously eight times (twice a week) over 28 days. The rats are
injected with 0.5 mg/kg, 0.05 mg/kg, 0.005 mg/kg or 0.0005 mg/kg of
human G-CSF modified mRNA of luciferase modified mRNA formulated in
a lipid nanoparticle, 0.5 mg/kg of human G-CSF modified mRNA in
saline, 0.2 mg/kg of the human G-CSF protein Neupogen or
non-translatable human G-CSF modified mRNA formulated in a lipid
nanoparticle. Serum is collected during pre-determined time
intervals to evaluate G-CSF protein expression (8, 24 and 72 hours
after the first dose of the week), complete blood count and white
blood count (24 and 72 hours after the first dose of the week) and
clinical chemistry (24 and 72 hours after the first dose of the
week). The rats are sacrificed at day 29, 4 days after the final
dosing, to determine the complete blood count, white blood count,
clinical chemistry, protein expression and to evaluate the effect
on the major organs by histopathology and necropsy. Further, an
antibody assay is performed on the rats on day 29.
Example 55
Luciferase LNP In Vivo Study
[1174] Luciferase modified mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence, 5' cap, Cap1;
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine was
formulated as a lipid nanoparticle (LNP) using the syringe pump
method. The LNP was formulated at a 20:1 weight ratio of total
lipid to modified mRNA with a final lipid molar ratio of
50:10:38.5:1.5 (DLin-KC2-DMA: DSPC: Cholesterol: PEG-DMG). As shown
in Table 79, the luciferase LNP formulation was characterized by
particle size, zeta potential, and encapsulation.
TABLE-US-00080 TABLE 79 Luciferase Formulation Formulation
NPA-098-1 Modified mRNA Luciferase Mean size 135 nm PDI: 0.08 Zeta
at pH 7.4 -0.6 mV Encaps. 91% (RiboGr)
[1175] As outlined in Table 80, the luciferase LNP formulation was
administered to Balb-C mice (n=3) intramuscularly, intravenously
and subcutaneously and a luciferase modified RNA formulated in PBS
was administered to mice intravenously.
TABLE-US-00081 TABLE 80 Luciferase Formulations Amount of
Concentration Injection modified Dose Formulation Vehicle Route
(mg/ml) Volume (ul) RNA (ug) (mg/kg) Luc-LNP PBS IV 0.20 50 10 0.50
Luc-LNP PBS IM 0.20 50 10 0.50 Luc-LNP PBS SC 0.20 50 10 0.50
Luc-PBS PBS IV 0.20 50 10 0.50
[1176] The mice administered the luciferase LNP formulation
intravenously and intramuscularly were imaged at 2, 8, 24, 48, 120
and 192 hours and the mice administered the luciferase LNP
formulation subcutaneously were imaged at 2, 8, 24, 48 and 120
hours to determine the luciferase expression as shown in Table 81.
In Table 81, "NT" means not tested. Twenty minutes prior to
imaging, mice were injected intraperitoneally with a D-luciferin
solution at 150 mg/kg. Animals were then anesthetized and images
were acquired with an IVIS Lumina II imaging system (Perkin Elmer).
Bioluminescence was measured as total flux (photons/second) of the
entire mouse.
TABLE-US-00082 TABLE 81 Luciferase Expression Route of Average
Expression (photon/second) Formulation Administration 2 hours 8
hours 24 hours 48 hours 120 hours 192 hours Luc-LNP IV 1.62E+08
3.00E+09 7.77E+08 4.98E+08 1.89E+08 6.08E+07 Luc-LNP IM 4.85E+07
4.92E+08 9.02E+07 3.17E+07 1.22E+07 2.38E+06 Luc-LNP SC 1.85E+07
9.79E+08 3.09E+08 4.94E+07 1.98E+06 NT Luc-PBS IV 3.61E+05 5.64E+05
3.19E+05 NT NT NT
[1177] One mouse administered the LNP formulation intravenously was
sacrificed at 8 hours to determine the luciferase expression in the
liver and spleen. Also, one mouse administered the LNP formulation
intramuscular was sacrificed at 8 hours to determine the luciferase
expression of the muscle around the injection site and in the liver
and spleen. As shown in Table 82, expression was seen in the both
the liver and spleen after intravenous and intramuscular
administration and in the muscle around the intramuscular injection
site.
TABLE-US-00083 TABLE 82 Luciferase Expression in Tissue Expression
(photon/second) Luciferase LNP: IV Administration Liver 7.984E+08
Spleen 3.951E+08 Luciferase LNP: IM Administration Muscle around
the 3.688E+07 injection site Liver 1.507E+08 Spleen 1.096E+07
Example 56
In Vitro PBMC Studies: Percent Modification
[1178] 480 ng of G-CSF mRNA modified with 5-methylcytosine (5mC)
and pseudouridine (pseudoU) or unmodified G-CSF mRNA was
transfected with 0.4 uL of Lipofectamine 2000 into peripheral blood
mononuclear cells (PBMC) from three normal blood donors (D1, D2,
and D3). The G-CSF mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 6; polyA tail of approximately
160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) was completely
modified with 5mC and pseudoU (100% modification), not modified
with 5mC and pseudoU (0% modification) or was partially modified
with 5mC and pseudoU so the mRNA would contain 75% modification,
50% modification or 25% modification. A control sample of
Luciferase (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1;
fully modified 5meC and pseudoU) was also analyzed for G-CSF
expression. For TNF-alpha and IFN-alpha control samples of
Lipofectamine-2000, LPS, R-848, Luciferase (mRNA sequence shown in
SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not
shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified 5mC and pseudo),
and P(I)P(C) were also analyzed. The supernatant was harvested and
run by ELISA 22 hours after transfection to determine the protein
expression. The expression of G-CSF is shown in Table 83 and the
expression of IFN-alpha and TNF-alpha is shown in Table 84. The
expression of IFN-alpha and TNF-alpha may be a secondary effect
from the transfection of the G-CSF mRNA. Tables 83 and 84 show that
the amount of chemical modification of G-CSF, interferon alpha
(IFN-alpha) and tumor necrosis factor-alpha (TNF-alpha) is
titratable when the mRNA is not fully modified and the titratable
trend is not the same for each target.
[1179] As mentioned above, using PBMC as an in vitro assay system
it is possible to establish a correlation between translation (in
this case G-CSF protein production) and cytokine production (in
this case exemplified by IFN-alpha protein production). Better
protein production is correlated with lower induction of innate
immune activation pathway, and the percentage modification of a
chemistry can be judged favorably based on this ratio (Table 85).
As calculated from Tables 83 and 84 and shown in Table 85, full
modification with 5-methylcytidine and pseudouridine shows a much
better ratio of protein/cytokine production than without any
modification (natural G-CSF mRNA) (100-fold for IFN-alpha and
27-fold for TNF-alpha). Partial modification shows a linear
relationship with increasingly less modification resulting in a
lower protein cytokine ratio.
TABLE-US-00084 TABLE 83 G-CSF Expression G-CSF Expression (pg/ml)
D1 D2 D3 100% modification 1968.9 2595.6 2835.7 75% modification
566.7 631.4 659.5 50% modification 188.9 187.2 191.9 25%
modification 139.3 126.9 102.0 0% modification 194.8 182.0 183.3
Luciferase 90.2 0.0 22.1
TABLE-US-00085 TABLE 84 IFN-alpha and TNF-alpha Expression
IFN-alpha Expression (pg/ml) TNF-alpha Expression (pg/ml) D1 D2 D3
D1 D2 D3 100% modification 336.5 78.0 46.4 115.0 15.0 11.1 75%
modification 339.6 107.6 160.9 107.4 21.7 11.8 50% modification
478.9 261.1 389.7 49.6 24.1 10.4 25% modification 564.3 400.4 670.7
85.6 26.6 19.8 0% modification 1421.6 810.5 1260.5 154.6 96.8 45.9
LPS 0.0 0.6 0.0 0.0 12.6 4.3 R-848 0.5 3.0 14.1 655.2 989.9 420.4
P(I)P(C) 130.8 297.1 585.2 765.8 2362.7 1874.4 Lipid only 1952.2
866.6 855.8 248.5 82.0 60.7
TABLE-US-00086 TABLE 85 PC Ratio and Effect of Percentage of
Modification Average Average Average G-CSF/IFN- G-CSF/TNF- G-CSF
IFN-a TNF-a alpha alpha % Modification (pg/ml) (pg/ml) (pg/ml) (PC
ratio) (PC ratio) 100 2466 153 47 16 52 75 619 202 47 3.1 13 50 189
376 28 0.5 6.8 25 122 545 44 0.2 2.8 0 186 1164 99 0.16 1.9
Example 57
Modified RNA Transfected in PBMC
[1180] 500 ng of G-CSF mRNA modified with 5-methylcytosine (5mC)
and pseudouridine (pseudoU) or unmodified G-CSF mRNA was
transfected with 0.4 uL of Lipofectamine 2000 into peripheral blood
mononuclear cells (PBMC) from three normal blood donors (D1, D2,
and D3). The G-CSF mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 6; polyA tail of approximately
160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) was completely
modified with 5mC and pseudoU (100% modification), not modified
with 5mC and pseudoU (0% modification) or was partially modified
with 5mC and pseudoU so the mRNA would contain 50% modification,
25% modification, 10% modification, %5 modification, 1%
modification or 0.1% modification. A control sample of mCherry
(mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 7; polyA tail of approximately
160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified
5meC and pseudouridine) and G-CSF fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine (Control G-CSF) was also
analyzed for G-CSF expression. For tumor necrosis factor-alpha
(TNF-alpha) and interferon-alpha (IFN-alpha) control samples of
Lipofectamine-2000, LPS, R-848, Luciferase (mRNA sequence shown in
SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not
shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified 5mC and pseudo),
and P(I)P(C) were also analyzed. The supernatant was harvested 6
hours and 18 hours after transfection and run by ELISA to determine
the protein expression. The expression of G-CSF, IFN-alpha, and
TNF-alpha for Donor 1 is shown in Table 86, Donor 2 is shown in
Table 87 and Donor 3 is shown in Table 88.
[1181] Full 100% modification with 5-methylcytidine and
pseudouridine resulted in the most protein translation (G-CSF) and
the least amount of cytokine produced across all three human PBMC
donors. Decreasing amounts of modification results in more cytokine
production (IFN-alpha and TNF-alpha), thus further highlighting the
importance of fully modification to reduce cytokines and to improve
protein translation (as evidenced here by G-CSF production).
TABLE-US-00087 TABLE 86 Donor 1 G-CSF (pg/mL) IFN-alpha (pg/mL)
TNF-alpha (pg/mL) 6 hours 18 hours 6 hours 18 hours 6 hours 18
hours 100% Mod 1815 2224 1 13 0 0 75% Mod 591 614 0 89 0 0 50% Mod
172 147 0 193 0 0 25% Mod 111 92 2 219 0 0 10% Mod 138 138 7 536 18
0 1% Mod 199 214 9 660 18 3 0.1% Mod 222 208 10 597 0 6 0% Mod 273
299 10 501 10 0 Control G-CSF 957 1274 3 123 18633 1620 mCherry 0 0
0 10 0 0 Untreated N/A N/A 0 0 1 1
TABLE-US-00088 TABLE 87 Donor 2 G-CSF (pg/mL) IFN-alpha (pg/mL)
TNF-alpha (pg/mL) 6 hours 18 hours 6 hours 18 hours 6 hours 18
hours 100% Mod 2184 2432 0 7 0 11 75% Mod 935 958 3 130 0 0 50% Mod
192 253 2 625 7 23 25% Mod 153 158 7 464 6 6 10% Mod 203 223 25 700
22 39 1% Mod 288 275 27 962 51 66 0.1% Mod 318 288 33 635 28 5 0%
Mod 389 413 26 748 1 253 Control G-CSF 1461 1634 1 59 481 814
mCherry 0 7 0 1 0 0 Untreated N/A N/A 1 0 0 0
TABLE-US-00089 TABLE 88 Donor 3 G-CSF (pg/mL) IFN-alpha (pg/mL)
TNF-alpha (pg/mL) 6 hours 18 hours 6 hours 18 hours 6 hours 18
hours 100% Mod 6086 7549 7 658 11 11 75% Mod 2479 2378 23 752 4 35
50% Mod 667 774 24 896 22 18 25% Mod 480 541 57 1557 43 115 10% Mod
838 956 159 2755 144 123 1% Mod 1108 1197 235 3415 88 270 0.1% Mod
1338 1177 191 2873 37 363 0% Mod 1463 1666 215 3793 74 429 Control
G-CSF 3272 3603 16 1557 731 9066 mCherry 0 0 2 645 0 0 Untreated
N/A N/A 1 1 0 8
Example 58
Innate Immune Response Study in BJ Fibroblasts
[1182] A. Single Transfection
[1183] Human primary foreskin fibroblasts (BJ fibroblasts) were
obtained from American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) (catalog
#CRL-2522) and grown in Eagle's Minimum Essential Medium (ATCC,
catalog #30-2003) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum at
37.degree. C., under 5% CO.sub.2. BJ fibroblasts were seeded on a
24-well plate at a density of 300,000 cells per well in 0.5 ml of
culture medium. 250 ng of modified G-CSF mRNA (mRNA sequence shown
in SEQ ID NO: 6; polyA tail of approximately 140 nucleotides not
shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine (Gen1) or fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine (Gen2) having Cap0,
Cap1 or no cap was transfected using Lipofectamine 2000
(Invitrogen, catalog #11668-019), following manufacturer's
protocol. Control samples of poly I:C(PIC), Lipofectamine 2000
(Lipo), natural luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:
16; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) and natural G-CSF mRNA were also
transfected. The cells were harvested after 18 hours, the total RNA
was isolated and DNASE.RTM. treated using the RNeasy micro kit
(catalog #74004) following the manufacturer's protocol. 100 ng of
total RNA was used for cDNA synthesis using High Capacity cDNA
Reverse Transcription kit (catalog #4368814) following the
manufacturer's protocol. The cDNA was then analyzed for the
expression of innate immune response genes by quantitative real
time PCR using SybrGreen in a Biorad CFX 384 instrument following
manufacturer's protocol. Table 89 shows the expression level of
innate immune response transcripts relative to house-keeping gene
HPRT (hypoxanthine phosphoribosytransferase) and is expressed as
fold-induction relative to HPRT. In the table, the panel of
standard metrics includes: RIG-I is retinoic acid inducible gene 1,
IL6 is interleukin-6, OAS-1 is oligoadenylate synthetase 1, IFNb is
interferon-beta, AIM2 is absent in melanoma-2, IFIT-1 is
interferon-induced protein with tetratricopeptide repeats 1, PKR is
protein kinase R, TNFa is tumor necrosis factor alpha and IFNa is
interferon alpha.
TABLE-US-00090 TABLE 89 Innate Immune Response Transcript Levels
Formulation RIG-I IL6 OAS-1 IFNb AIM2 IFIT-1 PKR TNFa IFNa Natural
71.5 20.6 20.778 11.404 0.251 151.218 16.001 0.526 0.067 Luciferase
Natural G-CSF 73.3 47.1 19.359 13.615 0.264 142.011 11.667 1.185
0.153 PIC 30.0 2.8 8.628 1.523 0.100 71.914 10.326 0.264 0.063
G-CSF Gen1-UC 0.81 0.22 0.080 0.009 0.008 2.220 1.592 0.090 0.027
G-CSF Gen1-Cap0 0.54 0.26 0.042 0.005 0.008 1.314 1.568 0.088 0.038
G-CSF Gen1-Cap1 0.58 0.30 0.035 0.007 0.006 1.510 1.371 0.090 0.040
G-CSF Gen2-UC 0.21 0.20 0.002 0.007 0.007 0.603 0.969 0.129 0.005
G-CSF Gen2-Cap0 0.23 0.21 0.002 0.0014 0.007 0.648 1.547 0.121
0.035 G-CSF Gen2-Cap1 0.27 0.26 0.011 0.004 0.005 0.678 1.557 0.099
0.037 Lipo 0.27 0.53 0.001 0 0.007 0.954 1.536 0.158 0.064
[1184] B. Repeat Transfection
[1185] Human primary foreskin fibroblasts (BJ fibroblasts) were
obtained from American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) (catalog
#CRL-2522) and grown in Eagle's Minimum Essential Medium (ATCC,
catalog #30-2003) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum at
37.degree. C., under 5% CO.sub.2. BJ fibroblasts were seeded on a
24-well plate at a density of 300,000 cells per well in 0.5 ml of
culture medium. 250 ng of modified G-CSF mRNA (mRNA sequence shown
in SEQ ID NO: 6; polyA tail of approximately 140 nucleotides not
shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) unmodified, fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine (Gen1) or fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine (Gen2) was transfected
daily for 5 days following manufacturer's protocol. Control samples
of Lipofectamine 2000 (L2000) and mCherry mRNA (mRNA sequence shown
in SEQ ID NO: 7; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not
shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with
5-methylcytidine and pseudouridine) were also transfected daily for
5 days. The results are shown in Table 90.
[1186] Unmodified mRNA showed a cytokine response in
interferon-beta (IFN-beta) and interleukin-6 (IL-6) after one day.
mRNA modified with at least pseudouridine showed a cytokine
response after 2-3 days whereas mRNA modified with 5-methylcytosine
and N1-methylpseudouridine showed a reduced response after 3-5
days.
TABLE-US-00091 TABLE 90 Cytokine Response Formulation Transfection
IFN-beta (pg/ml) IL-6 (pg/ml) G-CSF unmodified 6 hours 0 3596 Day 1
1363 15207 Day 2 238 12415 Day 3 225 5017 Day 4 363 4267 Day 5 225
3094 G-CSF Gen 1 6 hours 0 3396 Day 1 38 3870 Day 2 1125 16341 Day
3 100 25983 Day 4 75 18922 Day 5 213 15928 G-CSF Gen 2 6 hours 0
3337 Day 1 0 3733 Day 2 150 974 Day 3 213 4972 Day 4 1400 4122 Day
5 350 2906 mCherry 6 hours 0 3278 Day 1 238 3893 Day 2 113 1833 Day
3 413 25539 Day 4 413 29233 Day 5 213 20178 L2000 6 hours 0 3270
Day 1 13 3933 Day 2 388 567 Day 3 338 1517 Day 4 475 1594 Day 5 263
1561
Example 59
In Vivo Detection of Innate Immune Response Study
[1187] Female BALB/C mice (n=5) were injected intramuscularly with
G-CSF mRNA (GCSF mRNA unmod) (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 6;
polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence;)
with a 5' cap of Cap1, G-CSF mRNA fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine (GCSF mRNA 5mc/pU), G-CSF mRNA
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine
with (GCSF mRNA 5mc/N1pU) or without a 5' cap (GCSF mRNA 5mc/N1 pU
no cap) or a control of either R848 or 5% sucrose as described in
Table 91. Blood is collected at 8 hours after dosing and using
ELISA the protein levels of G-CSF and interferon-alpha (IFN-alpha)
is determined by ELISA and are shown in Table 81.
[1188] As shown in Table 91, unmodified, 5mc/pU, and 5mc/N1pU
modified G-CSF mRNA resulted in human G-CSF expression in mouse
serum. The uncapped 5mC/N1pU modified G-CSF mRNA showed no human
G-CSF expression in serum, highlighting the importance of having a
5' cap structure for protein translation.
[1189] As expected, no human G-CSF protein was expressed in the
R848, 5% sucrose only, and untreated groups. Importantly,
significant differences were seen in cytokine production as
measured by mouse IFN-alpha in the serum. As expected, unmodified
G-CSF mRNA demonstrated a robust cytokine response in vivo (greater
than the R848 positive control). The 5mc/pU modified G-CSF mRNA did
show a low but detectable cytokine response in vivo, while the
5mc/N1pU modified mRNA showed no detectable IFN-alpha in the serum
(and same as vehicle or untreated animals).
[1190] Also, the response of 5mc/N1pU modified mRNA was the same
regardless of whether it was capped or not. These in vivo results
reinforce the conclusion that 1) that unmodified mRNA produce a
robust innate immune response, 2) that this is reduced, but not
abolished, through 100% incorporation of 5mc/pU modification, and
3) that incorporation of 5mc/N1pU modifications results in no
detectable cytokine response.
[1191] Lastly, given that these injections are in 5% sucrose (which
has no effect by itself), these result should accurately reflect
the immunostimulatory potential of these modifications.
[1192] From the data it is evident that N1pU modified molecules
produce more protein while concomitantly having little or no effect
on IFN-alpha expression. It is also evident that capping is
required for protein production for this chemical modification. The
Protein: Cytokine Ratio of 748 as compared to the PC Ratio for the
unmodified mRNA (PC=9) means that this chemical modification is far
superior as related to the effects or biological implications
associated with IFN-alpha.
TABLE-US-00092 TABLE 91 Human G-CSF and Mouse IFN-alpha in serum
G-CSF IFN-alpha Dose Dose protein expression PC Formulation Route
(ug/mouse) (ul) (pg/ml) (pg/ml) Ratio GCSF mRNA unmod I.M. 200 50
605.6 67.01 9 GCSF mRNA 5mc/pU I.M. 200 50 356.5 8.87 40 GCSF
mRNA5mc/N1pU I.M. 200 50 748.1 0 748 GCSF mRNA5mc/N1pU no cap I.M.
200 50 6.5 0 6.5 R848 I.M. 75 50 3.4 40.97 .08 5% sucrose I.M. --
50 0 1.49 0 Untreated I.M. -- -- 0 0 0
Example 60
In Vivo Delivery of Modified RNA
[1193] Protein production of modified mRNA was evaluated by
delivering modified G-CSF mRNA or modified Factor IX mRNA to female
Sprague Dawley rats (n=6). Rats were injected with 400 ug in 100 ul
of G-CSF mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 6; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1)
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine (G-CSF
Gen1), G-CSF mRNA fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
N1-methylpseudouridine (G-CSF Gen2) or Factor IX mRNA (mRNA
sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 10; polyA tail of approximately 160
nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) fully modified
with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine (Factor IX Gen1)
reconstituted from the lyophilized form in 5% sucrose. Blood was
collected 8 hours after injection and the G-CSF protein level in
serum was measured by ELISA. Table 92 shows the G-CSF protein
levels in serum after 8 hours.
[1194] These results demonstrate that both G-CSF Gen 1 and G-CSF
Gen 2 modified mRNA can produce human G-CSF protein in a rat
following a single intramuscular injection, and that human G-CSF
protein production is improved when using Gen 2 chemistry over Gen
1 chemistry.
TABLE-US-00093 TABLE 92 G-CSF Protein in Rat Serum (I.M. Injection
Route) Formulation G-CSF protein (pg/ml) G-CSF Gen1 19.37 G-CSF
Gen2 64.72 Factor IX Gen 1 2.25
Example 61
Stability of Modified RNA
[1195] Stability experiments were conducted to obtain a better
understanding of storage conditions to retain the integrity of
modified RNA. Unmodified G-CSF mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID
NO: 6; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1), G-CSF mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID
NO: 6; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine and G-CSF mRNA fully modified with 5-methylcytosine
and pseudouridine lipoplexed with 0.75% by volume of RNAIMAX.TM.
was stored at 50.degree. C., 40.degree. C., 37.degree. C.,
25.degree. C., 4.degree. C. or -20.degree. C. After the mRNA had
been stored for 0 hours, 2 hours, 6 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 5
days and 14 days, the mRNA was analyzed by gel electrophoresis
using a Bio-Rad EXPERION.TM. system. The modified, unmodified and
lipoplexed G-CSF mRNA was also stored in RNASTABLE.RTM.
(Biomatrica, Inc. San Diego, Calif.) at 40.degree. C. or water at
-80.degree. C. or 40.degree. C. for 35 days before being analyzed
by gel electrophoresis.
[1196] All mRNA samples without stabilizer were stable after 2
weeks after storage at 4.degree. C. or -20.degree. C. Modified
G-CSF mRNA, with or without lipoplex, was more stable than
unmodified G-CSF when stored at 25.degree. C. (stable out to 5 days
versus 48 hours), 37.degree. C. (stable out to 24 hours versus 6
hours) and 50.degree. C. (stable out to 6 hours versus 2 hours).
Unmodified G-CSF mRNA, modified G-CSF mRNA with or without lipoplex
tolerated 12 freeze/thaw cycles.
[1197] mRNA samples stored in stabilizer at 40.degree. C. showed
similar stability to the mRNA samples stored in water at
-80.degree. C. after 35 days whereas the mRNA stored in water at
40.degree. C. showed heavy degradation after 18 days.
[1198] mRNA samples stored at 4.degree. C., 25.degree. C. and
37.degree. C. were stored in 1.times.TE buffer or the formulation
buffer (150 mM sodium chloride, 2 mM calcium chloride, 2 mM
phosphate, 0.5 mM EDTA at a pH of 6.5). The mRNA stored at
4.degree. C. was stable to at least 60 days in both the TE and
formulation buffer. At 25.degree. C. the mRNA in formulation buffer
was stable out to 14 days and the TE buffer was stable out to at
least 6 days. Storage of mRNA in the formulation buffer at
37.degree. C. was stable to 6 days compared to the TE buffer which
was stable only until 4 days.
Example 62
Effects of Chemical Modifications on Expression of Formulated
mRNA
[1199] Luciferase mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately
140 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) fully modified
with 5-methylcytosine and 2'Fluorouridine is formulated in saline
or DLin-MC3-DMA and administered intravenously, intramuscularly or
subcutaneously to rodents at a dose of 0.5 mg/kg, 0.05 mg/kg, 0.005
mg/kg and/or 0.0005 mg/kg. Luciferase mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA
tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5'
cap, Cap1) fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine
is formulated in DLin-MC3-DMA and administered intramuscularly or
subcutaneously to rodents at a dose of 0.5 mg/kg, 0.05 mg/kg, 0.005
mg/kg and/or 0.0005 mg/kg. The DLin-MC3-DMA formulations are
analyzed prior to administration to determine the mean size and
zeta potential. The rodents are imaged at 2 hours, 8 hours, 24
hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 144 hours and 168 hours after dosing and
the bioluminescence is measured in photon per second for each route
of administration and formulation.
Example 63
Expression of PLGA Formulated mRNA
[1200] A. Synthesis and Characterization of Luciferase PLGA
Microspheres
[1201] Luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA
tail of approximately 140 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5'
cap, Cap1) fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and N1-methyl
pseudouridine, modified with 25% of uridine replaced with
2-thiouridine and 25% of cytosine replaced with 5-methylcytosine,
fully modified with N1-methyl pseudouridine, or fully modified with
pseudouridine was reconstituted in 1.times.TE buffer and then
formulated in PLGA microspheres. PLGA microspheres were synthesized
using the water/oil/water double emulsification methods known in
the art using PLGA-ester cap (Lactel, Cat# B6010-2, inherent
viscosity 0.55-0.75, 50:50 LA:GA), polyvinylalcohol (PVA) (Sigma,
Cat#348406-25G, MW 13-23k) dichloromethane and water. Briefly, 0.4
ml of mRNA in TE buffer at 4 mg/ml (W1) was added to 2 ml of PLGA
dissolved in dichloromethane (DCM) (O1) at a concentration of 200
mg/ml of PLGA. The W1/O1 emulsion was homogenized (IKA Ultra-Turrax
Homogenizer, T18) for 30 seconds at speed 5 (.about.19,000 rpm).
The W1/O1 emulsion was then added to 250 ml 1% PVA (W2) and
homogenized for 1 minute at speed 5 (.about.19,000 rpm).
Formulations were left to stir for 3 hours, then passed through a
100 .mu.m nylon mesh strainer (Fisherbrand Cell Strainer, Cat
#22-363-549) to remove larger aggregates, and finally washed by
centrifugation (10 min, 9,250 rpm, 4.degree. C.). The supernatant
was discarded and the PLGA pellets were resuspended in 5-10 ml of
water, which was repeated 2.times.. After washing and resuspension
with water, 100-200 .mu.l of a PLGA microspheres sample was used to
measure particle size of the formulations by laser diffraction
(Malvern Mastersizer2000). The washed formulations were frozen in
liquid nitrogen and then lyophilized for 2-3 days.
[1202] After lyophilization, .about.10 mg of PLGA MS were weighed
out in 2 ml eppendorf tubes and deformulated by adding 1 ml of DCM
and letting the samples shake for 2-6 hrs. The mRNA was extracted
from the deformulated PLGA micropsheres by adding 0.5 ml of water
and shaking the sample overnight. Unformulated luciferase mRNA in
TE buffer (unformulated control) was spiked into DCM and went
through the deformulation process (deformulation control) to be
used as controls in the transfection assay. The encapsulation
efficiency, weight percent loading and particle size are shown in
Table 93. Encapsulation efficiency was calculated as mg of mRNA
from deformulation of PLGA microspheres divided by the initial
amount of mRNA added to the formulation. Weight percent loading in
the formulation was calculated as mg of mRNA from deformulation of
PLGA microspheres divided by the initial amount of PLGA added to
the formulation.
TABLE-US-00094 TABLE 93 PLGA Characteristics Theoretical Particle
Sample Encapsulation mRNA Actual mRNA Size Chemical Modifications
ID Efficiency (%) Loading (wt %) Loading (wt %) (D50, um) Fully
modified with 5- 43-66A 45.8 0.4 0.18 33.4 methylcytosine and N1-
43-66B 29.6 0.12 27.7 methyl pseudouridine 43-66C 25.5 0.10 27.1
25% of uridine replaced 43-67A 34.6 0.4 0.14 29.9 with
2-thiouridine and 43-67B 22.8 0.09 30.2 25% of cytosine replaced
43-67C 23.9 0.10 25.1 with 5-methylcytosine Fully modified with N1-
43-69A 55.8 0.4 0.22 40.5 methyl pseudouridine 43-69B 31.2 0.12
41.1 43-69C 24.9 0.10 46.1 Fully modified with 43-68-1 49.3 0.4
0.20 34.8 pseudouridine 43-68-2 37.4 0.15 35.9 43-68-3 45.0 0.18
36.5
[1203] B. Protein Expression of Modified mRNA Encapsulated in PLGA
Microspheres
[1204] The day before transfection, 20,000 HeLa cells (ATCC no.
CCL-2; Manassas, Va.) were harvested by treatment with Trypsin-EDTA
solution (LifeTechnologies, Grand Island, N.Y.) and seeded in a
total volume of 100 ul EMEM medium (supplemented with 10% FCS and
1.times. Glutamax) per well in a 96-well cell culture plate
(Corning, Manassas, Va.). The cells were grown at 37.degree. C. in
a 5% CO2 atmosphere overnight. The next day, 83 ng of the
deformulated luciferase mRNA PLGA microsphere samples, deformulated
luciferase mRNA control (Deform control), or unformulated
luciferase mRNA control (Unfomul control) was diluted in a 10 ul
final volume of OPTI-MEM (LifeTechnologies, Grand Island, N.Y.).
Lipofectamine 2000 (LifeTechnologies, Grand Island, N.Y.) was used
as a transfection reagent and 0.2 ul was diluted in a 10 ul final
volume of OPTI-MEM. After 5 min of incubation at room temperature,
both solutions were combined and incubated an additional 15 min at
room temperature. Then 20 ul of the combined solution was added to
100 ul of cell culture medium containing the HeLa cells. The plates
were then incubated as described before.
[1205] After a 18 to 22 hour incubation, cells expressing
luciferase were lysed with 100 ul Passive Lysis Buffer (Promega,
Madison, Wis.) according to manufacturer instructions. Aliquots of
the lysates were transferred to white opaque polystyrene 96-well
plates (Corning, Manassas, Va.) and combined with 100 ul complete
luciferase assay solution (Promega, Madison, Wis.). The background
signal of the plates without reagent was about 200 relative light
units per well. The plate reader was a BioTek Synergy H1 (BioTek,
Winooski, Vt.).
[1206] Cells were harvested and the bioluminescence (in relative
light units, RLU) for each sample is shown in Table 94.
Transfection of these samples confirmed that the varied chemistries
of luciferase mRNA is still able to express luciferase protein
after PLGA microsphere formulation.
TABLE-US-00095 TABLE 94 Chemical Modifications Chemical Biolum.
Modifications Sample ID (RLU) Fully modified with Deform contol
164266.5 5-methylcytosine Unformul control 113714 and N1-methyl
43-66A 25174 pseudouridine 43-66B 25359 43-66C 20060 25% of uridine
Deform contol 90816.5 replaced with 2- Unformul control 129806
thiouridine and 25% 43-67A 38329.5 of cytosine replaced 43-67B
8471.5 with 5- 43-67C 10991.5 methylcytosine Fully modified with
Deform contol 928093.5 N1-methyl Unformul control 1512273.5
pseudouridine 43-69A 1240299.5 43-69B 748667.5 43-69C 1193314 Fully
modified with Deform contol 154168 pseudouridine Unformul control
151581 43-68-1 120974.5 43-68-2 107669 43-68-3 97226
Example 64
In Vitro Studies of Factor IX
[1207] A. Serum-Free Media
[1208] Human Factor IX mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 10;
polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence;
5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine) was transfected in serum-free media. The cell
culture supernatant was collected and subjected to trypsin
digestion before undergoing 2-dimensional HPLC separation of the
peptides. Matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization was used to
detect the peptides. 8 peptides were detected and 7 of the detected
peptides are unique to Factor IX. These results indicate that the
mRNA transfected in the serum-free media was able to express
full-length Factor IX protein.
[1209] B. Human Embryonic Kidney (HEK) 293A Cells
[1210] 250 ng of codon optimized Human Factor IX mRNA (mRNA
sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 10; fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine; polyA tail of approximately 160
nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) was transfected
into HEK 293A cells (150,000 cells/well) using Lipofectamine 2000
in DMEM in presence of 10% FBS. The transfection complexes were
removed 3 hours after transfection. Cells were harvested at 3, 6,
9, 12, 24, 48 and 72 hours after transfection. Total RNA was
isolated and used for cDNA synthesis. The cDNA was subjected to
analysis by quantitative Real-Time PCR using codon optimized Factor
IX specific primer set. Human hypoxanthine
phosphoribosyltransfersase 1 (HPRT) level was used for
normalization. The data is plotted as a percent of detectable mRNA
considering the mRNA level as 100% at the 3 hour time point. The
half-life of Factor IX modified mRNA fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine in human embryonic kidney 293
(HEK293) cells is about 8-10 hours.
Example 65
Saline Formulation: Subcutaneous Administration
[1211] Human G-CSF modified mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:
6; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine) and human EPO modified mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in
SEQ ID NO: 9; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown
in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine), were formulated in saline and delivered to mice via
intramuscular (IM) injection at a dose of 100 ug.
[1212] Controls included Luciferase (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID
NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine)) or the formulation buffer (F. Buffer). The mice
were bled at 13 hours after the injection to determine the
concentration of the human polypeptide in serum in pg/mL. (G-CSF
groups measured human G-CSF in mouse serum and EPO groups measured
human EPO in mouse serum). The data are shown in Table 95.
[1213] mRNA degrades rapidly in serum in the absence of formulation
suggesting the best method to deliver mRNA to last longer in the
system is by formulating the mRNA. As shown in Table 95, mRNA can
be delivered subcutaneously using only a buffer formulation.
TABLE-US-00096 TABLE 95 Dosing Regimen Dose Average Vol. Dosing
Protein Product Group Treatment (.mu.l/mouse) Vehicle pg/mL, serum
G-CSF G-CSF 100 F. buffer 45 G-CSF Luciferase 100 F. buffer 0 G-CSF
F. buffer 100 F. buffer 2.2 EPO EPO 100 F. buffer 72.03 EPO
Luciferase 100 F. buffer 26.7 EPO F. buffer 100 F. buffer 13.05
Example 66
Stability of Nanoparticle of Formulations
[1214] Formulations of DLin-KC2-DMA, Teta-5-Lap, DLin-DMA,
DLin-K-DMA, C12-200, DLin-MC3-DMA at a lipid:mRNA ratio of 20:1
were evaluated for particle size, polydispersity index and
encapsulation efficiency for stability at room temperature. Most
nanoparticles are stable at room temperature for at least one month
as shown in Tables 96 and 97.
TABLE-US-00097 TABLE 96 Particle Size and Polydispersity Index
Formulation Time # Lipid 0 hours 24 hours 48 hours 30 days
NPA-003-4 DLin- 112 nm 110 nm 103 nm 104 nm KC2- PDI: 0.05 PDI:
0.06 PDI: 0.09 PDI: 0.08 DMA NPA-006-2 Teta-5- 95 nm 95 nm 95 nm
100 nm Lap PDI: 0.09 PDI: 012 PDI: 0.10 PDI: 0.11 NPA-012-1 DLin-
90 nm 87 nm 89 nm 82 nm DMA PDI: 0.09 PDI: 0.07 PDI: 0.08 PDI: 0.08
NPA-013-1 DLin-K- 92 nm 91 nm 96 nm 91 nm DMA PDI: 0.07 PDI: 0.06
PDI: 0.05 PDI: 0.06 NPA-014-1 C12-200 99 nm 98 nm 99 nm 94 nm PDI:
0.06 PDI: 0.09 PDI: 0.07 PDI: 0.07 NPA-015-1 DLin- 106 nm 100 nm
100 nm 99 nm MC3- PDI: 0.07 PDI: 0.06 PDI: 0.05 PDI: 0.05 DMA
TABLE-US-00098 TABLE 97 Encapsulation Efficiency Formulation Time #
Lipid 0 hours 24 hours 48 hours 30 days NPA-003-4 DLin-KC2- 100%
98% 100% 100% DMA NPA-006-2 Teta-5-Lap 99% 100% 100% 100% NPA-012-1
DLin-DMA 100% 100% 100% 100% NPA-013-1 DLin-K- 83% 85% 96% 100% DMA
NPA-014-1 C12-200 88% 93% 90% 96% NPA-015-1 DLin-MC3- 100% 99% 100%
100% DMA
Example 67
Intravitreal Delivery
[1215] mCherry modified mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 7;
polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence;
5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine) and luciferase modified mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in
SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not
shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) formulated in saline was
delivered intravitreally in rats as described in Table 98. The
sample was compared against a control of saline only delivered
intravitreally.
TABLE-US-00099 TABLE 98 Dosing Chart Dose Level Dose Treatment
(.mu.g modified volume Right Eye Left Eye Group No. RNA/eye)
(.mu.L/eye) (OD) (OS) Control 0 5 Delivery Delivery buffer only
buffer only Modified RNA in 10 5 mCherry Luciferase delivery
buffer
[1216] The formulation will be administered to the left or right
eye of each animal on day 1 while the animal is anesthetized. On
the day prior to administration gentamicin ophthalmic ointment or
solution was applied to both eyes twice. The gentamicin ophthalmic
ointment or solution was also applied immediately following the
injection and on the day following the injection. Prior to dosing,
mydriatic drops (1% tropicamide and/or 2.5% phenylephrine) are
applied to each eye.
[1217] 18 hours post dosing the eyes receiving the dose of mCherry
and delivery buffer are enucleated and each eye was separately
placed in a tube containing 10 mL 4% paraformaldehyde at room
temperature for overnight tissue fixation. The following day, eyes
will be separately transferred to tubes containing 10 mL of 30%
sucurose and stored at 21.degree. C. until they were processed and
sectioned. The slides prepared from different sections were
evaluated under F-microscopy. Positive expression was seen in the
slides prepared with the eyes administered mCherry modified mRNA
and the control showed no expression.
Example 68
In Vivo Cytokine Expression Study
[1218] Mice were injected intramuscularly with 200 ug of G-CSF
modified mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 6; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence) which was
unmodified with a 5' cap, Cap1 (unmodified), fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine and a 5' cap, Cap1 (Gen1) or
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine and
a 5' cap, Cap1 (Gen2 cap) or no cap (Gen2 uncapped). Controls of
R-848, 5% sucrose and untreated mice were also analyzed. After 8
hours serum was collected from the mice and analyzed for
interferon-alpha (IFN-alpha) expression. The results are shown in
Table 99.
TABLE-US-00100 TABLE 99 IFN-alpha Expression Formulation IFN-alpha
(pg/ml) G-CSF unmodified 67.012 G-CSF Gen1 8.867 G-CSF Gen2 cap 0
G-CSF Gen2 uncapped 0 R-848 40.971 5% sucrose 1.493 Untreated 0
Example 69
In Vitro Expression of VEGF Modified mRNA
[1219] HEK293 cells were transfected with modified mRNA (mmRNA)
VEGF-A (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 19; polyA tail of
approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1;
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) which had
been complexed with Lipofectamine2000 from Invitrogen (Carlsbad,
Calif.) at the concentration shown in Table 100. The protein
expression was detected by ELISA and the protein (pg/ml) is shown
in Table 100.
TABLE-US-00101 TABLE 100 Protein Expression Amount Transfected 10
2.5 625 156 39 10 2 610 ng ng pg pg pg pg pg fg Protein 10495 10038
2321.23 189.6 0 0 0 0 (pg/ml)
Example 70
In Vitro Screening in HeLa Cells of GFP
[1220] The day before transfection, 20,000 HeLa cells (ATCC no.
CCL-2; Manassas, Va.) were harvested by treatment with Trypsin-EDTA
solution (LifeTechnologies, Grand Island, N.Y.) and seeded in a
total volume of 100 ul EMEM medium (supplemented with 10% FCS and
1.times. Glutamax) per well in a 96-well cell culture plate
(Corning, Manassas, Va.). The cells were grown at 37.degree. C. in
5% CO.sub.2 atmosphere overnight. Next day, 37.5 ng or 75 ng of
Green Fluorescent protein (GFP) modified RNA (mRNA sequence shown
in SEQ ID NO: 18; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not
shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) with the chemical modification
described in Table 101, were diluted in 10 ul final volume of
OPTI-MEM (LifeTechnologies, Grand Island, N.Y.). Lipofectamine 2000
(LifeTechnologies, Grand Island, N.Y.) was used as transfection
reagent and 0.2 ul were diluted in 10 ul final volume of OPTI-MEM.
After 5 minutes of incubation at room temperature, both solutions
were combined and incubated an additional 15 minute at room
temperature. Then the 20 ul combined solution was added to the 100
ul cell culture medium containing the HeLa cells and incubated at
room temperature.
[1221] After a 18 to 22 hour incubation cells expressing luciferase
were lysed with 100 ul of Passive Lysis Buffer (Promega, Madison,
Wis.) according to manufacturer instructions. Aliquots of the
lysates were transferred to white opaque polystyrene 96-well plates
(Corning, Manassas, Va.) and combined with 100 ul complete
luciferase assay solution (Promega, Madison, Wis.). The median
fluorescence intensity (MFI) was determined for each chemistry and
is shown in Table 101.
[1222] These results demonstrate that GFP fully modified with
N1-methylpseudouridine and 5-methylcytosine produces more protein
in HeLa cells compared to the other chemistry. Additionally the
higher dose of GFP administered to the cells resulted in the
highest MFI value.
TABLE-US-00102 TABLE 101 Mean Fluorescence Intensity 37.5 ng 75 ng
Chemistry MFI MFI No modifications 97400 89500
5-methylcytosine/pseudouridine 324000 715000
5-methylcytosine/N1-methylpseudouridine 643000 1990000
Example 71
Toxicity Studies
[1223] A. Study Design
[1224] Sprague-Dawley rats (n=8, 4 male, 4 female) were
administered by injection modified luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence
shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides
not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) as outlined in the dosing chart
in Table 102. A control group were administered the formulation
buffer (F. Buffer). After 7 days the rats were sacrificed.
TABLE-US-00103 TABLE 102 Dosing Chart Dose mRNA Dose Dose Volume
Concentration Formulation (ug) (mL) (mg/mL) Luciferase 100 0.1 0
Luciferase 300 0.1 1.0 Luciferase 1000 0.1 3.0 Luciferase 3x1000
0.3 (each dose 10 was 0.1) F. Buffer 0 10
[1225] B. Weight Gain and Food Consumption
[1226] The rats were weighed before the administration of mRNA and
7 days after administration. Table 103 shows the mean weight gain
and weight gain percent per group tested separated by gender. All
animals continued to gain weight and behave normally. Each group
analyzed consumed about the same amount of food over the course of
the study.
TABLE-US-00104 TABLE 103 Weight Gain Group Mean weight Gain (g)
Weight Gain (%) 100 ug 16.875 6.5 300 ug 22.125 8.3 1000 ug 19 6.95
3 x 1000 ug 20.375 7.7 F. Buffer 18.75 6.8
[1227] C. Electrolytes
[1228] After 7 days the rats were sacrificed and samples were taken
to determine electrolytes. The calcium, bicarbonate, potassium,
phosphorus, chloride and sodium levels in each group were analyzed.
The results are shown in Table 104. There was no change in
electrolytes seen in the rats after 7 days.
TABLE-US-00105 TABLE 104 Electrolytes Calcium Bicarbonate Potassium
Phosphorus Chloride Sodium Group (mg/dL) (mEg/L) (mEg/L) (mg/dL)
(mEg/L) (mEg/L) 100 ug 9.8 19.9 4.7 8.3 101.0 139.6 300 ug 9.8 23.3
4.4 8.2 100.5 139.6 1000 ug 10.6 22.5 5.2 9.1 101.0 138.8 3 x 1000
ug 10.2 22.6 4.6 8.11 100.4 138.8 F. Buffer 9.6 20.1 5.4 9.2 99.5
139.9
[1229] D. Hematology
[1230] After 7 days the rats were sacrificed and samples were taken
to determine hematology levels. The red blood cell (RBC),
hematocrit (HGT), mean corpuscular volume (MCV), hemoglobin (HGB),
mean corpuscular hemoglobin (MCH) and mean corpuscular hemoglobin
concentration (MCHC) was determined for each group. The results are
shown in Table 105. There was no change in blood count or blood
clotting factors 7 days after administration.
TABLE-US-00106 TABLE 105 Hematology RBC HCT MCV HGB MCH MCHC Group
(Million/uL) (%) (fL) (g/dL) (pg) (g/dL) 100 ug 7.5 44.1 58.7 14.7
19.5 3.4 300 ug 7.3 43.5 59.6 14.5 19.8 33.3 1000 ug 7.2 42.5 58.8
14.2 19.55 33.3 3 x 1000 ug 7.2 43.5 60.6 14.4 20.0 33.1 F. Buffer
8.0 46.6 58.0 15.5 19.3 33.4
[1231] E. White Blood Cells
[1232] After 7 days the rats were sacrificed and samples were taken
to determine white blood cell count. Neutrophils (percent segmented
neutrophils), monocytes, basophils, lymphocytes, eosinophil and
white blood cell (WBC) was determined for each group. The results
are shown in Table 106. In Table 106, "NT" means not tested. 7 days
after administration there was no increase in white blood cells
which suggests there was no inflammation.
TABLE-US-00107 TABLE 106 White Blood Cell WBC Neutrophil Monocytes
Basophils Lymphocytes Eosinophils (Thous./ Group (NEU-SEG %) (MON
%) (BASO %) (LYM %) (EOS %) uL) 100 ug 10.6 2.0 0.4 85.9 1.3 14 300
ug 12.0 2.8 0.4 83.6 1.0 10.2 1000 ug 12.8 2.3 NT 83.0 1.5 10.7 3 x
1000 ug 11.6 2.0 0.1 85.5 0.9 10.9 F. Buffer 16.6 2.3 0.9 79.6 0.9
13.0
[1233] F. Serum Chemistry
[1234] After 7 days the rats were sacrificed and samples were taken
to determine serum chemistry. The alkaline phosphatase (ALP),
aspartate transaminase (AST), alanine transaminase (ALT) and
creatine phosphokinase (CPK) was determined for each group. The
results are shown in Table 107.
TABLE-US-00108 TABLE 107 Serum Chemistry Group ALP (IU/L) AST
(IU/L) ALT (IU/L) CPK (IU/L) 100 ug 144.4 198.3 60.8 488.1 300 ug
169.5 200.3 49.3 968.3 1000 ug 150.5 189.8 51.5 744 3 x 1000 ug
152.0 14.3 45.9 481.1 F. Buffer 183 170.4 62.8 589.8
[1235] G. Liver Proteins
[1236] After 7 days the rats were sacrificed and samples were taken
to determine liver protein levels. The level of albumin, globulin
and total protein was determined for each group. The results are
shown in Table 108. There was no change seen in liver enzyme or
liver protein production 7 days after administration with the
modified mRNA.
TABLE-US-00109 TABLE 108 Hematology Group Albumin (g/dL) Globulin
(g/dL) Total Protein (g/dL) 100 ug 3.3 2.5 5.8 300 ug 3.2 2.4 5.6
1000 ug 3.2 2.7 5.9 3 x 1000 ug 3.4 2.6 6.0 F. Buffer 3.6 2.6
6.2
[1237] H. Conclusions
[1238] From the analysis of the rats 7 days after administration
with the modified mRNA, administration of high doses of mRNA do not
result in adverse effects. Doses as high as 30 times the effective
dose appear to be safe from this analysis. Histopathology showed
only minimal inflammation at the site of injection and the site of
injection showed only changes consistent with injection and nothing
to suggest dose related issues. Additionally there was no chance in
muscle enzymes to suggest there was muscle damage.
Example 72
Storage Conditions for Modified RNA
[1239] A. Organics
[1240] To evaluate the ability of mRNA to withstand an organic
environment, luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16;
polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence;
5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine) was stored at room temperature in solutions of
ethanol, methanol or dichloromethane at a concentration of 1 mg/ml.
Samples were collected at 1 hour, 6 hours and 1 day. The sample was
diluted with water to 200 ng/ul and incubated overnight at room
temperature in a fume hood to evaporate off the organic solvent.
Control samples were completed in parallel with mRNA in water
(Water control, organic). The mRNA was stable at room temperature
for 1 day in each of the three solutions as determined by running
samples on a bioanalyzer.
[1241] B. Aqueous Solvent
[1242] Luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA
tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5'
cap, Cap1; fully modified with pseudouridine and 5-methylcytosine)
was added to 3 different buffers and water to evaluate the effect
of aqueous solvents on mRNA stability. mRNA was added to citrate
buffer (pH3, 100 mM citric acid), phosphate buffered saline (PBS)
buffer (pH 7.4, 6.7 mM phosphate and 154 mM sodium chloride), TE
buffer (pH 8, 10 mM Tris-hydrochloric acid and 1 mM
ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid) or water (pH 5.5, water for
injection (WFI)) at 1 mg/ml. Samples were collected at 1 hour, 6
hours and 1 day and diluted with water to a concentration of 200
ng/ul. Control samples were completed in parallel with mRNA in
water (Water control, aqueous). The incubation of mRNA in the PBS
buffer, TE buffer and water did not affect the mRNA integrity after
1 day. Samples incubated in citrate were not detectable by
bioanalyzer.
[1243] In additional studies to evaluate the citrate buffer,
citrate buffer at a pH of 2, 3 and 4 each having 10 mM citrate and
1 mg/ml of luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16;
polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence;
5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with pseudouridine and
5-methylcytosine) were evaluated. At a pH of 2 precipitation was
visually detected and mRNA was not detected by bioanalyzer below a
pH of 4. When compared against phosphate buffer, mRNA was not
detected in samples with low pH and precipitation was visible in
phosphate buffer samples having a pH of 2.
[1244] C. pH
[1245] In order to study the effects of pH on the stability of
mRNA, luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA
tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5'
cap, Cap1; fully modified with pseudouridine and 5-methylcytosine)
was stored at room temperature in aqueous buffers having a pH of
5.8, 6.5 or 7.2. Samples were collected at 1 hour, 1 day and 1 week
after the mRNA was added to the pH sample. After collection the
samples were incubated at 1 mg/ml concentration and then diluted to
200 ng/ul with water before freezing and characterizing by
bioanalyzer. The mRNA was stable after 1 week of storage at room
temperature in the pH range of 5.8-7.2 evaluated.
[1246] D. Freeze/Thaw and Lyophilization
[1247] To evaluate the effect of freeze/thaw cycles on mRNA
stability, luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16;
polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence;
5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine) in formulation buffer was subjected to numerous
freeze/thaw cycles. mRNA was found to be stable for at least 18
cycles.
[1248] In addition, luciferase mRNA (mRNA SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail
of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap,
Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) was
subjected to 3 rounds of lyophilization to test the stability of
the mRNA. mRNA was added to water and samples were collected after
each of the 3 rounds of lyophilization. The dried mRNA was diluted
with water to reach a concentration of 1 mg/ml. The samples were
stored frozen until bioanalyzer characterization at 200 ng/ul.
Control samples were completed in parallel with mRNA and water
formulations and followed the same freezing and thawing cycles. The
mRNA was found to be stable after 3 cycles of lyophilization when
analyzed by bioanalyzer characterization at 200 ng/ul.
[1249] E. Centrifugation
[1250] To evaluate the effects of centrifugation on mRNA integrity,
luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail
of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap,
Cap1; 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) in water at 1 mg/ml was
exposed to 10 cycles of 10k RPM (13.3 k.times.g) for 10 minutes at
4.degree. C. mRNA and water samples were stored at 4.degree. C. as
a control during centrifugation. After 10 cycles of centrifugation
the mRNA was still stable when analyzed by bioanalyzer
characterization at 200 ng/ul.
[1251] F. In Vitro Transfection After Storage
[1252] The day before transfection, 20,000 HeLa cells (ATCC no.
CCL-2; Manassas, Va.) were harvested by treatment with Trypsin-EDTA
solution (LifeTechnologies, Grand Island, N.Y.) and seeded in a
total volume of 100 ul EMEM medium (supplemented with 10% FCS and
1.times. Glutamax) per well in a 96-well cell culture plate
(Corning, Manassas, Va.). The cells were grown at 37.degree. C. in
a 5% CO2 atmosphere overnight. The next day, 250 ng of luciferase
mRNA from the formulations of the lyophilized, centrifuged, organic
and aqueous solvent samples were diluted in a 10 ul final volume of
OPTI-MEM (LifeTechnologies, Grand Island, N.Y.). Lipofectamine 2000
(LifeTechnologies, Grand Island, N.Y.) was used as a transfection
reagent and 0.2 ul was diluted in a 10 ul final volume of OPTI-MEM.
After 5 min of incubation at room temperature, both solutions were
combined and incubated an additional 15 min at room temperature.
Then 20 ul of the combined solution was added to 100 ul of cell
culture medium containing the HeLa cells. The plates were then
incubated as described before.
[1253] After 18 h to 22 h incubation, cells expressing luciferase
were lysed with 100 ul Passive Lysis Buffer (Promega, Madison,
Wis.) according to manufacturer instructions. Aliquots of the
lysates were transferred to white opaque polystyrene 96-well plates
(Corning, Manassas, Va.) and combined with 100 ul complete
luciferase assay solution (Promega, Madison, Wis.). The background
signal of the plates without reagent was about 200 relative light
units per well. The plate reader was a BioTek Synergy H1 (BioTek,
Winooski, Vt.).
[1254] Controls of mock transfection (transfection reagent alone),
luciferase mRNA control in water, and untreated were also
evaluated. Cells were harvested and the bioluminescence average (in
relative light units, RLU) for each signal is shown in Table 109.
Transfection of these samples confirmed that lyophilization,
centrifugation, organic solvents and aqueous solvents except
citrate buffer did not impact the activity of luciferase mRNA.
Citrate buffer showed a reduced activity after transfection.
TABLE-US-00110 TABLE 109 Bioluminescence Sample Bioluminescence
(RLU) 1 lyophilization 2832350 1 lyophilization control 3453250 2
lyophilizations 2480000 2 lyophilizations control 3716130 3
lyophilizations 1893960 3 lyophilizations control 3009020
Centrifugation, 10 cycles 3697590 Centrifugation control 5472920
Ethanol, 1 day 4214780 Methanol, 1 day 2834520 Dichloromethane, 1
day 3017890 Water control, organic, 1 day 2641450 Citrate buffer, 1
hour 280160 PBS buffer, 1 hour 2762050 TE buffer, 1 hour 3141250
Water control, aqueous, 1 hour 3394000 Citrate buffer, 1 day 269790
PBS buffer, 1 day 4084330 TE buffer, 1 day 5344400 Water control,
aqueous, 1 day 3579270 Untreated 5580 Mock Transfection 7560
Luciferase mRNA control 4950090
Example 73
Homogenization
[1255] Different luciferase mRNA solutions (as described in Table
110 where "X" refers to the solution containing that component)
(mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately
160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified
with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) were evaluated to test the
percent yield of the different solutions, the integrity of the mRNA
by bioanalyzer, and the protein expression of the mRNA by in vitro
transfection. The mRNA solutions were prepared in water, 1.times.TE
buffer at 4 mg/ml as indicated in Table 110, and added to either
dichloromethane (DCM) or DCM containing 200 mg/ml of
poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) (Lactel, Cat# B6010-2,
inherent viscosity 0.55-0.75, 50:50 LA:GA) to achieve a final mRNA
concentration of 0.8 mg/ml. The solutions requiring homogenization
were homogenized for 30 seconds at speed 5 (approximately 19,000
rpm) (IKA Ultra-Turrax Homogenizer, T18). The mRNA samples in
water, dichloromethane and poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA)
were not recoverable (NR). All samples, except the NR samples,
maintained integrity of the mRNA as determined by bioanalyzer
(Bio-rad Experion).
[1256] The day before transfection, 20,000 HeLa cells (ATCC no.
CCL-2; Manassas, Va.) were harvested by treatment with Trypsin-EDTA
solution (LifeTechnologies, Grand Island, N.Y.) and seeded in a
total volume of 100 ul EMEM medium (supplemented with 10% FCS and
1.times. Glutamax) per well in a 96-well cell culture plate
(Corning, Manassas, Va.). The cells were grown at 37.degree. C. in
a 5% CO2 atmosphere overnight. The next day, 250 ng of luciferase
mRNA from the recoverable samples was diluted in a 10 ul final
volume of OPTI-MEM (LifeTechnologies, Grand Island, N.Y.).
Lipofectamine 2000 (LifeTechnologies, Grand Island, N.Y.) was used
as a transfection reagent and 0.2 ul was diluted in a 10 ul final
volume of OPTI-MEM. After 5 minutes of incubation at room
temperature, both solutions were combined and incubated an
additional 15 minutes at room temperature. Then 20 ul of the
combined solution was added to 100 ul of cell culture medium
containing the HeLa cells. The plates were then incubated as
described before. Controls luciferase mRNA (luciferase mRNA
formulated in saline) (Control) and untreated cells (Untreat.) were
also evaluated. Cells were harvested and the bioluminescence
average (in photons/second) (biolum. (p/s)) for each signal is also
shown in Table 110. The recoverable samples all showed activity of
luciferase mRNA when analyzed.
[1257] After 18 to 22 hour incubation, cells expressing luciferase
were lysed with 100 ul Passive Lysis Buffer (Promega, Madison,
Wis.) according to manufacturer instructions. Aliquots of the
lysates were transferred to white opaque polystyrene 96-well plates
(Corning, Manassas, Va.) and combined with 100 ul complete
luciferase assay solution (Promega, Madison, Wis.). The background
signal of the plates without reagent was about 200 relative light
units per well. The plate reader was a BioTek Synergy H1 (BioTek,
Winooski, Vt.).
[1258] Cells were harvested and the bioluminescence average (in
relative light units, RLU) (biolum. (RLU)) for each signal is also
shown in Table 110. The recoverable samples all showed activity of
luciferase mRNA when analyzed.
TABLE-US-00111 TABLE 110 Solutions Solution 1x TE Biolum. No. Water
Buffer DCM DCM/PLGA Homogenizer Yield (%) (RLU) 1 X 96 5423780 2 X
X 95 4911950 3 X X 92 2367230 4 X X 90 4349410 5 X X X 66 4145340 6
X X X 71 3834440 7 X X X NR n/a 8 X X X 24 3182080 9 X X NR n/a 10
X X 79 3276800 11 X X 79 5563550 12 X X 79 4919100 Control 2158060
Untreat. 3530
Example 74
TE Buffer and Water Evaluation
[1259] Luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA
tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5'
cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine)
was reconstituted in water or TE buffer as outlined in Table 111
and then formulated in PLGA microspheres. PLGA microspheres were
synthesized using the water/oil/water double emulsification methods
known in the art using PLGA (Lactel, Cat# B6010-2, inherent
viscosity 0.55-0.75, 50:50 LA:GA), polyvinylalcohol (PVA) (Sigma,
Cat#348406-25G, MW 13-23k) dichloromethane and water. Briefly, 0.2
to 0.6 ml of mRNA in water or TE buffer at a concentration of 2 to
6 mg/ml (W1) was added to 2 ml of PLGA dissolved in dichloromethane
(DCM) (O1) at a concentration of 100 mg/ml of PLGA. The W1/O1
emulsion was homogenized (IKA Ultra-Turrax Homogenizer, T18) for 30
seconds at speed 5 (.about.19,000 rpm). The W1/O1 emulsion was then
added to 250 ml 1% PVA (W2) and homogenized for 1 minute at speed 5
(.about.19,000 rpm). Formulations were left to stir for 3 hours,
then passed through a 100 .mu.m nylon mesh strainer (Fisherbrand
Cell Strainer, Cat #22-363-549) to remove larger aggregates, and
finally washed by centrifugation (10 min, 9,250 rpm, 4.degree. C.).
The supernatant was discarded and the PLGA pellets were resuspended
in 5-10 ml of water, which was repeated 2.times.. The washed
formulations were frozen in liquid nitrogen and then lyophilized
for 2-3 days. After lyophilization, .about.10 mg of PLGA MS were
weighed out in 2 ml eppendorf tubes and deformulated by adding 1 ml
of DCM and letting the samples shake for 2-6 hrs. mRNA was
extracted from the deformulated PLGA micropsheres by adding 0.5 ml
of water and shaking the sample overnight. Unformulated luciferase
mRNA in water or TE buffer (deformulation controls) was spiked into
DCM and went through the deformulation process to be used as
controls in the transfection assay.
[1260] The day before transfection, 20,000 HeLa cells (ATCC no.
CCL-2; Manassas, Va.) were harvested by treatment with Trypsin-EDTA
solution (LifeTechnologies, Grand Island, N.Y.) and seeded in a
total volume of 100 ul EMEM medium (supplemented with 10% FCS and
1.times. Glutamax) per well in a 96-well cell culture plate
(Corning, Manassas, Va.). The cells were grown at 37.degree. C. in
a 5% CO2 atmosphere overnight. The next day, 100 ng of the
deformulated luciferase mRNA samples was diluted in a 10 ul final
volume of OPTI-MEM (LifeTechnologies, Grand Island, N.Y.).
Lipofectamine 2000 (LifeTechnologies, Grand Island, N.Y.) was used
as a transfection reagent and 0.2 ul was diluted in a 10 ul final
volume of OPTI-MEM. After 5 minutes of incubation at room
temperature, both solutions were combined and incubated an
additional 15 minutes at room temperature. Then 20 ul of the
combined solution was added to 100 ul of cell culture medium
containing the HeLa cells. The plates were then incubated as
described before.
[1261] After 18 to 22 hour incubation, cells expressing luciferase
were lysed with 100 ul Passive Lysis Buffer (Promega, Madison,
Wis.) according to manufacturer instructions. Aliquots of the
lysates were transferred to white opaque polystyrene 96-well plates
(Corning, Manassas, Va.) and combined with 100 ul complete
luciferase assay solution (Promega, Madison, Wis.). The background
signal of the plates without reagent was about 200 relative light
units per well. The plate reader was a BioTek Synergy H1 (BioTek,
Winooski, Vt.). To determine the activity of the luciferase mRNA
from each formulation, the relative light units (RLU) for each
formulation was divided by the RLU of the appropriate mRNA
deformulation control (mRNA in water or TE buffer). Table 111 shows
the activity of the luciferase mRNA. The activity of the luciferase
mRNA in the PLGA microsphere formulations (Form.) was substantially
improved by formulating in TE buffer versus water.
TABLE-US-00112 TABLE 111 Formulations W1 Theoretical Actual mRNA
Solvent Total mRNA mRNA Activity (% of conc. volume mRNA Loading
Loading W1 deformulation Form. (mg/ml) (ul) (ug) (wt %) (wt %)
Solvent control) PLGA A 4 400 1600 0.80 0.14 Water 12.5% PLGA B 4
200 800 0.40 0.13 Water 1.3% PLGA C 4 600 2400 1.20 0.13 Water
12.1% PLGA D 2 400 800 0.40 0.07 Water 1.3% PLGA E 6 400 2400 1.20
0.18 TE 38.9% Buffer PLGA F 4 400 1600 0.80 0.16 TE 39.7% Buffer
PLGA G 4 400 1600 0.80 0.10 TE 26.6% Buffer
Example 75
Chemical Modifications on mRNA
[1262] The day before transfection, 20,000 HeLa cells (ATCC no.
CCL-2; Manassas, Va.) were harvested by treatment with Trypsin-EDTA
solution (Life Technologies, Grand Island, N.Y.) and seeded in a
total volume of 100 ul EMEM medium (supplemented with 10% FCS and
1.times. Glutamax) per well in a 96-well cell culture plate
(Corning, Manassas, Va.). The cells were grown at 37.degree. C. in
5% CO.sub.2 atmosphere overnight. The next day, 83 ng of Luciferase
modified RNA (mRNA sequence shown SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of
approximately 140 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1)
with the chemical modification described in Table 112, were diluted
in 10 ul final volume of OPTI-MEM (LifeTechnologies, Grand Island,
N.Y.). Lipofectamine 2000 (LifeTechnologies, Grand Island, N.Y.)
was used as transfection reagent and 0.2 ul were diluted in 10 ul
final volume of OPTI-MEM. After 5 minutes of incubation at room
temperature, both solutions were combined and incubated an
additional 15 minute at room temperature. Then the 20 ul combined
solution was added to the 100 ul cell culture medium containing the
HeLa cells and incubated at room temperature.
[1263] After 18 to 22 hours of incubation cells expressing
luciferase were lysed with 100 ul of Passive Lysis Buffer (Promega,
Madison, Wis.) according to manufacturer instructions. Aliquots of
the lysates were transferred to white opaque polystyrene 96-well
plates (Corning, Manassas, Va.) and combined with 100 ul complete
luciferase assay solution (Promega, Madison, Wis.). The lysate
volumes were adjusted or diluted until no more than 2 mio relative
light units (RLU) per well were detected for the strongest signal
producing samples and the RLUs for each chemistry tested are shown
in Table 112. The plate reader was a BioTek Synergy H1 (BioTek,
Winooski, Vt.). The background signal of the plates without reagent
was about 200 relative light units per well.
TABLE-US-00113 TABLE 112 Chemical Modifications Sample RLU
Untreated 336 Unmodified Luciferase 33980 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine 1601234 5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine
421189 25% cytosines replaced with 5-methylcytosine 222114 and 25%
of uridines replaced with 2-thiouridine N1-methylpseudouridine
3068261 Pseudouridine 140234 N4-Acetylcytidine 1073251
5-methoxyuridine 219657 5-Bromouridine 6787 N4-Acetylcytidine and
N1-methylpseudouridine 976219 5-methylcytosine and 5-methoxyuridine
66621 5-methylcytosine and 2'fluorouridine 11333
Example 76
Intramuscular and Subcutaneous Administration of Modified mRNA
[1264] Luciferase modified mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:
16; polyA tail of approximately 140 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
pseudouridine (5mC/pU), fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
N1-methylpseudouridine (5mC/N1mpU), fully modified with
pseudouridine (pU), fully modified with N1-methylpseudouridine
(N1mpU) or modified where 25% of the cytosines replaced with
5-methylcytosine and 25% of the uridines replaced with
2-thiouridine (5mC/s2U) formulated in PBS (pH 7.4) was administered
to Balb-C mice intramuscularly or subcutaneously at a dose of 2.5
mg/kg. The mice were imaged at 2 hours, 8 hours, 24 hours, 48
hours, 72 hours, 96 hours, 120 hours and 144 hours for
intramuscular delivery and 2 hours, 8 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72
hours, 96 hours and 120 hours for subcutaneous delivery. Twenty
minutes prior to imaging, mice were injected intraperitoneally with
a D-luciferin solution at 150 mg/kg. Animals were then anesthetized
and images were acquired with an IVIS Lumina II imaging system
(Perkin Elmer). Bioluminescence was measured as total flux
(photons/second) of the entire mouse. The average total flux
(photons/second) for intramuscular administration is shown in Table
113 and the average total flux (photons/second) for subcutaneous
administration is shown in Table 114. The background signal was
3.79E+05 (p/s). The peak expression for intramuscular
administration was seen between 24 and 48 hours for all chemistry
and expression was still detected at 144 hours. For subcutaneous
delivery the peak expression was seen at 2-8 hours and expression
was detected at 72 hours.
TABLE-US-00114 TABLE 113 Intramuscular Administration 5mC/ 5mC/pU
N1mpU 5mC/s2U pU N1mpU Flux Flux Flux Flux Flux (p/s) (p/s) (p/s)
(p/s) (p/s) 2 hours 1.98E+07 4.65E+06 4.68E+06 2.33E+06 3.66E+07 8
hours 1.42E+07 3.64E+06 3.78E+06 8.07E+06 7.21E+07 24 hours
2.92E+07 1.22E+07 3.35E+07 1.01E+07 1.75E+08 48 hours 2.64E+07
1.01E+07 5.06E+07 7.46E+06 3.42E+08 72 hours 2.18E+07 8.59E+06
3.42E+07 4.08E+06 5.83E+07 96 hours 2.75E+07 2.70E+06 2.38E+07
4.35E+06 7.15E+07 120 hours 2.19E+07 1.60E+06 1.54E+07 1.25E+06
3.87E+07 144 hours 9.17E+06 2.19E+06 1.14E+07 1.86E+06 5.04E+07
TABLE-US-00115 TABLE 114 Subcutaneous Administration 5mC/ 5mC/pU
N1mpU 5mC/s2U pU N1mpU Flux Flux Flux Flux Flux (p/s) (p/s) (p/s)
(p/s) (p/s) 2 hours 5.26E+06 4.54E+06 9.34E+06 2.43E+06 2.80E+07 8
hours 2.32E+06 8.75E+05 8.15E+06 2.12E+06 3.09E+07 24 hours
2.67E+06 5.49E+06 3.80E+06 2.24E+06 1.48E+07 48 hours 1.22E+06
1.77E+06 3.07E+06 1.58E+06 1.24E+07 72 hours 1.12E+06 8.00E+05
8.53E+05 4.80E+05 2.29E+06 96 hours 5.16E+05 5.33E+05 4.30E+05
4.30E+05 6.62E+05 120 hours 3.80E+05 4.09E+05 3.21E+05 6.82E+05
5.05E+05
Example 77
Osmotic Pump Study
[1265] Prior to implantation, an osmotic pump (ALZET.RTM. Osmotic
Pump 2001D, DURECT Corp. Cupertino, Calif.) is loaded with the 0.2
ml of 1.times.PBS (pH 7.4) (PBS loaded pump) or 0.2 ml of
luciferase modified mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16;
polyA tail of approximately 140 nucleotides not shown in sequence;
5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
N1-methylpseudouridine) at 1 mg/ml in 1.times.PBS (pH 7.4)
(Luciferase loaded pump) and incubated overnight in 1.times.PBS (pH
7.4) at 37.degree. C.
[1266] Balb-C mice (n=3) are implanted subcutaneously with either
the PBS loaded pump or the luciferase loaded pump and imaged at 2
hours, 8 hours and 24 hours. As a control a PBS loaded pump is
implanted subcutaneously and the mice are injected subcutaneously
with luciferase modified mRNA in 1.times.PBS (PBS loaded pump; SC
Luciferase) or an osmotic pump is not implanted and the mice are
injected subcutaneously with luciferase modified mRNA in
1.times.PBS (SC Luciferase). The luciferase formulations are
outlined in Table 115
TABLE-US-00116 TABLE 115 Luciferase Formulations Conc Inj. Vol. Amt
Dose Group Vehicle (mg/ml) (ul) (ug) (mg/kg) PBS loaded pump; SC
PBS 1.00 50 50 2.5 Luciferase Luciferase loaded pump PBS 1.00 --
200 10.0 PBS loaded pump PBS -- -- -- -- SC Luciferase PBS 1.00 50
50 2.5
Example 78
External Osmotic Pump Study
[1267] An external osmotic pump (ALZET.RTM. Osmotic Pump 2001D,
DURECT Corp. Cupertino, Calif.) is loaded with the 0.2 ml of
1.times.PBS (pH 7.4) (PBS loaded pump) or 0.2 ml of luciferase
modified mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of
approximately 140 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1;
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine) at
1 mg/ml in 1.times.PBS (pH 7.4) (luciferase loaded pump) and
incubated overnight in 1.times.PBS (pH 7.4) at 37.degree. C.
[1268] Using a catheter connected to the external PBS loaded pump
or the luciferase loaded pump Balb-C mice (n=3) are administered
the formulation. The mice are imaged at 2 hours, 8 hours and 24
hours. As a control an external PBS loaded pump is used and the
mice are injected subcutaneously with luciferase modified mRNA in
1.times.PBS (PBS loaded pump; SC Luciferase) or the external pump
is not used and the mice are only injected subcutaneously with
luciferase modified mRNA in 1.times.PBS (SC Luciferase). Twenty
minutes prior to imaging, mice are injected intraperitoneally with
a D-luciferin solution at 150 mg/kg. Animals are then anesthetized
and images are acquired with an IVIS Lumina II imaging system
(Perkin Elmer). Bioluminescence is measured as total flux
(photons/second) of the entire mouse. The luciferase formulations
are outlined in Table 116 and the average total flux
(photons/second).
TABLE-US-00117 TABLE 116 Luciferase Formulations Conc Inj. Vol. Amt
Dose Group Vehicle (mg/ml) (ul) (ug) (mg/kg) PBS loaded pump; SC
PBS 1.00 50 50 2.5 Luciferase Luciferase loaded pump PBS 1.00 --
200 10.0 PBS loaded pump PBS -- -- -- -- SC Luciferase PBS 1.00 50
50 2.5
Example 79
Fibrin Sealant Study
[1269] Fibrin sealant, such as Tisseel (Baxter Healthcare Corp.,
Deerfield, Ill.), is composed of fibrinogen and thrombin in a
dual-barreled syringe. Upon mixing, fibrinogen is converted to
fibrin to form a fibrin clot in about 10 to 30 seconds. This clot
can mimic the natural clotting mechanism of the body. Additionally
a fibrin hydrogel is a three dimensional structure that can
potentially be used in sustained release delivery. Currently,
fibrin sealant is approved for application in hemostasis and
sealing to replace conventional surgical techniques such as suture,
ligature and cautery.
[1270] The thrombin and fibrinogen components were loaded
separately into a dual barreled syringe. Balb-C mice (n=3) were
injected subcutaneously with 50 ul of fibrinogen, 50 ul of thrombin
and they were also injected at the same site with modified
luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail
of approximately 140 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap,
Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
N1-methylpseudouridine) (Tisseel+Luciferase), 50 ul of fibrinogen
and 50 ul thrombin (Tisseel) or modified luciferase mRNA
(Luciferase). The injection of fibrinogen and thrombin was done
simultaneously using the dual-barreled syringe. The subcutaneous
injection of luciferase was done 15 minutes after the
fibrinogen/thrombin injection to allow the fibrin hydrogel to
polymerize (Tisseel+Luciferase group). A control group of untreated
mice were also evaluated. The mice were imaged at 5 hours and 24
hours. Twenty minutes prior to imaging, mice were injected
intraperitoneally with a D-luciferin solution at 150 mg/kg. Animals
were then anesthetized and images were acquired with an IVIS Lumina
II imaging system (Perkin Elmer). Bioluminescence was measured as
total flux (photons/second) of the entire mouse. The luciferase
formulations are outlined in Table 117 and the average total flux
(photons/second) is shown in Table 118. The fibrin sealant was
found to not interfere with imaging and the injection of luciferase
and Tisseel showed expression of luciferase.
TABLE-US-00118 TABLE 117 Luciferase Formulations Conc Inj. Vol. Amt
Dose Group Vehicle (mg/ml) (ul) (ug) (mg/kg) Tisseel + Luciferase
PBS 1.00 50 50 2.5 Tisseel -- -- -- -- -- Luciferase PBS 1.00 50 50
2.5 Untreated -- -- -- -- --
TABLE-US-00119 TABLE 118 Total Flux 5 Hours 24 Hours Group Flux
(p/s) Flux (p/s) Tisseel + Luciferase 4.59E+05 3.39E+05 Tisseel
1.99E+06 1.06E+06 Luciferase 9.94E+05 7.44E+05 Untreated 3.90E+05
3.79E+05
Example 80
Fibrin Containing mRNA Sealant Study
[1271] A. Modified mRNA and Calcium Chloride
[1272] Prior to reconstitution, luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence
shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately 140 nucleotides
not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine or fully modified with
N1-methylpseudouridine is added to calcium chloride. The calcium
chloride is then used to reconstitute thrombin. Fibrinogen is
reconstituted with fibrinolysis inhibitor solution per the
manufacturer's instructions. The reconstituted thrombin containing
modified mRNA and fibrinogen is loaded into a dual barreled
syringe. Mice are injected subcutaneously with 50 ul of fibrinogen
and 50 ul of thrombin containing modified mRNA or they were
injected with 50 ul of PBS containing an equivalent dose of
modified luciferase mRNA. A control group of untreated mice is also
evaluated. The mice are imaged at predetermined intervals to
determine the average total flux (photons/second).
[1273] B. Lipid Nanoparticle Formulated Modified mRNA and Calcium
Chloride
[1274] Prior to reconstitution, luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence
shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately 140 nucleotides
not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine or fully modified with
N1-methylpseudouridine is formulated in a lipid nanoparticle is
added to calcium chloride. The calcium chloride is then used to
reconstitute thrombin. Fibrinogen is reconstituted with
fibrinolysis inhibitor solution per the manufacturer's
instructions. The reconstituted thrombin containing modified mRNA
and fibrinogen is loaded into a dual barreled syringe. Mice are
injected subcutaneously with 50 ul of fibrinogen and 50 ul of
thrombin containing modified mRNA or they were injected with 50 ul
of PBS containing an equivalent dose of modified luciferase mRNA. A
control group of untreated mice is also evaluated. The mice are
imaged at predetermined intervals to determine the average total
flux (photons/second).
[1275] C. Modified mRNA and Fibrinogen
[1276] Prior to reconstitution, luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence
shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately 140 nucleotides
not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine or fully modified with
N1-methylpseudouridine is added to the fibrinolysis inhibitor
solution. The fibrinolysis inhibitor solution is then used to
reconstitute fibrinogen. Thrombin is reconstituted with the calcium
chloride solution per the manufacturer's instructions. The
reconstituted fibrinogen containing modified mRNA and thrombin is
loaded into a dual barreled syringe. Mice are injected
subcutaneously with 50 ul of thrombin and 50 ul of fibrinogen
containing modified mRNA or they were injected with 50 ul of PBS
containing an equivalent dose of modified luciferase mRNA. A
control group of untreated mice is also evaluated. The mice are
imaged at predetermined intervals to determine the average total
flux (photons/second).
[1277] D. Lipid Nanoparticle Formulated Modified mRNA and
Fibrinogen
[1278] Prior to reconstitution, luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence
shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately 140 nucleotides
not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine or fully modified with
N1-methylpseudouridine is formulated in a lipid nanoparticle is
added to the fibrinolysis inhibitor solution. The fibrinolysis
inhibitor solution is then used to reconstitute fibrinogen.
Thrombin is reconstituted with the calcium chloride solution per
the manufacturer's instructions. The reconstituted fibrinogen
containing modified mRNA and thrombin is loaded into a dual
barreled syringe. Mice are injected subcutaneously with 50 ul of
thrombin and 50 ul of fibrinogen containing modified mRNA or they
were injected with 50 ul of PBS containing an equivalent dose of
modified luciferase mRNA. A control group of untreated mice is also
evaluated. The mice are imaged at predetermined intervals to
determine the average total flux (photons/second).
[1279] E. Modified mRNA and Thrombin
[1280] Prior to reconstitution, luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence
shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately 140 nucleotides
not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine or fully modified with
N1-methylpseudouridine is added to the reconstituted thrombin after
it is reconstituted with the calcium chloride per the
manufacturer's instructions. The fibrinolysis inhibitor solution is
then used to reconstitute fibrinogen per the manufacturer's
instructions. The reconstituted fibrinogen and thrombin containing
modified mRNA is loaded into a dual barreled syringe. Mice are
injected subcutaneously with 50 ul of thrombin containing modified
mRNA and 50 ul of fibrinogen or they were injected with 50 ul of
PBS containing an equivalent dose of modified luciferase mRNA. A
control group of untreated mice is also evaluated. The mice are
imaged at predetermined intervals to determine the average total
flux (photons/second).
[1281] F. Lipid Nanoparticle Formulated Modified mRNA and
Thrombin
[1282] Prior to reconstitution, luciferase mRNA (mRNA sequence
shown in SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately 140 nucleotides
not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine or fully modified with
N1-methylpseudouridine is formulated in a lipid nanoparticle is
added to the reconstituted thrombin after it is reconstituted with
the calcium chloride per the manufacturer's instructions. The
fibrinolysis inhibitor solution is then used to reconstitute
fibrinogen per the manufacturer's instructions. The reconstituted
fibrinogen and thrombin containing modified mRNA is loaded into a
dual barreled syringe. Mice are injected subcutaneously with 50 ul
of thrombin containing modified mRNA and 50 ul of fibrinogen or
they were injected with 50 ul of PBS containing an equivalent dose
of modified luciferase mRNA. A control group of untreated mice is
also evaluated. The mice are imaged at predetermined intervals to
determine the average total flux (photons/second).
Example 81
Cationic Lipid Formulation of 5-Methylcytosine and
N1-Methylpseudouridine Modified mRNA
[1283] Luciferase mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately
140 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) fully modified
with 5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine was formulated in
the cationic lipids described in Table 119. The formulations were
administered intravenously (I.V.), intramuscularly (I.M.) or
subcutaneously (S.C.) to Balb-C mice at a dose of 0.05 mg/kg.
TABLE-US-00120 TABLE 119 Cationic Lipid Formulations Formulation
NPA-126-1 NPA-127-1 NPA-128-1 NPA-129-1 111612-B Lipid DLin-MC3-
DLin-KC2- C12-200 DLinDMA DODMA DMA DMA Lipid/mRNA 20:1 20:1 20:1
20:1 20:1 ratio (wt/wt) Mean Size 122 nm 114 nm 153 nm 137 nm 223.2
nm PDI: 0.13 PDI: 0.10 PDI: 0.17 PDI: 0.09 PDI: 0.142 Zeta at pH
7.4 -1.4 mV -0.5 mV -1.4 mV 2.0 mV -3.09 mV Encaps. 95% 77% 69% 80%
64% (RiboGr)
[1284] Twenty minutes prior to imaging, mice were injected
intraperitoneally with a D-luciferin solution at 150 mg/kg. Animals
were then anesthetized and images were acquired with an IVIS Lumina
II imaging system (Perkin Elmer). Bioluminescence was measured as
total flux (photons/second) of the entire mouse. The mice were
imaged at 2 hours, 8 hours and 24 hours after dosing and the
average total flux (photons/second) was measured for each route of
administration and cationic lipid formulation. The background flux
was about 4.17E+05 p/s. The results of the imaging are shown in
Table 120. In Table 120, "NT" means not tested.
TABLE-US-00121 TABLE 120 Flux DLin-MC3- DLin-KC2- DMA DMA C12-200
DLinDMA DODMA Route Time Point Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s)
Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) I.V. 2 hrs 1.92E+08 2.91E+08 1.08E+08
2.53E+07 8.40E+06 I.V. 8 hrs 1.47E+08 2.13E+08 3.72E+07 3.82E+07
5.62E+06 I.V. 24 hrs 1.32E+07 2.41E+07 5.35E+06 4.20E+06 8.97E+05
I.M. 2 hrs 8.29E+06 2.37E+07 1.80E+07 1.51E+06 NT I.M. 8 hrs
5.83E+07 2.12E+08 2.60E+07 1.99E+07 NT I.M. 24 hrs 4.30E+06
2.64E+07 3.01E+06 9.46E+05 NT S.C. 2 hrs 1.90E+07 5.16E+07 8.91E+07
4.66E+06 9.61E+06 S.C. 8 hrs 7.74E+07 2.00E+08 4.58E+07 9.67E+07
1.90E+07 S.C. 24 hrs 7.49E+07 2.47E+07 6.96E+06 6.50E+06
1.28E+06
Example 82
Lipid Nanoparticle Intravenous Study
[1285] Luciferase mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately
160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified
with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) was formulated in a lipid
nanoparticle containing 50% DLin-MC3-DMA OR DLin-KC2-DMA as
described in Table 121, 38.5% cholesterol, 10% DSPC and 1.5% PEG.
The formulation was administered intravenously (I.V.) to Balb-C
mice at a dose of 0.5 mg/kg, 0.05 mg/kg, 0.005 mg/kg or 0.0005
mg/kg. Twenty minutes prior to imaging, mice were injected
intraperitoneally with a D-luciferin solution at 150 mg/kg. Animals
were then anesthetized and images were acquired with an IVIS Lumina
II imaging system (Perkin Elmer). Bioluminescence was measured as
total flux (photons/second) of the entire mouse.
TABLE-US-00122 TABLE 121 Formulations Formulation NPA-098-1
NPA-100-1 Lipid DLin-KC2-DMA DLin-MC3-DMA Lipid/mRNA ratio (wt/wt)
20:1 20:1 Mean Size 135 nm 152 nm PDI: 0.08 PDI: 0.08 Zeta at pH
7.4 -0.6 mV -1.2 mV Encaps. (RiboGr) 91% 94%
[1286] For DLin-KC2-DMA the mice were imaged at 2 hours, 8 hours,
24 hours, 72 hours, 96 hours and 168 hours after dosing and the
average total flux (photons/second) was measured for each route of
administration and cationic lipid formulation. The background flux
was about 3.66E+05 p/s. The results of the imaging are shown in
Table 122. Organs were imaged at 8 hours and the average total flux
(photons/second) was measured for the liver, spleen, lung and
kidney. A control for each organ was also analyzed. The results are
shown in Table 123. The peak signal for all dose levels was at 8
hours after administration. Also, distribution to the various
organs (liver, spleen, lung, and kidney) may be able to be
controlled by increasing or decreasing the LNP dose.
TABLE-US-00123 TABLE 122 Flux 0.5 mg/kg 0.05 mg/kg 0.005 mg/kg
0.0005 mg/kg Time Point Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s)
2 hrs 3.54E+08 1.75E+07 2.30E+06 4.09E+05 8 hrs 1.67E+09 1.71E+08
9.81E+06 7.84E+05 24 hrs 2.05E+08 2.67E+07 2.49E+06 5.51E+05 72 hrs
8.17E+07 1.43E+07 1.01E+06 3.75E+05 96 hrs 4.10E+07 9.15E+06
9.58E+05 4.29E+05 168 hrs 3.42E+07 9.15E+06 1.47E+06 5.29E+05
TABLE-US-00124 TABLE 123 Organ Flux Liver Spleen Lung Kidney Flux
(p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) 0.5 mg/kg 1.42E+08 4.86E+07
1.90E+05 3.20E+05 0.05 mg/kg 7.45E+06 4.62E+05 6.86E+04 9.11E+04
0.005 mg/kg 3.32E+05 2.97E+04 1.42E+04 1.15E+04 0.0005 mg/kg
2.34E+04 1.08E+04 1.87E+04 9.78E+03 Untreated 1.88E+04 1.02E+04
1.41E+04 9.20E+03
[1287] For DLin-MC3-DMA the mice were imaged at 2 hours, 8 hours,
24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours and 144 hours after dosing and the
average total flux (photons/second) was measured for each route of
administration and cationic lipid formulation. The background flux
was about 4.51E+05 p/s. The results of the imaging are shown in
Table 124. Organs were imaged at 8 hours and the average total flux
(photons/second) was measured for the liver, spleen, lung and
kidney. A control for each organ was also analyzed. The results are
shown in Table 125. The peak signal for all dose levels was at 8
hours after administration. Also, distribution to the various
organs (liver, spleen, lung, and kidney) may be able to be
controlled by increasing or decreasing the LNP dose.
TABLE-US-00125 TABLE 124 Flux 0.5 mg/kg 0.05 mg/kg 0.005 mg/kg
0.0005 mg/kg Time Point Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s)
2 hrs 1.23E+08 7.76E+06 7.66E+05 4.88E+05 8 hrs 1.05E+09 6.79E+07
2.75E+06 5.61E+05 24 hrs 4.44E+07 1.00E+07 1.06E+06 5.71E+05 48 hrs
2.12E+07 4.27E+06 7.42E+05 4.84E+05 72 hrs 1.34E+07 5.84E+06
6.90E+05 4.38E+05 144 hrs 4.26E+06 2.25E+06 4.58E+05 3.99E+05
TABLE-US-00126 TABLE 125 Organ Flux Liver Spleen Lung Kidney Flux
(p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) 0.5 mg/kg 1.19E+08 9.66E+07
1.19E+06 1.85E+05 0.05 mg/kg 1.10E+07 1.79E+06 7.23E+04 5.82E+04
0.005 mg/kg 3.58E+05 6.04E+04 1.33E+04 1.33E+04 0.0005 mg/kg
2.25E+04 1.88E+04 2.05E+04 1.65E+04 Untreated 1.91E+04 1.66E+04
2.63E+04 2.14E+04
Example 83
Lipid Nanoparticle Subcutaneous Study
[1288] Luciferase mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately
160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified
with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) was formulated in a lipid
nanoparticle containing 50% DLin-KC2-DMA as described in Table 126,
385% cholesterol, 10% DSPC and 1.5% PEG. The formulation was
administered subcutaneously (S.C.) to Balb-C mice at a dose of 0.5
mg/kg, 0.05 mg/kg or 0.005 mg/kg.
TABLE-US-00127 TABLE 126 DLin-KC2-DMA Formulation Formulation
NPA-098-1 Lipid DLin-KC2-DMA Lipid/mRNA ratio (wt/wt) 20:1 Mean
Size 135 nm PDI: 0.08 Zeta at pH 7.4 -0.6 mV Encaps. (RiboGr)
91%
[1289] Twenty minutes prior to imaging, mice were injected
intraperitoneally with a D-luciferin solution at 150 mg/kg. Animals
were then anesthetized and images were acquired with an IVIS Lumina
II imaging system (Perkin Elmer). Bioluminescence was measured as
total flux (photons/second) of the entire mouse. The mice were
imaged at 2 hours, 8 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours, 72 hours and 144
hours after dosing and the average total flux (photons/second) was
measured for each route of administration and cationic lipid
formulation. The lower limit of detection was about 3E+05 p/s. The
results of the imaging are shown in Table 127. Organs were imaged
at 8 hours and the average total flux (photons/second) was measured
for the liver, spleen, lung and kidney. A control for each organ
was also analyzed. The results are shown in Table 128. The peak
signal for all dose levels was at 8 hours after administration.
Also, distribution to the various organs (liver, spleen, lung, and
kidney) may be able to be controlled by increasing or decreasing
the LNP dose. At high doses, the LNP formulations migrates outside
of the subcutaneous injection site, as high levels of luciferase
expression are detected in the liver, spleen, lung, and kidney.
TABLE-US-00128 TABLE 127 Flux 0.5 mg/kg 0.05 mg/kg 0.005 mg/kg Time
Point Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) 2 hrs 3.18E+07 7.46E+06
8.94E+05 8 hrs 5.15E+08 2.18E+08 1.34E+07 24 hrs 1.56E+08 5.30E+07
7.16E+06 48 hrs 5.22E+07 8.75E+06 9.06E+05 72 hrs 8.87E+06 1.50E+06
2.98E+05 144 hrs 4.55E+05 3.51E+05 2.87E+05
TABLE-US-00129 TABLE 128 Organ Flux Liver Spleen Lung Kidney Flux
(p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) 0.5 mg/kg 1.01E+07 7.43E+05
9.75E+04 1.75E+05 0.05 mg/kg 1.61E+05 3.94E+04 4.04E+04 3.29E+04
0.005 mg/kg 2.84E+04 2.94E+04 2.42E+04 9.79E+04 Untreated 1.88E+04
1.02E+04 1.41E+04 9.20E+03
Example 84
Cationic Lipid Nanoparticle Subcutaneous Study
[1290] Luciferase mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately
160 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified
with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) is formulated in a lipid
nanoparticle containing 50% DLin-MC3-DMA, 38.5% cholesterol, 10%
DSPC and 1.5% PEG. The formulation is administered subcutaneously
(S.C.) to Balb-C mice at a dose of 0.5 mg/kg, 0.05 mg/kg or 0.005
mg/kg.
[1291] The mice are imaged at 2 hours, 8 hours, 24 hours, 48 hours,
72 hours and 144 hours after dosing and the average total flux
(photons/second) was measured for each route of administration and
cationic lipid formulation. Organs are imaged at 8 hours and the
average total flux (photons/second) is measured for the liver,
spleen, lung and kidney. A control for each organ is also
analyzed.
Example 85
Lipoplex Study
[1292] Lipoplexed luciferase mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of
approximately 140 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1)
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine (5mC/pU),
fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine
5mC/N1mpU) or modified where 25% of the cytosines replaced with
5-methylcytosine and 25% of the uridines replaced with
2-thiouridine (5mC/s2U). The formulation was administered
intravenously (I.V.), intramuscularly (I.M.) or subcutaneously
(S.C.) to Balb-C mice at a dose of 0.10 mg/kg.
[1293] Twenty minutes prior to imaging, mice were injected
intraperitoneally with a D-luciferin solution at 150 mg/kg. Animals
were then anesthetized and images were acquired with an IVIS Lumina
II imaging system (Perkin Elmer). Bioluminescence was measured as
total flux (photons/second) of the entire mouse. The mice were
imaged at 8 hours, 24 hours and 48 hours after dosing and the
average total flux (photons/second) was measured for each route of
administration and chemical modification. The background signal was
about 3.91E+05 p/s. The results of the imaging are shown in Table
129. Organs were imaged at 6 hours and the average total flux
(photons/second) was measured for the liver, spleen, lung and
kidney. A control for each organ was also analyzed. The results are
shown in Table 130.
TABLE-US-00130 TABLE 129 Flux 5mC/pU 5mC/N1mpU 5mC/s2U Route Time
Point Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) I.V. 8 hrs 5.76E+06 1.78E+06
1.88E+06 I.V. 24 hrs 1.02E+06 7.13E+05 5.28E+05 I.V. 48 hrs
4.53E+05 3.76E+05 4.14E+05 I.M. 8 hrs 1.90E+06 2.53E+06 1.29E+06
I.M. 24 hrs 9.33E+05 7.84E+05 6.48E+05 I.M. 48 hrs 8.51E+05
6.59E+05 5.49E+05 S.C. 8 hrs 2.85E+06 6.48E+06 1.14E+06 S.C. 24 hrs
6.66E+05 7.15E+06 3.93E+05 S.C. 48 hrs 3.24E+05 3.20E+06
5.45E+05
TABLE-US-00131 TABLE 130 Organ Flux Liver Spleen Lung Kidney Inj.
Site Route Chemistry Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s)
Flux (p/s) I.V. 5mC/pU 5.26E+05 2.04E+07 4.28E+06 1.77E+04 n/a I.V.
5mC/N1mpU 1.48E+05 5.00E+06 1.93E+06 1.77E+04 n/a I.V. 5mC/s2U
2.14E+04 3.29E+06 5.48E+05 2.16E+04 n/a I.M. 5mC/pU 2.46E+04
1.38E+04 1.50E+04 1.44E+04 1.15E+06 I.M. 5mC/N1mpU 1.72E+04
1.76E+04 1.99E+04 1.56E+04 1.20E+06 I.M. 5mC/s2U 1.28E+04 1.36E+04
1.33E+04 1.07E+04 7.60E+05 S.C. 5mC/pU 1.55E+04 1.67E+04 1.45E+04
1.69E+04 4.46E+04 S.C. 5mC/N1mpU 1.20E+04 1.46E+04 1.38E+04
1.14E+04 8.29E+04 S.C. 5mC/s2U 1.22E+04 1.31E+04 1.45E+04 1.08E+04
5.62E+04 Untreated 2.59E+04 1.34E+04 1.26E+04 1.22E+04 n/a
Example 86
Cationic Lipid Formulation of Modified mRNA
[1294] Luciferase mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately
140 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) modified where
25% of the cytosines replaced with 5-methylcytosine and 25% of the
uridines replaced with 2-thiouridine (5mC/s2U) was formulated in
the cationic lipids described in Table 131. The formulations were
administered intravenously (I.V.), intramuscularly (I.M.) or
subcutaneously (S.C.) to Balb-C mice at a dose of 0.05 mg/kg.
TABLE-US-00132 TABLE 131 Cationic Lipid Formulations Formulation
NPA-130-1 NPA-131-1 NPA-132-1 NPA-133-1 111612-C Lipid DLin-MC3-
DLin-KC2- C12-200 DLinDMA DODMA DMA DMA Lipid/mRNA 20:1 20:1 20:1
20:1 20:1 ratio (wt/wt) Mean Size 120 nm 105 nm 122 nm 105 nm 221.3
nm PDI: 0.10 PDI: 0.11 PDI: 0.13 PDI: 0.14 PDI: 0.063 Zeta at pH
7.4 0.2 mV -0.6 mV -0.5 mV -0.3 mV -3.10 mV Encaps. 100% 100% 93%
93% 60% (RiboGr)
[1295] Twenty minutes prior to imaging, mice were injected
intraperitoneally with a D-luciferin solution at 150 mg/kg. Animals
were then anesthetized and images were acquired with an IVIS Lumina
II imaging system (Perkin Elmer). Bioluminescence was measured as
total flux (photons/second) of the entire mouse. The mice were
imaged at 2 hours, 8 hours and 24 hours after dosing and the
average total flux (photons/second) was measured for each route of
administration and cationic lipid formulation. The background flux
was about 3.31E+05 p/s. The results of the imaging are shown in
Table 132. In Table 132, "NT" means not tested. Untreated mice
showed an average flux of 3.14E+05 at 2 hours, 3.33E+05 at 8 hours
and 3.46E+05 at 24 hours. Peak expression was seen for all three
routes tested at 8 hours. DLin-KC2-DMA has better expression than
DLin-MC3-DMA and DODMA showed expression for all routes
evaluated.
TABLE-US-00133 TABLE 132 Flux DLin-MC3- DLin-KC2- DMA DMA C12-200
DLinDMA DODMA Route Time Point Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s)
Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) I.V. 2 hrs 9.88E+06 6.98E+07 9.18E+06
3.98E+06 5.79E+06 I.V. 8 hrs 1.21E+07 1.23E+08 1.02E+07 5.98E+06
6.14E+06 I.V. 24 hrs 2.02E+06 1.05E+07 1.25E+06 1.35E+06 5.72E+05
I.M. 2 hrs 6.72E+05 3.66E+06 3.25E+06 7.34E+05 4.42E+05 I.M. 8 hrs
7.78E+06 2.85E+07 4.29E+06 2.22E+06 1.38E+05 I.M. 24 hrs 4.22E+05
8.79E+05 5.95E+05 8.48E+05 4.80E+05 S.C. 2 hrs 2.37E+06 4.77E+06
4.44E+06 1.07E+06 1.05E+06 S.C. 8 hrs 3.65E+07 1.17E+08 3.71E+06
9.33E+06 2.57E+06 S.C. 24 hrs 4.47E+06 1.28E+07 6.39E+05 8.89E+05
4.27E+05
Example 87
Formulation of 5-Methylcytosine and N1-Methylpseudouridine Modified
mRNA
[1296] Luciferase mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately
140 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) fully modified
with 5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine was formulated in
PBS (pH of 7.4). The formulations were administered intramuscularly
(I.M.) or subcutaneously (S.C.) to Balb-C mice at a dose of 2.5
mg/kg.
[1297] Twenty minutes prior to imaging, mice were injected
intraperitoneally with a D-luciferin solution at 150 mg/kg. Animals
were then anesthetized and images were acquired with an IVIS Lumina
II imaging system (Perkin Elmer). Bioluminescence was measured as
total flux (photons/second) of the entire mouse. The mice were
imaged at 5 minutes, 30 minutes, 60 minutes and 120 minutes after
dosing and the average total flux (photons/second) was measured for
each route of administration and cationic lipid formulation. The
background flux was about 3.78E+05 p/s. The results of the imaging
are shown in Table 133. Expression of luciferase was already seen
at 30 minutes with both routes of delivery. Peak expression from
subcutaneous administration appears between 30 to 60 minutes.
Intramuscular expression was still increasing at 120 minutes.
TABLE-US-00134 TABLE 133 Flux PBS (pH 7.4) Route Time Point Flux
(p/s) I.M. 5 min 4.38E+05 I.M. 30 min 1.09E+06 I.M. 60 min 1.18E+06
I.M. 120 min 2.86E+06 S.C. 5 min 4.19E+05 S.C. 30 min 6.38E+06 S.C.
60 min 5.61E+06 S.C. 120 min 2.66E+06
Example 88
Intramuscular and Subcutaneous Administration of Chemically
Modified mRNA
[1298] Luciferase modified mRNA (mRNA sequence shown in SEQ ID NO:
16; polyA tail of approximately 140 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) fully modified with N4-acetylcytidine,
fully modified with 5-methoxyuridine, fully modified with
N4-acetylcytidine and N1-methylpseudouridine or fully modified
5-methylcytosine and 5-methoxyuridine formulated in PBS (pH 7.4)
was administered to Balb-C mice intramuscularly or subcutaneously
at a dose of 2.5 mg/kg. Twenty minutes prior to imaging, mice were
injected intraperitoneally with a D-luciferin solution at 150
mg/kg. Animals were then anesthetized and images were acquired with
an IVIS Lumina II imaging system (Perkin Elmer). Bioluminescence
was measured as total flux (photons/second) of the entire mouse.
The mice were imaged at 2 hours, 8 hours and 24 hours. The average
total flux (photons/second) for intramuscular administration is
shown in Table 134 and the average total flux (photons/second) for
subcutaneous administration is shown in Table 135. The background
signal was 3.84E+05 (p/s). The peak expression for intramuscular
administration was seen between 24 and 48 hours for all chemistry
and expression was still detected at 120 hours. For subcutaneous
delivery the peak expression was seen at 2-8 hours and expression
was detected at 72 hours.
TABLE-US-00135 TABLE 134 Intramuscular Administration 2 hours 8
hours 24 hours Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) N4-acetylcytidine
1.32E+07 2.15E+07 4.01E+07 5-methoxyuridine 4.93E+06 1.80E+07
4.53E+07 N4-acetylcytidine/ 2.02E+07 1.93E+07 1.63E+08
N1-methylpseudouridine 5-methylcytosine/5- 6.79E+06 4.55E+07
3.44E+07 methoxyuridine
TABLE-US-00136 TABLE 135 Subcutaneous Administration 2 hours 8
hours 24 hours Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) N4-acetylcytidine
3.07E+07 1.23E+07 1.28E+07 5-methoxyuridine 7.10E+06 9.38E+06
1.32E+07 N4-acetylcytidine/ 7.12E+06 3.07E+06 1.03E+07
N1-methylpseudouridine 5-methylcytosine/5- 7.15E+06 1.25E+07
1.11E+07 methoxyuridine
Example 89
In Vivo Study
[1299] Luciferase modified mRNA containing at least one chemical
modification is formulated as a lipid nanoparticle (LNP) using the
syringe pump method and characterized by particle size, zeta
potential, and encapsulation.
[1300] As outlined in Table 136, the luciferase LNP formulation is
administered to Balb-C mice intramuscularly (I.M.), intravenously
(I.V.) and subcutaneously (S.C.). As a control luciferase modified
RNA formulated in PBS is administered intravenously to mice.
TABLE-US-00137 TABLE 136 Luciferase Formulations Injec- Concentra-
tion Amount of Formula- tion Volume modified Dose tion Vehicle
Route (mg/ml) (ul) RNA (ug) (mg/kg) Luc-LNP PBS S.C. 0.2000 50 10
0.5000 Luc-LNP PBS S.C. 0.0200 50 1 0.0500 Luc-LNP PBS S.C. 0.0020
50 0.1 0.0050 Luc-LNP PBS S.C. 0.0002 50 0.01 0.0005 Luc-LNP PBS
I.V. 0.2000 50 10 0.5000 Luc-LNP PBS I.V. 0.0200 50 1 0.0500
Luc-LNP PBS I.V. 0.0020 50 0.1 0.0050 Luc-LNP PBS I.V. 0.0002 50
0.01 0.0005 Luc-LNP PBS I.M. 0.2000 50 10 0.5000 Luc-LNP PBS I.M.
0.0200 50 1 0.0500 Luc-LNP PBS I.M. 0.0020 50 0.1 0.0050 Luc-LNP
PBS I.M. 0.0002 50 0.01 0.0005 Luc-PBS PBS I.V. 0.20 50 10 0.50
[1301] The mice are imaged at 2, 8, 24, 48, 120 and 192 hours to
determine the bioluminescence (measured as total flux
(photons/second) of the entire mouse). At 8 hours or 192 hours the
liver, spleen, kidney and injection site for subcutaneous and
intramuscular administration are imaged to determine the
bioluminescence.
Example 90
Cationic Lipid Formulation Studies of Chemically Modified mRNA
[1302] Luciferase mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately
140 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) fully modified
with 5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine (5mC/pU), pseudouridine
(pU) or N1-methylpseudouridine (N1mpU) was formulated in the
cationic lipids described in Table 137. The formulations were
administered intravenously (I.V.), intramuscularly (I.M.) or
subcutaneously (S.C.) to Balb-C mice at a dose of 0.05 mg/kg.
TABLE-US-00138 TABLE 137 Cationic Lipid Formulations Formulation
NPA-137-1 NPA-134-1 NPA-135-1 NPA-136-1 111612-A Lipid DLin-MC3-
DLin-MC3- DLin-KC2- C12-200 DODMA DMA DMA DMA Lipid/mRNA 20:1 20:1
20:1 20:1 20:1 ratio (wt/wt) Mean Size 111 nm 104 nm 95 nm 143 nm
223.2 nm PDI: 0.15 PDI: 0.13 PDI: 0.11 PDI: 0.12 PDI: 0.142 Zeta at
pH 7.4 -4.1 mV -1.9 mV -1.0 mV 0.2 mV -3.09 mV Encaps. 97% 100%
100% 78% 64% (RiboGr) Chemistry pU N1mpU N1mpU N1mpU 5mC/pU
[1303] Twenty minutes prior to imaging, mice were injected
intraperitoneally with a D-luciferin solution at 150 mg/kg. Animals
were then anesthetized and images were acquired with an IVIS Lumina
II imaging system (Perkin Elmer). Bioluminescence was measured as
total flux (photons/second) of the entire mouse. The mice were
imaged at 2 hours, 8 hours and 24 hours after dosing and the
average total flux (photons/second) was measured for each route of
administration and cationic lipid formulation. The background flux
was about 4.11E+05 p/s. The results of the imaging are shown in
Table 138. Peak expression was seen for all three routes tested at
8 hours.
TABLE-US-00139 TABLE 138 Flux DLin-MC3- DLin-MC3- DLin-KC2- C12-200
DODMA DMA (pU) DMA (N1mpU) DMA (N1mpU) (N1mpU) (5mC/pU) Route Time
Point Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) I.V. 2
hrs 3.21E+08 1.24E+09 1.01E+09 9.00E+08 3.90E+07 I.V. 8 hrs
1.60E+09 3.22E+09 2.38E+09 1.11E+09 1.17E+07 I.V. 24 hrs 1.41E+08
3.68E+08 3.93E+08 8.06E+07 1.11E+07 I.M. 2 hrs 2.09E+07 3.29E+07
8.32E+07 9.43E+07 4.66E+06 I.M. 8 hrs 2.16E+08 6.14E+08 1.00E+09
8.77E+07 7.05E+06 I.M. 24 hrs 1.23E+07 1.40E+08 5.09E+08 1.36E+07
1.14E+06 S.C. 2 hrs 2.32E+07 3.60E+07 2.14E+08 1.01E+08 3.11E+07
S.C. 8 hrs 5.55E+08 9.80E+08 4.93E+09 1.01E+09 8.04E+07 S.C. 24 hrs
1.81E+08 2.74E+08 2.12E+09 4.74E+07 1.34E+07
Example 91
Studies of Chemical Modified mRNA
[1304] Luciferase mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately
140 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1) fully modified
with N4-acetylcytidine (N-4-acetyl), fully modified with
5-methoxyuridine (5-meth), fully modified with N4-acetylcytidine
and N1-methylpseudouridine (N-4-acetyl/N1mpU) or fully modified
with 5-methylcytosine and 5-methoxyuridine (5mC/5-meth) was
formulated in DLin-MC3-DMA as described in Table 139. The
formulations were administered intravenously (I.V.),
intramuscularly (I.M.) or subcutaneously (S.C.) to Balb-C mice at a
dose of 0.05 mg/kg.
TABLE-US-00140 TABLE 139 Cationic Lipid Formulations Formulation
NPA-141-1 NPA-142-1 NPA-143-1 NPA-144-1 Lipid DLin-MC3- DLin-MC3-
DLin-MC3- DLin-MC3- DMA DMA DMA DMA Lipid/mRNA 20:1 20:1 20:1 20:1
ratio (wt/wt) Mean Size 138 nm 116 nm 144 nm 131 nm PDI: 0.16 PDI:
0.15 PDI: 0.15 PDI: 0.15 Zeta at pH 7.4 -2.8 mV -2.8 mV -4.3 mV
-5.0 mV Encaps. 97% 100% 75% 72% (RiboGr) Chemistry N4-acetyl 5meth
N4-acetyl/ 5mC/5-meth N1mpU
[1305] Twenty minutes prior to imaging, mice were injected
intraperitoneally with a D-luciferin solution at 150 mg/kg. Animals
were then anesthetized and images were acquired with an IVIS Lumina
II imaging system (Perkin Elmer). Bioluminescence was measured as
total flux (photons/second) of the entire mouse. The mice were
imaged at 2 hours, 6 hours and 24 hours after dosing and the
average total flux (photons/second) was measured for each route of
administration and cationic lipid formulation. The background flux
was about 2.70E+05 p/s. The results of the imaging are shown in
Table 140.
TABLE-US-00141 TABLE 140 Flux N4-acetyl/ 5mC/5- N4-acetyl 5meth
N1mpU meth Route Time Point Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux (p/s) Flux
(p/s) I.V. 2 hrs 9.17E+07 3.19E+06 4.21E+07 1.88E+06 I.V. 6 hrs
7.70E+08 9.28E+06 2.34E+08 7.75E+06 I.V. 24 hrs 6.84E+07 1.04E+06
3.55E+07 3.21E+06 I.M. 2 hrs 8.59E+06 7.86E+05 5.30E+06 5.11E+05
I.M. 6 hrs 1.27E+08 8.88E+06 3.82E+07 3.17E+06 I.M. 24 hrs 4.46E+07
1.38E+06 2.00E+07 1.39E+06 S.C. 2 hrs 1.83E+07 9.67E+05 4.45E+06
1.01E+06 S.C. 6 hrs 2.89E+08 1.78E+07 8.91E+07 1.29E+07 S.C. 24 hrs
6.09E+07 6.40E+06 2.08E+08 6.63E+06
Example 92
PLGA Microspheres
[1306] A. Synthesis of PLGA Microspheres
[1307] Polylacticglycolic acid (PLGA) microspheres were synthesized
using the water/oil/water double emulsification methods known in
the art using PLGA-ester cap (Lactel, Cat# B6010-2, inherent
viscosity 0.55-0.75, 50:50 LA:GA) or PLGA-acid cap (Lactel,
Cat#B6013-2, inherent viscosity 0.55-0.75, 50:50 LA:GA),
polyvinylalcohol (PVA) (Sigma, Cat#348406-25G, MW 13-23k)
dichloromethane and water. Briefly, 0.4 ml of mRNA in water (W1) at
4 mg/ml was added to 2 ml of PLGA dissolved in dichloromethane
(DCM) (O1) at concentrations ranging from 50-200 mg/ml of PLGA. The
W1/O1 emulsion was homogenized (IKA Ultra-Turrax Homogenizer, T18)
for 30 seconds at speed 4 (.about.15,000 rpm). The W1/O1 emulsion
was then added to 250 ml of 1% PVA (W2) and homogenized for 1
minute at speed 5 (.about.19,000 rpm). Formulations were left to
stir for 3 hours, then passed through a 100 .mu.m nylon mesh
strainer (Fisherbrand Cell Strainer, Cat #22-363-549) to remove
larger aggregates, and finally washed by centrifugation (10 min,
9,250 rpm, 4.degree. C.). The supernatant was discarded and the
PLGA pellets were resuspended in 5-10 ml of water, which was
repeated 2.times.. The washed formulations were frozen in liquid
nitrogen and then lyophilized for 2-3 days.
[1308] B. Decreasing Homogenization Speed or PLGA Concentration
[1309] PLGA luciferase microspheres (luciferase mRNA shown in SEQ
ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcysotine and
pseudouridine) were made using the conditions described above with
ester-capped PLGA. After washing and resuspension with water,
100-200 .mu.l of a PLGA microspheres sample was used to measure
particle size of the formulations by laser diffraction (Malvern
Mastersizer2000). The particle size of the microspheres made by
decreasing homogenization speed during the addition of the first
emulsion to the second emulsion with a PLGA concentration of 200
mg/ml is shown in Table 141 and the particle size of the
microspheres made by decreasing PLGA concentration in
dichloromethane (DCM) is shown in Table 142 with a homogenization
speed of 5 during the addition of the first emulsion to the second
emulsion.
TABLE-US-00142 TABLE 141 Decreasing Homogenization Speed Addition
Homogenizer D50 Average Speed Size (.mu.m) 2 41.5 3 35.9 4 32.5 5
26.5 6 25.0
TABLE-US-00143 TABLE 142 Decreasing PLGA Concentration in DCM PLGA
Concentration D50 Average (mg/mL) Size (.mu.m) 200 27.7 100 14.2 50
8.7
[1310] PLGA with an inherent viscosity of 0.55-0.75 either acid or
ester-capped was used to make microspheres shown in Table 143. The
particle size of the microspheres and the release kinetics were
also determined and are shown in Table 143.
TABLE-US-00144 TABLE 143 Decreasing PLGA Concentration in DCM PLGA
Addition Theoretical Actual concentration Homogenizer mRNA Loading
mRNA Loading Encap. D50 Average Sample mg/ml End-group Speed (wt %)
(wt %) Eff. % Size (.mu.m) A 200 Ester 3 0.4 0.14 45 38.7 B 200
Acid 3 0.4 0.06 18 31.3 C 200 Ester 5 0.4 0.13 41 32.2 D 200 Acid 5
0.4 0.07 22 28.0 E 100 Ester 5 0.8 0.15 23 17.1 F 100 Acid 5 0.8
0.10 18 15.9
[1311] C. Release Study of Modified mRNA Encapsulated in PLGA
Microspheres
[1312] PLGA microspheres formulated with Luciferase modified RNA
(SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not
shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) were deformulated and the
integrity of the extracted modified RNA was determined by automated
electrophoresis (Bio-Rad Experion). After lyophilization, .about.10
mg of PLGA MS were weighed out in 2 ml eppendorf tubes and
deformulated by adding 1 ml of DCM and letting the samples shake
for 2-6 hrs. mRNA was extracted from the deformulated PLGA
micropsheres by adding 0.5 ml of water and shaking the sample
overnight. Unformulated luciferase mRNA in water (Deform control)
was spiked into DCM and went through the deformulation process to
be used as a control. The extracted modified mRNA was compared
against unformulated modified mRNA and the deformulation control in
order to test the integrity of the encapsulated modified mRNA. The
majority of modified RNA was intact for batch ID A, B, C, D, E, as
compared to the deformulated control (Deform control) and the
unformulated control (Unform control).
[1313] D. Release Study of Modified mRNA Encapsulated in PLGA
Microspheres
[1314] PLGA micropsheres formulated with Luciferase modified RNA
(SEQ ID NO: 16; polyA tail of approximately 160 nucleotides not
shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and pseudouridine) were resuspended in TE buffer
to a PLGA microsphere concentration of 80 mg/ml in duplicate or
triplicate. After resuspension, samples were kept incubating and
shaking at 37.degree. C. during the course of the study. For each
time point (0.04, 0.25, 1.2, 4, and 7 days), the tubes were
centrifuged, the supernatant was removed and the pellet was
resuspended in 0.25 ml of fresh TE buffer. To determine the amount
of modified RNA released from the PLGA microspheres, the modified
RNA concentration in the supernatant was determined by OD 260. The
percent release, shown in Table 144, was calculated based on the
total amount of modified RNA in each sample. The release rate of
mRNA formulations can be tailored by altering the particle size,
the PLGA concentration, and the acid versus ester-end cap.
TABLE-US-00145 TABLE 144 Percent Release Batch A Batch B Batch C
Batch D Batch E Batch F Time % % % % % % (days) Release Release
Release Release Release Release 0.04 7.1 13.6 9.5 9.5 21.2 21.7
0.25 18.0 23.3 17.5 24.0 31.3 37.7 1.2 26.3 29.1 22.8 31.6 41.0
46.5 4 33.5 37.1 29.0 40.4 48.8 60.7 7 37.6 41.5 32.4 45.2 55.0
68.3
[1315] E. Luciferase PLGA Microspheres In Vivo Study
[1316] PLGA microspheres containing luciferase mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 16;
polyA tail of approximately 140 nucleotides not shown in sequence;
5' cap, Cap1) fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
N1-methylpseudouridine or fully modified with
N1-methylpseudouridine are formulated as described in Table 145 and
injected subcutaneously into mice. Twenty minutes prior to imaging,
mice are injected intraperitoneally with a D-luciferin solution at
150 mg/kg. Animals are then anesthetized and images were acquired
with an IVIS Lumina II imaging system (Perkin Elmer).
Bioluminescence was measured as total flux (photons/second) of the
entire mouse.
TABLE-US-00146 TABLE 145 Formulation Group n Dose (ug) Volume (ul)
Vehicle 1 6 50 200 0.5% CMC, 5% Mannitol, 0.1% Polysorbate 80 2 6
50 200 5% Sucrose 3 3 5 200 5% Sucrose
Example 93
Buffer Formulations
[1317] Modified mRNA may be formulated in water based buffers.
Buffers which are similar to biological systems are traditionally
isotonic. Such buffers and buffer solutions may be prepared
according to the following guidelines. Example components are given
in Table 146.
[1318] In some embodiments, calcium ions may be added to a buffer
solution for formulations.
TABLE-US-00147 TABLE 146 Buffers Buffer Components Tris buffered
saline Tris and sodium chloride Phosphate buffered saline sodium
chloride, sodium phosphate, and, in some formulations, potassium
chloride and potassium phosphate Ringer's lactate 130 mEq of sodium
ion = 130 mmol/L (for one liter) 109 mEq of chloride ion = 109
mmol/L 28 mEq of lactate = 28 mmol/L 4 mEq of potassium ion = 4
mmol/L 3 mEq of calcium ion = 1.5 mmol/L
Example 94
Lipid Nanoparticle Containing A Plurality of Modified mRNAs
[1319] EPO mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 9; polyA tail of approximately 140
nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified
with 5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine), G-CSF mRNA (SEQ
ID NO: 6; polyA tail of approximately 140 nucleotides not shown in
sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
N1-methylpseudouridine) and Factor IX mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 10; polyA
tail of approximately 140 nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5'
cap, Cap1; fully modified with 5-methylcytosine and
N1-methylpseudouridine), is formulated in DLin-MC3-DMA as described
in Table 147. The formulations are administered intravenously
(I.V.), intramuscularly (I.M.) or subcutaneously (S.C.) to Balb-C
mice at a dose of 0.05 mg/kg. Control LNP formulations containing
only one mRNA are also administered at an equivalent dose.
TABLE-US-00148 TABLE 147 DLin-MC3-DMA Formulation Formulation
NPA-157-1 Lipid DLin-MC3-DMA Lipid/mRNA 20:1 ratio (wt/wt) Mean
Size 89 nm PDI: 0.08 Zeta at pH 7.4 1.1 mV Encaps. 97% (RiboGr)
[1320] Serum is collected from the mice at 8 hours, 24 hours, 72
hours and/or 7 days after administration of the formulation. The
serum is analyzed by ELISA to determine the protein expression of
EPO, G-CSF, and Factor IX.
Example 95
Cationic Lipid Formulation Studies of 5-Methylcytosine and
N1-Methylpseudouridine Modified mRNA
[1321] EPO mRNA (SEQ ID NO: 9; polyA tail of approximately 140
nucleotides not shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified
with 5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine) or G-CSF mRNA
(SEQ ID NO: 6; polyA tail of approximately 140 nucleotides not
shown in sequence; 5' cap, Cap1; fully modified with
5-methylcytosine and N1-methylpseudouridine) is formulated in
DLin-MC3-DMA and DLin-KC2-DMA as described in Table 148. The
formulations are administered intravenously (I.V), intramuscularly
(I.M.) or subcutaneously (S.C.) to Balb-C mice at a dose of 0.05
mg/kg.
TABLE-US-00149 TABLE 148 DLin-MC3-DMA and DLin-KC2-DMA Formulations
Formulation NPA-147-1 NPA-148-1 NPA-150-1 NPA-151-1 mRNA EPO EPO
G-CSF G-CSF Lipid DLin-MC3- DLin-KC2- DLin-MC3- DLin-KC2- DMA DMA
DMA DMA Lipid/mRNA 20:1 20:1 20:1 20:1 ratio (wt/wt) Mean Size 117
nm 82 nm 119 nm 88 nm PDI: 0.14 PDI: 0.08 PDI: 0.13 PDI: 0.08 Zeta
at pH 7.4 -1.7 mV 0.6 mV 3.6 mV 2.2 mV Encaps. 100% 96% 100% 100%
(RiboGr)
[1322] Serum is collected from the mice at 8 hours, 24 hours, 72
hours and/or 7 days after administration of the formulation. The
serum is analyzed by ELISA to determine the protein expression of
EPO and G-CSF.
Example 96
Directed SAR of Pseudouridine and N1-methyl PseudoUridine
[1323] With the recent focus on the pyrimidine nucleoside
pseudouridine, a series of structure-activity studies were designed
to investigate mRNA containing modifications to pseudouridine or
N1-methyl-pseudourdine.
[1324] The study was designed to explore the effect of chain
length, increased lipophilicity, presence of ring structures, and
alteration of hydrophobic or hydrophilic interactions when
modifications were made at the N1 position, C6 position, the
2-position, the 4-position and on the phosphate backbone. Stability
is also investigated.
[1325] To this end, modifications involving alkylation,
cycloalkylation, alkyl-cycloalkylation, arylation, alkyl-arylation,
alkylation moieties with amino groups, alkylation moieties with
carboxylic acid groups, and alkylation moieties containing amino
acid charged moieties are investigated. The degree of alkylation is
generally C.sub.1-C.sub.6. Examples of the chemistry modifications
include those listed in Table 149 and Table 150.
TABLE-US-00150 TABLE 149 Pseudouridine and N1-methyl Pseudo Uridine
SAR Compound Naturally Chemistry Modification # occuring
N1-Modifications N1-Ethyl-pseudo-UTP 1 N N1-Propyl-pseudo-UTP 2 N
N1-iso-propyl-pseudo-UTP 3 N N1-(2,2,2-Trifluoroethyl)-pseudo-UTP 4
N N1-Cyclopropyl-pseudo-UTP 5 N N1-Cyclopropylmethyl-pseudo-UTP 6 N
N1-Phenyl-pseudo-UTP 7 N N1-Benzyl-pseudo-UTP 8 N
N1-Aminomethyl-pseudo-UTP 9 N P seudo-UTP-N1-2-ethanoic acid 10 N
N1-(3-Amino-3-carboxypropyl)pseudo-UTP 11 N
N1-Methyl-3-(3-amino-3-carboxypro- 12 Y pyl)pseudo-UTP C-6
Modifications 6-Methyl-pseudo-UTP 13 N 6-Trifluoromethyl-pseudo-UTP
14 N 6-Methoxy-pseudo-UTP 15 N 6-Phenyl-pseudo-UTP 16 N
6-Iodo-pseudo-UTP 17 N 6-Bromo-pseudo-UTP 18 N 6-Chloro-pseudo-UTP
19 N 6-Fluoro-pseudo-UTP 20 N 2- or 4-position Modifications
4-Thio-pseudo-UTP 21 N 2-Thio-pseudo-UTP 22 N Phosphate backbone
Modifications Alpha-thio-pseudo-UTP 23 N
N1-Me-alpha-thio-pseudo-UTP 24 N
TABLE-US-00151 TABLE 150 Pseudouridine and N1-methyl Pseudo Uridine
SAR Compound Naturally Chemistry Modification # occuring
N1-Methyl-pseudo-UTP 1 Y N1-Butyl-pseudo-UTP 2 N
N1-tert-Butyl-pseudo-UTP 3 N N1-Pentyl-pseudo-UTP 4 N
N1-Hexyl-pseudo-UTP 5 N N1-Trifluoromethyl-pseudo-UTP 6 Y
N1-Cyclobutyl-pseudo-UTP 7 N N1-Cyclopentyl-pseudo-UTP 8 N
N1-Cyclohexyl-pseudo-UTP 9 N N1-Cycloheptyl-pseudo-UTP 10 N
N1-Cyclooctyl-pseudo-UTP 11 N N1-Cyclobutylmethyl-pseudo-UTP 12 N
N1-Cyclopentylmethyl-pseudo-UTP 13 N N1-Cyclohexylmethyl-pseudo-UTP
14 N N1-Cycloheptylmethyl-pseudo-UTP 15 N
N1-Cyclooctylmethyl-pseudo-UTP 16 N N1-p-tolyl-pseudo-UTP 17 N
N1-(2,4,6-Trimethyl-phenyl)pseudo-UTP 18 N
N1-(4-Methoxy-phenyl)pseudo-UTP 19 N N1-(4-Amino-phenyl)pseudo-UTP
20 N N1(4-Nitro-phenyl)pseudo-UTP 21 N Pseudo-UTP-N1-p-benzoic acid
22 N N1-(4-Methyl-benzyl)pseudo-UTP 24 N
N1-(2,4,6-Trimethyl-benzyl)pseudo-UTP 23 N
N1-(4-Methoxy-benzyl)pseudo-UTP 25 N N1-(4-Amino-benzyl)pseudo-UTP
26 N N1-(4-Nitro-benzyl)pseudo-UTP 27 N
Pseudo-UTP-N1-methyl-p-benzoic acid 28 N
N1-(2-Amino-ethyl)pseudo-UTP 29 N N1-(3-Amino-propyl)pseudo-UTP 30
N N1-(4-Amino-butyl)pseudo-UTP 31 N N1-(5-Amino-pentyl)pseudo-UTP
32 N N1-(6-Amino-hexyl)pseudo-UTP 33 N Pseudo-UTP-N1-3-propionic
acid 34 N Pseudo-UTP-N1-4-butanoic acid 35 N
Pseudo-UTP-N1-5-pentanoic acid 36 N Pseudo-UTP-N1-6-hexanoic acid
37 N Pseudo-UTP-N1-7-heptanoic acid 38 N
N1-(2-Amino-2-carboxyethyl)pseudo-UTP 39 N
N1-(4-Amino-4-carboxybutyl)pseudo-UTP 40 N N3-Alkyl-pseudo-UTP 41 N
6-Ethyl-pseudo-UTP 42 N 6-Propyl-pseudo-UTP 43 N
6-iso-Propyl-pseudo-UTP 44 N 6-Butyl-pseudo-UTP 45 N
6-tert-Butyl-pseudo-UTP 46 N 6-(2,2,2-Trifluoroethyl)-pseudo-UTP 47
N 6-Ethoxy-pseudo-UTP 48 N 6-Trifluoromethoxy-pseudo-UTP 49 N
6-Phenyl-pseudo-UTP 50 N 6-(Substituted-Phenyl)-pseudo-UTP 51 N
6-Cyano-pseudo-UTP 52 N 6-Azido-pseudo-UTP 53 N 6-Amino-pseudo-UTP
54 N 6-Ethylcarboxylate-pseudo-UTP 54b N 6-Hydroxy-pseudo-UTP 55 N
6-Methylamino-pseudo-UTP 55b N 6-Dimethylamino-pseudo-UTP 57 N
6-Hydroxyamino-pseudo-UTP 59 N 6-Formyl-pseudo-UTP 60 N
6-(4-Morpholino)-pseudo-UTP 61 N 6-(4-Thiomorpholino)-pseudo-UTP 62
N N1-Me-4-thio-pseudo-UTP 63 N N1-Me-2-thio-pseudo-UTP 64 N
1,6-Dimethyl-pseudo-UTP 65 N 1-Methyl-6-trifluoromethyl-pseudo-UTP
66 N 1-Methyl-6-ethyl-pseudo-UTP 67 N 1-Methyl-6-propyl-pseudo-UTP
68 N 1-Methyl-6-iso-propyl-pseudo-UTP 69 N
1-Methyl-6-butyl-pseudo-UTP 70 N 1-Methyl-6-tert-butyl-pseudo-UTP
71 N 1-Methyl-6-(2,2,2-Trifluoroethyl)pseudo-UTP 72 N
1-Methyl-6-iodo-pseudo-UTP 73 N 1-Methyl-6-bromo-pseudo-UTP 74 N
1-Methyl-6-chloro-pseudo-UTP 75 N 1-Methyl-6-fluoro-pseudo-UTP 76 N
1-Methyl-6-methoxy-pseudo-UTP 77 N 1-Methyl-6-ethoxy-pseudo-UTP 78
N 1-Methyl-6-trifluoromethoxy-pseudo-UTP 79 N
1-Methyl-6-phenyl-pseudo-UTP 80 N 1-Methyl-6-(substituted
phenyl)pseudo-UTP 81 N 1-Methyl-6-cyano-pseudo-UTP 82 N
1-Methyl-6-azido-pseudo-UTP 83 N 1-Methyl-6-amino-pseudo-UTP 84 N
1-Methyl-6-ethylcarboxylate-pseudo-UTP 85 N
1-Methyl-6-hydroxy-pseudo-UTP 86 N
1-Methyl-6-methylamino-pseudo-UTP 87 N
1-Methyl-6-dimethylamino-pseudo-UTP 88 N
1-Methyl-6-hydroxyamino-pseudo-UTP 89 N
1-Methyl-6-formyl-pseudo-UTP 90 N
1-Methyl-6-(4-morpholino)-pseudo-UTP 91 N
1-Methyl-6-(4-thiomorpholino)-pseudo-UTP 92 N
1-Alkyl-6-vinyl-pseudo-UTP 93 N 1-Alkyl-6-allyl-pseudo-UTP 94 N
1-Alkyl-6-homoallyl-pseudo-UTP 95 N 1-Alkyl-6-ethynyl-pseudo-UTP 96
N 1-Alkyl-6-(2-propynyl)-pseudo-UTP 97 N
1-Alkyl-6-(1-propynyl)-pseudo-UTP 98 N
Example 97
Incorporation of Naturally and Non-Naturally Occurring
Nucleosides
[1326] Naturally and non-naturally occurring nucleosides are
incorporated into mRNA encoding a polypeptide of interest. Examples
of these are given in Tables 151 and 152. Certain commercially
available nucleoside triphosphates (NTPs) are investigated in the
polynucleotides of the invention. A selection of these are given in
Table 152. The resultant mRNA are then examined for their ability
to produce protein, induce cytokines, and/or produce a therapeutic
outcome.
TABLE-US-00152 TABLE 151 Naturally and non-naturally occurring
nucleosides Compound Naturally Chemistry Modification # occuring
N4-Methyl-Cytosine 1 Y N4,N4-Dimethyl-2'-OMe-Cytosine 2 Y
5-Oxyacetic acid-methyl ester-Uridine 3 Y N3-Methyl-pseudo-Uridine
4 Y 5-Hydroxymethyl-Cytosine 5 Y 5-Trifluoromethyl-Cytosine 6 N
5-Trifluoromethyl-Uridine 7 N 5-Methyl-amino-methyl-Uridine 8 Y
5-Carboxy-methyl-amino-methyl-Uridine 9 Y
5-Carboxymethylaminomethyl-2'-OMe-Uridine 10 Y
5-Carboxymethylaminomethyl-2-thio-Uridine 11 Y
5-Methylaminomethyl-2-thio-Uridine 12 Y
5-Methoxy-carbonyl-methyl-Uridine 13 Y
5-Methoxy-carbonyl-methyl-2'-OMe-Uridine 14 Y 5-Oxyacetic
acid-Uridine 15 Y 3-(3-Amino-3-carboxypropyl)-Uridine 16 Y
5-(carboxyhydroxymethyl)uridine methyl ester 17 Y
5-(carboxyhydroxymethyl)uridine 18 Y
TABLE-US-00153 TABLE 152 Non-naturally occurring nucleoside
triphosphates Compound Naturally Chemistry Modification # occuring
N1-Me-GTP 1 N 2'-OMe-2-Amino-ATP 2 N 2'-OMe-pseudo-UTP 3 Y
2'-OMe-6-Me-UTP 4 N 2'-Azido-2'-deoxy-ATP 5 N 2'-Azido-2'-deoxy-GTP
6 N 2'-Azido-2'-deoxy-UTP 7 N 2'-Azido-2'-deoxy-CTP 8 N
2'-Amino-2'-deoxy-ATP 9 N 2'-Amino-2'-deoxy-GTP 10 N
2'-Amino-2'-deoxy-UTP 11 N 2'-Amino-2'-deoxy-CTP 12 N 2-Amino-ATP
13 N 8-Aza-ATP 14 N Xanthosine-5'-TP 15 N 5-Bromo-CTP 16 N
2'-F-5-Methyl-2'-deoxy-UTP 17 N 5-Aminoallyl-CTP 18 N
2-Amino-riboside-TP 19 N
Example 98
Incorporation of Modifications to the Nucleobase and Carbohydrate
(Sugar)
[1327] Naturally and non-naturally occurring nucleosides are
incorporated into mRNA encoding a polypeptide of interest.
Commercially available nucleosides and NTPs having modifications to
both the nucleobase and carbohydrate (sugar) are examined for their
ability to be incorporated into mRNA and to produce protein, induce
cytokines, and/or produce a therapeutic outcome. Examples of these
nucleosides are given in Tables 153 and 154.
TABLE-US-00154 TABLE 153 Combination modifications Compound
Chemistry Modification # 5-iodo-2'-fluoro-deoxyuridine 1
5-iodo-cytidine 6 2'-bromo-deoxyuridine 7 8-bromo-adenosine 8
8-bromo-guanosine 9 2,2'-anhydro-cytidine hydrochloride 10
2,2'-anhydro-uridine 11 2'-Azido-deoxyuridine 12 2-amino-adenosine
13 N4-Benzoyl-cytidine 14 N4-Amino-cytidine 15
2'-O-Methyl-N4-Acetyl-cytidine 16 2'Fluoro-N4-Acetyl-cytidine 17
2'Fluor-N4-Bz-cytidine 18 2'O-methyl-N4-Bz-cytidine 19
2'O-methyl-N6-Bz-deoxyadenosine 20 2'Fluoro-N6-Bz-deoxyadenosine 21
N2-isobutyl-guanosine 22 2'Fluro-N2-isobutyl-guanosine 23
2'O-methyl-N2-isobutyl-guanosine 24
TABLE-US-00155 TABLE 154 Naturally occuring combinations Compound
Naturally Name # occurring 5-Methoxycarbonylmethyl-2-thiouridine TP
1 Y 5-Methylaminomethyl-2-thiouridine TP 2 Y
5-Crbamoylmethyluridine TP 3 Y 5-Carbamoylmethyl-2'-O-methyluridine
TP 4 Y 1-Methyl-3-(3-amino-3-carboxypropyl) 5 Y pseudouridine TP
5-Methylaminomethyl-2-selenouridine TP 6 Y 5-Carboxymethyluridine
TP 7 Y 5-Methyldihydrouridine TP 8 Y lysidine TP 9 Y
5-Taurinomethyluridine TP 10 Y 5-Taurinomethyl-2-thiouridine TP 11
Y 5-(iso-Pentenylaminomethyl)uridine TP 12 Y
5-(iso-Pentenylaminomethyl)-2-thiouridine TP 13 Y
5-(iso-Pentenylaminomethyl)-2'-O-methyl- 14 Y uridine TP
N4-Acetyl-2'-O-methylcytidine TP 15 Y N4,2'-O-Dimethylcytidine TP
16 Y 5-Formyl-2'-O-methylcytidine TP 17 Y 2'-O-Methylpseudouridine
TP 18 Y 2-Thio-2'-O-methyluridine TP 19 Y 3,2'-O-Dimethyluridine TP
20 Y
[1328] In the tables "UTP" stands for uridine triphosphate, "GTP"
stands for guanosine triphosphate, "ATP" stands for adenosine
triphosphate, "CTP" stands for cytosine triphosphate, "TP" stands
for triphosphate and "Bz" stands for benzyl.
[1329] It is to be understood that the words which have been used
are words of description rather than limitation, and that changes
may be made within the purview of the appended claims without
departing from the true scope and spirit of the invention in its
broader aspects.
[1330] While the present invention has been described at some
length and with some particularity with respect to the several
described embodiments, it is not intended that it should be limited
to any such particulars or embodiments or any particular
embodiment, but it is to be construed with references to the
appended claims so as to provide the broadest possible
interpretation of such claims in view of the prior art and,
therefore, to effectively encompass the intended scope of the
invention.
[1331] All publications, patent applications, patents, and other
references mentioned herein are incorporated by reference in their
entirety. In case of conflict, the present specification, including
definitions, will control. In addition, section headings, the
materials, methods, and examples are illustrative only and not
intended to be limiting.
Sequence CWU 1
1
25110DNAHomo sapiensmodified_base(4)...(4)n= A or G 1ccrnccaugg
1029RNAHomo sapiensmodified_base(8)...(8)n= U or A 2uuauuuann
93615DNAHomo sapiens 3atggctggac ctgccaccca gagccccatg aagctgatgg
ccctgcagct gctgctgtgg 60cacagtgcac tctggacagt gcaggaagcc acccccctgg
gccctgccag ctccctgccc 120cagagcttcc tgctcaagtg cttagagcaa
gtgaggaaga tccagggcga tggcgcagcg 180ctccaggaga agctgtgtgc
cacctacaag ctgtgccacc ccgaggagct ggtgctgctc 240ggacactctc
tgggcatccc ctgggctccc ctgagcagct gccccagcca ggccctgcag
300ctggcaggct gcttgagcca actccatagc ggccttttcc tctaccaggg
gctcctgcag 360gccctggaag ggatctcccc cgagttgggt cccaccttgg
acacactgca gctggacgtc 420gccgactttg ccaccaccat ctggcagcag
atggaagaac tgggaatggc ccctgccctg 480cagcccaccc agggtgccat
gccggccttc gcctctgctt tccagcgccg ggcaggaggg 540gtcctggttg
cctcccatct gcagagcttc ctggaggtgt cgtaccgcgt tctacgccac
600cttgcccagc cctga 6154800DNAHomo sapiens 4taatacgact cactataggg
aaataagaga gaaaagaaga gtaagaagaa atataagagc 60caccatggct ggacctgcca
cccagagccc catgaagctg atggccctgc agctgctgct 120gtggcacagt
gcactctgga cagtgcagga agccaccccc ctgggccctg ccagctccct
180gccccagagc ttcctgctca agtgcttaga gcaagtgagg aagatccagg
gcgatggcgc 240agcgctccag gagaagctgt gtgccaccta caagctgtgc
caccccgagg agctggtgct 300gctcggacac tctctgggca tcccctgggc
tcccctgagc agctgcccca gccaggccct 360gcagctggca ggctgcttga
gccaactcca tagcggcctt ttcctctacc aggggctcct 420gcaggccctg
gaagggatct cccccgagtt gggtcccacc ttggacacac tgcagctgga
480cgtcgccgac tttgccacca ccatctggca gcagatggaa gaactgggaa
tggcccctgc 540cctgcagccc acccagggtg ccatgccggc cttcgcctct
gctttccagc gccgggcagg 600aggggtcctg gttgcctccc atctgcagag
cttcctggag gtgtcgtacc gcgttctacg 660ccaccttgcc cagccctgaa
gcgctgcctt ctgcggggct tgccttctgg ccatgccctt 720cttctctccc
ttgcacctgt acctcttggt ctttgaataa agcctgagta ggaaggcggc
780cgctcgagca tgcatctaga 8005800DNAHomo sapiens 5taatacgact
cactataggg aaataagaga gaaaagaaga gtaagaagaa atataagagc 60caccatggcc
ggtcccgcga cccaaagccc catgaaactt atggccctgc agttgctgct
120ttggcactcg gccctctgga cagtccaaga agcgactcct ctcggacctg
cctcatcgtt 180gccgcagtca ttccttttga agtgtctgga gcaggtgcga
aagattcagg gcgatggagc 240cgcactccaa gagaagctct gcgcgacata
caaactttgc catcccgagg agctcgtact 300gctcgggcac agcttgggga
ttccctgggc tcctctctcg tcctgtccgt cgcaggcttt 360gcagttggca
gggtgccttt cccagctcca ctccggtttg ttcttgtatc agggactgct
420gcaagccctt gagggaatct cgccagaatt gggcccgacg ctggacacgt
tgcagctcga 480cgtggcggat ttcgcaacaa ccatctggca gcagatggag
gaactgggga tggcacccgc 540gctgcagccc acgcaggggg caatgccggc
ctttgcgtcc gcgtttcagc gcagggcggg 600tggagtcctc gtagcgagcc
accttcaatc atttttggaa gtctcgtacc gggtgctgag 660acatcttgcg
cagccgtgaa gcgctgcctt ctgcggggct tgccttctgg ccatgccctt
720cttctctccc ttgcacctgt acctcttggt ctttgaataa agcctgagta
ggaaggcggc 780cgctcgagca tgcatctaga 8006758RNAHomo sapiens
6gggaaauaag agagaaaaga agaguaagaa gaaauauaag agccaccaug gccggucccg
60cgacccaaag ccccaugaaa cuuauggccc ugcaguugcu gcuuuggcac ucggcccucu
120ggacagucca agaagcgacu ccucucggac cugccucauc guugccgcag
ucauuccuuu 180ugaagugucu ggagcaggug cgaaagauuc agggcgaugg
agccgcacuc caagagaagc 240ucugcgcgac auacaaacuu ugccaucccg
aggagcucgu acugcucggg cacagcuugg 300ggauucccug ggcuccucuc
ucguccuguc cgucgcaggc uuugcaguug gcagggugcc 360uuucccagcu
ccacuccggu uuguucuugu aucagggacu gcugcaagcc cuugagggaa
420ucucgccaga auugggcccg acgcuggaca cguugcagcu cgacguggcg
gauuucgcaa 480caaccaucug gcagcagaug gaggaacugg ggauggcacc
cgcgcugcag cccacgcagg 540gggcaaugcc ggccuuugcg uccgcguuuc
agcgcagggc ggguggaguc cucguagcga 600gccaccuuca aucauuuuug
gaagucucgu accgggugcu gagacaucuu gcgcagccgu 660gaagcgcugc
cuucugcggg gcuugccuuc uggccaugcc cuucuucucu cccuugcacc
720uguaccucuu ggucuuugaa uaaagccuga guaggaag 7587854RNAHomo sapiens
7gggaaauaag agagaaaaga agaguaagaa gaaauauaag agccaccaug guauccaagg
60gggaggagga caacauggcg aucaucaagg aguucaugcg auucaaggug cacauggaag
120guucggucaa cggacacgaa uuugaaaucg aaggagaggg ugaaggaagg
cccuaugaag 180ggacacagac cgcgaaacuc aaggucacga aagggggacc
acuuccuuuc gccugggaca 240uucuuucgcc ccaguuuaug uacgggucca
aagcauaugu gaagcauccc gccgauauuc 300cugacuaucu gaaacucagc
uuucccgagg gauucaagug ggagcggguc augaacuuug 360aggacggggg
uguagucacc guaacccaag acucaagccu ccaagacggc gaguucaucu
420acaaggucaa acugcggggg acuaacuuuc cgucggaugg gccggugaug
cagaagaaaa 480cgaugggaug ggaagcguca ucggagagga uguacccaga
agauggugca uugaaggggg 540agaucaagca gagacugaag uugaaagaug
ggggacauua ugaugccgag gugaaaacga 600cauacaaagc gaaaaagccg
gugcagcuuc ccggagcgua uaaugugaau aucaaguugg 660auauuacuuc
acacaaugag gacuacacaa uugucgaaca guacgaacgc gcugagggua
720gacacucgac gggaggcaug gacgaguugu acaaaugaua agcugccuuc
ugcggggcuu 780gccuucuggc caugcccuuc uucucucccu ugcaccugua
ccucuugguc uuugaauaaa 840gccugaguag gaag 8548896DNAHomo sapiens
8taatacgact cactataggg aaataagaga gaaaagaaga gtaagaagaa atataagagc
60caccatggta tccaaggggg aggaggacaa catggcgatc atcaaggagt tcatgcgatt
120caaggtgcac atggaaggtt cggtcaacgg acacgaattt gaaatcgaag
gagagggtga 180aggaaggccc tatgaaggga cacagaccgc gaaactcaag
gtcacgaaag ggggaccact 240tcctttcgcc tgggacattc tttcgcccca
gtttatgtac gggtccaaag catatgtgaa 300gcatcccgcc gatattcctg
actatctgaa actcagcttt cccgagggat tcaagtggga 360gcgggtcatg
aactttgagg acgggggtgt agtcaccgta acccaagact caagcctcca
420agacggcgag ttcatctaca aggtcaaact gcgggggact aactttccgt
cggatgggcc 480ggtgatgcag aagaaaacga tgggatggga agcgtcatcg
gagaggatgt acccagaaga 540tggtgcattg aagggggaga tcaagcagag
actgaagttg aaagatgggg gacattatga 600tgccgaggtg aaaacgacat
acaaagcgaa aaagccggtg cagcttcccg gagcgtataa 660tgtgaatatc
aagttggata ttacttcaca caatgaggac tacacaattg tcgaacagta
720cgaacgcgct gagggtagac actcgacggg aggcatggac gagttgtaca
aatgataagc 780tgccttctgc ggggcttgcc ttctggccat gcccttcttc
tctcccttgc acctgtacct 840cttggtcttt gaataaagcc tgagtaggaa
ggcggccgct cgagcatgca tctaga 8969725RNAHomo sapiens 9gggaaauaag
agagaaaaga agaguaagaa gaaauauaag agccaccaug ggagugcacg 60agugucccgc
gugguugugg uugcugcugu cgcucuugag ccucccacug ggacugccug
120ugcugggggc accacccaga uugaucugcg acucacgggu acuugagagg
uaccuucuug 180aagccaaaga agccgaaaac aucacaaccg gaugcgccga
gcacugcucc cucaaugaga 240acauuacugu accggauaca aaggucaauu
ucuaugcaug gaagagaaug gaaguaggac 300agcaggccgu cgaagugugg
caggggcucg cgcuuuuguc ggaggcggug uugcgggguc 360aggcccuccu
cgucaacuca ucacagccgu gggagccccu ccaacuucau gucgauaaag
420cggugucggg gcuccgcagc uugacgacgu ugcuucgggc ucugggcgca
caaaaggagg 480cuauuucgcc gccugacgcg gccuccgcgg caccccuccg
aacgaucacc gcggacacgu 540uuaggaagcu uuuuagagug uacagcaauu
uccuccgcgg aaagcugaaa uuguauacug 600gugaagcgug uaggacaggg
gaucgcugau aagcugccuu cugcggggcu ugccuucugg 660ccaugcccuu
cuucucuccc uugcaccugu accucuuggu cuuugaauaa agccugagua 720ggaag
725101536RNAHomo sapiens 10gggaaauaag agagaaaaga agaguaagaa
gaaauauaag agccaccaau gcagcgcguc 60aacaugauua uggccgaauc gccgggacuc
aucacaaucu gccucuuggg uuaucucuug 120ucggcagaau guaccguguu
cuuggaucac gaaaacgcga acaaaauucu uaaucgcccg 180aagcgguaua
acuccgggaa acuugaggag uuugugcagg gcaaucuuga acgagagugc
240auggaggaga aaugcuccuu ugaggaggcg agggaagugu uugaaaacac
agagcgaaca 300acggaguuuu ggaagcaaua cguagauggg gaccagugug
agucgaaucc gugccucaau 360gggggaucau guaaagauga caucaauagc
uaugaaugcu ggugcccguu uggguuugaa 420gggaagaacu gugagcugga
ugugacgugc aacaucaaaa acggacgcug ugagcaguuu 480uguaagaacu
cggcugacaa uaagguagua ugcucgugca cagagggaua ccggcuggcg
540gagaaccaaa aaucgugcga gcccgcaguc ccguucccuu gugggagggu
gagcguguca 600cagacuagca aguugacgag agcggagacu guauuccccg
acguggacua cgucaacagc 660accgaagccg aaacaauccu cgauaacauc
acgcagagca cucaguccuu caaugacuuu 720acgagggucg uaggugguga
ggacgcgaaa cccggucagu uccccuggca ggugguauug 780aacggaaaag
ucgaugccuu uuguggaggu uccauuguca acgagaagug gauugucaca
840gcggcacacu gcguagaaac aggagugaaa aucacgguag uggcgggaga
gcauaacauu 900gaagagacag agcacacgga acaaaagcga aaugucauca
gaaucauucc acaccauaac 960uauaacgcgg caaucaauaa guacaaucac
gacaucgcac uuuuggagcu ugacgaaccu 1020uuggugcuua auucguacgu
caccccuauu uguauugccg acaaagagua uacaaacauc 1080uucuugaaau
ucggcuccgg guacguaucg ggcuggggca gaguguucca uaaggguaga
1140uccgcacugg uguugcaaua ccucagggug ccccucgugg aucgagccac
uugucugcgg 1200uccaccaaau ucacaaucua caacaauaug uucugugcgg
gauuccauga aggugggaga 1260gauagcugcc agggagacuc aggggguccc
cacgugacgg aagucgaggg gacgucauuu 1320cugacgggaa uuaucucaug
gggagaggaa ugugcgauga aggggaaaua uggcaucuac 1380acuaaagugu
cacgguaugu caauuggauc aaggaaaaga cgaaacucac gugaucagcc
1440agcgcugccu ucugcggggc uugccuucug gccaugcccu ucuucucucc
cuugcaccug 1500uaccucuugg ucuuugaaua aagccugagu aggaag
153611767DNAHomo sapiens 11taatacgact cactataggg aaataagaga
gaaaagaaga gtaagaagaa atataagagc 60caccatggga gtgcacgagt gtcccgcgtg
gttgtggttg ctgctgtcgc tcttgagcct 120cccactggga ctgcctgtgc
tgggggcacc acccagattg atctgcgact cacgggtact 180tgagaggtac
cttcttgaag ccaaagaagc cgaaaacatc acaaccggat gcgccgagca
240ctgctccctc aatgagaaca ttactgtacc ggatacaaag gtcaatttct
atgcatggaa 300gagaatggaa gtaggacagc aggccgtcga agtgtggcag
gggctcgcgc ttttgtcgga 360ggcggtgttg cggggtcagg ccctcctcgt
caactcatca cagccgtggg agcccctcca 420acttcatgtc gataaagcgg
tgtcggggct ccgcagcttg acgacgttgc ttcgggctct 480gggcgcacaa
aaggaggcta tttcgccgcc tgacgcggcc tccgcggcac ccctccgaac
540gatcaccgcg gacacgttta ggaagctttt tagagtgtac agcaatttcc
tccgcggaaa 600gctgaaattg tatactggtg aagcgtgtag gacaggggat
cgctgataag ctgccttctg 660cggggcttgc cttctggcca tgcccttctt
ctctcccttg cacctgtacc tcttggtctt 720tgaataaagc ctgagtagga
aggcggccgc tcgagcatgc atctaga 76712750DNAHomo sapiens 12taatacgact
cactataggg aaataagaga gaaaagaaga gtaagaagaa atataagagc 60caccatggga
gtgcacgagt gtcccgcgtg gttgtggttg ctgctgtcgc tcttgagcct
120cccactggga ctgcctgtgc tgggggcacc acccagattg atctgcgact
cacgggtact 180tgagaggtac cttcttgaag ccaaagaagc cgaaaacatc
acaaccggat gcgccgagca 240ctgctccctc aatgagaaca ttactgtacc
ggatacaaag gtcaatttct atgcatggaa 300gagaatggaa gtaggacagc
aggccgtcga agtgtggcag gggctcgcgc ttttgtcgga 360ggcggtgttg
cggggtcagg ccctcctcgt caactcatca cagccgtggg agcccctcca
420acttcatgtc gataaagcgg tgtcggggct ccgcagcttg acgacgttgc
ttcgggctct 480gggcgcacaa aaggaggcta tttcgccgcc tgacgcggcc
tccgcggcac ccctccgaac 540gatcaccgcg gacacgttta ggaagctttt
tagagtgtac agcaatttcc tccgcggaaa 600gctgaaattg tatactggtg
aagcgtgtag gacaggggat cgctgataag ctgccttctg 660cggggcttgc
cttctggcca tgcccttctt ctctcccttg cacctgtacc tcttggtctt
720tgaataaagc ctgagtagga aggcggccgc 750131578DNAHomo sapiens
13taatacgact cactataggg aaataagaga gaaaagaaga gtaagaagaa atataagagc
60caccaatgca gcgcgtcaac atgattatgg ccgaatcgcc gggactcatc acaatctgcc
120tcttgggtta tctcttgtcg gcagaatgta ccgtgttctt ggatcacgaa
aacgcgaaca 180aaattcttaa tcgcccgaag cggtataact ccgggaaact
tgaggagttt gtgcagggca 240atcttgaacg agagtgcatg gaggagaaat
gctcctttga ggaggcgagg gaagtgtttg 300aaaacacaga gcgaacaacg
gagttttgga agcaatacgt agatggggac cagtgtgagt 360cgaatccgtg
cctcaatggg ggatcatgta aagatgacat caatagctat gaatgctggt
420gcccgtttgg gtttgaaggg aagaactgtg agctggatgt gacgtgcaac
atcaaaaacg 480gacgctgtga gcagttttgt aagaactcgg ctgacaataa
ggtagtatgc tcgtgcacag 540agggataccg gctggcggag aaccaaaaat
cgtgcgagcc cgcagtcccg ttcccttgtg 600ggagggtgag cgtgtcacag
actagcaagt tgacgagagc ggagactgta ttccccgacg 660tggactacgt
caacagcacc gaagccgaaa caatcctcga taacatcacg cagagcactc
720agtccttcaa tgactttacg agggtcgtag gtggtgagga cgcgaaaccc
ggtcagttcc 780cctggcaggt ggtattgaac ggaaaagtcg atgccttttg
tggaggttcc attgtcaacg 840agaagtggat tgtcacagcg gcacactgcg
tagaaacagg agtgaaaatc acggtagtgg 900cgggagagca taacattgaa
gagacagagc acacggaaca aaagcgaaat gtcatcagaa 960tcattccaca
ccataactat aacgcggcaa tcaataagta caatcacgac atcgcacttt
1020tggagcttga cgaacctttg gtgcttaatt cgtacgtcac ccctatttgt
attgccgaca 1080aagagtatac aaacatcttc ttgaaattcg gctccgggta
cgtatcgggc tggggcagag 1140tgttccataa gggtagatcc gcactggtgt
tgcaatacct cagggtgccc ctcgtggatc 1200gagccacttg tctgcggtcc
accaaattca caatctacaa caatatgttc tgtgcgggat 1260tccatgaagg
tgggagagat agctgccagg gagactcagg gggtccccac gtgacggaag
1320tcgaggggac gtcatttctg acgggaatta tctcatgggg agaggaatgt
gcgatgaagg 1380ggaaatatgg catctacact aaagtgtcac ggtatgtcaa
ttggatcaag gaaaagacga 1440aactcacgtg atcagccagc gctgccttct
gcggggcttg ccttctggcc atgcccttct 1500tctctccctt gcacctgtac
ctcttggtct ttgaataaag cctgagtagg aaggcggccg 1560ctcgagcatg catctaga
157814848RNAHomo sapiens 14aaauaagaga gaaaagaaga guaagaagaa
auauaagagc caccauggug agcaagggcg 60aggaggauaa cauggccauc aucaaggagu
ucaugcgcuu caaggugcac auggagggcu 120ccgugaacgg ccacgaguuc
gagaucgagg gcgagggcga gggccgcccc uacgagggca 180cccagaccgc
caagcugaag gugaccaagg guggcccccu gcccuucgcc ugggacaucc
240uguccccuca guucauguac ggcuccaagg ccuacgugaa gcaccccgcc
gacauccccg 300acuacuugaa gcuguccuuc cccgagggcu ucaaguggga
gcgcgugaug aacuucgagg 360acggcggcgu ggugaccgug acccaggacu
ccucccugca ggacggcgag uucaucuaca 420aggugaagcu gcgcggcacc
aacuuccccu ccgacggccc cguaaugcag aagaagacca 480ugggcuggga
ggccuccucc gagcggaugu accccgagga cggcgcccug aagggcgaga
540ucaagcagag gcugaagcug aaggacggcg gccacuacga cgcugagguc
aagaccaccu 600acaaggccaa gaagcccgug cagcugcccg gcgccuacaa
cgucaacauc aaguuggaca 660ucaccuccca caacgaggac uacaccaucg
uggaacagua cgaacgcgcc gagggccgcc 720acuccaccgg cggcauggac
gagcuguaca agugagcugc cuucugcggg gcuugccuuc 780uggccaugcc
cuucuucucu cccuugcacc uguaccucuu ggucuuugaa uaaagccuga 840guaggaag
848151838DNAHomo sapiens 15taatacgact cactataggg aaataagaga
gaaaagaaga gtaagaagaa atataagagc 60caccatggaa gatgcgaaga acatcaagaa
gggacctgcc ccgttttacc ctttggagga 120cggtacagca ggagaacagc
tccacaaggc gatgaaacgc tacgccctgg tccccggaac 180gattgcgttt
accgatgcac atattgaggt agacatcaca tacgcagaat acttcgaaat
240gtcggtgagg ctggcggaag cgatgaagag atatggtctt aacactaatc
accgcatcgt 300ggtgtgttcg gagaactcat tgcagttttt catgccggtc
cttggagcac ttttcatcgg 360ggtcgcagtc gcgccagcga acgacatcta
caatgagcgg gaactcttga atagcatggg 420aatctcccag ccgacggtcg
tgtttgtctc caaaaagggg ctgcagaaaa tcctcaacgt 480gcagaagaag
ctccccatta ttcaaaagat catcattatg gatagcaaga cagattacca
540agggttccag tcgatgtata cctttgtgac atcgcatttg ccgccagggt
ttaacgagta 600tgacttcgtc cccgagtcat ttgacagaga taaaaccatc
gcgctgatta tgaattcctc 660gggtagcacc ggtttgccaa agggggtggc
gttgccccac cgcactgctt gtgtgcggtt 720ctcgcacgct agggatccta
tctttggtaa tcagatcatt cccgacacag caatcctgtc 780cgtggtacct
tttcatcacg gttttggcat gttcacgact ctcggctatt tgatttgcgg
840tttcagggtc gtacttatgt atcggttcga ggaagaactg tttttgagat
ccttgcaaga 900ttacaagatc cagtcggccc tccttgtgcc aacgcttttc
tcattctttg cgaaatcgac 960acttattgat aagtatgacc tttccaatct
gcatgagatt gcctcagggg gagcgccgct 1020tagcaaggaa gtcggggagg
cagtggccaa gcgcttccac cttcccggaa ttcggcaggg 1080atacgggctc
acggagacaa catccgcgat ccttatcacg cccgagggtg acgataagcc
1140gggagccgtc ggaaaagtgg tccccttctt tgaagccaag gtcgtagacc
tcgacacggg 1200aaaaaccctc ggagtgaacc agaggggcga gctctgcgtg
agagggccga tgatcatgtc 1260aggttacgtg aataaccctg aagcgacgaa
tgcgctgatc gacaaggatg ggtggttgca 1320ttcgggagac attgcctatt
gggatgagga tgagcacttc tttatcgtag atcgacttaa 1380gagcttgatc
aaatacaaag gctatcaggt agcgcctgcc gagctcgagt caatcctgct
1440ccagcacccc aacattttcg acgccggagt ggccgggttg cccgatgacg
acgcgggtga 1500gctgccagcg gccgtggtag tcctcgaaca tgggaaaaca
atgaccgaaa aggagatcgt 1560ggactacgta gcatcacaag tgacgactgc
gaagaaactg aggggagggg tagtctttgt 1620ggacgaggtc ccgaaaggct
tgactgggaa gcttgacgct cgcaaaatcc gggaaatcct 1680gattaaggca
aagaaaggcg ggaaaatcgc tgtctgataa gctgccttct gcggggcttg
1740ccttctggcc atgcccttct tctctccctt gcacctgtac ctcttggtct
ttgaataaag 1800cctgagtagg aaggcggccg ctcgagcatg catctaga
1838161796RNAHomo sapiens 16gggaaauaag agagaaaaga agaguaagaa
gaaauauaag agccaccaug gaagaugcga 60agaacaucaa gaagggaccu gccccguuuu
acccuuugga ggacgguaca gcaggagaac 120agcuccacaa ggcgaugaaa
cgcuacgccc ugguccccgg aacgauugcg uuuaccgaug 180cacauauuga
gguagacauc acauacgcag aauacuucga aaugucggug aggcuggcgg
240aagcgaugaa gagauauggu cuuaacacua aucaccgcau cguggugugu
ucggagaacu 300cauugcaguu uuucaugccg guccuuggag cacuuuucau
cggggucgca gucgcgccag 360cgaacgacau cuacaaugag cgggaacucu
ugaauagcau gggaaucucc cagccgacgg 420ucguguuugu cuccaaaaag
gggcugcaga aaauccucaa cgugcagaag aagcucccca 480uuauucaaaa
gaucaucauu auggauagca agacagauua ccaaggguuc cagucgaugu
540auaccuuugu gacaucgcau uugccgccag gguuuaacga guaugacuuc
guccccgagu 600cauuugacag agauaaaacc aucgcgcuga uuaugaauuc
cucggguagc accgguuugc 660caaagggggu ggcguugccc caccgcacug
cuugugugcg guucucgcac gcuagggauc 720cuaucuuugg uaaucagauc
auucccgaca cagcaauccu guccguggua ccuuuucauc 780acgguuuugg
cauguucacg acucucggcu auuugauuug cgguuucagg gucguacuua
840uguaucgguu cgaggaagaa cuguuuuuga gauccuugca agauuacaag
auccagucgg 900cccuccuugu gccaacgcuu uucucauucu uugcgaaauc
gacacuuauu gauaaguaug 960accuuuccaa ucugcaugag auugccucag
ggggagcgcc gcuuagcaag gaagucgggg 1020aggcaguggc caagcgcuuc
caccuucccg gaauucggca gggauacggg cucacggaga 1080caacauccgc
gauccuuauc acgcccgagg gugacgauaa gccgggagcc gucggaaaag
1140ugguccccuu cuuugaagcc aaggucguag accucgacac gggaaaaacc
cucggaguga 1200accagagggg cgagcucugc gugagagggc cgaugaucau
gucagguuac gugaauaacc 1260cugaagcgac gaaugcgcug aucgacaagg
augggugguu gcauucggga gacauugccu 1320auugggauga ggaugagcac
uucuuuaucg uagaucgacu
uaagagcuug aucaaauaca 1380aaggcuauca gguagcgccu gccgagcucg
agucaauccu gcuccagcac cccaacauuu 1440ucgacgccgg aguggccggg
uugcccgaug acgacgcggg ugagcugcca gcggccgugg 1500uaguccucga
acaugggaaa acaaugaccg aaaaggagau cguggacuac guagcaucac
1560aagugacgac ugcgaagaaa cugaggggag ggguagucuu uguggacgag
gucccgaaag 1620gcuugacugg gaagcuugac gcucgcaaaa uccgggaaau
ccugauuaag gcaaagaaag 1680gcgggaaaau cgcugucuga uaagcugccu
ucugcggggc uugccuucug gccaugcccu 1740ucuucucucc cuugcaccug
uaccucuugg ucuuugaaua aagccugagu aggaag 179617902DNAHomo sapiens
17taatacgact cactataggg aaataagaga gaaaagaaga gtaagaagaa atataagagc
60caccatggtg agcaagggcg aggagctgtt caccggggtg gtgcccatcc tggtcgagct
120ggacggcgac gtaaacggcc acaagttcag cgtgtccggc gagggcgagg
gcgatgccac 180ctacggcaag ctgaccctga agttcatctg caccaccggc
aagctgcccg tgccctggcc 240caccctcgtg accaccctga cctacggcgt
gcagtgcttc agccgctacc ccgaccacat 300gaagcagcac gacttcttca
agtccgccat gcccgaaggc tacgtccagg agcgcaccat 360cttcttcaag
gacgacggca actacaagac ccgcgccgag gtgaagttcg agggcgacac
420cctggtgaac cgcatcgagc tgaagggcat cgacttcaag gaggacggca
acatcctggg 480gcacaagctg gagtacaact acaacagcca caacgtctat
atcatggccg acaagcagaa 540gaacggcatc aaggtgaact tcaagatccg
ccacaacatc gaggacggca gcgtgcagct 600cgccgaccac taccagcaga
acacccccat cggcgacggc cccgtgctgc tgcccgacaa 660ccactacctg
agcacccagt ccgccctgag caaagacccc aacgagaagc gcgatcacat
720ggtcctgctg gagttcgtga ccgccgccgg gatcactctc ggcatggacg
agctgtacaa 780gtaagctgcc ttctgcgggg cttgccttct ggccatgccc
ttcttctctc ccttgcacct 840gtacctcttg gtctttgaat aaagcctgag
taggaaggcg gccgctcgag catgcatcta 900ga 90218863RNAHomo sapiens
18gggaaauaag agagaaaaga agaguaagaa gaaauauaag agccaccaug guguccaagg
60gugaggaauu guuuaccggg guggugccua uucucgucga acuugacggg gaugugaaug
120gacacaaguu uucgguaucc ggagaaggag agggugacgc cacauacgga
aagcuuacac 180ucaaauucau cuguacgacg gggaaacugc ccguacccug
gccuacgcuc guaaccacgc 240ugacuuaugg agugcagugc uuuagcagau
accccgacca uaugaagcag cacgacuucu 300ucaagucggc gaugcccgag
ggguacgugc aagagaggac cauuuucuuc aaagacgaug 360gcaauuacaa
aacacgcgca gaagucaagu uugagggcga uacucugguc aaucggaucg
420aauugaaggg aaucgauuuc aaagaagaug gaaacauccu uggccauaag
cucgaguaca 480acuauaacuc gcauaauguc uauaucaugg cugacaagca
gaaaaacggu aucaaaguca 540acuuuaagau ccgacacaau auugaggacg
guucggugca gcuugcggac cacuaucaac 600agaauacgcc gauuggggau
gguccggucc uuuugccgga uaaccauuau cucucaaccc 660agucagcccu
gagcaaagau ccaaacgaga agagggacca cauggucuug cucgaauucg
720ugacagcggc agggaucacu cugggaaugg acgaguugua caagugauaa
gcugccuucu 780gcggggcuug ccuucuggcc augcccuucu ucucucccuu
gcaccuguac cucuuggucu 840uugaauaaag ccugaguagg aag 86319716RNAHomo
sapiens 19gggaaauaag agagaaaaga agaguaagaa gaaauauaag agccaccaug
aacuuucucu 60ugucaugggu gcacuggagc cuugcgcugc ugcuguaucu ucaucacgcu
aaguggagcc 120aggccgcacc cauggcggag gguggcggac agaaucacca
cgaaguaguc aaauucaugg 180acguguacca gaggucguau ugccauccga
uugaaacucu uguggauauc uuucaagaau 240accccgauga aaucgaguac
auuuucaaac cgucgugugu cccucucaug aggugcgggg 300gaugcugcaa
ugaugaaggg uuggagugug uccccacgga ggagucgaau aucacaaugc
360aaaucaugcg caucaaacca caucaggguc agcauauugg agagaugucc
uuucuccagc 420acaacaaaug ugaguguaga ccgaagaagg accgagcccg
acaggaaaac ccaugcggac 480cgugcuccga gcggcgcaaa cacuuguucg
uacaagaccc ccagacaugc aagugcucau 540guaagaauac cgauucgcgg
uguaaggcga gacagcugga auugaacgag cgcacgugua 600ggugcgacaa
gccuagacgg ugagcugccu ucugcggggc uugccuucug gccaugcccu
660ucuucucucc cuugcaccug uaccucuugg ucuuugaaua aagccugagu aggaag
71620758DNAHomo sapiens 20taatacgact cactataggg aaataagaga
gaaaagaaga gtaagaagaa atataagagc 60caccatgaac tttctcttgt catgggtgca
ctggagcctt gcgctgctgc tgtatcttca 120tcacgctaag tggagccagg
ccgcacccat ggcggagggt ggcggacaga atcaccacga 180agtagtcaaa
ttcatggacg tgtaccagag gtcgtattgc catccgattg aaactcttgt
240ggatatcttt caagaatacc ccgatgaaat cgagtacatt ttcaaaccgt
cgtgtgtccc 300tctcatgagg tgcgggggat gctgcaatga tgaagggttg
gagtgtgtcc ccacggagga 360gtcgaatatc acaatgcaaa tcatgcgcat
caaaccacat cagggtcagc atattggaga 420gatgtccttt ctccagcaca
acaaatgtga gtgtagaccg aagaaggacc gagcccgaca 480ggaaaaccca
tgcggaccgt gctccgagcg gcgcaaacac ttgttcgtac aagaccccca
540gacatgcaag tgctcatgta agaataccga ttcgcggtgt aaggcgagac
agctggaatt 600gaacgagcgc acgtgtaggt gcgacaagcc tagacggtga
gctgccttct gcggggcttg 660ccttctggcc atgcccttct tctctccctt
gcacctgtac ctcttggtct ttgaataaag 720cctgagtagg aaggcggccg
ctcgagcatg catctaga 7582130PRTHomo sapiens 21Met Ala Gly Pro Ala
Thr Gln Ser Pro Met Lys Leu Met Ala Leu Gln1 5 10 15 Leu Leu Leu
Trp His Ser Ala Leu Trp Thr Val Gln Glu Ala 20 25 30 2225PRTHomo
sapiens 22Met Met Pro Ser Ser Val Ser Trp Gly Ile Leu Leu Leu Ala
Gly Leu1 5 10 15 Cys Cys Leu Val Pro Val Ser Leu Ala 20 25
2346PRTHomo sapiens 23Met Gln Arg Val Asn Met Ile Met Ala Glu Ser
Pro Ser Leu Ile Thr1 5 10 15 Ile Cys Leu Leu Gly Tyr Leu Leu Ser
Ala Glu Cys Thr Val Phe Leu 20 25 30 Asp His Glu Asn Ala Asn Lys
Ile Leu Asn Arg Pro Lys Arg 35 40 45 2421PRTHomo sapiens 24Met Lys
Gly Ser Leu Leu Leu Leu Leu Val Ser Asn Leu Leu Leu Cys1 5 10 15
Gln Ser Val Ala Pro 20 2524PRTHomo sapiens 25Met Lys Trp Val Thr
Phe Ile Ser Leu Leu Phe Leu Phe Ser Ser Ala1 5 10 15 Tyr Ser Arg
Gly Val Phe Arg Arg 20
* * * * *